Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 14, 2011

Registration No. 333-            

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



PROOFPOINT, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  7372
(Primary standard industrial
classification code number)
  51-0414846
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)



892 Ross Drive
Sunnyvale, CA 94089
(408) 517-4710
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of Registrant's principal executive offices)



Gary Steele
Chief Executive Officer
Proofpoint, Inc.
892 Ross Drive
Sunnyvale, CA 94089
(408) 517-4710
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

Matthew P. Quilter, Esq.
Jeffrey R. Vetter, Esq.
Fenwick & West LLP
801 California Street
Mountain View, CA 94041
(650) 988-8500

 

Michael T. Yang, Esq.
Proofpoint, Inc.
892 Ross Drive
Sunnyvale, CA 94089
(408) 517-4710

 

Jeffrey D. Saper, Esq.
Robert G. Day, Esq.
Michael E. Coke, Esq.
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, CA 94304
(650) 493-9300



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

          As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.



          If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act"), check the following box.     o

          If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer ý
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered
  Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price(1)
  Amount of Registration Fee
 

Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share

  $50,000,000   $5,730

 

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933. Includes offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.



           The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED DECEMBER 14, 2011

             Shares

LOGO

Proofpoint, Inc.

Common Stock



        This is the initial public offering of our common stock. We are selling                    shares of common stock and the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are selling                      shares of common stock. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price of the common stock is expected to be between $             and $             per share. We will apply to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "PFPT."

        The underwriters have the option to purchase from us a maximum of                           additional shares to cover over-allotments of shares.

         Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 12.

 
  Price to
Public
  Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions
  Proceeds to
Proofpoint
  Proceeds
to Selling
Stockholders
 

Per share

  $     $     $     $    

Total

  $     $     $     $    

        Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or about on                                        , 2012.

        Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Credit Suisse   Deutsche Bank Securities

RBC Capital Markets   Pacific Crest Securities   First Analysis Securities Corp.

The date of this prospectus is                                        , 2012.


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

  1

RISK FACTORS

  12

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

  34

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

  35

USE OF PROCEEDS

  36

DIVIDEND POLICY

  36

CAPITALIZATION

  37

DILUTION

  39

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

  41

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  43

BUSINESS

  72

MANAGEMENT

  89

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

  97

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

  120

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

  122

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

  125

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

  130

CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

  133

UNDERWRITING

  137

LEGAL MATTERS

  142

EXPERTS

  142

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

  142

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  F-1



         You should rely only on the information contained in this document or to which we have referred you. Neither the selling stockholders nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This document may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this document may only be accurate on the date of this document, or such other dates as are stated in this document, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock.


Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation

         Until                        , 2012 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.

i


Table of Contents


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the section entitled "Risk Factors" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment in our common stock.

Company Overview

        Proofpoint is a pioneering security-as-a-service vendor that enables large and mid-sized organizations worldwide to defend, protect, archive and govern their most sensitive data. Our security-as-a-service platform is comprised of an integrated suite of on-demand data protection solutions, including threat protection, regulatory compliance, archiving and governance, and secure communication. Our solutions are built on a flexible, cloud-based platform and leverage a number of proprietary technologies, including big data analytics, machine learning, deep content inspection, secure storage and advanced encryption, to address today's rapidly changing threat landscape.

        A fundamental shift in the sources of cyber crime, from hackers to organized crime and governments, combined with the emergence of international data trafficking, are driving an unprecedented wave of targeted, malicious attacks designed to steal valuable information. At the same time, the growth of business-to-business collaboration, as well as the consumerization of IT and the associated adoption of mobile devices and unmanaged Internet-based applications, have proliferated sensitive data and reduced the effectiveness of many existing security products. These factors have contributed to an increasing number of severe data breaches and expanding regulatory mandates, all of which have accelerated demand for effective data protection and governance solutions.

        Our platform addresses this growing challenge by not only protecting data as it flows into and out of the enterprise via on-premise and cloud-based email, instant messaging, social media and other web-based applications, but also securely archiving these communications for compliance and discovery. We address four important problems for the enterprise:

        Our platform and its associated solutions are sold to customers on a subscription basis and can be deployed through our unique cloud-based architecture that leverages both our global data centers as well as optional points-of-presence behind our customers' firewalls. Our flexible deployment model enables us to deliver superior security and compliance while maintaining the favorable economics afforded by cloud computing, creating a competitive advantage for us over legacy on-premise and cloud-only offerings.

        Our solutions are used by approximately 2,400 customers worldwide, including 24 of the Fortune 100, protecting tens of millions of end-users. We market and sell our solutions worldwide both directly through our sales teams and indirectly through a hybrid model where our sales organization actively assists our network of distributors and resellers. We also distribute our solutions through strategic partners including International Business Machines Corp. (IBM), Microsoft Corporation and VMware, Inc.

1


Table of Contents

Industry Background

        A number of trends are leading to a significant shift in the nature and severity of data security threats and the measures required to address them:

        To protect their data assets, organizations have typically employed a number of disparate on-premise security products. However, these solutions are not well suited to addressing today's challenges and many organizations are still unable to adequately protect their data assets for a variety of reasons, including:

2


Table of Contents

Market Opportunity

        In an attempt to defend against the constantly evolving threat landscape and to comply with government mandates, enterprises are beginning to implement new, more robust corporate policies for data protection, archiving and governance. To enforce these new policies, secure communication technologies and policy-based encryption are being used to limit the leakage of sensitive data and intellectual property, and archiving and eDiscovery solutions are being used to reduce legal compliance risks. According to International Data Corporation (IDC), a third-party market research company, the total worldwide market for data protection solutions is estimated to grow from $5.2 billion in 2011 to $8.0 billion by 2015, a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 11%.*


*
See "Industry and Market Data."

The Proofpoint Solution

        Our integrated suite of on-demand security-as-a-service solutions enables large and mid-sized organizations to defend, protect, archive and govern their sensitive data. Our comprehensive platform provides threat protection, regulatory compliance, archiving and governance, and secure communication. These solutions are built on a cloud-based architecture, protecting data not only as it flows into and out of the enterprise via on-premise and cloud-based email, instant messaging, social media and other web-based applications, but also securely archiving these communications for compliance and discovery. We have pioneered the use of innovative technologies to deliver better ease-of-use, greater protection against the latest advanced threats, and lower total cost of ownership than traditional alternatives. The key elements of our solution include:

3


Table of Contents

Our Business Strategy

        Our objective is to be the leading security-as-a-service provider of next-generation data protection and governance solutions. The key elements of our strategy include:

Risks Affecting Us

        Our business is subject to numerous risks, as highlighted in the section entitled "Risk Factors" immediately following this prospectus summary. Some of these risks include:

Corporate Information

        We were incorporated in Delaware in 2002. Our principal executive offices are located at 892 Ross Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94089, and our telephone number is (408) 517-4710. Our website address is www.proofpoint.com. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and should not be considered to be a part of this prospectus.

        Unless otherwise indicated, the terms "Proofpoint," "we," "us" and "our" refer to Proofpoint, Inc., a Delaware corporation, together with its consolidated subsidiaries.

        "Proofpoint" is our registered trademark in the United States, and the Proofpoint logo and all of our product names are our trademarks. This prospectus contains additional trade names, trademarks, and service marks of ours and of other companies. We do not intend our use or display of other companies' trade names, trademarks, or service marks to imply a relationship with these other companies, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by these other companies. Other trademarks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.

4


Table of Contents


The Offering

Common stock offered by us

                      shares

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

 

                    shares

Total common stock offered

 

                    shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

                    shares

Use of proceeds

 

We expect to use the net proceeds that we receive from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, products, services, technologies or other assets. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. See "Use of Proceeds."

Risk factors

 

You should read the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol

 

PFPT

        The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based upon the 47,402,137 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2011, and does not include:

        Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

5


Table of Contents


Summary Consolidated Financial Information

         The following tables present summary historical financial data for our business. You should read this information in conjunction with "Selected Consolidated Financial Information," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        We derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the unaudited consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2011, and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2011 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which consist only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of those unaudited consolidated financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future, and the results for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of operating results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2011 or any other period.

 
  Years Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                               

Revenue:

                               
 

Subscription

  $ 31,115   $ 42,135   $ 57,657   $ 41,501   $ 52,533  
 

Hardware and services

    7,128     6,393     7,133     5,250     6,614  
                       
   

Total revenue

    38,243     48,528     64,790     46,751     59,147  

Cost of revenue: (1)

                               
 

Subscription

    11,907     19,150     24,523     17,906     17,553  
 

Hardware and services

    3,850     3,309     4,082     2,970     4,426  
                       
   

Total cost of revenue

    15,757     22,459     28,605     20,876     21,979  
                       

Gross profit

    22,486     26,069     36,185     25,875     37,168  

Operating expense: (1)

                               
 

Research and development

    10,926     11,831     17,583     12,719     14,416  
 

Sales and marketing

    32,439     27,883     31,161     22,216     30,070  
 

General and administrative

    5,224     5,678     7,465     5,491     6,184  
                       
   

Total operating expense

    48,589     45,392     56,209     40,426     50,670  
                       

Operating loss

    (26,103 )   (19,323 )   (20,024 )   (14,551 )   (13,502 )

Interest income (expense), net

    536     87     (340 )   (319 )   (258 )

Other income (expense), net

    (183 )   (269 )   (258 )   (122 )   212  
                       

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (25,750 )   (19,505 )   (20,622 )   (14,992 )   (13,548 )

Provision for income taxes

    (138 )   (233 )   (243 )   (144 )   (169 )
                       

Net loss

  $ (25,888 ) $ (19,738 ) $ (20,865 ) $ (15,136 ) $ (13,717 )
                       

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

  $ (4.37 ) $ (3.07 ) $ (2.92 ) $ (2.16 ) $ (1.75 )
                       

6


Table of Contents

 
  Years Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted (2)

    5,928     6,424     7,151     7,011     7,861  
                       

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (2)

              $ (0.45 )       $ (0.29 )
                             

Weighted average pro forma shares, basic and diluted (2)

                46,173           46,995  
                             

 

 
  Years Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Other Financial Data (unaudited):

                               

Adjusted subscription gross profit (3)

  $ 20,874   $ 26,631   $ 37,236   $ 26,654   $ 38,070  

Billings (4)

    51,641     58,184     76,545     54,682     62,305  

Adjusted EBITDA (5)

    (18,946 )   (9,077 )   (9,016 )   (6,312 )   (4,490 )

(1)
Includes stock-based compensation and amortization of intangible assets as follows:

   
  Years Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
   
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
   
  (in thousands)
 
 

Stock-based compensation

                               
   

Cost of subscription revenue

  $ 178   $ 275   $ 357   $ 259   $ 281  
   

Cost of hardware and services revenue

    1     11     17     11     20  
   

Research and development

    519     848     1,010     727     868  
   

Sales and marketing

    703     1,030     1,113     789     1,418  
   

General and administrative

    707     732     868     624     704  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

                               
   

Cost of subscription revenue

  $ 1,488   $ 3,371   $ 3,745   $ 2,800   $ 2,809  
   

Sales and marketing

    163     408     637     476     625  
(2)
Please see notes 12 and 13 of our notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of basic and diluted net loss per share and pro forma net loss per share.

(3)
Adjusted subscription gross profit is a non-GAAP measure. Please see "—Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures" below for more information and the reconciliation of subscription gross profit to adjusted subscription gross profit.

(4)
The billings metric is a non-GAAP measure. Please see "—Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures" below for more information and the reconciliation of total revenue to billings.

(5)
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure. Please see "—Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures" below for more information and the reconciliation of net loss to adjusted EBIDTA.

7


Table of Contents

 
  As of September 30, 2011  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma (1)   Pro Forma
As Adjusted (2)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

  $ 12,108   $ 12,108   $    

Property and equipment, net

    6,102     6,102        

Total assets

    57,235     57,235        

Debt, current and long term

    3,017     3,017        

Deferred revenue, current and long term

    72,259     72,259        

Convertible preferred stock

    109,911            

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (137,966 )   (28,055 )      

(1)
The pro forma consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2011 reflects the automatic conversion of all our outstanding convertible preferred stock into common stock upon the completion of this offering.

(2)
The pro forma as adjusted consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2011 also gives effect to our receipt of the net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock that we are offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share would increase (decrease) each of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, total assets and total stockholders' equity by $        million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Adjusted subscription gross profit

        We have included adjusted subscription gross profit, a non-GAAP financial measure, in this prospectus because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our operating results, core operating performance, and trends to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. We have provided a reconciliation between subscription gross profit, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, and adjusted subscription gross profit. We believe that adjusted subscription gross profit provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.

        Our use of adjusted subscription gross profit has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because of these limitations, you should consider adjusted subscription gross profit alongside other financial performance measures, including subscription gross profit and our other GAAP results.

8


Table of Contents

        The following unaudited table presents the reconciliation of subscription gross profit to adjusted subscription gross profit for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2011:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Subscription revenue

  $ 31,115   $ 42,135   $ 57,657   $ 41,501   $ 52,533  

Cost of subscription revenue

    11,907     19,150     24,523     17,906     17,553  
                       
 

Subscription gross profit

  $ 19,208   $ 22,985   $ 33,134   $ 23,595   $ 34,980  

Add back:

                               
 

Stock-based compensation

    178     275     357     259     281  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

    1,488     3,371     3,745     2,800     2,809  
                       
 

Adjusted subscription gross profit

  $ 20,874   $ 26,631   $ 37,236   $ 26,654   $ 38,070  
                       

Billings

        We have included billings, a non-GAAP financial measure, in this prospectus because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to manage our business and monitor our near term cash flows. We have provided a reconciliation between total revenue, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, and billings. Accordingly, we believe that billings provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.

        Our use of billings as a non-GAAP measure has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for revenue or an analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

    Billings is not a substitute for revenue, as trends in billings are not directly correlated to trends in revenue except when measured over longer periods of time;

    Billings is affected by a combination of factors including the timing of renewals, the sales of our solutions to both new and existing customers, the relative duration of contracts sold, and the relative amount of business derived from strategic partners. As each of these elements has unique characteristics in the relationship between billings and revenue, our billings activity is not closely correlated to revenue except over longer periods of time; and

    Other companies, including companies in our industry, may not use billings, may calculate billings differently, or may use other financial measures to evaluate their performance - all of which reduce the usefulness of billings as a comparative measure.

9


Table of Contents

        The following unaudited table presents the reconciliation of total revenue to billings for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2011:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Total revenue

  $ 38,243   $ 48,528   $ 64,790   $ 46,751   $ 59,147  
                       

Deferred revenue

                               
 

Ending

    47,690     57,346     69,101     65,277     72,259  
 

Beginning

    34,292     47,690     57,346     57,346     69,101  
                       
 

Net change

    13,398     9,656     11,755     7,931     3,158  
                       

Billings

  $ 51,641   $ 58,184   $ 76,545   $ 54,682   $ 62,305  
                       

Adjusted EBITDA

        We have included adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, in this prospectus because it is a key metric used by our management and board of directors to measure operating performance and trends and to prepare and approve our annual budget. We define adjusted EBITDA as net loss, adjusted to exclude: depreciation, amortization of intangibles, interest income (expense), net, provision for income taxes, stock-based compensation, acquisition-related expense, other income, and other expense. We believe that the use of adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors and other users of our financial statements in evaluating our operating performance because it provides them with an additional tool to compare business performance across companies and across periods. We believe that:

    Adjusted EBITDA provides investors and other users of our financial information consistency and comparability with our past financial performance, facilitates period-to-period comparisons of operations and facilitates comparisons with our peer companies, many of which use similar non-GAAP financial measures to supplement their GAAP results; and

    It is useful to exclude certain non-cash charges, such as depreciation, amortization of intangible assets and stock-based compensation and non-core operational charges, such as acquisition-related expenses, from adjusted EBITDA because the amount of such expenses in any specific period may not be directly correlated to the underlying performance of our business operations and these expenses can vary significantly between periods as a result of new acquisitions, full amortization of previously acquired tangible and intangible assets or the timing of new stock-based awards, as the case may be.

        We use adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with traditional GAAP operating performance measures as part of our overall assessment of our performance, for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget, to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies and to communicate with our board of directors concerning our financial performance.

        We do not place undue reliance on adjusted EBITDA as our only measures of operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as a substitute for other measures of financial performance reported in accordance with GAAP. There are limitations to using non-GAAP financial measures, including that other companies may calculate these measures differently than we do, that they do not reflect our capital expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures and that they do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital.

10


Table of Contents

        The following unaudited table presents the reconciliation of net loss to adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2011:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net loss

  $ (25,888 ) $ (19,738 ) $ (20,865 ) $ (15,136 ) $ (13,717 )
 

Depreciation

    2,366     3,012     3,261     2,553     2,259  
 

Amortization of intangible assets

    1,651     3,779     4,382     3,276     3,434  
 

Interest income (expense), net

    (536 )   (87 )   340     319     258  
 

Provision for income taxes

    138     233     243     144     169  
                       

EBITDA

    (22,269 )   (12,801 )   (12,639 )   (8,844 )   (7,597 )
 

Stock-based compensation expense

    2,108     2,896     3,365     2,410     3,291  
 

Acquisition-related expense

    1,031     559             29  
 

Other income

    (8 )   (6 )   (20 )   (18 )   (259 )
 

Other expense

    192     275     278     140     46  
                       

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (18,946 ) $ (9,077 ) $ (9,016 ) $ (6,312 ) $ (4,490 )
                       

11


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

         Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as the other information in this prospectus, before deciding whether to invest in shares of our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events described below could harm our business, financial condition, results of operation and growth prospects. In such an event, the trading price of our common stock may decline and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have a history of losses, and we are unable to predict the extent of any future losses or when, if ever, we will achieve profitability in the future.

        We have incurred net losses in every year since our inception, including net losses of $19.7 million and $20.9 million in 2009 and 2010, respectively. We also had a net loss of $13.7 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2011. As a result, we had an accumulated deficit of $155.7 million as of September 30, 2011. Achieving profitability will require us to increase revenue, manage our cost structure, and avoid unanticipated liabilities. We do not expect to be profitable in the near term. Revenue growth may slow or revenue may decline for a number of possible reasons, including slowing demand for our solutions, increasing competition, a decrease in the growth of our overall market, or if we fail for any reason to continue to capitalize on growth opportunities. Any failure by us to obtain and sustain profitability, or to continue our revenue growth, could cause the price of our common stock to decline significantly.

We operate in a highly competitive environment with large, established competitors, and our competitors may gain market share in the markets for our solutions that could adversely affect our business and cause our revenue to decline.

        Our traditional competitors include security-focused software vendors, such as Symantec Corporation and McAfee, Inc., an Intel Corporation subsidiary, which offer software products that directly compete with our solutions. In addition to competing with these vendors directly for sales to customers, we compete with them for the opportunity to have our solutions bundled with the product offerings of our strategic partners. Our competitors could gain market share from us if any of these partners replace our solutions with the products of our competitors or if these partners more actively promote our competitors' products over our solutions. In addition, software vendors who have bundled our solutions with theirs may choose to bundle their software with their own or other vendors' software, or may limit our access to standard product interfaces and inhibit our ability to develop solutions for their platform.

        We also face competition from large technology companies, such as Cisco Systems, Inc., EMC Corporation, Google Inc., Hewlett-Packard Company, Intel and Microsoft. These companies are increasingly developing and incorporating into their products data protection and storage software that compete on various levels with our solutions. Our competitive position could be adversely affected to the extent that our customers perceive that the functionality incorporated into these products would replace the need for our solutions or that buying from one vendor would provide them with increased leverage and purchasing power and a better customer experience. We also face competition from many smaller companies that specialize in particular segments of the markets in which we compete.

        Many of our competitors have greater financial, technical, sales, marketing or other resources than we do and consequently may have the ability to influence our customers to purchase their products instead of ours. Further consolidation within our industry or other changes in the competitive environment could also result in larger competitors that compete with us on several levels. In addition, acquisitions of smaller companies that specialize in particular segments of the markets in which we compete by large technology companies would result in increased competition from these large

12


Table of Contents


technology companies. For example, Google's acquisition of Postini, an email and web security and archiving service, resulted in Google becoming one of our competitors. If we are unsuccessful in responding to our competitors or to changing technological and customer demands, our competitive position and financial results could be adversely affected.

If we are unable to maintain high subscription renewal rates, our future revenue and operating results will be harmed.

        Our customers have no obligation to renew their subscriptions for our solutions after the expiration of their initial subscription period, which typically ranges from one to three years. In addition, our customers may renew for fewer subscription services or users, renew for shorter contract lengths or renew at lower prices due to competitive or other pressures. We cannot accurately predict renewal rates and our renewal rates may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including competition, customers' IT budgeting and spending priorities, and deteriorating general economic conditions. If our customers do not renew their subscriptions for our solutions, our revenue would decline and our business would suffer.

If we are unable to sell additional solutions to our customers, our future revenue and operating results will be harmed.

        Our future success depends on our ability to sell additional solutions to our customers. This may require increasingly sophisticated and costly sales efforts and may not result in additional sales. In addition, the rate at which our customers purchase additional solutions depends on a number of factors, including the perceived need for additional solutions, growth in the number of end-users, and general economic conditions. If our efforts to sell additional solutions to our customers are not successful, our business may suffer.

If our solutions fail to protect our customers from security breaches, our brand and reputation could be harmed, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

        The threats facing our customers are constantly evolving and the techniques used by attackers to access or sabotage data change frequently. As a result, we must constantly update our solutions to respond to these threats. If we fail to update our solutions in a timely or effective manner to respond to these threats, our customers could experience security breaches. Many state and foreign governments have enacted laws requiring companies to notify individuals of data security breaches involving their personal data. These mandatory disclosures regarding a security breach often lead to widespread negative publicity, and any association of us with such publicity may cause our customers to lose confidence in the effectiveness of our data security measures. Any security breach at one of our customers would harm our reputation as a secure and trusted company and could cause the loss of customers. Similarly, if a well-publicized breach of data security at a customer of any other cloud-based data protection or archiving service provider or other major enterprise cloud services provider were to occur, there could be a loss of confidence in the cloud-based storage of sensitive data and information generally.

        In addition, our solutions work in conjunction with a variety of other elements in customers' IT and security infrastructure, and we may receive blame and negative publicity for a security breach that may have been the result of the failure of one of the other elements not provided by us. The occurrence of a breach, whether or not caused by our solutions, could delay or reduce market acceptance of our solutions and have an adverse effect on our business and financial performance. In addition, any revisions to our solutions that we believe may be necessary or appropriate in connection with any such breach may cause us to incur significant expenses. Any of these events could have material adverse effects on our brand and reputation, which could harm our business, financial condition, and operating results.

13


Table of Contents


If our customers experience data losses, our brand, reputation and business could be harmed.

        Our customers rely on our archive solutions to store their corporate data, which may include financial records, credit card information, business information, health information, other personally identifiable information or other sensitive personal information. A breach of our network security and systems or other events that cause the loss or public disclosure of, or access by third parties to, our customers' stored files or data could have serious negative consequences for our business, including possible fines, penalties and damages, reduced demand for our solutions, an unwillingness of our customers to use our solutions, harm to our brand and reputation, and time-consuming and expensive litigation. The techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems change frequently, often are not recognized until launched against a target, and may originate from less regulated or remote areas around the world. As a result, we may be unable to proactively prevent these techniques, implement adequate preventative or reactionary measures, or enforce the laws and regulations that govern such activities. In addition, because of the large amount of data that we collect and manage, it is possible that hardware failures, human errors or errors in our systems could result in data loss or corruption, or cause the information that we collect to be incomplete or contain inaccuracies that our customers regard as significant. If our customers experience any data loss, or any data corruption or inaccuracies, whether caused by security breaches or otherwise, our brand, reputation and business would be harmed.

        Our errors and omissions insurance may be inadequate or may not be available in the future on acceptable terms, or at all. In addition, our policy may not cover any claim against us for loss of data or other indirect or consequential damages. Defending a suit based on any data loss or system disruption, regardless of its merit, could be costly and divert management's attention.

Defects or vulnerabilities in our solutions could harm our reputation, reduce the sales of our solutions and expose us to liability for losses.

        Because our solutions are complex, undetected errors, failures or bugs may occur, especially when solutions are first introduced or when new versions or updates are released despite our efforts to test those solutions and enhancements prior to release. We may not be able to correct defects, errors, vulnerabilities or failures promptly, or at all.

        Any defects, errors, vulnerabilities or failures in our solutions could result in:

14


Table of Contents

        Limitation of liability provisions in our standard terms and conditions may not adequately or effectively protect us from any claims related to defects, errors, vulnerabilities or failures in our solutions, including as a result of federal, state or local laws or ordinances or unfavorable judicial decisions in the United States or other countries.

Because we provide security solutions, our software, website and internal systems may be subject to intentional disruption that could adversely impact our reputation and future sales.

        We could be a target of attacks specifically designed to impede the performance of our solutions and harm our reputation. Similarly, experienced computer hackers may attempt to penetrate our network security or the security of our website and misappropriate proprietary information and/or cause interruptions of our services. Because the techniques used by such computer hackers to access or sabotage networks change frequently and may not be recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques. If an actual or perceived breach of network security occurs, it could adversely affect the market perception of our solutions, and may expose us to the loss of information, litigation and possible liability. In addition, such a security breach could impair our ability to operate our business, including our ability to provide support services to our customers.

We believe that there is a trend for large and mid-sized enterprises to migrate their on-premise email systems to cloud-based offerings. If we fail to successfully develop, market, broaden or enhance our solutions to continue to be attractive to existing customers currently using cloud-based email systems or by new prospects, our ability to grow or maintain our revenue could be harmed, and our business could suffer.

        We derive a substantial portion of our revenue from our solutions that protect and archive data in our customers' on-premise email systems and expect to continue to do so for the foreseeable future. We currently derive a portion of our revenue from customers using cloud-based email systems such as Google's Google Apps and Microsoft's Office 365, both of which include varying degrees of threat protection and governance services as part of their offering. A significant market shift from on-premise email systems toward such cloud-based email systems could decrease demand for our solutions because customers who move to cloud-based email systems may no longer value our solutions; if our current or prospective customers who utilize cloud-based email systems fail to find value in our solutions, our business could be adversely affected.

Historically, our solutions have been used primarily for email, and any decrease in the use of email systems by large and mid-sized enterprises over time, or the failure of our newly developed solutions for emerging methods of communication and collaboration to gain acceptance could harm our business.

        Historically, our customers have primarily used our solutions to protect and archive data in their corporate email systems. If the use of email decreases, demand for our solutions would decrease and we may fail to diversify our revenue base by increasing demand for our other technology solutions.

        In addition, messaging and collaboration technologies are evolving rapidly. For instance, the widespread adoption and use of mobile devices, unmanaged Internet-based collaboration and file sharing applications and social networking sites have caused valuable and sensitive data to proliferate well beyond traditional corporate email systems, resulting in new and increasing security risks. We are devoting resources to continue developing and marketing our solutions for these emerging methods of communication and collaboration. However, our customers may not perceive the need to deploy our solutions intended to address these emerging areas. If we are unable to successfully develop, market, broaden or enhance our solutions to address the wider range of threats caused by the proliferation of new technologies and methods of communication, demand for our existing solutions would decrease, and our business would be harmed.

15


Table of Contents


If functionality similar to that offered by our solutions is incorporated into our competitors' networking products, potential or existing customers may decide against adding our solutions to their network, which would have an adverse effect on our business.

        Some large, well-established providers of networking equipment, such as Cisco and Juniper Networks, Inc. currently offer, and may continue to introduce, network security features that compete with our solutions, either in stand-alone security products or as additional features in their network infrastructure products. The inclusion of, or the announcement of an intent to include, functionality perceived to be similar to that offered by our solutions in networking products that are already generally accepted as necessary components of customers' network architecture may have an adverse effect on our ability to market and sell our solutions. Furthermore, even if the functionality offered by network infrastructure providers is more limited than that offered by our solutions, a significant number of our customers may elect to accept such limited functionality in lieu of adding appliances or software from an additional vendor such as us. Many organizations have invested substantial personnel and financial resources to design and operate their networks and have established deep relationships with other providers of networking products, which may make them reluctant to add new third-party components to their networks.

Our solutions collect, filter and archive customer data which may contain personal information, which raises privacy concerns and could result in us having liability or inhibit sales of our solutions.

        Many federal, state and foreign government bodies and agencies have adopted or are considering adopting laws and regulations regarding the collection, use, and disclosure of personal information. Because many of the features of our solutions use, store, and report on customer data which may contain personal information from our customers, any inability to adequately address privacy concerns, or comply with applicable privacy laws, regulations and policies could, even if unfounded, result in liability to us, damage to our reputation, loss of sales, and harm to our business. Furthermore, the costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, such laws, regulations and policies that are applicable to the businesses of our customers may limit the use and adoption of our solutions and reduce overall demand for them. Privacy concerns, whether or not valid, may inhibit market adoption of our solutions. For example, in the United States regulations such as the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (GLBA), which protects and restricts the use of consumer credit and financial information, and the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), which regulates the use and disclosure of personal health information, impose significant security and data protection requirements and obligations on businesses that may affect the use and adoption of our solutions. The European Union has also adopted a data privacy directive that requires member states to impose restrictions on the collection and use of personal data that, in some respects, are more stringent, and impose more significant burdens on subject businesses, than current privacy standards in the United States.

        Any failure or perceived failure to comply with laws and regulations may result in proceedings or actions against us by government entities or others, or could cause us to lose users and customers, which could potentially have an adverse effect on our business.

If we do not effectively expand and train our sales force, we may be unable to add new customers or increase sales to our existing customers and our business will be harmed.

        We continue to be substantially dependent on our sales force to obtain new customers and to sell additional solutions to our existing customers. We believe that there is significant competition for sales personnel with the skills and technical knowledge that we require. Our ability to achieve significant revenue growth will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training and retaining sufficient numbers of sales personnel to support our growth. New hires require significant training and may take significant time before they achieve full productivity. Our recent hires and planned hires may not become as productive as we expect, and we may be unable to hire or retain sufficient numbers of

16


Table of Contents


qualified individuals in the markets where we do business or plan to do business. If we are unable to hire and train sufficient numbers of effective sales personnel, or the sales personnel are not successful in obtaining new customers or increasing sales to our existing customer base, our business will be harmed.

Our sales cycle is long and unpredictable, and our sales efforts require considerable time and expense. As a result, our results are difficult to predict and may vary substantially from quarter to quarter, which may cause our operating results to fluctuate.

        We sell our security and compliance offerings primarily to enterprise IT departments that are managing a growing set of user and compliance demands, which has increased the complexity of customer requirements to be met and confirmed in the sales cycle. Additionally, we have found that increasingly security, legal and compliance departments are involved in testing, evaluating and finally approving purchases, which has also made the sales cycle longer and less predictable. We may not be able to accurately predict or forecast the timing of sales, which makes our future revenue difficult to predict and could cause our results to vary significantly. In addition, we might devote substantial time and effort to a particular unsuccessful sales effort, and as a result we could lose other sales opportunities or incur expenses that are not offset by an increase in revenue, which could harm our business.

Because our long-term success depends, in part, on our ability to expand the sales of our platform to our customers located outside of the United States, our business will be increasingly susceptible to risks associated with international operations.

        One key element of our growth strategy is to develop a worldwide customer base and expand our operations worldwide. We have added employees, offices and customers internationally, particularly in Europe and Asia. Operating in international markets requires significant resources and management attention and will subject us to regulatory, economic, political and competitive risks and competition that are different from those in the United States. Because of our limited experience with international operations, we cannot assure you that our international expansion efforts will be successful or that expected returns on such investments will be achieved in the future.

        In addition, our international operations may fail to succeed due to other risks inherent in operating businesses internationally, including:

17


Table of Contents

        Our failure to manage any of these risks successfully could harm our existing and future international operations and seriously impair our overall business.

If the market for our delivery model and cloud computing services develops more slowly than we expect, our business could be harmed.

        Our success will depend to a substantial extent on the willingness of enterprises, large and small, to increase their use of cloud computing services. The market for messaging security and data compliance solutions delivered as a service in particular is at an early stage relative to on-premise solutions, and these applications may not achieve and sustain high levels of demand and market acceptance. Many enterprises have invested substantial personnel and financial resources to integrate traditional enterprise software or hardware appliances for these applications into their businesses or may be reluctant or unwilling to use cloud computing services because they have concerns regarding the risks associated with reliability and security, among other things, of this delivery model, or its ability to help them comply with applicable laws and regulations. If enterprises do not perceive the benefits of this delivery model, then the market for our services may develop more slowly than we expect, which would adversely affect our business and operating results.

If we are unable to enhance our existing solutions and develop new solutions, our growth will be harmed and we may not be able to achieve profitability.

        Our ability to attract new customers and increase revenue from existing customers will depend in large part on our ability to enhance and improve our existing solutions and to introduce new solutions. The success of any enhancement or new solution depends on several factors, including the timely completion, introduction and market acceptance of the enhancement or solution. Any new enhancement or solution we develop or acquire may not be introduced in a timely or cost-effective manner and may not achieve the broad market acceptance necessary to generate significant revenue. If we are unable to successfully develop or acquire new solutions or enhance our existing solutions to meet customer requirements, we may not grow as expected and we may not achieve profitability.

        We cannot be certain that our development activities will be successful or that we will not incur delays or cost overruns. Furthermore, we may not have sufficient financial resources to identify and develop new technologies and bring enhancements or new solutions to market in a timely and cost effective manner. New technologies and enhancements could be delayed or cost more than we expect, and we cannot ensure that any of these solutions will be commercially successful if and when they are introduced.

18


Table of Contents


If we are unable to cost-effectively scale or adapt our existing architecture to accommodate increased traffic, technological advances or changing customer requirements, our operating results could be harmed.

        As our customer base grows, the number of users accessing our solutions over the Internet will correspondingly increase. Increased traffic could result in slow access speeds and response times. Since our customer agreements often include service availability commitments, slow speeds or our failure to accommodate increased traffic could result in breaches of our service level agreements or obligate us to issue service credits. In addition, the market for our solutions is characterized by rapid technological advances and changes in customer requirements. In order to accommodate increased traffic and respond to technological advances and evolving customer requirements, we expect that we will be required to make future investments in our network architecture. If we do not implement future upgrades to our network architecture cost-effectively, or if we experience prolonged delays or unforeseen difficulties in connection with upgrading our network architecture, our service quality may suffer and our operating results could be harmed.

Our quarterly operating results are likely to vary significantly and be unpredictable, which could cause the trading price of our stock to decline.

        Our operating results have historically varied from period to period, and we expect that they will continue to do so as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control and may be difficult to predict, including:

        Any one of the factors above or the cumulative effect of some of the factors referred to above may result in significant fluctuations in our quarterly financial and other operating results, including fluctuations in our key metrics. This variability and unpredictability could result in our failing to meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors for any period. If we fail to meet or exceed such expectations for these or any other reasons, the market price of our shares could fall substantially and

19


Table of Contents


we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class action suits. In addition, a significant percentage of our operating expenses are fixed in nature and based on forecasted revenue and cash flow trends. Accordingly, in the event of revenue shortfalls, we are generally unable to mitigate the negative impact on margins or other operating results in the short term.

If we fail to manage our sales and distribution channels effectively or if our partners choose not to market and sell our solutions to their customers, our operating results could be adversely affected.

        We have derived and anticipate that in the future we will continue to derive a substantial portion of the sales of our solutions through channel partners. In order to scale our channel program to support growth in our business, it is important that we continue to help our partners enhance their ability to independently sell and deploy our solutions. We may be unable to continue to successfully expand and improve the effectiveness of our channel sales program.

        Our agreements with our channel partners are generally non-exclusive and some of our channel partners have entered, and may continue to enter, into strategic relationships with our competitors or are competitors themselves. Further, many of our channel partners have multiple strategic relationships and they may not regard us as significant for their businesses. Our channel partners may terminate their respective relationships with us with limited or no notice and with limited or no penalty, pursue other partnerships or relationships, or attempt to develop or acquire products or services that compete with our solutions. Our partners also may impair our ability to enter into other desirable strategic relationships. If our channel partners do not effectively market and sell our solutions, if they choose to place greater emphasis on products of their own or those offered by our competitors, or if they fail to meet the needs of our customers, our ability to grow our business and sell our solutions may be adversely affected. Similarly, the loss of a substantial number of our channel partners, and our possible inability to replace them, the failure to recruit additional channel partners, any reduction or delay in their sales of our solutions, or any conflicts between channel sales and our direct sales and marketing activities could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

Because we recognize revenue from subscriptions over the term of the relevant service period, decreases or increases in sales are not immediately reflected in full in our operating results.

        We recognize revenue from subscriptions over the term of the relevant service period, which typically range from one to three years, with some up to five years. As a result, most of our quarterly revenue from subscriptions results from agreements entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, a shortfall in demand for our solutions in any quarter may not significantly reduce our subscription revenue for that quarter, but could negatively affect subscription revenue in future quarters. We may be unable to adjust our cost structure to compensate for this potential shortfall in subscription revenue. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in sales of subscriptions may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. Our subscription model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our subscription revenue through additional sales in any period, as subscription revenue must be recognized over the term of the contract.

Interruptions or delays in services provided by third parties could impair the delivery of our service and harm our business.

        We currently serve our customers from third-party data center hosting facilities located in the United States, Canada and Europe. We also rely on bandwidth providers, Internet service providers, and mobile networks to deliver our solutions. Any damage to, or failure of, the systems of our third-party providers could result in interruptions to our service. If for any reason our arrangement with one or more of our data centers is terminated we could experience additional expense in arranging for new facilities and support. Our data center facilities providers have no obligations to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to renew our agreements with the

20


Table of Contents


facilities providers on commercially reasonable terms or if in the future we add additional data center facility providers, we may experience costs or downtime in connection with the transfer to, or the addition of, new data center facilities. In addition, the failure of our data centers to meet our capacity requirements could result in interruptions in the availability of our solutions, impair the functionality of our solutions or impede our ability to scale our operations. As we continue to add data centers, restructure our data management plans, and increase capacity in existing and future data centers, we may move or transfer our data and our customers' data. Despite precautions taken during such processes and procedures, any unsuccessful data transfers may impair the delivery of our service, and we may experience costs or downtime in connection with the transfer of data to other facilities.

        We also depend on access to the Internet through third-party bandwidth providers to operate our business. If we lose the services of one or more of our bandwidth providers, or if these providers experience outages, for any reason, we could experience disruption in delivering our solutions or we could be required to retain the services of a replacement bandwidth provider. Our business also depends on our customers having high-speed access to the Internet. Any Internet outages or delays could adversely affect our ability to provide our solutions to our customers.

        Our operations also rely heavily on the availability of electricity, which also comes from third-party providers. If we or the third-party data center facilities that we use to deliver our services were to experience a major power outage or if the cost of electricity were to increase significantly, our operations and financial results could be harmed. If we or our third-party data centers were to experience a major power outage, we or they would have to rely on back-up generators, which might not work properly or might not provide an adequate supply during a major power outage. Such a power outage could result in a significant disruption of our business.

        The occurrence of an extended interruption of ours or third-party services for any reason could result in lengthy interruptions in our services or in the delivery of customers' email and require us to provide service credits, refunds, indemnification payments or other payments to our customers, and could also result in the loss of customers.

Any failure to offer high-quality technical support services may adversely affect our relationships with our customers and harm our financial results.

        Once our solutions are deployed, our customers depend on our support organization to resolve any technical issues relating to our solutions. In addition, our sales process is highly dependent on our solutions and business reputation and on strong recommendations from our existing customers. Any failure to maintain high-quality technical support, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality support, could harm our reputation, adversely affect our ability to sell our solutions to existing and prospective customers, and harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

        We offer technical support services with many of our solutions. We may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in customer demand for support services. We also may be unable to modify the format of our support services to compete with changes in support services provided by competitors. Increased customer demand for these services, without corresponding revenue, could increase costs and adversely affect our operating results.

        We have outsourced a substantial portion of our worldwide customer support functions to third-party service providers. If these companies experience financial difficulties, do not maintain sufficiently skilled workers and resources to satisfy our contracts, or otherwise fail to perform at a sufficient level, the level of support services to our customers may be significantly disrupted, which could materially harm our reputation and our relationships with these customers.

21


Table of Contents

If we fail to develop or protect our brand, our business may be harmed.

        We believe that developing and maintaining awareness and integrity of our company and our brand are important to achieving widespread acceptance of our existing and future offerings and are important elements in attracting new customers. We believe that the importance of brand recognition will increase as competition in our market further intensifies. Successful promotion of our brand will depend on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts and on our ability to provide reliable and useful solutions at competitive prices. We plan to continue investing substantial resources to promote our brand, both domestically and internationally, but there is no guarantee that our brand development strategies will enhance the recognition of our brand. Some of our existing and potential competitors have well-established brands with greater recognition than we have. If our efforts to promote and maintain our brand are not successful, our operating results and our ability to attract and retain customers may be adversely affected. In addition, even if our brand recognition and loyalty increases, this may not result in increased use of our solutions or higher revenue.

        In addition, independent industry analysts often provide reviews of our solutions, as well as those of our competitors, and perception of our solutions in the marketplace may be significantly influenced by these reviews. We have no control over what these industry analysts report, and because industry analysts may influence current and potential customers, our brand could be harmed if they do not provide a positive review of our solutions or view us as a market leader.

The steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property rights may not be adequate.

        We rely on a combination of contractual rights, trademarks, trade secrets, patents and copyrights to establish and protect our intellectual property rights. These offer only limited protection, however, and the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary technology may not deter its misuse, theft or misappropriation. Any of our patents, copyrights, trademarks or other intellectual property rights may be challenged by others or invalidated through administrative process or litigation. Competitors may independently develop technologies or products that are substantially equivalent or superior to our solutions or that inappropriately incorporate our proprietary technology into their products. Competitors may hire our former employees who may misappropriate our proprietary technology or misuse our confidential information. Although we rely in part upon confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants and other third parties to protect our trade secrets and other confidential information, those agreements may not effectively prevent disclosure of trade secrets and other confidential information and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of misappropriation of trade secrets or unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. In addition, others may independently discover our trade secrets and confidential information, and in such cases we could not assert any trade secret rights against such parties.

        We might be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect our intellectual property rights. We may initiate claims or litigation against third parties for infringement of our intellectual property rights or misappropriation of our trade secrets, or to establish the validity of our intellectual property rights. Any litigation, whether or not it is resolved in our favor, could result in significant expense to us and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel, which may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. Certain jurisdictions may not provide adequate legal infrastructure for effective protection of our intellectual property rights. Changing legal interpretations of liability for unauthorized use of our solutions or lessened sensitivity by corporate, government or institutional users to refraining from intellectual property piracy or other infringements of intellectual property could also harm our business.

        Our issued patents may not provide us with any competitive advantages or may be challenged by third parties, and our patent applications may never be granted at all. It is possible that innovations for which we seek patent protection may not be protectable. Additionally, the process of obtaining patent

22


Table of Contents


protection is expensive and time consuming, and we may not be able to prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. Given the cost, effort, risks and downside of obtaining patent protection, including the requirement to ultimately disclose the invention to the public, we may not choose to seek patent protection for certain innovations. However, such patent protection could later prove to be important to our business. Even if issued, there can be no assurance that any patents will have the coverage originally sought or adequately protect our intellectual property, as the legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of patent and other intellectual property rights are uncertain. Any patents that are issued may be invalidated or otherwise limited, or may lapse or may be abandoned, enabling other companies to better develop products that compete with our solutions, which could adversely affect our competitive business position, business prospects and financial condition.

        We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to protect our intellectual property will adequately protect us, and any failure to protect our intellectual property could harm our business.

Third parties claiming that we infringe their intellectual property rights could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and prevent us from selling our solutions.

        Companies in the software and technology industries, including some of our current and potential competitors, own large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets and frequently enter into litigation based on allegations of infringement, misappropriation or other violations of intellectual property rights. In addition, many of these companies have the capability to dedicate substantially greater resources to enforce their intellectual property rights and to defend claims that may be brought against them. The litigation may involve patent holding companies or other adverse patent owners who have no relevant product revenue and against whom our potential patents may provide little or no deterrence. We have received, and may in the future receive, notices that claim we have infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated other parties' intellectual property rights. To the extent we gain greater visibility, we face a higher risk of being the subject of intellectual property infringement claims, which is not uncommon with respect to software technologies in general and information security technology in particular. There may be third-party intellectual property rights, including issued or pending patents that cover significant aspects of our technologies or business methods. Any intellectual property claims, with or without merit, could be very time consuming, could be expensive to settle or litigate and could divert our management's attention and other resources. These claims could also subject us to significant liability for damages, potentially including treble damages if we are found to have willfully infringed patents or copyrights. These claims could also result in our having to stop using technology found to be in violation of a third party's rights. We might be required to seek a license for the intellectual property, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all. Even if a license were available, we could be required to pay significant royalties, which would increase our operating expenses. As a result, we may be required to develop alternative non-infringing technology, which could require significant effort and expense. If we cannot license or develop technology for any infringing aspect of our business, we would be forced to limit or stop sales of one or more of our solutions or features of our solutions and may be unable to compete effectively. Any of these results would harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

        In addition, our agreements with customers and channel partners include indemnification provisions under which we agree to indemnify them for losses suffered or incurred as a result of claims of intellectual property infringement and, in some cases, for damages caused by us to property or persons. Large indemnity payments could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

23


Table of Contents

We rely on technology and intellectual property licensed from other parties, the failure or loss of which could increase our costs and delay or prevent the delivery of our solutions.

        We utilize various types of software and other technology, as well as intellectual property rights, licensed from unaffiliated third parties in order to provide certain elements of our solutions. Any errors or defects in any third-party technology could result in errors in our solutions that could harm our business. In addition, licensed technology and intellectual property rights may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. While we believe that there are currently adequate replacements for the third-party technology we use, any loss of the right to use any of this technology on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, could result in delays in producing or delivering our solutions until equivalent technology is identified and integrated, which delays could harm our business. In this situation we would be required to either redesign our solutions to function with software available from other parties or to develop these components ourselves, which would result in increased costs. Furthermore, we might be forced to limit the features available in our current or future solutions. If we fail to maintain or renegotiate any of these technology or intellectual property licenses, we could face significant delays and diversion of resources in attempting to develop similar or replacement technology, or to license and integrate a functional equivalent of the technology.

Some of our solutions contain "open source" software, and any failure to comply with the terms of one or more of these open source licenses could negatively affect our business.

        Some of our solutions are distributed with software licensed by its authors or other third parties under so-called "open source" licenses, which may include, by way of example, the GNU General Public License, or GPL, and the Apache License. Some of these licenses contain requirements that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon the open source software, and that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of a particular open source license or other license granting third parties certain rights of further use. By the terms of certain open source licenses, we could be required to release the source code of our proprietary software, and to make our proprietary software available under open source licenses, if we combine our proprietary software with open source software in a certain manner. In the event that portions of our proprietary software are determined to be subject to an open source license, we could be required to publicly release the affected portions of our source code, re-engineer all or a portion of our technologies, or otherwise be limited in the licensing of our technologies, each of which could reduce or eliminate the value of our technologies and solutions. In addition to risks related to license requirements, usage of open source software can lead to greater risks than use of third party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on the origin of the software. We have established processes to help alleviate these risks, including a review process for screening requests from our development organizations for the use of open source software, but we cannot be sure that all open source software is submitted for approval prior to use in our solutions, that our programmers have not incorporated open source software into our proprietary solutions and technologies or that they will not do so in the future. In addition, many of the risks associated with usage of open source software cannot be eliminated, and could, if not properly addressed, negatively affect our business.

Governmental regulations affecting the export of certain of our solutions could negatively affect our business.

        Our products are subject to U.S. export controls, and we incorporate encryption technology into certain of our products. These encryption products and the underlying technology may be exported outside the United States only with the required export authorizations, including by license, a license exception or other appropriate government authorizations, including the filing of an encryption registration. Governmental regulation of encryption technology and regulation of imports or exports, or our failure to obtain required import or export approval for our products, could harm our international sales and adversely affect our revenue.

24


Table of Contents

        We determined that subsequent to August 2008, we may have shipped a particular hardware appliance model to a limited number of international customers that, prior to shipment, may have required either a one-time product review or application for an encryption registration number in lieu of such product review. We are making a voluntary submission to the U.S. Commerce Department's Bureau of Industry and Security (BIS) to report this potential violation.

        In addition, the U.S. government also prohibits U.S. companies from doing business with customers in certain restricted countries. As part of a pre-IPO due diligence review, we discovered a potential export violation involving the provision of web-based, email communication services to end-users located in Iran through our Everyone.net service, which we acquired in October 2009. Neither of these suspected end-users appears to have been a current customer of these web-based, email communication services since late 2010 or early 2011. Although we had ceased providing the services, we are making a voluntary submission to the U.S. Department of Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) to report this potential violation. Our investigation of these matters is still ongoing, and it is possible that we may discover additional violations.

        Failure to comply with such regulations and these recent voluntary submissions could result in penalties, costs, and restrictions on export privileges, which could also harm our operating results.

We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods. If we fail to manage such growth and our future growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan, maintain high levels of service or adequately address competitive challenges.

        We have experienced significant growth in recent periods. For example, we grew from 158 employees on December 31, 2007 to 348 on September 30, 2011. This growth has placed, and any future growth may place, a significant strain on our management and operational infrastructure, including our hosting operations. Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to manage these changes effectively. We will need to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls and our reporting systems and procedures. Failure to effectively manage growth could result in declines in service quality or customer satisfaction, increases in costs, difficulties in introducing new features or other operational difficulties. Any failure to effectively manage growth could adversely impact our business and reputation.

The forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the markets in which we compete achieve the forecasted growth, we cannot assure you our business will grow at similar rates, if at all.

        Growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates which may not prove to be accurate. Forecasts relating to the expected growth in the security and other markets may prove to be inaccurate. Even if these markets experience the forecasted growth, we may not grow our business at similar rates, or at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, the forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.

We have and may further expand through acquisitions of, or investments in, other companies, which may divert our management's attention, dilute our stockholders and consume corporate resources that otherwise would be necessary to sustain and grow our business.

        Our business strategy may, from time to time, include acquiring complementary products, technologies or businesses. We also may enter into relationships with other businesses in order to expand our solutions, which could involve preferred or exclusive licenses, additional channels of distribution, or investments by or between the two parties. Negotiating these transactions can be time consuming, difficult and expensive, and our ability to close these transactions may be subject to third-party approvals, such as

25


Table of Contents


government regulation, which are beyond our control. Consequently, we can make no assurance that these transactions, once undertaken and announced, will close.

        These kinds of transactions may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. In particular, we may encounter difficulties assimilating or integrating the businesses, technologies, products, personnel or operations of acquired companies, particularly if the key personnel of the acquired business choose not to work for us, and we may have difficulty retaining the customers of any acquired business. Acquisitions may also disrupt our ongoing business, divert our resources and require significant management attention that would otherwise be available for development of our business. Any acquisition or investment could expose us to unknown liabilities. In addition, as of September 30, 2011, we had $20.4 million in goodwill and intangible assets recorded on our consolidated balance sheet. We may in the future need to incur charges with respect to the write-down or impairment of goodwill or intangible assets, which could adversely affect our operating results. Moreover, we cannot assure you that the anticipated benefits of any acquisition or investment would be realized or that we would not be exposed to unknown liabilities. In connection with these types of transactions, we may issue additional equity securities that would dilute our stockholders, use cash that we may need in the future to operate our business, incur debt on terms unfavorable to us or that we are unable to repay, incur large charges or substantial liabilities, encounter difficulties integrating diverse business cultures, and become subject to adverse tax consequences, substantial depreciation or deferred compensation charges. These challenges related to acquisitions or investments could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

If we are unable to attract and retain qualified employees, lose key personnel, fail to integrate replacement personnel successfully, or fail to manage our employee base effectively, we may be unable to develop new and enhanced solutions, effectively manage or expand our business, or increase our revenue.

        Our future success depends upon our ability to recruit and retain key management, technical, sales, marketing, finance, and other critical personnel. Despite the economic downturn, competition for qualified management, technical and other personnel is intense, and we may not be successful in attracting and retaining such personnel. If we fail to attract and retain qualified employees, our ability to grow our business could be harmed. Our officers and other key personnel are employees-at-will, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to retain them. Competition for people with the specific skills that we require is significant. In order to attract and retain personnel in a competitive marketplace, we believe that we must provide a competitive compensation package, including cash and equity-based compensation. Volatility in our stock price may from time to time adversely affect our ability to recruit or retain employees. If we are unable to hire and retain qualified employees, or conversely, if we fail to manage employee performance or reduce staffing levels when required by market conditions, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

        In addition, hiring, training, and successfully integrating replacement personnel could be time consuming, may cause additional disruptions to our operations, and may be unsuccessful, which could negatively impact future revenue.

Changes in laws and/or regulations related to the Internet or changes in the Internet infrastructure itself may diminish the demand for our solutions, and could have a negative impact on our business.

        The future success of our business depends upon the continued use of the Internet as a primary medium for commerce, communication and business applications. Federal, state or foreign government bodies or agencies have in the past adopted, and may in the future adopt, laws or regulations affecting data privacy and the use of the Internet as a commercial medium. Changes in these laws or regulations could require us to modify our solutions in order to comply with these changes. In addition, government agencies or private organizations may begin to impose taxes, fees or other charges for accessing the Internet or commerce conducted via the Internet. These laws or charges could limit the

26


Table of Contents


growth of Internet-related commerce or communications generally, result in a decline in the use of the Internet and the viability of Internet-based applications such as ours and reduce the demand for our solutions.

        The legal and regulatory framework also drives demand for our solutions. Our customers are subject to laws, regulations and internal policies that mandate how they process, handle, store, use and transmit a variety of sensitive data and communications. These laws and regulations are subject to revision, change and interpretation at any time, and any such change could either help or hurt the demand for our solutions. We cannot be sure that the legal and regulatory framework in any given jurisdiction will be favorable to our business or that we will be able to sustain or grow our business if there are any adverse changes to these laws and regulations.

If we are required to collect sales and use taxes on the solutions we sell, we may be subject to liability for past sales and our future sales may decrease.

        State and local taxing jurisdictions have differing rules and regulations governing sales and use taxes, and these rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations that may change over time. In particular, the applicability of sales taxes to our subscription services in various jurisdictions is unclear. We have recorded sales tax liabilities of $0.1 million on our consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2011 in respect of sales and use tax liabilities in various states and local jurisdictions. It is possible that we could face sales tax audits and that our liability for these taxes could exceed our estimates as state tax authorities could still assert that we are obligated to collect additional amounts as taxes from our customers and remit those taxes to those authorities. We could also be subject to audits with respect to state and international jurisdictions for which we have not accrued tax liabilities. A successful assertion that we should be collecting additional sales or other taxes on our services in jurisdictions where we have not historically done so and do not accrue for sales taxes could result in substantial tax liabilities for past sales, discourage customers from purchasing our application or otherwise harm our business and operating results.

Adverse conditions in the national and global economies and financial markets may adversely affect our business and financial results.

        Our financial performance depends, in part, on the state of the economy, which deteriorated in the recent broad recession, and which may deteriorate in the future. Challenging economic conditions worldwide have from time to time contributed, and may continue to contribute, to slowdowns in the information technology industry, resulting in reduced demand for our solutions as a result of continued constraints on IT-related capital spending by our customers and increased price competition for our solutions. Moreover, we target some of our solutions to the financial services industry and therefore if there is consolidation in that industry, or layoffs, or lack of funding for IT purchases, our business may suffer. If unfavorable economic conditions continue or worsen, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

Our business is subject to the risks of earthquakes, fire, power outages, floods and other catastrophic events, and to interruption by manmade problems such as terrorism.

        Natural disasters or other catastrophic events may cause damage or disruption to our operations, international commerce and the global economy, and thus could have a strong negative effect on us. We have significant operations in the Silicon Valley area of Northern California, a region known for seismic activity. A major earthquake or other natural disaster, fire, act of terrorism or other catastrophic event that results in the destruction or disruption of any of our critical business operations or information technology systems could severely affect our ability to conduct normal business operations and, as a result, our future operating results could be harmed. These negative events could make it difficult or impossible for us to deliver our services to our customers, and could decrease demand for our services. Because we do not carry earthquake insurance for direct quake-related losses,

27


Table of Contents


and significant recovery time could be required to resume operations, our financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected in the event of a major earthquake or catastrophic event.

A portion of our revenue is generated by sales to government entities, which are subject to a number of challenges and risks.

        Sales to U.S. and foreign federal, state and local governmental agency customers have accounted for a portion of our revenue in past periods, and we may in the future increase sales to government entities. Sales into government entities are subject to a number of risks. Selling to government entities can be highly competitive, expensive and time consuming, often requiring significant upfront time and expense without any assurance that we will win a sale. We have invested in the creation of a cloud offering certified under the Federal Information Security Management Act (FISMA) for government usage but we cannot be sure that we will continue to sustain or renew this certification, that the government will continue to mandate such certification or that other government agencies or entities will use this cloud offering. Government demand and payment for our solutions may be impacted by public sector budgetary cycles and funding authorizations, with funding reductions or delays adversely affecting public sector demand for our solutions. Government entities may have contractual or other legal rights to terminate contracts with our distributors and resellers for convenience or due to a default, and any such termination may adversely impact our future results of operations. For example, if the distributor receives a significant portion of its revenue from sales to such governmental entity, the financial health of the distributor could be substantially harmed, which could negatively affect our future sales to such distributor. Governments routinely investigate and audit government contractors' administrative processes, and any unfavorable audit could result in the government refusing to continue buying our solutions, a reduction of revenue or fines or civil or criminal liability if the audit uncovers improper or illegal activities. Any such penalties could adversely impact our results of operations in a material way.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.

        As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the rules and regulations of the NASDAQ Global Market. We expect that the requirements of these rules and regulations will continue to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time consuming and costly, and place significant strain on our personnel, systems and resources.

        The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are continuing to develop and refine our disclosure controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and that information required to be disclosed in reports under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our principal executive and financial officers.

        Our current controls and any new controls that we develop may become inadequate because of changes in conditions in our business. Further, weaknesses in our internal controls may be discovered in the future. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls, or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal controls also could adversely affect the results of periodic management evaluations and annual independent registered public accounting firm attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting that we are required

28


Table of Contents


to include in our periodic reports we will file with the SEC under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial and other information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

        In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, we have expended, and anticipate that we will continue to expend, significant resources, including accounting-related costs, and provide significant management oversight. Any failure to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and could materially impair our ability to operate our business. In the event that we are not able to demonstrate compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act that our internal controls are perceived as inadequate or that we are unable to produce timely or accurate financial statements, investors may lose confidence in our operating results and our stock price could decline. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to remain listed on The NASDAQ Global Market.

        We are not currently required to comply with the SEC rules that implement Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a public company, we will be required to comply with these rules, which will require management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Though we will be required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis, we will not be required to make our first annual assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC. To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff.

        Our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating. Our remediation efforts may not enable us to avoid a material weakness in the future.

We will incur significantly increased costs and devote substantial management time as a result of operating as a public company.

        As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. For example, we will be required to comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC, and the NASDAQ Global Market, our stock exchange, including the establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. We expect that compliance with these requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time consuming and costly. In addition, we expect that our management and other personnel will need to divert attention from operational and other business matters to devote substantial time to these public company requirements. In particular, we expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In that regard, we currently do not have an internal audit function, and we will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and

29


Table of Contents


technical accounting knowledge. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs. We also expect that operating as a public company will make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified people to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.

        The initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock immediately after this offering. Therefore, if you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate dilution of $            in net tangible book value per share from the price you paid assuming we offer our shares at $            , the mid-point of the range on the cover of this prospectus. In addition, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will have contributed        % of the total consideration paid by our stockholders to purchase shares of common stock, but will own        % of our outstanding common stock. Moreover, we issued options and a warrant in the past to acquire common stock at prices significantly below the initial public offering price. As of September 30, 2011, there were 20,227,426 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.73 per share. To the extent that these outstanding options are ultimately exercised, you will incur further dilution.

An active, liquid and orderly trading market for our common stock may not develop, the price of our stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in us will lead to the development of an active trading market in our common stock or how liquid that market might become. An active public market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after the offering. If an active public market does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at a price that is attractive to you, or at all. The market price for shares of our common stock may decline below the initial public offering price, and you may not be able to resell your shares of common stock at or above the initial public offering price. In addition, the trading price of our common stock following the offering is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, including but not limited to, those described in this "Risk Factors" section, performance by other companies in our industry and in the technology industry generally, and overall market conditions, some of which are beyond our control. If the stock market in general experiences a loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, financial condition or results of operations. Some companies that have had volatile market prices for their securities have had securities class actions filed against them. If a suit were filed against us, regardless of its merits or outcome, it would likely result in substantial costs and divert management's attention and resources. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

Anti-takeover provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could impair a takeover attempt.

        Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could have the effect of rendering more difficult, delaying or preventing an acquisition of our company deemed undesirable by our board of directors. These provisions could also reduce the price that investors might be willing to

30


Table of Contents


pay in the future for shares of our common stock and result in the market price of our common stock being lower than it would be without these provisions. Our corporate governance documents include provisions:

These provisions, alone or together, could frustrate, delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management.

        As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation law, which prevents some stockholders holding more than 15% of our outstanding common stock from engaging in certain business combinations merging or combining with us without approval of the holders of a substantial majority of all of our outstanding common stock.

Our directors, executive officers and principal stockholders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering and could delay or prevent a change in control or acquisition of us.

        After this offering, our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our common stock, together with their affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate,        % of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these stockholders, acting together, would have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and the approval of any merger or consolidation of our company or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, these stockholders, acting together, would have the ability to control the management and affairs of our company through their ability to elect the members of our board of directors. The interests of these stockholders may not always coincide with the interests of our other stockholders. For instance, these stockholders may cause us to enter into transactions or agreements that we would not otherwise consider. In addition, this concentration of ownership might harm the market price of our common stock by:

Most of our total outstanding shares may be sold into the market when the "lock-up" period ends. If there are substantial sales of shares of our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline.

        The price of our common stock could decline if there are substantial sales of our common stock, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers and significant stockholders, or if a large number of shares of our common stock becomes available for sale in the public market. After this offering, there will be             shares of our common stock issued and outstanding. This number of shares

31


Table of Contents


includes the shares that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately. The remaining            outstanding shares are currently restricted from resale as a result of market standoff agreements. In addition, certain of these shares are also subject to lock-up agreements, as more fully described in "Underwriters." In each case, these shares will become available to be sold 181 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in some circumstances. Shares held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act and various vesting agreements.

        After this offering, the holders of an aggregate of approximately 40,541,990 shares of our common stock outstanding will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or our stockholders. All of these shares are subject to market standoff and/or lock-up agreements restricting their sale for 180 days after the date of this prospectus subject to extension in some circumstances. We also intend to register shares of common stock for sale that we have issued and may issue under our employee equity incentive plans. Once we register these shares, they will be able to be sold freely in the public market upon issuance, subject to existing market standoff and/or lock-up agreements. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. may, in their sole discretion, permit our officers, directors, employees and current stockholders who are subject to contractual lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements. See the "Underwriters" section of this prospectus for more information.

        The market price of the shares of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of a substantial number of our shares in the public market or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell their shares.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive from this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

        Our management will have broad discretion to use our net proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. Our management might not apply these proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment. We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities, general and administrative matters, and capital expenditures. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire, invest in, or obtain rights to complementary technologies, solutions, or businesses. If we do not apply the net proceeds from this offering in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how we use our net proceeds from this offering.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

        The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We currently do not have and may never obtain research coverage by securities analysts, and industry analysts that currently cover us may cease to do so. If no securities analysts commence coverage of our company, or if industry analysts cease coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

32


Table of Contents


Our failure to raise additional capital or generate the significant capital necessary to expand our operations and invest in new solutions could reduce our ability to compete and could harm our business.

        We may need to raise additional funds, and we may not be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms, if at all. If we raise additional equity financing, our stockholders may experience significant dilution of their ownership interests and the per share value of our common stock could decline. If we issue equity securities in any additional financing, the new securities may have rights and preferences senior to our common stock. If we engage in debt financing, we may be required to accept terms that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness and force us to maintain specified liquidity or other ratios. If we need additional capital and cannot raise it on acceptable terms, we may not be able to, among other things:

We do not anticipate paying cash dividends, and accordingly, stockholders must rely on stock appreciation for any return on their investment.

        We do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock in the future. As a result, only appreciation of the price of our common stock will provide a return to our stockholders. Investors seeking cash dividends should not invest in our common stock.

33


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        In addition to historical information, this prospectus contains forward-looking statements. We may, in some cases, use words, such as "project," "believe," "anticipate," "plan," "expect," "estimate," "intend," "continue," "should," "would," "could," "potentially," "will" or "may," or other similar words and expressions that convey uncertainty about future events or outcomes to identify these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, among other things, statements about:

        The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated by these forward-looking statements. These risks, uncertainties and factors include those we discuss in this prospectus under the section entitled "Risk Factors." You should read these risk factors and the other cautionary statements made in this prospectus as being applicable to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this prospectus.

        The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

34


Table of Contents


INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

        This prospectus contains estimates and other statistical data, including those relating to our industry, that we have obtained from industry publications and reports, including reports from IDC, Ponemon Institute and Gartner, Inc. These industry publications and reports generally indicate that they have obtained their information from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of their information. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates, as there is no assurance that any of them will be reached. Although we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in these industry publications and reports, based on our industry experience we believe that the publications and reports are reliable and that the conclusions contained in the publications and reports are reasonable. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in "Risk Factors." These and other factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the industry publications and reports.

        The reports from Gartner described herein, or the Gartner Reports, represent data, research opinion or viewpoints published as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, and are not representations of fact. Each Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Reports are subject to change without notice.

        In certain instances the sources of the industry and market data contained in this prospectus are identified by superscript asterisk notations. The sources of these data are provided below:

35


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock that we are selling in this offering will be approximately $             million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares from us is exercised in full, we estimate that we will receive additional net proceeds of $             million. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

        We expect to use the net proceeds that we receive from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds that we receive from this offering for investments in or acquisitions of complementary businesses, products, services, technologies or other assets.

        Except as set forth above, we currently have no specific plans for the use of the net proceeds that we receive from this offering. Accordingly, we will have broad discretion in using the net proceeds that we receive from this offering. Pending the use of proceeds from this offering as described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent on a number of factors, including our earnings, capital requirements and overall financial conditions. In addition, the terms of our equipment loan agreement with Silicon Valley Bank limit our ability to pay dividends.

36


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our consolidated cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments and capitalization as of September 30, 2011 on:

        The information below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of the offering determined at the pricing of this offering. You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes, "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," each included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of September 30, 2011  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

  $ 12,108   $ 12,108   $    
               

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share: 39,424 shares authorized, 38,942 shares issued and outstanding, actual;             shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma or pro forma as adjusted

  $ 109,911   $   $  
               

Stockholders' equity (deficit):

                   
 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share: 70,000 shares authorized, 8,268 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 70,000 shares authorized, 47,402 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;            shares authorized and            shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

    1     5        
 

Additional paid-in capital

    17,733     127,640        
 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (6 )   (6 )      
 

Accumulated deficit

    (155,694 )   (155,694 )      
               
   

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (137,966 )   (28,055 )      
               
     

Total capitalization

  $ (28,055 ) $ (28,055 ) $    
               

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of

37


Table of Contents


this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

        The number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted in the table above does not include the following shares:

38


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2011 was $             million, or $            per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2011, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 39,134,535 shares of our common stock immediately upon the completion of this offering.

        After giving effect to the sale by us of                  shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2011 would have been approximately $             million, or approximately $            per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $            per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $            per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price, or approximately         % of the assumed initial public offering price.

        The following table illustrates this dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $    
 

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2011

  $          
             
 

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

             
             

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

             
             

Dilution per share to investors in this offering

        $    
             

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors by approximately $            and would increase (decrease) dilution per share to new investors by approximately $            , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. In addition, to the extent any outstanding options or the outstanding warrant are exercised, you will experience further dilution.

        The following table presents on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of September 30, 2011, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into common stock immediately upon the completion of this offering, the differences between the existing stockholders and the new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering, with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid or to be paid to us, which includes proceeds received from the issuance of common and convertible preferred stock, cash received from the exercise of stock options and the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders and by our new investors purchasing shares in this offering at an assumed offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this

39


Table of Contents


prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 
  Shares Purchased   Total Consideration    
 
 
  Average
Price Per
Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

            % $         % $    

New investors

                               
                         
 

Total

          100.0 % $       100.0 %      
                         

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors by $             million and increase (decrease) the percent of total consideration paid by new investors by        %, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

        Assuming the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, sales by us in this offering will reduce the percentage of shares held by existing stockholders to         % and will increase the number of shares held by our new investors to                        , or        %.

        The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based upon the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2011 and excludes:

        To the extent that outstanding options or the outstanding warrant are exercised, you will experience further dilution. If all of our outstanding options and the outstanding warrant were exercised, our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2011 would have been $             million, or $            per share, and the pro forma, as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering would have been $             million, or $            per share, causing dilution to new investors of $            per share.

        In addition, to the extent we choose to raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

40


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

         The following tables present selected historical financial data for our business. You should read this information together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 from our audited financial statements not included in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2011, and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2011, are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which consist only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of those unaudited consolidated financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future, and the results for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of operating results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2011 or any other period.

 
  Years Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                                           

Revenue:

                                           
 

Subscription

  $ 13,756   $ 20,823   $ 31,115   $ 42,135   $ 57,657   $ 41,501   $ 52,533  
 

Hardware and services

    2,799     5,105     7,128     6,393     7,133     5,250     6,614  
                               
   

Total revenue

    16,555     25,928     38,243     48,528     64,790     46,751     59,147  

Cost of revenue: (1)

                                           
 

Subscription

    3,300     5,767     11,907     19,150     24,523     17,906     17,553  
 

Hardware and services

    1,878     3,319     3,850     3,309     4,082     2,970     4,426  
                               
   

Total cost of revenue

    5,178     9,086     15,757     22,459     28,605     20,876     21,979  
                               

Gross profit

    11,377     16,842     22,486     26,069     36,185     25,875     37,168  

Operating expense: (1)

                                           
 

Research and development

    5,661     6,221     10,926     11,831     17,583     12,719     14,416  
 

Sales and marketing

    18,985     19,445     32,439     27,883     31,161     22,216     30,070  
 

General and administrative

    2,924     3,925     5,224     5,678     7,465     5,491     6,184  
                               
   

Total operating expense

    27,570     29,591     48,589     45,392     56,209     40,426     50,670  
                               

Operating loss

    (16,193 )   (12,749 )   (26,103 )   (19,323 )   (20,024 )   (14,551 )   (13,502 )

Interest income (expense), net

    566     491     536     87     (340 )   (319 )   (258 )

Other income (expense), net

    (56 )   73     (183 )   (269 )   (258 )   (122 )   212  
                               

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (15,683 )   (12,185 )   (25,750 )   (19,505 )   (20,622 )   (14,992 )   (13,548 )

Provision for income taxes

    (61 )   (102 )   (138 )   (233 )   (243 )   (144 )   (169 )
                               

Net loss

  $ (15,744 ) $ (12,287 ) $ (25,888 ) $ (19,738 ) $ (20,865 ) $ (15,136 ) $ (13,717 )
                               

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

  $ (3.70 ) $ (2.42 ) $ (4.37 ) $ (3.07 ) $ (2.92 ) $ (2.16 ) $ (1.75 )
                               

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted (2)

   
4,252
   
5,078
   
5,928
   
6,424
   
7,151
   
7,011
   
7,861
 
                               

41


Table of Contents

 
  Years Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)
 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (2)

                          $ (0.45 )       $ (0.29 )
                                         

Weighted average pro forma shares, basic and diluted (2)

                            46,173           46,995  
                                         

(1)
Includes stock-based compensation and amortization of intangible assets as follows:

 
  Years Ended December 31,   Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2006   2007   2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Stock-based compensation

                                           
 

Cost of subscription revenue

  $ 16   $ 21   $ 178   $ 275   $ 357   $ 259   $ 281  
 

Cost of hardware and services revenue

        2     1     11     17     11     20  
 

Research and development

    155     200     519     848     1,010     727     868  
 

Sales and marketing

    342     208     703     1,030     1,113     789     1,418  
 

General and administrative

    182     330     707     732     868     624     704  

Amortization of intangible assets

                                           
 

Cost of subscription revenue

  $   $   $ 1,488   $ 3,371   $ 3,745   $ 2,800   $ 2,809  
 

Sales and marketing

            163     408     637     476     625  
(2)
Please see notes 12 and 13 of our notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock and pro forma net loss per share of common stock.

 
  As of December 31,    
 
 
  As of
September 30,
2011
 
 
  2006   2007   2008   2009   2010  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                                     

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

  $ 12,743   $ 9,185   $ 19,355   $ 11,317   $ 12,747   $ 12,108  

Property and equipment, net

    605     2,410     3,861     4,455     4,630     6,102  

Total assets

    26,169     28,419     64,138     63,722     62,352     57,235  

Debt, current and long term

    752     1,108     723     741     264     3,017  

Deferred revenue, current and long term

    23,646     34,292     47,690     57,346     69,101     72,259  

Convertible preferred stock

    58,103     58,103     102,380     108,329     109,820     109,911  

Total stockholders' deficit

    (60,810 )   (72,043 )   (95,508 )   (112,142 )   (128,401 )   (137,966 )

42


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those forward-looking statements below. Factors that could cause or contribute to those differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in the section entitled "Risk Factors" included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

        Proofpoint is a pioneering security-as-a-service vendor that enables large and mid-sized organizations worldwide to defend, protect, archive and govern their most sensitive data. Our security-as-a-service platform is comprised of an integrated suite of on-demand data protection solutions, including threat protection, regulatory compliance, archiving and governance, and secure communication.

        We were founded in 2002 to provide a unified solution to help enterprises address their growing data security requirements. Our first solution was commercially released in 2003 to combat the burgeoning problem of spam and viruses and their impact on corporate email systems. As the threat environment has continued to evolve, we have dedicated significant resources to meet the ongoing challenges that this highly dynamic environment creates for our customers. In addition, we have invested significantly to expand the breadth of our data protection platform:

43


Table of Contents

        Our business is based on a recurring revenue model. Our customers pay a subscription fee to license the various components of our security-as-a-service platform for a contract term that is typically one to three years. At the end of the license term, customers may renew their subscription and in each year since the launch of our first solution in 2003, we have retained over 90% of our customers. A growing number of our customers increase their annual subscription fees after their initial purchase by broadening their use of our platform or by adding more users. As our business has grown, our subscription revenue has increased as a percentage of our total revenue, from 81% of total revenue in the year ended December 31, 2008 to 89% in the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

        We market and sell our solutions to large and mid-sized customers both directly through our field and inside sales teams and indirectly through a hybrid model where our sales organization actively assists our network of distributors and resellers. We also derive a lesser portion of our revenue from the license of our solutions to strategic partners who offer our solutions in conjunction with one or more of their own products or services.

        We invoice our customers for the entire contract amount at the start of the term. The majority of these invoiced amounts are treated as deferred revenue on our consolidated balance sheet and are recognized ratably over the term of the contract. We invoice our strategic partners on a monthly basis, and the associated fees vary based upon the level of usage during the month by their customers. These amounts are recognized as revenue at the time of invoice.

        Our solutions are designed to be implemented, configured and operated without the need for any training or professional services. For those customers that seek to develop deeper expertise in the use of our solutions or would like assistance with complex configurations or the importing of data, we offer various training and professional services. In some cases, we provide a hardware appliance to those customers that elect to host elements of our solution behind their firewall. Increasing adoption of virtualization in the data center has led to a decline in the sales of our hardware appliances and a shift towards our software-based virtual appliances, which are delivered as a download via the Internet. Our hardware and services offerings carry lower margins and are provided as a courtesy to our customers. The revenue derived from these offerings has declined from 19% of total revenue in the year ended December 31, 2008 to 11% of total revenue in the nine months ended September 30, 2011. We view this trend as favorable to our business and expect the overall proportion of total revenue derived from these offerings to continue to gradually decline.

        The substantial majority of our revenue is derived from our customers in North America. We believe the markets outside of North America offer an opportunity for growth and we intend to make additional investments in sales and marketing to expand in these markets. Customers from outside of North America represented 19% of total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and, 16%, 19% and 17% for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. As of September 30, 2011, we had approximately 2,400 customers around the world, including 24 of the Fortune 100. No single partner or customer accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in 2008, 2009 or 2010 or the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

        The majority of costs associated with generating customer agreements are incurred up front. These upfront costs include direct incremental sales commissions, which are recognized upon the billing of the contract. Although we expect customers to be profitable over the duration of the customer relationship, these upfront costs may exceed related revenue in earlier periods. Accordingly, an increase in the mix of new customers as a percentage of total customers would likely negatively impact our operating results. On the other hand, we expect that an increase in the mix of existing customers as a percentage

44


Table of Contents


of total customers would positively impact our operating results. As we accumulate customers that continue to renew their contracts, we anticipate that our mix of existing customers will increase.

        To date, our customers have primarily used our solutions in conjunction with email messaging content. We have developed solutions to address the new and evolving messaging solutions such as social media and file sharing applications, but these solutions are relatively nascent. If customers increase their use of these new messaging solutions in the future, we anticipate that our growth in revenue associated with email messaging solutions may slow over time. Although revenue associated with our social media and file sharing applications has not been material to date, we believe that our ability to provide security, archiving, governance and discovery for these new solutions will be viewed as valuable by our existing customers, enabling us to derive revenue from these new forms of messaging and communication.

        While the majority of our current and prospective customers run their email systems on premise, we believe that there is a trend for large and mid-sized enterprises to migrate these systems to the cloud. While our current revenue derived from customers using cloud-based email systems is approximately 10% of our total revenue, many of these cloud-based email solutions offer some form of threat protection and governance services, potentially mitigating the need for customers to buy these capabilities from third parties such as ourselves. We believe that we can continue to provide security, archiving, governance, and discovery solutions that are differentiated from the services offered by cloud-based email providers, and as such our platform will continue to be viewed as valuable to enterprises once they have migrated their email services to the cloud, enabling us to continue to derive revenue from this new trend toward cloud-based email deployment models.

        We are currently in the midst of a significant investment cycle in which we have taken steps designed to drive future revenue growth and profitability. For example, we plan to build out our infrastructure, develop our technology, offer additional security-as-a-service solutions, and expand our sales and marketing personnel both in North America and internationally. Accordingly, we expect that our total cost of revenue and operating expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars, limiting our ability to achieve and maintain positive operating cash flow and profitability in the near term.

Key Metrics

        We regularly review a number of metrics, including the following key metrics presented in the unaudited table below, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends in our business, prepare financial projections and make strategic decisions. Many of these key metrics, such as adjusted subscription gross profit and billings, are non-GAAP measures. This non-GAAP information is not necessarily comparable to non-GAAP information of other companies. Non-GAAP information should not be viewed as a substitute for, or superior to, net loss prepared in accordance with GAAP as a measure of our profitability or liquidity. Users of this financial information should consider the types of events and transactions for which adjustments have been made. See "Summary Consolidated

45


Table of Contents


Financial Information—Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures" above for a reconciliation of the non-GAAP information to GAAP.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Total revenue

  $ 38,243   $ 48,528   $ 64,790   $ 46,751   $ 59,147  
 

Growth

    47 %   27 %   34 %         27 %

Subscription revenue

 
$

31,115
 
$

42,135
 
$

57,657
 
$

41,501
 
$

52,533
 
 

Growth

    49 %   35 %   37 %         27 %

Adjusted subscription gross profit

 
$

20,874
 
$

26,631
 
$

37,236
 
$

26,654
 
$

38,070
 
 

% of subscription revenue

    67 %   63 %   65 %   64 %   72 %

Billings

 
$

51,641
 
$

58,184
 
$

76,545
 
$

54,682
 
$

62,305
 
 

Growth

          13 %   32 %         14 %

        Subscription revenue.     Subscription revenue represents the recurring subscription fees paid by our customers and recognized as revenue during the period for the use of our security-as-a-service platform, typically licensed for one to three years at a time. We consider subscription revenue to be a key business metric because it reflects the recurring aspect of our business model and is the primary driver of growth for our business over time. The consistent growth in subscription revenue over the past several years has resulted from our ongoing investment in sales and marketing personnel, our efforts to expand our customer base, and our efforts to broaden the use of our platform with existing customers.

        Adjusted subscription gross profit.     Adjusted subscription gross profit is a non-GAAP financial measure that we calculate as the gross profit generated by our subscription revenue, adjusted to exclude stock-based compensation and the amortization of intangibles related to prior acquisitions. We believe that adjusted subscription gross profit provides useful information to investors in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors. This metric represents the gross profit on our recurring subscription revenue and is directly related to our ability to generate profitability. Adjusted subscription gross profit, when measured as a percentage of subscription revenue, improved from 64% during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 to 72% during the same period in 2011. These improvements resulted from our ongoing efforts to reduce our cost of subscription revenue through the replacement of technology licensed from third parties with our own proprietary technology in conjunction with improved operating leverage on our data center infrastructure. Improvements in the gross profit of these subscription services enhance our ability to drive positive cash flow and profitability for our business overall. For more information about adjusted subscription gross profit, see "Summary Consolidated Financial Information—Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures."

        Billings.     Billings is a non-GAAP financial measure that is a direct reflection of our overall sales activity in the period. Billings can be derived by adding the change in the deferred revenue between the start and end of the period to the revenue recognized in the same time frame. Billings consist of all amounts invoiced to customers for non-cancelable sales transactions and hence are important as they correspond directly to our near-term cash flow. However, trends in billings are not directly correlated to trends in revenue except when measured over longer periods of time, as billings are affected by a combination of factors including the timing of renewals, the sales of our solutions to both new and existing customers, the relative duration of contracts sold, and the relative amount of business derived from strategic partners. Each of these elements has unique characteristics in the relationship between billings and revenue, and as such our billings activity is not closely correlated to revenue over shorter

46


Table of Contents


periods of time. For more information about billings, see "Summary Consolidated Financial Information—Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures."

Components of Our Results of Operations

Revenue

        We derive our revenue primarily through the license of various solutions and services on our security-as-a-service platform on a subscription basis, supplemented by the sales of training, professional services and hardware depending upon our customers' requirements.

        Subscription.     We license our platform and its associated solutions and services on a subscription basis. The fees are charged on a per user, per year basis. Subscriptions are typically one to three years in duration. We invoice our customers upon signing for the entire term of the contract. The invoiced amounts billed in advance are treated as deferred revenue on the balance sheet and are recognized ratably, in accordance with the appropriate revenue recognition guidelines, over the term of the contract (see —Critical Accounting Policies). We also derive a portion of our subscription revenue from the license of our solutions to strategic partners. We bill these strategic partners monthly. As our business has grown, our subscription revenue has increased as a percentage of our total revenue, from 81% of total revenue in the year ended December 31, 2008 to 89% in the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

        Hardware and services.     We provide hardware appliances as a convenience to our customers and as such it represents a small part of our business. Our solutions are designed to be implemented, configured and operated without the need for any training or professional services. For those customers that seek to develop deeper expertise in the use of our solutions or would like assistance with complex configurations or the importing of data, we offer various training and professional services. We typically invoice the customer for hardware at the time of shipment. Effective January 1, 2011, we adopted the revenue recognition guidance of Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2009-13 and ASU 2009-14, which mandate that our revenue derived from the sale of hardware be recognized at the time of shipment. Prior to the adoption of this new accounting guidance, hardware revenue was recognized ratably over the duration of the contract. We typically invoice customers for services at the time the order is placed and recognize this revenue ratably over the term of the contract. On occasion, customers may retain us for special projects such as archiving import and export services; these types of services are recognized upon completion of the project. The revenue derived from these hardware and services offerings has declined from 19% of total revenue in the year ended December 31, 2008 to 11% of total revenue in the nine months ended September 30, 2011. We view this trend as favorable to our business and expect the overall proportion of revenue derived from these offerings to continue to decline gradually.

Total Cost of Revenue

        Cost of Subscription Revenue.     Cost of subscription revenue primarily includes personnel costs, consisting of salaries, benefits, bonuses, and stock-based compensation, for employees who provide support services to our customers and operate our data centers. Other costs include fees paid to contractors who supplement our support and data center personnel; expenses related to the use of third-party data centers in both the United States and internationally; depreciation of data center equipment; amortization of licensing fees and royalties paid for the use of third-party technology; amortization of capitalized research and development costs; and the amortization of intangible assets related to prior acquisitions. Our cost of subscription revenue has declined in recent periods as a percentage of its associated revenue as we have replaced third-party licensed technology with our proprietary technology, and we expect the benefit of these initiatives to continue in future periods.

47


Table of Contents

        Cost of Hardware and Services Revenue.     Cost of hardware and services revenue includes personnel costs for employees who provide training and professional services to our customers as well as the cost of server hardware shipped to our customers that we procure from third parties and configure with our software solutions. Effective January 1, 2011, in conjunction with the adoption of the new revenue recognition guidance, the cost of hardware is expensed at the time of shipment. Prior to the adoption of this new guidance, these hardware costs were recognized ratably over the duration of the contract with which they were sold. Our cost of hardware and services as a percentage of its associated revenue has been relatively consistent from period to period in the past, but with the adoption of our new accounting guidance we expect that it may gradually increase as a percentage of hardware and services revenue in future periods.

Operating Expenses

        Our operating expenses consist of research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses. Personnel costs, which consist of salaries, benefits, bonuses, and stock-based compensation, are the most significant component of our operating expenses. Our headcount increased from 158 employees on December 31, 2007 to 348 employees as of September 30, 2011. As a result of this growth in headcount, operating expenses have increased significantly over these periods. We expect personnel costs to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we hire new employees to continue to grow our business.

        Research and Development.     Research and development expenses include personnel costs, consulting services and depreciation. We expect to continue to devote substantial resources to research and development in an effort to continuously improve our existing solutions as well as to develop new offerings. We believe that these investments are necessary to maintain and improve our competitive position. Our research efforts include both software developed for our internal use on behalf of our customers as well as software elements to be used by our customers in their own facilities. To date, for software developed for internal use on behalf of our customers, we have capitalized costs of approximately $0.4 million, all of which occurred in the nine months ended September 30, 2011, and will be amortized as cost of subscription revenue over a two-year period. Based on our current plans, we expect to capitalize a similar portion of our development costs in the future. For the software developed for use on our customers' premises, the costs associated with the development work between technological feasibility and the general availability has not been material and as such we have not capitalized any of these development costs to date.

        Sales and Marketing.     Sales and marketing expenses include personnel costs, sales commissions, and other costs including travel and entertainment, marketing and promotional events, public relations and marketing activities. All of these costs are expensed as incurred, including sales commissions. These costs also include amortization of intangible assets as a result of our past acquisitions. We plan to continue to invest in growing our sales and marketing operations, both domestically and internationally. Our sales personnel are typically not immediately productive, and therefore the increase in sales and marketing expenses we incur when we add new sales representatives is not immediately offset by increased revenue and may not result in increased revenue over the long-term if these new sales people fail to become productive. The timing of our hiring of new sales personnel and the rate at which they generate incremental revenue will affect our future financial performance. We expect that sales and marketing expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars and be among the most significant components of our operating expenses.

        General and Administrative.     General and administrative expenses include personnel costs, consulting services, audit fees, tax services, legal expenses and other general corporate items. We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in future periods as we continue to expand our operations, hire additional personnel and transition from being a private company to a public company.

48


Table of Contents

Total Other Income (Expense), Net

        Total other income (expense), net, consists of interest income (expense), net and other income (expense), net. Interest income (expense), net, consists primarily of interest income earned on our cash and cash equivalents offset by the interest expense for our capital lease payments and borrowings under our equipment loans. Other income (expense), net, consists primarily of the net effect of foreign currency transaction gain or loss.

Provision for Income Taxes

        The provision for income taxes is related to certain state and foreign income taxes. As we have incurred operating losses in all periods to date and recorded a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, we have not historically recorded a provision for federal income taxes. Realization of any of our deferred tax assets depends upon future earnings, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. Utilization of our net operating losses may be subject to substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions. An analysis was conducted through 2009 to determine whether an ownership change had occurred since inception. The analysis indicated that although an ownership change occurred in a prior year, the net operating losses and research and development credits would not expire before utilization. In the event we have subsequent changes in ownership, net operating losses and research and development credit carryovers could be limited and may expire unutilized.

49


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

        The following table is a summary of our consolidated statements of operations.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenue:

                               
 

Subscription

  $ 31,115   $ 42,135   $ 57,657   $ 41,501   $ 52,533  
 

Hardware and services

    7,128     6,393     7,133     5,250     6,614  
                       
   

Total revenue

    38,243     48,528     64,790     46,751     59,147  

Cost of revenue: (1)

                               
 

Subscription

    11,907     19,150     24,523     17,906     17,553  
 

Hardware and services

    3,850     3,309     4,082     2,970     4,426  
                       
   

Total cost of revenue

    15,757     22,459     28,605     20,876     21,979  
                       

Gross profit

    22,486     26,069     36,185     25,875     37,168  

Operating expense: (1)

                               
 

Research and development

    10,926     11,831     17,583     12,719     14,416  
 

Sales and marketing

    32,439     27,883     31,161     22,216     30,070  
 

General and administrative

    5,224     5,678     7,465     5,491     6,184  
                       
   

Total operating expense

    48,589     45,392     56,209     40,426     50,670  
                       

Operating loss

    (26,103 )   (19,323 )   (20,024 )   (14,551 )   (13,502 )

Interest income (expense), net

    536     87     (340 )   (319 )   (258 )

Other income (expense), net

    (183 )   (269 )   (258 )   (122 )   212  
                       

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (25,750 )   (19,505 )   (20,622 )   (14,992 )   (13,548 )

Provision for income taxes

    (138 )   (233 )   (243 )   (144 )   (169 )
                       

Net loss

  $ (25,888 ) $ (19,738 ) $ (20,865 ) $ (15,136 ) $ (13,717 )
                       

50


Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth our consolidated results of operations for the specified periods as a percentage of our total revenue for those periods.

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  

Revenue:

                               
 

Subscription

    81 %   87 %   89 %   89 %   89 %
 

Hardware and services

    19     13     11     11     11  
                       
   

Total revenue

    100     100     100     100     100  

Cost of revenue: (1)

                               
 

Subscription

    31     39     38     38     30  
 

Hardware and services

    10     7     6     6     7  
                       
   

Total cost of revenue

    41     46     44     45     37  
                       

Gross profit

    59     54     56     55     63  

Operating expense: (1)

                               
 

Research and development

    29     24     27     27     24  
 

Sales and marketing

    85     57     48     48     51  
 

General and administrative

    14     12     12     12     10  
                       
   

Total operating expense

    127     94     87     86     86  
                       

Operating loss

    (68 )   (40 )   (31 )   (31 )   (23 )

Interest income (expense), net

    1         (1 )   (1 )    

Other income (expense), net

        (1 )            
                       

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (67 )   (40 )   (32 )   (32 )   (23 )

Provision for income taxes

                     
                       

Net loss

    (68 )%   (41 )%   (32 )%   (32 )%   (23 )%
                       

(1)
Includes stock-based compensation and amortization of intangible assets as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Stock-based compensation

                               
 

Cost of subscription revenue

  $ 178   $ 275   $ 357   $ 259   $ 281  
 

Cost of hardware and services revenue

    1     11     17     11     20  
 

Research and development

    519     848     1,010     727     868  
 

Sales and marketing

    703     1,030     1,113     789     1,418  
 

General and administrative

    707     732     868     624     704  

Amortization of intangible assets

                               
 

Cost of subscription revenue

  $ 1,488   $ 3,371   $ 3,745   $ 2,800   $ 2,809  
 

Sales and marketing

    163     408     637     476     625  

51


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 and 2011

Revenue

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Change  
 
  2010   2011   $   %  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Revenue

                         
 

Subscription

  $ 41,501   $ 52,533   $ 11,032     27 %
 

Hardware and services

    5,250     6,614     1,364     26  
                     

Total revenue

  $ 46,751   $ 59,147   $ 12,396     27  

        Subscription revenue increased $11.0 million, or 27%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010. This increase was driven by growth both in North America as well as internationally as our ongoing investment in sales and marketing resources, coupled with an ongoing improvement in economic conditions, resulted in improved demand for our platform worldwide.

        Hardware and services revenue increased $1.4 million, or 26%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010. This increase was attributable to our adoption of new revenue recognition guidance (as more fully described in our Critical Accounting Policies) effective January 1, 2011 under which revenue from sales of hardware appliances began to be recognized when sold.

Cost of Revenue

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Change  
 
  2010   2011   $   %  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Cost of revenue

                         
 

Subscription

  $ 17,906   $ 17,553   $ (353 )   (2 )%
 

Hardware and services

    2,970     4,426     1,456     49  
                     

Total cost of revenue

  $ 20,876   $ 21,979   $ 1,103     5  

        Cost of subscription revenue decreased $0.4 million, or 2%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010. The decrease in cost of subscription revenue was primarily attributable to a $0.9 million decrease in royalty expense driven by the replacement of third-party licensed technology with our proprietary technology, as well as improved economic terms associated with other ongoing licensing agreements. We expect that the combination of these two initiatives will also continue to contribute to reduced royalty expenses in future periods. These savings were partially offset by increased data center costs of $0.3 million associated with ongoing growth in usage by new and existing customers.

        Cost of hardware revenue and services revenue increased $1.5 million, or 49%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010. This increase was primarily attributable to the adoption of the new revenue recognition guidance effective January 1, 2011 under which costs from sales of hardware appliances are now recognized when the associated hardware revenue is recognized. Accordingly, $1.1 million of this cost increase was a result of the change in revenue recognition guidance while $0.2 million was due to the ratable recognition of deferred costs for hardware appliance sales closed prior to the adoption of the new revenue recognition guidance effective January 1, 2011.

52


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Change  
 
  2010   2011   $   %  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Research and development

  $ 12,719   $ 14,416   $ 1,697     13 %
 

Percent of total revenue

    27 %   24 %            

        Research and development expenses increased $1.7 million, or 13%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010. The increase was primarily due to an increase in headcount over the same period in 2010 as we continued to invest in expanding and enhancing our solutions.

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Change  
 
  2010   2011   $   %  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Sales and marketing

  $ 22,216   $ 30,070   $ 7,854     35 %
 

Percent of total revenue

    48 %   51 %            

        Sales and marketing expenses increased $7.9 million, or 35%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010. The increase was primarily due to an increase in headcount both in the United States and internationally, which resulted in increased personnel costs of $4.9 million and an increase in travel expenses of $0.8 million. Additionally, as our business grew, commission expense increased by $1.0 million and marketing program spending increased $0.5 million.

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Change  
 
  2010   2011   $   %  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

General and administrative

  $ 5,491   $ 6,184   $ 693     13 %
 

Percent of total revenue

    12 %   10 %            

        General and administrative expenses increased $0.7 million, or 13%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010. The increase was primarily due to an increase in headcount which resulted in increased personnel costs of $0.5 million as we prepare to become a public company.

Total Other Income (Expense), Net

 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
  Change  
 
  2010   2011   $   %  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Total other income (expense), net

  $ (441 ) $ (46 ) $ 395     NM  

        Total other income (expense), net increased $0.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010. The change was primarily due to a decrease in interest expense as we continued to pay down our capital equipment loans, offset by a $0.2 million adjustment to the accretion of interest relating to the earn-out consideration from an acquisition that was recorded on a discounted basis.

53


Table of Contents

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2010

Revenue

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
  2009   2010   $   %  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Revenue

                         
 

Subscription

  $ 42,135   $ 57,657   $ 15,522     37 %
 

Hardware and services

    6,393     7,133     740     12  
                     

Total revenue

  $ 48,528   $ 64,790   $ 16,262     34  

        Subscription revenue increased $15.5 million, or 37%, for 2010 as compared to 2009. This growth was primarily due to higher demand for our solutions in North America, aided by improved economic conditions in that region over the prior period as well as our ongoing investments in sales and marketing.

        Hardware and services revenue grew $0.7 million, or 12%, for 2010 as compared to 2009. This growth was primarily due to a modest increase in the sale of both hardware and professional services. The relatively slow growth in hardware and services as compared to subscription revenue reflects the ongoing shift in deployment models towards our cloud-based and virtual appliance solutions.

Cost of Revenue

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
  2009   2010   $   %  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Cost of revenue

                         
 

Subscription

  $ 19,150   $ 24,523   $ 5,373     28 %
 

Hardware and services

    3,309     4,082     773     23  
                     

Total cost of revenue

  $ 22,459   $ 28,605   $ 6,146     27  

        Cost of subscription revenue increased $5.4 million, or 28%, for 2010 as compared to 2009. The increase was primarily due to increased personnel costs of $2.9 million driven by additional headcount, as well as increased data center costs of $0.8 million, increased depreciation and amortization of $0.8 million, and a $0.2 million increase in travel expenses as a result of increased headcount.

        Cost of hardware and services revenue increased $0.8 million, or 23%, for 2010 as compared to 2009. The increase was primarily due to growth in personnel costs of $0.5 million resulting from the addition of services headcount during the year.

Operating Expenses

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
  2009   2010   $   %  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Research and development

  $ 11,831   $ 17,583   $ 5,752     49 %
 

Percent of total revenue

    24 %   27 %            

        Research and development expenses increased $5.8 million, or 49%, for 2010 as compared to 2009. This increase was primarily due to increased personnel costs of $4.1 million resulting from increased

54


Table of Contents


headcount. We also incurred $1.3 million in consulting fees, primarily related to achieving our FISMA certification.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
  2009   2010   $   %  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Sales and marketing

  $ 27,883   $ 31,161   $ 3,278     12 %
 

Percent of total revenue

    57 %   48 %            

        Sales and marketing expenses increased $3.3 million, or 12%, for 2010 as compared to 2009. This increase was primarily due to a $0.9 million increase in personnel expenses due to increased headcount, a $0.9 million increase in sales commissions, and a $0.5 million increase in both travel related expenses and sales and marketing programs.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
  2009   2010   $   %  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

General and administrative

  $ 5,678   $ 7,465   $ 1,787     31 %
 

Percent of total revenue

    12 %   12 %            

        General and administrative expenses increased $1.8 million, or 31%, for 2010 as compared to 2009. The increase was primarily due to personnel costs of $1.4 million resulting from increased headcount and, to a lesser extent, an increase of $0.5 million driven by third-party consultants retained to assist us in the implementation of systems and preparation for compliance with public company rules and regulations.

Total Other Income (Expense), Net

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
 
  2009   2010   $   %  
 
  (in thousands)
   
 

Total other income (expense), net

  $ (182 ) $ (598 ) $ (416 )   NM  

        Total other income (expense), net decreased $0.4 million for 2010 as compared to 2009 primarily due to adjustments to the present value of an earn-out consideration resulting from an acquisition.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2009

Revenue

   
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
   
  2008   2009   $   %  
   
  (in thousands)
   
 
 

Revenue

                         
   

Subscription

  $ 31,115   $ 42,135   $ 11,020     35 %
   

Hardware and services

    7,128     6,393     (735 )   (10 )
                       
 

Total revenue

  $ 38,243   $ 48,528   $ 10,285     27  

        Subscription revenue increased $11.0 million, or 35%, for 2009 as compared to 2008. This growth in subscription revenue was primarily due to increased sales of our subscription services in North America and, to a lesser extent, internationally as our initial investments in sales and marketing outside of North America produced growth in revenue from those markets.

55


Table of Contents

        Hardware and services revenue decreased $0.7 million, or 10%, for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to 2008 as a direct result of the increasing demand for our cloud-based services which require no hardware appliances to be sold to customers as part of delivering the service.

Cost of Revenue

   
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
   
  2008   2009   $   %  
   
  (in thousands)
   
 
 

Cost of revenue

                         
   

Subscription

  $ 11,907   $ 19,150   $ 7,243     61 %
   

Hardware and services

    3,850     3,309     (541 )   (14 )
                       
 

Total cost of revenue

  $ 15,757   $ 22,459   $ 6,702     43  

        Cost of subscription revenue increased $7.2 million, or 61%, for 2009 as compared to 2008. This increase was primarily due to increased demand for our subscription services, with data center costs increasing $2.2 million and depreciation and amortization by $1.5 million. Headcount expansion in support of this growth resulted in $1.6 million of additional personnel costs. Amortization of developed technology increased $1.9 million, which represents a full year of amortization expense related to an acquisition in June 2008.

        Cost of hardware and services revenue decreased $0.5 million, or 14%, for 2009 as compared to 2008. This resulted from the increasing deployment of our cloud-based services.

Operating Expenses

   
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
   
  2008   2009   $   %  
   
  (in thousands)
   
 
 

Research and development

  $ 10,926   $ 11,831   $ 905     8 %
   

Percent of total revenue

    29 %   24 %            

        Research and development expenses increased by $0.9 million, or 8%, for 2009 as compared to 2008. This growth was primarily due to an increase in headcount over the prior year as we continued to invest in expanding and enhancing our solutions. This resulted in an increase of $1.4 million in personnel costs, offset by a decrease of $0.3 million in outside services due to completion of a third-party certification project in 2008 as well as a $0.2 million savings resulting from changing Internet service providers.

   
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
   
  2008   2009   $   %  
   
  (in thousands)
   
 
 

Sales and marketing

  $ 32,439   $ 27,883   $ (4,556 )   (14 )%
   

Percent of total revenue

    85 %   57 %            

        Sales and marketing expenses decreased $4.6 million, or 14%, for 2009 as compared to 2008. As a reaction to the challenging global economy at that time, we actively reduced our spending in 2009 over the prior period. Adjustments to personnel and other related spending activities led to a decrease in personnel costs of $1.5 million and associated reductions in commission expense, travel and entertainment and facilities related spending of $0.7 million, $0.7 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

56


Table of Contents


Expenditures on sales and marketing programs associated with the promotion of our solutions were also reduced by $0.9 million.

   
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
   
  2008   2009   $   %  
   
  (in thousands)
   
 
 

General and administrative

  $ 5,224   $ 5,678   $ 454     9 %
   

Percent of total revenue

    14 %   12 %            

        General and administrative expenses increased $0.5 million, or 9%, for 2009 as compared to 2008. Corporate-related expenses increased primarily due to $0.4 million in additional legal fees driven by acquisitions in 2009 and $0.1 million in fees related to Statement on Auditing Standards No. 70 (SAS 70) Type I and Type II audits of our data center operations.

Total Other Income (Expense), Net

   
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Change  
   
  2008   2009   $   %  
   
  (in thousands)
   
 
 

Total other income (expense), net

  $ 353   $ (182 ) $ (535 )   NM  

        Total other income (expense), net, decreased by $0.5 million for 2009 as compared to 2008 primarily due to a reduction in interest income due to lower invested cash balances.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Since our inception, we have relied principally on sales of our preferred stock to fund our operating activities. To date, we have raised $92.8 million of equity capital. Additionally, we have utilized equipment lines to fund capital purchases.

        We entered into a new equipment loan agreement with Silicon Valley Bank in April 2011 for an aggregate loan principal amount of $6.0 million. Interest on the advances are equal to prime rate plus 0.50%. As of September 30, 2011, the interest rate on the advances was 4.50%. We have the ability to draw down on this equipment line through April 19, 2012. Each drawn amount is due 48 months after funding. Borrowings outstanding under the equipment loan at September 30, 2011 were $2.9 million. Equipment financed under this loan arrangement is collateralized by the respective assets underlying the loan. The loan includes a covenant that requires us to maintain cash and cash equivalents plus net accounts receivables of at least two times the amount of all outstanding indebtedness. As of September 30, 2011, we were in compliance with this financial covenant.

        Based on our current level of operations and anticipated growth, we believe that our existing sources of liquidity will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue growth, the expansion of our sales and marketing activities, and the timing and extent of spending to support product development efforts and expansion into new territories, and the timing of introductions of new features and enhancements to our solutions. To the extent that existing cash and cash equivalents and cash from operations are insufficient to fund our future activities, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private equity or debt financing. We may also seek to invest in or acquire complementary businesses, applications or technologies, any of which could also require us to seek additional equity or debt financing. Additional funds may not be available on terms favorable to us or at all.

57


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

        The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated cash flows for the periods indicated:

   
  Years Ended
December 31,
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
   
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
   
  (in thousands)
 
 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ (7,555 ) $ (3,707 ) $ 3,409   $ 1,517   $ (329 )
 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    (16,044 )   (5,132 )   306     742     (8,285 )
 

Net cash provided by financing activities

    27,572     4,778     1,445     2,237     3,619  

    Net Cash Flows Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities

        Our net loss and cash flows from operating activities are significantly influenced by our investments in headcount and data center operations to support anticipated growth. Our cash flows are also influenced by cash payments from customers. We invoice customers for the entire contract amount at the start of the term, and as such our cash flow from operations is also affected by the length of a customer contract.

        Cash used in operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 of $(0.3 million) was the result of a net loss of $13.7 million, offset by non-cash expenditures of $9.1 million, which included depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation expense. This was further offset by deferred revenue and product costs of $5.5 million as a result of our subscription based revenue model. The remaining use of funds of $1.3 million was from the net change in working capital items.

        Cash provided by operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 of $1.5 million was the result of a net loss from operations of $15.1 million. This was offset by non-cash expenditures of $8.6 million which includes depreciation, amortization, and stock-based compensation expense. This was further offset by deferred revenue and product costs of $8.7 million as a result of our subscription based revenue model. The remaining use of funds of $0.6 million was from the net change in working capital items.

        Cash provided by operating activities in 2010 of $3.4 million was the result of a net loss of $20.9 million, offset by non-cash expenditures of $11.4 million, which included depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation expense, and by deferred revenue and product costs of $13.4 million as a result of our subscription based revenue model. The remaining use of funds of $0.5 million was from the net change in working capital items.

        Cash used in operating activities in 2009 of $3.7 million was the result of a net loss of $19.7 million, offset by non-cash expenditures of $10.0 million which included depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation expense, and by deferred revenue and product costs of $9.2 million. The remaining use of funds of $3.2 million was from the net change in working capital items.

        Cash used in operating activities in 2008 of $7.6 million was the result of a net loss of $25.9 million, offset by non-cash expenditures of $6.3 million which included depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation expense, and by deferred revenue and product costs of $11.4 million as a result of our subscription based revenue model. The remaining use of funds of $0.7 million was from the net change in working capital items.

58


Table of Contents

    Net Cash Flows Provided by (used in) Investing Activities

        Our primary investing activities have consisted of capital expenditures in support of expanding our infrastructure and workforce and the purchase and sale of short-term investments. As our business grows, we expect our capital expenditures and our investment activity to continue to increase.

        We used $8.3 million of cash in investing activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2011. This was primarily from the net purchase of $4.4 million in short-term investments. In addition, we used $3.8 million to purchase equipment for infrastructure expansion.

        Investing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 resulted in net proceeds of $0.7 million. This was primarily from $2.8 million in net proceeds from the sale of short-term investments, offset by $2.0 million of equipment purchases used for infrastructure expansion.

        Investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 resulted in net proceeds of $0.3 million. This was primarily from $3.7 million of net proceeds from short-term investments, offset by $3.4 million of equipment purchases used for infrastructure expansion and other fixed assets.

        We used $5.1 million of cash in investing activities in 2009. The main uses were a $6.6 million acquisition and $2.5 million used for infrastructure equipment and other fixed assets, offset by net proceeds from short-term investments of $4.0 million.

        We used $16.0 million of cash in investing activities in 2008. We used $7.0 million for an acquisition, $6.2 million for net purchases of short-term investments and $2.9 million for infrastructure equipment and other fixed assets.

    Net Cash Flows Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

        Cash provided by financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was $3.6 million. This consisted of $0.9 million of proceeds from the exercise of stock options and borrowings under our new equipment line of which $2.9 million during this period, partially offset by repayment of equipment financing loans of $0.2 million.

        Cash provided by financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 was $2.2 million. This consisted of proceeds from sales of our Series F preferred stock of $1.5 million along with $1.1 million of proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options, partially offset by repayment of equipment financing loans of $0.4 million.

        Cash provided by financing activities in 2010 was $1.4 million. This consisted of proceeds from sales our Series F preferred stock financing of $1.5 million along with $1.2 million from the exercise of employee stock options, partially offset by repayment of equipment financing loans of $0.5 million and $0.8 million towards earn-out payments.

        Cash provided by financing activities in 2009 was $4.8 million. This consisted of proceeds from sales of our Series F preferred stock of $5.0 million along with $0.2 million from the exercise of employee stock options, partially offset by repayment of equipment financing loans of $0.4 million.

        Cash provided by financing activities in 2008 was $27.6 million. This consisted of proceeds from the sales of our Series F preferred stock of $27.8 million along with $0.2 million from the exercise of employee stock options, partially offset by repayment of equipment financing loans of $0.4 million.

    Contractual Obligations and Commitments

        Our principal commitments consist of obligations under our outstanding leases for our office space and third-party data centers as well as equipment leases and loans for certain computer and office

59


Table of Contents

equipment. The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2010 (in thousands):

 
  Payment Due By Period  
Contractual Obligations (1)
  Total   Less Than
1 Year
  1-3 Years   3-5 Years   More Than
5 Years
 

Debt obligations (2)

  $ 2,993   $ 68   $ 1,361   $ 1,564   $  

Interest expense payments (3)

    338     54     225     59      

Capital and operating lease obligations (4)

    3,950     1,124     2,324     502      

Purchase obligations (5)

    3,280     1,980     1,300          
                       
 

Total

  $ 10,561   $ 3,226   $ 5,210   $ 2,125   $  
                       

(1)
The above table does not include the amount of liability from an acquisition in 2009 of $1.0 million. This payment is due in less than one year, as described below.

(2)
Represents our outstanding debt under our equipment loan, including the new loan and equipment agreement commencing April 2011.

(3)
Represents interest payments on our outstanding debt under our equipment loan, including the new loan and equipment agreement commencing April 2011.

(4)
Consists of capital leases and contractual obligations under operating leases for office space, including the new facility lease commencing April 2011.

(5)
Consists of purchase obligations related to our third-party data centers.

        We entered into a new equipment loan agreement with Silicon Valley Bank in April 2011 for an aggregate loan principal amount of $6.0 million. For more information about our equipment loan agreement please see "Liquidity and Capital Resources."

        In March 2011, we entered into a lease agreement to occupy an additional 22,121 square feet of office space at our headquarters facility. The lease term is 39 months for 78,338 square feet in the aggregate, with a monthly rental of $74,338 commencing on April 1, 2011, and expiring on June 30, 2014.

        We completed an acquisition in October 2009 that included an earn-out payment of up to $1.0 million to stockholders of the acquired company in the event that certain revenue targets were achieved. We currently anticipate that the full amount of this payment will be made in December 2011.

        We have recorded a liability for sales and use taxes. A variety of factors could affect the liability, which factors include recovery of amounts from customers and any changes in relevant statutes in the various states in which we have done business. To the extent that the actual amount of our liabilities for sales and use taxes materially differs from the amount we have recorded on our consolidated balance sheet, our future results of operations and cash flows could be negatively affected.

        Under the indemnification provisions of our standard customer agreements, we agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless our customers against, among other things, infringement of any patents, trademarks or copyrights under any country's laws or the misappropriation of any trade secrets arising from the customer's legal use of our solutions. Our exposure under these indemnification provisions is generally limited to the total amount paid by the customer under the applicable customer agreement. However, certain indemnification provisions potentially expose us to losses in excess of the aggregate amount paid to us by the customer under the applicable customer agreement. No material claims have been made against us pursuant to these indemnification provisions to date.

60


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        During the periods presented, we did not have, nor do we currently have, any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. We are therefore not exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in those types of relationships.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

        We have operations both within the United States and internationally, and we are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include interest rate, foreign exchange and inflation risks, as well as risks relating to changes in the general economic conditions in the countries where we conduct business. To reduce certain of these risks, we monitor the financial condition of our large clients and limit credit exposure by collecting in advance and setting credit limits as we deem appropriate. In addition, our investment strategy has been to invest in financial instruments that are highly liquid and readily convertible into cash with maturity dates within three months from the date of purchase. To date, we have not used derivative instruments to mitigate the impact of our market risk exposures. We have also not used, nor do we intend to use, derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

Interest Rate Risk

        We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates. Our investments are considered cash equivalents and primarily consist of money market funds, corporate debt securities and a certificate of deposit. As of September 30, 2011, we had cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments of $12.1 million. The carrying amount of our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments reasonably approximates fair value, due to the short maturities of these investments. The primary objectives of our investment activities are the preservation of capital, the fulfillment of liquidity needs and the fiduciary control of cash and investments. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our investments are exposed to market risk due to a fluctuation in interest rates, which may affect our interest income and the fair market value of our investments. Due to the short-term nature of our investment portfolio, we believe only dramatic fluctuations in interest rates would have a material effect on our investments. As such we do not expect our operating results or cash flows to be materially affected by a sudden change in market interest rates.

        As of September 30, 2011 we had borrowings outstanding with principal amounts of $3.0 million. Our outstanding long-term borrowings consist of fixed and variable interest rate financial instruments. The interest rates of our borrowings range from 2.9% to 10.6%. A hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in interest rates relative to our current interest rates would not have a material impact on the fair values of all of our outstanding borrowings. Changes in interest rates would, however, affect operating results and cash flows, because of the variable rate nature of our borrowings. A hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in interest rates relative to interest rates at December 31, 2010 would result in an insignificant impact to interest expense for 2011.

Foreign Currency Risk

        Our sales to international customers are generally U.S. dollar-denominated. As a result, there are no significant foreign currency gains or losses related to these transactions. The functional currency for our wholly owned foreign subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Accordingly, the subsidiaries remeasure monetary assets and liabilities at period-end exchange rates, while nonmonetary items are remeasured at historical rates. Income and expense accounts are remeasured at the average exchange rates in effect

61


Table of Contents


during the year. Remeasurement adjustments are recognized in the statement of operations as foreign currency transaction gains or losses in the year of occurrence. Aggregate foreign currency transaction losses included in determining net loss were $166,000 in 2008, $177,000 in 2009 and $187,000 for fiscal year 2010 and $58,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, however, there was a net transaction gain of $93,000. Transaction gains and losses are included in other income (expense), net.

        As our international operations grow, our risks associated with fluctuation in currency rates will become greater, and we will continue to reassess our approach to managing this risk. In addition, currency fluctuations or a weakening U.S. dollar can increase the costs of our international expansion. To date, we have not entered into any foreign currency hedging contracts, since exchange rate fluctuations have not had a material impact on our operating results and cash flows. Based on our current international structure, we do not plan on engaging in hedging activities in the near future.

Inflation Risk

        We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Nonetheless, if our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Critical Accounting Policies

        Our management's discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. GAAP requires us to make certain estimates and judgments that can affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the dates of the consolidated financial statements, the disclosure of contingencies as of the dates of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the periods presented. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. If actual results or events differ materially from those contemplated by us in making these estimates, our reported financial condition and results of operations for future periods could be materially affected. See "Risk Factors" for certain matters that may affect our future financial condition or results of operations. An accounting policy is deemed to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are uncertain at the time the estimate is made, if different estimates reasonably could have been used, or if the changes in estimate that are reasonably likely to occur could materially impact the financial statements. Our management has discussed the development, selection and disclosure of these estimates with the audit committee of our board of directors.

        The following critical accounting policies reflect significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:

    Revenue recognition and deferred revenue;

    Stock-based compensation;

    Allowance for doubtful accounts;

    Capitalized software costs;

    Impairment of long lived assets; and

    Income taxes.

62


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

        We derive our revenue primarily from two sources: (1) subscription revenue for rights related to the use of our security-as-a-service platform and (2) hardware, training, and professional services revenue provided to customers related to their use of our platform. Subscription revenue is derived from a subscription-based enterprise licensing model with contract terms typically ranging from one to three years, and consists of (i) subscription fees from the licensing of our security-as-a-service platform, (ii) subscription fees for access to the on-demand elements of our platform and (iii) subscription fees for the right to access our customer support services.

        We apply the provision of Accounting Standard Codification (ASC) 985-605, "Software Revenue Recognition," and related interpretations, to all transactions involving the licensing of software, as well as related support, training, and other professional services. ASC 985-605 requires revenue earned on software arrangements involving multiple elements such as software license, support, training, and other professional services to be allocated to each element based on the relative fair values of these elements. The fair value of an element must be based on vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value. VSOE of fair value of each element is based on the price charged when the element is sold separately. Revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met as set forth in ASC 985-605:

    Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

    Delivery has occurred;

    The fee is fixed or determinable; and

    Collectability is probable.

        We have analyzed all of the elements included in our multiple element arrangements and have determined that we do not have sufficient VSOE of fair value to allocate revenue to our subscription and software license agreements, support, training, and professional services. We defer all revenue under the arrangement until the commencement of the subscription services and any associated professional services. Once the subscription services and the associated professional services have commenced, the entire fee from the arrangement is recognized ratably over the remaining period of the arrangement. If the professional services are essential to the functionality of the subscription, then the revenue recognition does not commence until such services are completed.

        Our hosted on-demand service agreements do not provide customers with the right to take possession of the software supporting the hosted service. We recognize revenue from our on-demand services in accordance with ASC 605-20, and as such recognize revenue when the following criteria are met:

    Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

    Delivery of our obligations to our customers has occurred;

    Collection of the fees is probable; and

    The amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable.

        In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) amended the accounting guidance for multiple element arrangements (ASU 2009-13) to:

    Provide updated guidance on whether multiple deliverables exist, how the deliverables in an arrangement should be separated, and how the arrangement consideration should be allocated among its elements;

63


Table of Contents

    Require an entity to allocate revenue in an arrangement that has separate units of accounting using best estimated selling price (BESP) of deliverables if a vendor does not have VSOE of fair value or third-party evidence of selling price (TPE); and

    Eliminate the use of the residual method and require an entity to allocate revenue using the relating selling price method to the separate unit of accounting.

        Concurrently, the FASB amended the accounting guidance for revenue recognition (ASU 2009-14) to exclude hardware appliances containing software components and hardware components that function together to deliver the hardware appliance's essential functionality from the scope of the software revenue recognition guidance of ASC 985-605.

        Prior to the adoption of ASU 2009-14, revenue derived from hardware appliance sales were recognized based on the software revenue recognition guidance. We could not establish VSOE of fair value for the undelivered elements in the arrangement, and therefore the entire fee from the arrangement was recognized ratably over the contractual term of the agreement. In addition, we were unable to establish VSOE of fair value of our hosted on-demand service agreements, and therefore the entire fee for the agreement was recognized ratably over the contractual term of the agreement.

        As a result of the adoption of this new accounting guidance, revenue derived from our subscription services and hardware appliance sales are no longer subject to industry-specific software revenue recognition guidance. For all arrangements within the scope of the new guidance, including our hosted on-demand services, we evaluate each element in a multiple element arrangement to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting. An element constitutes a separate unit of accounting when the delivered item has standalone value and delivery of the undelivered element is probable and within our control. Revenue derived from the licensing of the security-as-a-service platform continue to be accounted for in accordance with the industry specific revenue recognition guidance.

        When we are unable to establish the selling price of our non-software deliverables using VSOE or TPE, we use BESP in our allocation of arrangement consideration. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service were sold on a stand-alone basis. We determine BESP for an individual element within a multiple element revenue arrangement using the same methods utilized to determine the selling price of an element sold on a standalone basis. We estimate the selling price for our subscription solutions by considering internal factors such as historical pricing practices and we estimate the selling price of our hardware and services using a combination of our historical costs paired with external measurements regarding the pricing of similar products and services in similar industries. As there is a significant amount of judgment when determining BESP, we regularly review all of our assumptions and inputs around BESP and maintain internal controls over the establishment and updates of these estimates.

        Hardware appliance revenue is recognized upon shipment. Subscription and support revenue are recognized over the contract period commencing on the start date of the contract. Professional services and training, when sold with hardware appliances or subscription and support services, are accounted for separately when those services have standalone value. In determining whether professional services and training services can be accounted for separately from subscription and support services, we consider the following factors: availability of the services from other vendors, the nature of the services, and the dependence of the subscription services on the customer's decision to buy the professional services. If professional services and training do not qualify for separate accounting, we recognize the professional services and training ratably over the contract term of the subscription services.

        Delivery generally occurs when the hardware appliance is delivered to a common carrier freight on board shipping point by us or the hosted service has been activated and communicated to the customer accordingly. Our fees are typically considered to be fixed or determinable at the inception of an

64


Table of Contents


arrangement and are negotiated at the outset of an arrangement, generally based on specific products and quantities to be delivered. In the event payment terms are provided that differ significantly from our standard business practices, the fees are deemed to not be fixed or determinable and revenue is recognized as the fees become paid.

        We assess collectability based on a number of factors, including credit worthiness of the customer and past transaction history of the customer. Through September 30, 2011, we have not experienced any significant credit losses.

        We elected to adopt this new guidance in the first quarter of 2011 for new and materially modified revenue arrangements originating after January 1, 2011. Prior to the adoption of this new accounting guidance, hardware revenue was recognized ratably over the duration of the contract. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2010, our deferred revenue balance reflected amounts yet to be recognized under our then-current accounting practices. These deferred amounts will continue to be recognized ratably under their original amortization schedules until the end of the associated contract term. As such, until the end of these contract periods, we will recognize hardware revenue both from sales in prior periods subject to the original accounting guidance as well as from sales in current periods subject to the new accounting guidance, with the principal impact being in 2011 and to a lesser extent 2012 and future periods. Given the marginal contribution toward profitability of our hardware appliances, we do not expect this transition to contribute materially toward our profitability.

Stock-Based Compensation

        Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted ASC 718, which requires non-public companies that used the minimum value method under ASC 718 for either recognition or pro forma disclosures to apply ASC 718 using the prospective-transition method. In accordance with ASC 718, we recognize the compensation cost of employee stock-based awards granted subsequent to December 31, 2005 in the statement of operations using the straight-line method over the vesting period of the award.

        The following table set for the stock-based compensation expense included in the related consolidated financial statement line items:

 
  Years Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Stock-based compensation:

                               
 

Cost of subscription revenue

  $ 178   $ 275   $ 357   $ 259   $ 281  
 

Cost of hardware and services revenue

    1     11     17     11     20  
 

Research and development

    519     848     1,010     727     868  
 

Sales and marketing

    703     1,030     1,113     789     1,418  
 

General and administrative

    707     732     868     624     704  

65


Table of Contents

        We estimated the fair value of each option granted using the Black-Scholes option pricing method using the following assumptions for the periods presented in the table below:

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  

Estimated fair value of common stock

    $2.16     $1.57     $2.29     $2.06     $2.79  

Estimated volatility

    55%     62%-65%     60%-61%     60%-61%     59%-60%  

Estimated dividend yield

    0%     0%     0%     0%     0%  

Expected term (years)

    5.77-6.08     5.85-6.08     6-6.08     6-6.08     6-6.08  

Risk-free rate

    2.4%-3.31%     2%-2.8%     1.8%-2.8%     1.9%-2.8%     1.5%-2.5%  

        As of each stock option grant date, we considered the fair value of the underlying common stock, determined as described below, in order to establish the options exercise price.

        As there has been no public market for our common stock prior to this offering, and therefore a lack of company-specific historical and implied volatility data, we have determined the share price volatility for options granted based on an analysis of reported data for a peer group of companies that granted options with substantially similar terms. We analyzed a population of possible comparable companies and selected those for our peer group that we considered to be the most comparable to us in terms of industry business model, revenue, growth and gross profit margins. The expected volatility of options granted has been determined using an average of the historical volatility measures of this peer group of companies for a period equal to the expected life of the option. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar entities until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified entities are no longer similar to us. In this latter case, more suitable entities whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation.

        The expected life of options granted has been determined utilizing the "simplified" method as prescribed by the SEC's Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, No. 107, Share-Based Payment , or SAB 107. The risk-free interest rate is based on a daily treasury yield curve rate whose term is consistent with the expected life of the stock options. We have not, historically, paid and, in the future, do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our shares of common stock and therefore, the expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero.

        In addition, ASC 718 requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. We apply an estimated forfeiture rate based on our historical forfeiture experience.

66


Table of Contents

        We have historically granted stock options at exercise prices no less than the fair market value as determined by our board of directors, with input from management and a third-party valuation firm. Since the beginning of 2010, we granted stock options with exercise prices as follows:

Date of Grant
  Number of
Shares
  Exercise
Price
  Fair Value
Per Share
 

February 9, 2010

    378,000   $ 1.94   $ 1.94  

March 9, 2010

    1,515,269     1.94     1.94  

April 20, 2010

    888,500     1.94     1.94  

July 30, 2010

    794,500     2.49     2.49  

October 28, 2010

    1,758,750     2.44     2.44  

December 15, 2010

    1,295,529     2.69     2.69  

January 27, 2011

    112,250     2.69     2.69  

April 29, 2011

    1,885,700     2.74     2.74  

August 5, 2011

    1,053,800     2.88     2.88  

October 12, 2011

    711,800     3.29     3.29  

        We used a third-party valuation firm to assist us with the development of contemporaneous valuations. Our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant based on a number of factors including:

    Our performance, growth rate and financial condition at the approximate time of the option grant;

    The value of companies that we consider peers based on a number of factors including, but not limited to, similarity to us with respect to industry, business model, stage of growth, financial risk or other factors;

    Changes in the company and our prospects since the last time the board approved option grants and made a determination of fair value;

    Amounts recently paid by investors for our common stock and convertible preferred stock in arm's-length transactions with stockholders;

    The rights, preferences and privileges of preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

    Future financial projections; and

    Valuations completed in conjunction with, and at the time of, each option grant.

        For our valuations we calculated the enterprise value by applying both the market approach and the income approach. In the market approach the valuations and outcomes of comparable peer companies in the public market were reviewed. The income approach consists of a discounted cash flow analysis. The methodology we use derives equity values utilizing a probability-weighted expected return method. Under this approach, various potential liquidity events are identified and each possible outcome is assigned a probability based on discussion with our management. For each of the possible events, a range of future equity values is estimated based on both the market and income approaches where applicable, applying various possible dates for each event. The timing of these events is based on discussion with our management. For each future equity liquidity value scenario, the rights and preferences of each stockholder class are considered in order to determine the appropriate allocation of value to common shares. The value of each common share is then multiplied by a discount factor derived from the calculated discount rate and the expected timing of the event. The value per common share, taking into account sensitivities to the timing of the event, is then multiplied by an estimated probability for each of the possible events. The calculated value per common share under a private company scenario is then discounted for a lack of marketability. A probability-weighted value per share

67


Table of Contents


of common stock is then determined. Under this approach, the value of our common stock is estimated based upon an analysis of values for our common stock assuming the following various possible future events for the company, including initial public offering, strategic merger or sale, remaining a private company, and dissolution of the business with no resulting value to common stockholders.

Discussion of specific valuation inputs for 2010 and 2011

        February 9, March 9 and April 20, 2010.     During the first quarter of 2010, total revenue grew at approximately 5% compared to the preceding quarter, and both profitability and cash flow were negative. Given that these grants occurred within a span of approximately 60 days and there were no material changes to the business during that time, we used the same sets of assumptions in assessing the valuation for all three dates. For these grants, we determined our valuation using the income and market approaches with 60% weighting assigned to the market approach and 40% assigned to the income approach. We then applied the option pricing method, where the rights of the various holders of preferred and common stock are evaluated against these two valuations in order to arrive at a fair value associated with the common stock. In addition, this analysis used a 25% lack of marketability discount. Based on all of these factors, our board of directors determined a fair value of our common stock to be $1.94 per share at each respective date.

        July 30, 2010.     In July 2010, our total revenue continued to grow at a modest pace of 4% compared to the preceding quarter during the early stages of the economic recovery. In estimating the fair value as of July 30, 2010, key assumptions included a time to liquidity of greater than 12 months for an initial public offering or a strategic merger or sale of the company, with the expected outcomes weighted 40% towards an initial public offering, 30% towards a strategic merger or sale, 25% towards remaining a private company and 5% towards a liquidation scenario. In addition, this analysis used a 25% lack of marketability discount as there was not a perceived change in the likelihood of a liquidation event. Based on all these factors, the board of directors determined a fair value of our common stock to be $2.49 per share.

        October 28, 2010.     In October 2010, our total revenue continued to grow and we generated cash flow from operations for the first time since the economic downturn. In estimating the fair value as of October 28, 2010, key assumptions included a time to liquidity of greater than 12 months in terms of an initial public offering, strategic merger or sale of the company, with the expected outcomes weighted 40% towards an initial public offering, 30% towards a strategic merger or sale, 25% towards remaining a private company and 5% towards a liquidation scenario. In addition, this analysis used a 20% lack of marketability discount. Despite our 4% quarter over quarter revenue growth, a pullback in stock valuations as evidenced by a decline in the S&P 500 index of approximately 10% over this same period of time resulted in a decline in valuations for our peer group. Based on all these factors, the board of directors determined a fair value of our common stock to be $2.44 per share.

        December 15, 2010.     In December 2010, our total revenue was growing at a rate of almost 10% compared to the preceding quarter and we continued to generate cash from operations. In estimating the value for December 15, 2010, key assumptions included an expected time to an initial public offering of one year and the lowering of our marketability discount to 17.5%, given the promising acceleration in the growth of our business and positive cash flow. The expected time to strategic merger or sale in the event of not completing a public offering was still deemed to be greater than 12 months. The expected outcomes were weighted 40% towards an initial public offering, 55% towards a strategic merger or sale and 5% towards a liquidation scenario. Based on all these factors, the board of directors determined a fair value of our common stock to be $2.69 per share.

        January 27, 2011.     In January 2011, our business had performed as expected based on our observations on December 15, 2010. Given that a little over a month had passed since our prior valuation and there were no material changes to the business since that time, we applied the same sets

68


Table of Contents


of assumptions as ones used on December 15, 2010 in assessing the valuation and as such we did not have an updated valuation report prepared by our valuation firm. Accordingly, our board of directors determined a fair value of our common stock to remain $2.69 per share.

        April 29, 2011.     In April 2011, our total revenue growth rate had slowed to 4% compared to the preceding quarter and we were no longer generating cash from operations. In estimating the fair value as of April 29, 2011, key assumptions included an expected time to an initial public offering deemed to be greater than 12 months given the slowdown in the business. The expected time for a strategic merger or sale was also estimated to be greater than 12 months. The expected outcomes were weighted 40% towards an initial public offering, 55% towards a strategic merger or sale and 5% towards a liquidation scenario. In addition, this analysis used a 17% lack of marketability discount. Based on all these factors, the board of directors determined a fair value of our common stock to be $2.74 per share.

        August 5, 2011.     In August 2011, our total revenue growth rate continued at a slower rate of 3% compared to the preceding quarter and we continued to generate negative cash flow. In estimating the fair value as of August 5, 2011, key assumptions included an expected time to an initial public offering, strategic merger or sale to be greater than 12 months. The expected outcomes were weighted 40% towards an initial public offering, 55% towards a strategic merger or sale and 5% towards a liquidation scenario. In addition, this analysis used a 15% lack of marketability discount, as the ongoing growth of the business implied a gradual improvement in the potential marketability of the common stock. Based on all these factors, the board of directors determined a fair value of our common stock to be $2.88 per share.

        October 12, 2011.     In October 2011, our board of directors approved a plan to proceed with the preparation for a filing for an initial public offering. While the timing of the offering was uncertain, this decision substantially increased the likelihood of a public offering as compared to other liquidation events and, as such, the expected outcome weighting for an initial public offering was changed to 95%, with the remaining 5% assigned towards a liquidation scenario. In addition, this analysis used a 15% lack of marketability discount given the uncertain timing of the public offering as well as increased volatility in the capital markets. Based on all of these factors, our board of directors determined a fair value of our common stock to be $3.29 per share.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        We assess collectability based on a number of factors, including credit worthiness of the customer along with past transaction history; in addition, we perform periodic evaluations of our customers' financial condition. Credit losses historically have not been material, which is directly attributable to our subscription-based services model, enabling us to immediately discontinue the availability of the services in question in the event of non-payment. Through September 30, 2011, we have not experienced any significant credit losses.

Capitalized Software Costs

        Our research and development efforts include both software created for our internal use on behalf of our customers as well as software elements to be used by our customers in their own facilities. As such, we consider both ASC 350-40 and ASC 985-20 when accounting for our research and development costs.

        ASC 350-40, Internal-Use Software , contains the following provisions: (1) Preliminary project costs are expensed as incurred; (2) All costs associated with the development of the application are to be capitalized; and (3) All costs associated with the post-implementation operation of the software shall be expenses as incurred. As well, the costs for all upgrades and enhancements to the originally developed

69


Table of Contents


software may be capitalized if additional functionality is added. Accordingly, we capitalize certain software development costs, including the costs to develop new solutions or significant enhancements to existing solutions, which are developed or obtained for internal use. We capitalize software development costs when application development begins, it is probable that the project will be completed, and the software will be used as intended. Such capitalized costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the related asset, which is generally two years. Costs associated with preliminary project stage activities, training, maintenance and all post implementation stage activities are expensed as incurred. To date in 2011, we have capitalized costs of approximately $0.4 million in aggregate under ASC 350-40. Based on our current plans, we expect to capitalize a similar portion of our development costs in the future.

        ASC 985-20, Costs of Software to be Sold, Leased, or Marketed, contains the following provisions: (1) all costs to establish the technological feasibility shall be expensed when incurred; (2) costs of producing product masters incurred subsequent to establishing technological feasibility shall be capitalized; and (3) capitalization of computer software costs shall cease when the product is available for general release to customers. Accordingly, software development costs related to software services to be distributed and sold are capitalized once technological feasibility has been established and prior to the general availability of the solution, with amortization determined for each individual solution based on the solution's expected economic life. For all development projects subject to this accounting guidance, the costs to establish technological feasibility have been expensed as incurred. To date, all costs subsequent to technological feasibility but prior to general availability have not been material and as such we have not capitalized any costs associated with projects subject to ASC 985-20. All costs subsequent to general availability have been expensed as incurred.

Impairment of Long Lived Assets

        In accordance with ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment , we evaluate long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and intangible assets other than goodwill, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is measured by comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to the future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate. If the asset is considered to be impaired, the amount of any impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the impaired asset. No assets were determined to be impaired to date.

Income Taxes

        We account for income taxes under ASC 740, Income Taxes . Under ASC 740, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is established to reduce net deferred tax assets to an amount that we estimate is more likely than not to be realized.

        We have elected to use the "with and without" approach as described in ASC 740-20, Intraperiod Tax Allocation , in determining the order in which tax attributes are utilized. As a result, we will only recognize a tax benefit from stock-based awards in additional paid-in capital if an incremental tax benefit is realized after all other tax attributes currently available to us have been utilized. In addition, we have elected to account for the impact of stock-based awards on other tax attributes, such as the research tax credit, through the consolidated statement of operations.

        Effective January 1, 2009, we adopted the accounting guidance for uncertainties in income taxes, which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for recording uncertain tax positions taken, or expected to be taken in a tax return, in the financial statements. Additionally, the guidance also prescribes new treatment for the de-recognition, classification, accounting in interim periods and

70


Table of Contents


disclosure requirements for uncertain tax positions. We accrue for the estimated amount of taxes for uncertain tax positions if it is more likely than not that we would be required to pay such additional taxes. An uncertain tax position will not be recognized if it has a less than 50% likelihood of being sustained.

        We recognize interest and penalties related to tax positions in income tax expense. To the extent that accrued interest and penalties do not ultimately become payable, amounts accrued will be reduced and reflected as a reduction of the overall income tax provision in the period that such determination is made. No interest or penalties have been accrued for any period presented.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In June 2011, the FASB issued amended guidance on the presentation of comprehensive income. The amended guidance eliminates one of the presentation options provided by current U.S. GAAP that is to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders' equity. In addition, it gives an entity the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. This guidance will be effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2011 and will be applied retrospectively. We do not expect that this guidance will have an impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        In September 2011, the FASB issued amended guidance relating to the goodwill impairment test. The guidance provides that an entity first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. Under that option, an entity no longer would be required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines, based on that qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. The guidance also includes examples of the types of events and circumstances to consider in conducting the qualitative assessment. The guidance will be effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating this amended guidance but we do not expect that it will have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

71


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

        Proofpoint is a pioneering security-as-a-service vendor that enables large and mid-sized organizations worldwide to defend, protect, archive and govern their most sensitive data. Our security-as-a-service platform is comprised of an integrated suite of on-demand data protection solutions, including threat protection, regulatory compliance, archiving and governance, and secure communication. Our solutions are built on a flexible, cloud-based platform and leverage a number of proprietary technologies, including big data analytics, machine learning, deep content inspection, secure storage and advanced encryption, to address today's rapidly changing threat landscape.

        A fundamental shift in the sources of cyber crime, from hackers to organized crime and governments, combined with the emergence of international data trafficking, are driving an unprecedented wave of targeted, malicious attacks designed to steal valuable information. At the same time, the growth of business-to-business collaboration, as well as the consumerization of IT and the associated adoption of mobile devices and unmanaged Internet-based applications, have proliferated sensitive data and reduced the effectiveness of many existing security products. These factors have contributed to an increasing number of severe data breaches and expanding regulatory mandates, all of which have accelerated demand for effective data protection and governance solutions.

        Our platform addresses this growing challenge by not only protecting data as it flows into and out of the enterprise via on-premise and cloud-based email, instant messaging, social media and other web-based applications, but also securely archiving these communications for compliance and discovery. We address four important problems for the enterprise:

        Our platform and its associated solutions are sold to customers on a subscription basis and can be deployed through our unique cloud-based architecture that leverages both our global data centers as well as optional points-of-presence behind our customers' firewalls. Our flexible deployment model enables us to deliver superior security and compliance while maintaining the favorable economics afforded by cloud computing, creating a competitive advantage for us over legacy on-premise and cloud-only offerings.

        We were founded in 2002 to provide a unified solution to help enterprises address their growing data security requirements. Our first solution was commercially released in 2003 to combat the burgeoning problem of spam and viruses and their impact on corporate email systems. To address the evolving threat landscape and the adoption of communication and collaboration systems beyond corporate email and networks, we have broadened our solutions to defend against a wide range of threats, protect against outbound security risks, and archive and govern corporate information. Today, our solutions are used by approximately 2,400 customers worldwide, including 24 of the Fortune 100, protecting tens of millions of end-users. We market and sell our solutions worldwide both directly through our sales teams and indirectly through a hybrid model where our sales organization actively assists our network of distributors and resellers. We also distribute our solutions through strategic partners including IBM, Microsoft and VMware.

72


Table of Contents

Industry Background

        A number of trends are leading to a significant shift in the nature and severity of data security threats and the measures required to address them:


*
See "Industry and Market Data."

Consumerization of IT and growth of business-to-business collaboration increase risk of data loss.   The widespread adoption of consumer technologies throughout the enterprise, including mobile devices, unmanaged Internet-based collaboration and file sharing applications and social networking sites, have caused valuable and sensitive enterprise data to move beyond the reach of traditional corporate data protection measures. In addition, many companies today operate as part of global, distributed value chains working closely with an extensive network of suppliers, sub-contractors and distribution partners, with valuable data being constantly exchanged among these business partners. As data increasingly moves beyond traditional network boundaries it becomes more challenging for enterprises to control and govern.

Consequences of data breaches have become more severe.   The monetary and reputational cost of data breaches, whether malicious or inadvertent, is increasing rapidly. An ongoing wave of high profile breaches in multiple industries has exposed a broad range of data, including personal information, diplomatic communications, online banking credentials, financial accounts and health care records, causing significant financial and reputational impact to the affected organizations. A 2011 Ponemon Institute study estimated a 44% increase in successful cyber attacks from the prior year's study contributing to a 56% increase in the median annualized cost of cyber crime.* In addition, according to Gartner, the federal government estimates there is $5 trillion of intellectual property in the United States, most of it commercially owned, with more than $300 billion of intellectual property stolen each year from U.S. networks.* Potentially more damaging is the reputational impact to organizations entrusted with sensitive data that is subsequently compromised.

Regulatory mandates create additional data protection and governance requirements.   Governments around the world and at all levels of jurisdiction are continuing to enact new laws regarding data protection and privacy as well as new regulations to mandate closer oversight over all aspects of regulatory adherence. Privacy laws and regulations require that enterprises and government organizations create and enforce policies for the assurance, protection and archiving of various types of corporate information, and the availability of that information in response to litigation

73


Table of Contents

        To protect their data assets, organizations have typically employed a number of disparate on-premise security products. However, these solutions are not well suited to addressing today's threats and challenges and many organizations are still unable to adequately protect their data assets for a variety of reasons, including:

74


Table of Contents

        In an attempt to defend against the constantly evolving threat landscape and to comply with government mandates, enterprises are beginning to implement new, more robust corporate policies for data protection, archiving and governance. To enforce these new policies, secure communication technologies and policy-based encryption are being used to limit the leakage of sensitive data and intellectual property, and archiving and eDiscovery solutions are being used to reduce legal compliance risks. According to International Data Corporation (IDC), a third-party market research company, the total worldwide market for data protection solutions is estimated to grow from $5.2 billion in 2011 to $8.0 billion by 2015, a CAGR of 11%.*


*
See "Industry and Market Data."

The Proofpoint Solution

        Our integrated suite of on-demand security-as-a-service solutions enables large and mid-sized organizations to defend, protect, archive and govern their sensitive data. Our comprehensive platform provides threat protection, regulatory compliance, archiving and governance, and secure communication. These solutions are built on a cloud-based architecture, protecting data not only as it flows into and out of the enterprise via on-premise and cloud-based email, instant messaging, social media and other web-based applications, but also securely archiving these communications for compliance and discovery. We have pioneered the use of innovative technologies to deliver better ease-of-use, greater protection against the latest advanced threats, and lower total cost of ownership than traditional alternatives. The key elements of our solution include:

75


Table of Contents

Our Business Strategy

        Our objective is to be the leading security-as-a-service provider of next-generation data protection and governance solutions. The key elements of our strategy include:

76


Table of Contents

Our Security-as-a-Service Platform

        We provide a multi-tiered security-as-a-service platform consisting of solutions, platform technologies and infrastructure. Our platform currently includes three solutions bundled for the convenience of our customers, distributors and resellers: Proofpoint Enterprise Protection, Proofpoint Enterprise Privacy, and Proofpoint Enterprise Archive. Each of these solutions is built on our security-as-a-service platform, which includes both platform services and enabling technologies. Our platform services provide the key functionality to enable our various solutions while our enabling technologies work in conjunction with our platform services to enable the efficient construction, scaling and maintenance of our customer-facing solutions.

        Our suite is delivered by a cloud infrastructure and can be deployed as a secure cloud-only solution, or as a hybrid solution with optional physical or virtual points-of-presence behind our customers' firewalls for those who prefer to deploy certain functionality inside their security perimeter. In all deployment scenarios, our cloud-based architecture enables us to leverage the benefits of the cloud to cost-effectively deliver superior security and compliance while maintaining the flexibility to optimize deployments for customers' unique environments. The modularity of our solutions enables our existing customers to implement additional modules in a simple and efficient manner.

77


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

Solutions

        Our security-as-a-service platform includes three solutions bundled for the convenience of our customers: Proofpoint Enterprise Protection, Proofpoint Enterprise Privacy, and Proofpoint Enterprise Archive.

Proofpoint Enterprise Protection

        Proofpoint Enterprise Protection is our communications and collaboration security suite designed to protect customers' mission-critical messaging infrastructure from outside threats including spam, phishing, unpredictable email volumes, malware and other forms of objectionable or dangerous content before they reach the enterprise. Key capabilities within Proofpoint Enterprise Protection include:

78


Table of Contents

        Key benefits of Proofpoint Enterprise Protection include:

Proofpoint Enterprise Privacy

        Our data loss prevention, encryption and compliance solution defends against leaks of confidential information, and helps ensure compliance with common U.S., international and industry-specific data protection regulations - including HIPAA, GLBA, PIPEDA and PCI-DSS. Key capabilities within Proofpoint Enterprise Privacy include:

79


Table of Contents

Proofpoint Enterprise Archive

        Proofpoint Enterprise Archive is designed to ensure: accurate enforcement of data governance, data retention and supervision policies and mandates; cost effective litigation support through efficient discovery; and active legal hold management. Proofpoint Enterprise Archive can store, govern and discover a wide range of data including email, instant message conversations, social media interactions, and other files throughout the enterprise. The key capabilities within the Proofpoint Enterprise Archive include:

80


Table of Contents

Platform Services

        Our platform services provide the key functionality to enable our various solutions, using our enabling technologies. Our platform services consist of:

Enabling Technologies

        Our enabling technologies are a proprietary set of building blocks that work in conjunction with our application services to enable the efficient construction, scaling and maintenance of our customer-facing solutions. These technologies consist of:

81


Table of Contents

Infrastructure

        We deliver our security-as-a-service solutions through our cloud architecture and international data center infrastructure. We operate thousands of physical and virtual servers across seven data centers located in the United States, Canada, The Netherlands and Germany.

        Our cloud architecture is optimized to meet the unique demands of delivering real-time security-as-a-service to global enterprises. Key design elements include:

Customers

        As of September 30, 2011 we had approximately 2,400 customers of all sizes across a wide variety of industries, including 24 of the Fortune 100. Our largest customers use our platform to protect millions of users and handle tens of millions of messages per day. We have a highly diversified

82


Table of Contents


customer base, with no single partner or customer accounting for more than 10% of total revenue in 2008, 2009 or 2010 or the nine months ended September 30, 2011. In each year since the launch of our first solution in 2003, we have retained over 90% of our customers.

Case studies

Industrial products manufacturer

        This Fortune 100 manufacturer of industrial products was experiencing declining anti-spam and anti-virus effectiveness from its previous on-premise security system and sought a replacement to protect its 160,000 users.

        The company deployed the Proofpoint Enterprise Protection for email security along with Proofpoint Enterprise Privacy for data loss prevention and email encryption. During its evaluation of our inbound security solution, the company realized the benefits of adding the outbound capabilities of Proofpoint Enterprise Privacy, allowing it to replace a legacy on-premise data loss prevention solution. The customer reported benefits including:

Farm, construction and forestry equipment manufacturer

        A Fortune 500 manufacturer of farm, construction and forestry equipment needed better protection from increasingly malicious inbound spam and malware threats. The company sought to reduce its security costs while still retaining a high level of administrative control and visibility over its messaging infrastructure.

        The company chose to deploy the cloud-based version of Proofpoint Enterprise Protection to protect its 60,000 email users, replacing an incumbent solution running behind the firewall. The company found that only we delivered a cloud offering with the same administration, reporting and security features typically associated with on-premise solutions. The customer reported benefits including:

83


Table of Contents

Financial services firm

        This Fortune 500 organization is a leading provider of risk management services with an employee base of 59,000 people working in over 500 offices in more than 120 countries. The company required an archiving solution that could support tens of thousands of email users worldwide, meet FINRA compliance supervisory review requirements for broker-dealers, and improve the organization's litigation readiness.

        The company deployed Proofpoint Enterprise Archive across its U.S. offices, quickly expanding its deployment to more than 33,000 users. The company continues to expand its deployment of our archiving solution to additional U.S. and international office locations. The customer reported the following benefits:

Global consumer products, manufacturing and logistics services company

        A global company that offers consumer products, manufacturing and logistics services in more than 80 countries and territories worldwide had been using a legacy security solution and, as part of its regular assessments of its messaging environment and security stance, was looking for solutions that offered superior security, performance and value. With 14,000 employees spread across numerous global locations, the company required a solution that was accessible and easy-to-use for end-users and administrators who work in a wide variety of different languages, cultures and regulatory environments.

        The company chose to deploy Proofpoint Enterprise Protection, originally deployed on-premise using hardware appliances. As its requirements grew, the company enhanced that deployment with virtual appliances, allowing the company to more easily and cost-effectively scale their deployment to support its fast-growing business.

        The company regularly assesses its requirements and has continued to stay with us through multiple evaluations of its messaging and security environment. In the most recent assessment, the company realized it could improve performance and reduce costs by moving certain functions to the cloud-based version of Proofpoint Enterprise Protection. The company now uses a hybrid environment

84


Table of Contents


where inbound email processing is handled in the cloud while certain policy enforcement and email routing functions are performed on-premise.

        The customer reported benefits including:

Sales and Marketing

Sales

        We primarily target large and mid-sized organizations across all industries. Our sales and marketing programs are organized by geographic regions, including Asia-Pacific, EMEA, Japan, North America, and South America, and we further segment and organize our sales force into teams that focus on large enterprises (2,500 employees and above), mid-sized organizations (500 - 2,500 employees) and existing customers. In addition, we create integrated sales and marketing programs targeting specific vertical-markets. This vertical-market approach enables us to provide a higher level of service and understanding of our customers' unique needs, including the industry-specific business and regulatory requirements in industries such as healthcare, financial services, retail and education.

        We sell through both direct and indirect channels, including technology and channel partners:

Marketing

        Our marketing programs include a variety of online marketing, advertising, conferences, events, white-papers, public relations activities and web-based seminar campaigns targeted at key decision makers within our prospective customers.

        We have a number of marketing initiatives to build awareness about our solutions and encourage customer adoption of our solutions. We offer free trials, competitive evaluations and free compliance

85


Table of Contents


risk audits to allow prospective customers to experience the quality of our solutions, to learn in detail about the features and functionality of our suite, and to quantify the potential benefits of our solutions.

Customer Service and Support

        We believe that our customer service and support provide a competitive advantage and are critical to retaining and expanding our customer base. We conduct regular third-party surveys to measure customer loyalty and satisfaction with our solutions.

Proofpoint Support Services

        We deliver 24x7x365 customer support from five support centers located in New York, California, Japan, Singapore and the United Kingdom. We offer a wide range of support offerings with varying levels of access to our support resources.

Proofpoint Professional Services and Training

        With our security-as-a-service model, our solutions are designed to be implemented, configured, and operated without the need for any training or professional services. For those customers that would like to develop deeper expertise in the use of our solutions or would like some assistance with complex configurations or the importing of data, we offer various training and professional services. Many implementation services can be completed in one day and are primarily provided remotely using web-based conferencing tools. If requested, our professional services organization also provides additional assistance with data importing, design, implementation, customization, or advanced reporting. We also offer a learning center for both in-person and online training and certification.

Research and Development

        We devote significant resources to improve and enhance our existing security solutions and maintain the effectiveness of our platform. We also work closely with our customers to gain valuable insights into their threat environments and security management practices to assist us in designing new solutions and features that extend the data protection, archiving and governance capabilities of our platform. Our technical staff monitors and tests our software on a regular basis, and we maintain a regular release process to update and enhance our existing solutions. Leveraging our on-demand platform model, we can deploy real-time upgrades with no downtime.

        Research and development expenses were $10.9 million, $11.8 million, $17.6 million and $14.4 million for 2008, 2009, 2010 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively.

Competition

        Our markets are highly competitive, fragmented and subject to rapid changes in technology. We compete primarily with a broad array of data protection and governance software providers.

        Key competitors include:

    Data protection:   Cisco (through its acquisition of IronPort), Google (through its acquisition of Postini), McAfee, an Intel subsidiary (through its acquisitions of Secure Computing and MX Logic), Microsoft (through its acquisition of Frontbridge), and Symantec (through its acquisitions of Brightmail and MessageLabs)

    Governance:   EMC (through its acquisitions of Legato and Kazeon), Hewlett-Packard (through its acquisition of Autonomy) and Symantec (through its acquisition of KVS)

86


Table of Contents

        We believe we compete favorably based on the following factors:

    level of protection against advanced threats;

    comprehensiveness and integration of the solution;

    flexibility of delivery models;

    total cost of ownership;

    scalability and performance;

    customer support; and

    extensibility of platform.

        Certain of our competitors have greater sales, marketing and financial resources, more extensive geographic presence and greater name recognition than we do. We may face future competition in our markets from other large, established companies, as well as from emerging companies. In addition, we expect that there is likely to be continued consolidation in our industry that could lead to increased price competition and other forms of competition.

Intellectual Property

        We rely on a combination of trade secrets, patents, copyrights and trademarks, as well as contractual protections, to establish and protect our intellectual property rights and protect our proprietary technology. As of September 30, 2011, we had 15 patents and six patent applications. We have a number of registered and unregistered trademarks. We require our employees, consultants and other third parties to enter into confidentiality and proprietary rights agreements and control access to software, documentation and other proprietary information. Although we rely on intellectual property rights, including trade secrets, patents, copyrights and trademarks, as well as contractual protections to establish and protect our proprietary rights, we believe that factors such as the technological and creative skills of our personnel, creation of new modules, features and functionality, and frequent enhancements to our solutions are more essential to establishing and maintaining our technology leadership position.

        Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary technology and our intellectual property rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or obtain and use our technology to develop products with the same functionality as our solution. Policing unauthorized use of our technology and intellectual property rights is difficult.

        We expect that software and other solutions in our industry may be subject to third-party infringement claims as the number of competitors grows and the functionality of products in different industry segments overlaps. Any of these third parties might make a claim of infringement against us at any time.

Employees

        As of September 30, 2011, we employed 348 people, including 153 in sales and marketing, 75 in operations, professional services, training and customer support, 88 in product development, and 32 in a general and administrative capacity. As of such date, we had 263 employees in the United States and 85 employees internationally. We also engage a number of temporary employees and consultants. None of our employees is represented by a labor union with respect to his or her employment with us. We have not experienced any work stoppages and we consider our relations with our employees to be good. Our future success will depend upon our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel. Competition for qualified personnel remains intense and we may not be successful in retaining our key employees or attracting skilled personnel.

87


Table of Contents

Facilities

        Our corporate headquarters, which includes our operations and research and development facilities, is located in Sunnyvale, California, and consists of 74,338 square feet of space under a lease that expires in 2014. We have an option to extend the lease for three years.

        We have additional U.S. offices in Draper, Utah and Herndon, Virginia. We also lease offices in Toronto, Canada; Paris, France; Tokyo, Japan; Singapore; and Reading, United Kingdom. We believe our facilities are adequate for our current needs and for the foreseeable future.

        We operate seven data centers at third-party facilities throughout the world: three in the United States, two in Canada, one in The Netherlands and one in Germany.

Legal Proceedings

        From time to time, we are involved in various legal proceedings arising from the normal course of business activities. We are not presently a party to any litigation the outcome of which, we believe, if determined adversely to us, would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flows or financial condition.

        As part of a pre-IPO due diligence review, we discovered a potential export violation involving the provision of web-based, email communication services to end-users located in Iran through our Everyone.net service, which we acquired in October 2009. Neither of these suspected end users appears to have been a current customer of these web-based email services since late 2010 or early 2011. Although we had ceased providing the services, we are making a voluntary submission to OFAC to report this potential violation. In addition, we determined that after August 2008, we may have shipped a particular hardware appliance model to a limited number of international customers that, prior to shipment, may have required either a one-time product review or application for an encryption registration number in lieu of such product review. We have since acquired the appropriate encryption registration number. We are also making a voluntary submission to BIS to report this potential violation. Our investigation of these matters is still ongoing and it is possible that we may discover additional violations. We are in the process of supplementing our existing systems and procedures designed to ensure that we do not have any such violations in the future. Although we are still in the early stages of investigating these matters, it is possible these recent voluntary submissions could result in penalties, costs, and restrictions on export privileges, which could harm our operating results.

88


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

        The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and directors as of November 30, 2011.

Name
  Age   Position(s)

Gary Steele

    49   Chief Executive Officer and Director

Paul Auvil

   
48
 

Chief Financial Officer

Wade Chambers

   
44
 

Executive Vice President, Engineering

Tom Cooper

   
52
 

Executive Vice President, Worldwide Field Operations

David Knight

   
45
 

Executive Vice President, Product Management and Marketing

Eric Hahn (1)

   
51
 

Founder, Chairman and Director

Dana Evan (2)

   
52
 

Director

Jonathan Feiber (1)

   
54
 

Director

Kevin Harvey (1)

   
46
 

Director

Philip Koen

   
59
 

Director

Rob Ward (2)

   
44
 

Director


(1)
Current member of our compensation committee.

(2)
Current member of the audit committee.

         Gary Steele has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a director since 2002. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Steele served from June 1997 to July 2002 as the Chief Executive Officer of Portera Systems Inc., a software company. Before Portera, Mr. Steele served as the vice president and general manager of the Middleware and Data Warehousing Product Group at Sybase, Inc., an enterprise and mobile software company. Mr. Steele's prior experience includes business development, marketing, and engineering roles at Sun Microsystems, Inc. and Hewlett-Packard Company, computer, computer software and information technology companies. He holds a B.S. degree in computer science from Washington State University. The board of directors determined that Mr. Steele should serve as a director based on his position as our Chief Executive Officer and his understanding of the Internet security industry.

         Paul Auvil has served as our Chief Financial Officer since March 2007. Prior to joining our company, from September 2006 to March 2007, Mr. Auvil was with Benchmark Capital, a venture capital firm, as an entrepreneur-in-residence. Prior to that, from 2002 to July 2006, he served as the chief financial officer at VMware, Inc., a virtualization company. Previously, he served as the chief financial officer for Vitria Technology, Inc., an eBusiness platform company and held various executive positions at VLSI Technology, Inc., a semiconductor and circuit manufacturing company, including vice president of the Internet and Secure Products Division. Since 2007, Mr. Auvil has served on the board of directors for Quantum Corporation and currently holds the position of lead independent director in addition to serving on the audit and governance committees. Mr. Auvil holds a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Dartmouth College and a Master of Management degree from the J.L. Kellogg Graduate School of Management, Northwestern University.

89


Table of Contents

         Wade Chambers has served as our Executive Vice President, Engineering since November 2008. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Chambers worked at Yahoo Inc., an Internet company, from 2005 to September 2008 in various roles, including as Vice President of Engineering for Platforms. Prior to Yahoo! Inc., from 2003 to 2005, Mr. Chambers was Vice President of Engineering at Intalio, Inc., a cloud solutions company. Before Intalio, Mr. Chambers was the Vice President of Engineering at Opsware, Inc., a server and network software company. Prior to Opsware, Mr. Chambers held various engineering and engineering management roles at AOL Inc., an Internet services and media company, Verity Inc., a software company, other start-ups and the White House.

         Tom Cooper has served as our Executive Vice President, Worldwide Field Operations since December 2010. Prior to joining our company, from November 2006 to November 2010, Mr. Cooper was senior vice president and general manager of the Small and Midsize organization at SAP AG, a business management software, solutions and services company. Before SAP, Mr. Cooper worked at JBoss, Inc., a software company, from 2005 to 2006. Mr. Cooper also served from 1999 to 2002 as Executive Vice President and President of Americas for i2 Technologies, Inc., a supply chain management software and services company. Mr. Cooper has also held positions at Oracle Corporation, a computer technology company, EXE Technologies, Inc., a supply chain execution software company and Data General Corporation, a minicomputer company. Mr. Cooper holds a B.S. in computer Science from Missouri State University.

         David Knight has served as our Executive Vice President of Product Management and Marketing since March 2011. Prior to joining our company, from May 2007 to February 2011, Mr. Knight served as Chief Technology Officer of the Collaboration Software Group and Senior Director of Product Management at Cisco Systems, Inc., a networking and communications technology company. Mr. Knight was previously vice president of product management, vice president of platforms, and senior director of product management for WebEx Communications Inc., a collaboration software company, from 2002 to May 2007. From 1998 to 2002, he was vice president of marketing and product management for Portera Systems Inc.. Mr. Knight has also held management positions at Sybase, Inc., an enterprise and mobile software company, and Oracle. He holds a master of science in industrial administration and a B.S. in industrial management and information systems from Carnegie Mellon University.

         Eric Hahn founded our company in June 2002 and has served as a director since July 2002. Mr. Hahn is the founding partner of the Inventures Group, a mentor investment firm, which was founded in 1998. From 1997 to 1998, Mr. Hahn served as the Chief Technical Officer for Netscape Communications, Inc., a computer services and web browser company, and was a member of Netscape's Executive Committee. In addition, Mr. Hahn was the founder and Chief Executive Officer of Collabra Software, Inc., a groupware provider that was acquired by Netscape in 1995. Prior to Collabra, Mr. Hahn ran the cc:Mail division of Lotus Development Corporation, a business applications company. Mr. Hahn holds a B.S. degree from the Worcester Polytechnic Institute, which also bestowed to Mr. Hahn an honorary Ph.D. in computer science. The board of directors determined that Mr. Hahn should serve as a director based on his significant experience investing in and serving on the boards of directors of other technology companies, his management and leadership experience as a former founder and executive of multiple startup technology companies and his significant software engineering and product development experience.

         Dana Evan has served as a director since June 2008. Since July 2007, Ms. Evan has invested in and served on the boards of directors of companies in the Internet, technology and media sectors, including Fusion-io, Inc. and Omniture, Inc. From 1996 until July 2007, Ms. Evan served as chief financial officer of VeriSign, Inc., a provider of intelligent infrastructure services for the Internet and telecommunications networks. Previously, Ms. Evan worked as a financial consultant in the capacity of chief financial officer, vice president of finance or corporate controller over an eight-year period for various public and private companies and partnerships, including VeriSign, Inc., Delphi Bioventures, a

90


Table of Contents


venture capital firm, and Identix Incorporated, a multi-biometric technology company. Prior to serving as a financial consultant, Ms. Evan worked in a variety of positions at KPMG LLP. Ms. Evan also serves on the board of directors of a number of privately held companies. Ms. Evan is a certified public accountant (inactive) and holds a B.S. in Commerce with a concentration in Accounting and Finance from Santa Clara University. The board of directors determined that Ms. Evan possesses specific attributes that qualify her to serve as a member of our board of directors, including broad expertise in operations, strategy, accounting, financial management and investor relations at both publicly and privately held technology, media and Internet companies.

         Jonathan Feiber has served as a director since 2002. Mr. Feiber is a general partner at Mohr Davidow Ventures, a venture capital firm, which he joined in 1992. As a general partner at Mohr Davidow Ventures, Mr. Feiber serves on the board of directors of a number of privately held companies. Prior to joining Mohr Davidow Ventures, Mr. Feiber worked in various managerial positions at Sun Microsystems, a computer software and information technology company. Mr. Feiber holds a B.A. degree in computer science and mathematics from the University of Colorado. The board of directors determined that Mr. Feiber should serve as a director based on his significant experience in the venture capital industry analyzing, investing in and serving on the boards of directors of other technology companies, his significant management, software engineering and product development experience and his relationship with Mohr Davidow Ventures, one of our largest stockholders.

         Kevin Harvey has served as a director since 2002. Mr. Harvey is a founder and general partner of Benchmark Capital, which he joined in 1995. Before founding Benchmark, Mr. Harvey was founder, president and Chief Executive Officer of Approach Software Corp., a server database company. Before founding Approach Software, Mr. Harvey founded Styleware, Inc., a software company. Mr. Harvey received his B.S. degree in engineering from Rice University in 1987. The board of directors determined that Mr. Harvey should serve as a director based on his significant experience investing in and serving on the boards of directors of other technology companies, his management and leadership experience as a former founder and executive of multiple startup technology companies and his relationship with Benchmark Capital, one of our largest stockholders.

         Philip Koen has served as a director since October 2010. Mr. Koen has been Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Intermedia.net, Inc., a cloud-based provider of hosted Microsoft Exchange, collaboration and content management services, since May 2011. From February 2010 to May 2011, Mr. Koen was Chief Executive Officer of Montero Partners, an advisory services company. From March 2006 to January 2010, Mr. Koen served as Chief Executive officer and Director of Savvis, Inc., a cloud infrastructure and hosted IT solutions provider. From July 1999 until February 2006, Mr. Koen was employed by Equinix, Inc. a provider of network neutral data centers and Internet exchange services, as President and Chief Operating Officer and as Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Koen currently serves on the boards of Infinera Corp., an optical networking company, and Xeralux, a provider for sustainable outdoor lighting solutions. Mr. Koen earned a bachelor's degree from Claremont McKenna College and an M.B.A. from the University of Virginia. Mr. Koen also serves on the board of trustees of Webster University. The board of directors determined that Mr. Koen should serve as a director based on his extensive experience in operations, accounting and financial management at technology and Internet companies.

         Rob Ward has served as a director since 2004. Mr. Ward is a founder of Meritech Capital Partners, a venture capital firm, which he joined in 1999. Mr. Ward leads Meritech Capital Partner's investment practice in the enterprise infrastructure and data center markets including storage, security and database sectors. From 1996 to 1999, prior to founding Meritech Capital Partners, Mr. Ward was a principal at Montgomery Securities LLC, an investment bank, in the private equity group. Prior to joining Montgomery Securities, Mr. Ward spent five years in the corporate finance department at Smith Barney Inc., an investment bank. Mr. Ward received a B.A. degree from Williams College and a M.S. degree from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. The board of directors determined that

91


Table of Contents


Mr. Ward should serve as a director based on his significant experience investing in and serving on the boards of directors of other technology companies and his relationship with Meritech Capital Partners, one of our largest stockholders.

        Our executive officers are elected by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. There are no familial relationships among our directors and officers.

Board of Directors Composition

Current Board of Directors

        Under our bylaws, our board of directors may set the authorized number of directors. Our board of directors currently consists of seven members.

        Pursuant to the amended and restated voting agreement dated as of February 19, 2008 between our company and the holders of our preferred stock, Messrs. Feiber, Harvey, Ward, Koen, Steele and Hahn and Ms. Evan have been designated to serve as members of our board of directors. Pursuant to that agreement, Messrs. Feiber and Harvey were selected as representatives of the holders of our Series A Stock, Ms. Evan was selected as the representative of the holders of our Series B preferred stock, and Mr. Ward was selected as the representative of the holders of our Series C preferred stock. The current members of our board of directors will continue to serve as directors until their resignations or until their successors are duly elected by the holders of our common stock, despite the fact that the voting agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering. Upon the termination of this agreement, there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors.

Classified Board of Directors Following this Offering

        Our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of directors, each serving staggered three-year terms. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

    Class I directors, whose initial term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2013;

    Class II directors, whose initial term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2014; and

    Class III directors, whose initial term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015.

        Directors in a particular class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which their terms expire. As a result, only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Each director's term continues until the election and qualification of his successor, or his earlier death, resignation or removal.

        Our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide that only our board of directors may increase or decrease the size of our board of directors and fill vacancies on our board of directors until the next annual meeting of stockholders. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors would be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class would consist of one-third of the authorized number of directors.

        The classification of our board of directors and provisions described above may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our company. See "Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions—Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaw Provisions."

92


Table of Contents

Director Independence

        We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market. The listing rules of the NASDAQ Global Market require that a majority of the members of our board of directors be independent. Our board of directors undertook a review of its composition and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, our board of directors determined that none of our non-employee directors has a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is "independent" as that term is defined under the rules of the NASDAQ Global Market. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director. The independence of our board committee members is discussed below.

Board Leadership

        Our board of directors is led by our chairman. The chairman of the board chairs all meetings of our board of directors, including executive sessions. The chairman of the board also acts as liaison between the independent directors and management. We believe that having different people serving in the roles of chairman of the board and Chief Executive Officer is an appropriate and effective organizational structure for our company at this time. Separating these positions allows our chairman of the board to lead the board of directors in its fundamental role of providing advice to and independent oversight of management, while enabling our Chief Executive Officer to focus his time on our day-to-day business. The board of directors further recognizes the commitment required to serve as our chairman, particularly as the board of directors' oversight responsibilities continue to grow, as well as the time, effort and energy that our Chief Executive Officer is required to devote to his position. However, we also recognize that no single leadership model is right for all companies at all times, and that depending on the circumstances, other leadership models, such as having one person serving as both the chairman of the board and Chief Executive Officer, might become appropriate. Accordingly, the board of directors anticipates periodically reviewing its leadership structure.

Committees of Our Board of Directors

        Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and governance committee. The composition and responsibilities of each committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignations or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. Our board of directors has adopted a charter for each of these committees, which it believes complies with the applicable requirements of current NASDAQ Global Market rules. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they are applicable to us. Following the closing of this offering, copies of the charters for each committee will be available on the investor relations portion of our website.

Audit Committee

        Our audit committee is currently comprised of Ms. Evan, who is the chair of the audit committee, and Mr. Ward. We anticipate that a third director will be appointed to the audit committee prior to this offering. We believe that the composition of our audit committee prior to this offering, and our audit committee's charter and functioning will comply with the requirements for independence under current NASDAQ Global Market and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of our audit committee is financially literate as required by current NASDAQ Global Market listing standards. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Ms. Evan is an audit committee financial expert within the

93


Table of Contents


meaning of Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act. Our audit committee, among other things:

    selects a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

    helps to ensure the independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

    discusses the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviews, with management and the independent accountants, our interim and year-end operating results;

    develops procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

    reviews our policies on risk assessment and risk management;

    will review the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control policies and procedures and review our critical accounting policies;

    obtains and reviews a report by the independent registered public accounting firm at least annually, that describes our internal quality-control procedures, any material issues with such procedures, and any steps taken to deal with such issues;

    approves (or, as permitted, pre-approves) all audit and all permissible non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm; and

    will review our annual, quarterly and periodic reports related to financial matters to be filed with the SEC.

Compensation Committee

        Our compensation committee is currently comprised of Mr. Hahn, who is the chair of the compensation committee, and Messrs. Feiber and Harvey. The composition of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under current NASDAQ rules. Each member of this committee is also a non-employee director, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code. The purpose of our compensation committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors relating to compensation of our executive officers. Our compensation committee, among other things:

    reviews, approves and determines, or makes recommendations to our board of directors regarding, the compensation of our executive officers;

    administers our stock and equity incentive plans;

    reviews, approves and makes recommendations to our board of directors regarding incentive compensation and equity plans;

    will review the compensation discussion and analysis to be included in our annual and quarterly reports to be filed with the SEC and our compensation report to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

    establishes and reviews general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees.

94


Table of Contents

Nominating and Governance Committee

        The nominating and governance committee will be comprised of two directors. We anticipate that these directors will be appointed to the nominating and governance committee prior to this offering and the composition of our nominating and governance committee will meet the requirements for independence under current NASDAQ Global Market rules. Our nominating and governance committee will, among other things:

    identify, evaluate and select, or makes recommendations to our board of directors regarding, nominees for election to our board of directors and its committees;

    evaluate the performance of our board of directors and of individual directors;

    consider and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition of our board of directors and its committees;

    review related party transactions and proposed waivers of our code of conduct;

    review developments in corporate governance practices;

    evaluate the adequacy of our corporate governance practices and reporting; and

    develop and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters.

        The nominating and corporate governance committee does not have a formal diversity policy in place but will consider diversity of relevant experience, expertise and background, among other factors, in identifying nominees for directors.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        During 2010, most of our compensation decisions were made by our compensation committee. No interlocking relationship exists between our board of directors and the board of directors or compensation committee of any other company, nor has any interlocking relationship existed in the past. None of the members of our compensation committee has at any time during the prior three years been an officer or employee of ours.

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct

        Our board of directors has adopted a code of ethics and business conduct that will become effective upon completion of this offering. The code of ethics and business conduct will apply to all of our employees, officers and directors. Following the completion of this offering, the full text of our code of ethics and business conduct will be posted on the investor relations portion of our website at www.proofpoint.com and will be available without charge, upon request in writing to Proofpoint, Inc., 892 Ross Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94089, Attn: Investor Relations. We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our codes of ethics and business conduct, or waivers of such provisions, at the same location on our website identified above and also in public filings.

Director Compensation

        Following the closing of this offering, we intend to compensate our non-employee directors with a combination of cash and equity awards. Non-employee directors will receive an annual retainer fee for service on our board of directors of $30,000, and the additional annual retainer fee for service:

95


Table of Contents

        Pursuant to a policy adopted by our board of directors, each non-employee director who first becomes a member of our board of directors on or after the completion of this offering will receive an initial option to purchase 75,000 shares of our common stock. At each annual meeting of our stockholders, each non-employee director will automatically be granted an annual option grant to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock if the non-employee director has served continuously as a member of our board of directors for at least six months. Each initial stock option award granted to non-employee directors vests in equal annual installments over three years from the date of grant, the shares underlying which are exercisable at a price per share equal to the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant. Each annual stock option award vests in full immediately prior to the first annual meeting of our stockholders to occur after the date of grant. Each of these awards is immediately exercisable in full; however, any unvested shares issued upon exercise will be subject to a right of repurchase by us upon termination of the director's service at a price per share equal to the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant, which right lapses in accordance with the vesting schedule described above. The vesting of the awards made to non-employee directors under the policy described above will accelerate and vest in full in the event of a change in control of our company. The awards will have 10-year terms and will terminate three months following the date the director ceases to be one of our directors or consultants or 12 months following that date if the termination is due to death or disability. In addition to the awards provided for above, non-employee directors are eligible to receive discretionary awards of stock options. All grants to non-employee directors will be made on a discretionary basis under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

        Non-employee directors receive no other form of remuneration, perquisites or benefits, but are reimbursed for travel, meal and other expenses incurred to attend meetings. The following table provides information regarding stock options granted to our non-employee directors during 2010. Each of these options was granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant and will vest in full 12 months after the date of this prospectus. Other than reimbursement of reasonable travel and related expenses incurred by non-employee directors in connection with their attendance at meetings of our board of directors and its committees, we did not pay any other fees, make any other equity or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to our non-employee directors in 2010. All compensation that we paid to Mr. Steele, our only employee director, is set forth in the tables below under "Executive Compensation—Executive Compensation Tables." No compensation was paid to Mr. Steele in his capacity as a director.

Name
  Shares Subject to
Option Awards
  Grant Date   Price/Share  

Dana Evan

    25,000     10/28/2010   $ 2.44  

Jonathan Feiber

    25,000     10/28/2010     2.44  

Eric Hahn

    30,000     10/28/2010     2.44  

Kevin Harvey

    25,000     10/28/2010     2.44  

Philip Koen (1)

    100,000     10/28/2010     2.44  

Rob Ward

    25,000     10/28/2010     2.44  

(1)
Represents initial option to purchase 75,000 shares that vests over three years, and an annual option to purchase 25,000 shares that vests upon completion of six months of service.

96


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

        This Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides an overview of the material components of our executive compensation program for:

        We refer to these executive officers collectively in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis and the related compensation tables as the "Named Executive Officers."

        Specifically, this Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides an overview of our executive compensation philosophy, the overall objectives of our executive compensation program, and each component of compensation that we provide. In addition, we explain how and why the compensation committee of our board of directors arrived at the specific compensation policies and decisions involving our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers listed in the Summary Compensation Table set forth below, during 2010.

Executive Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

        We operate in a highly competitive business environment, which is characterized by frequent technological advances, rapidly changing market requirements, and the emergence of new market entrants. To successfully grow our business in this dynamic environment, we must continually develop and refine our solutions to stay ahead of customer needs and challenges. To achieve these objectives, we need a highly talented and seasoned team of technical, sales, marketing, operations, and other business professionals.

        We compete with many other companies in seeking to attract and retain a skilled management team. To meet this challenge, we have embraced a compensation philosophy of offering our executive officers a competitive total compensation program that recognizes and rewards individual performance and contributions to our success, allowing us to attract, retain, and motivate talented executives with the skills and abilities needed to drive our desired business results.

        The specific objectives of our executive compensation program are to:

Compensation Program Design

        Our executive compensation consists of base salary, an annual cash bonus opportunity, sales commissions plans, equity compensation in the form of stock options, and certain employee welfare benefits.

97


Table of Contents

        Historically, the key component of our executive compensation program has been equity awards for shares of our common stock. As a privately-held company, we have emphasized the use of equity to provide incentives for our executive officers to focus on the growth of our overall enterprise value and, correspondingly, to create value for our stockholders. We have used stock options as our primary equity award vehicle for all of our employees. We believe that stock options offer our employees, including the Named Executive Officers, a valuable long-term incentive that aligns their interests with the long-term interests of our stockholders. Going forward, we may introduce other forms of stock-based compensation awards, as we deem appropriate, into our executive compensation program to offer our executive officers additional types of long-term equity incentives that further this objective.

        We also offer cash compensation in the form of base salaries, annual cash bonus opportunities and sales commissions. Typically, we have structured our annual cash bonus opportunities to focus on the achievement of specific short-term financial and strategic objectives that will further our longer-term growth objectives.

        Historically, we have used standard industry surveys, including the Radford High-Technology Executive Compensation Survey, particularly for companies with annual revenue of up to $200 million, to assist the compensation committee in establishing cash compensation levels for our executive officers with an emphasis on technology companies with a similar size, stage of development, and growth potential. Using this information as a guideline, the compensation committee has emphasized remaining competitive in our market and differentiating total cash compensation levels through the use of an annual cash bonus plan and sales commissions. Equity compensation has been delivered on a discretionary basis with the goal to retain top talent and align the interests of our executive officers with the long-term interests of our stockholders.

        We have not adopted any formal policies or guidelines for allocating compensation between current and long-term compensation, between cash and non-cash compensation, or among different forms of non-cash compensation. Instead, the compensation committee reviews each component of executive compensation separately and also takes into consideration the value of each executive officer's compensation package as a whole and its relative size in comparison to our other executive officers.

Compensation-Setting Process

        Since 2004, the compensation committee has been responsible for evaluating, approving, and reviewing the compensation arrangements, plans, policies, and programs for our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers (other than our CEO), and directors, and overseeing our cash-based and equity-based compensation plans. Generally, decisions with respect to the cash compensation of our executive officers have been made by the compensation committee, while decisions with respect to their equity compensation awards have been made by our board of directors, based upon the recommendations of the compensation committee. In the case of our CEO's equity compensation awards, decisions have been made by the independent members of our board of directors.

        At the beginning of each year, the compensation committee, after consulting with management, establishes the corporate performance objectives for our company and makes decisions with respect to any base salary adjustment, approves certain individual performance objectives and target annual cash bonus opportunities and formulates recommendations with respect to equity awards for our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers, for the upcoming year. Any recommendations for equity awards to our executive officers are submitted to our board of directors for its consideration and approval. After the end of the fiscal year, the compensation committee reviews the performance of our

98


Table of Contents


executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers, to determine the payouts for the annual cash bonus opportunities for the previous year.

        The compensation committee reviews on a periodic basis, at least annually, our executive compensation program, including any incentive compensation plans, to determine whether they are appropriate, properly coordinated, and achieve their intended purposes and recommends to our board of directors any modifications or new plans or arrangements.

        In carrying out its responsibilities, the compensation committee works with members of our management, including our CEO. Typically, our management assists the compensation committee by providing information on corporate and individual performance, market data, and management's perspective and recommendations on compensation matters. This information has included an analysis of the compensation mix and levels of our executive officers compared to the competitive market (as determined using compensation survey data) prepared by our Human Resources Department. The compensation committee then uses this information as reference points in its deliberations on specific compensation actions and decisions.

        Historically, the initial compensation arrangements with our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers, have been determined in negotiations with each individual executive. Our CEO has been responsible for negotiating these arrangements, with the oversight and final approval of the compensation committee (except for Mr. Cooper's initial compensation arrangement, which was negotiated and approved by the compensation committee).

        Typically, our CEO will make recommendations to the compensation committee regarding compensation matters, including the compensation of our executive officers (except with respect to his own compensation). Historically, these recommendations have been based on a review of competitive market data as prepared by our Human Resources Department and his evaluation of each executive officer's individual performance. He also attends compensation committee meetings, except with respect to discussions involving his own compensation. Further, he recuses himself from meetings of our board of directors when they engage in deliberations with respect to his equity compensation awards.

        While the compensation committee solicits and reviews our CEO's recommendations and proposals with respect to compensation-related matters, the compensation committee only uses these recommendations and proposals as one factor in making compensation decisions.

        The compensation committee is authorized to retain the services of one or more executive compensation advisors from time to time, as it sees fit, in connection with carrying out its duties.

        Beginning in 2010, the compensation committee engaged Compensia, Inc., a national compensation consulting firm that provides executive compensation advisory services, to assist it in administering our executive compensation program. In addition, as we have begun the transition to public company status, Compensia has assisted the compensation committee in evaluating various alternatives for our equity compensation strategies and funding, and various other aspects of our executive compensation program. In the future, we expect that the compensation committee, as part of its annual review of our executive officers' compensation, will instruct its executive compensation advisor to perform an analysis of our executive compensation program to ensure alignment with our compensation strategy and competitive market practices. Compensia serves at the discretion of the compensation committee.

99


Table of Contents

        To assess the competitiveness of our executive compensation program and current compensation levels and to assist it in setting compensation levels, historically the compensation committee referred to standard industry surveys, including the Radford High-Technology Executive Compensation Survey. While the compensation committee reviewed this compensation data to inform its decision-making process, it did not set compensation components to meet specific benchmarks. Instead, the compensation committee used this data as a point of reference so that it could set total compensation levels that it believed were reasonably competitive. While compensation levels differed among our executive officers based on competitive factors, and the role, responsibilities, and performance of each specific executive officer, there were not material differences in the compensation policies and practices for our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers.

        During 2011, the compensation committee, assisted by our management and Compensia, began to develop a compensation peer group comprised of comparably-sized publicly-held companies, taking into consideration size and growth potential, to be used as a reference source in connection with future executive compensation deliberations. This compensation peer group, which consisted of both technology companies that had conducted an initial public offering of their equity securities within the past several years and similarly-sized companies in the same industry sector, was used by the compensation committee for reference purposes during its compensation deliberations during 2011.

        This peer group is comprised of the following companies:

Actuate Corporation   LivePerson, Inc.

BroadSoft, Inc.

 

LogMeIn, Inc.

comScore, Inc.

 

Smith Micro Software, Inc.

Constant Contact, Inc.

 

SolarWinds, Inc.

DemandTec, Inc.

 

Sourcefire, Inc.

Envestnet, Inc.

 

SuccessFactors, Inc.

Fortinet, Inc.

 

TeleNav, Inc.

IntraLinks Holdings, Inc.

 

VASCO Data Security International, Inc.

KIT digital, Inc.

 

Vocus, Inc.

Executive Compensation Program Components

        The following describes each component of our executive compensation program, the rationale for each, and how compensation amounts and awards are determined.

        Base salary is the primary fixed component of our executive compensation program. We use base salary to compensate our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers, for services rendered during the year, and to ensure that we remain competitive in attracting and retaining executive talent. The compensation committee conducts an annual review of each executive officer's base salary and makes adjustments as it determines to be reasonable and necessary to reflect the scope of an executive officer's performance, contributions, responsibilities, experience, prior salary level and position (in the case of a promotion), and market conditions.

        In February 2010, the compensation committee reviewed the base salaries of our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers, taking into consideration a compensation analysis performed

100


Table of Contents


by our Human Resources Department and the base salary recommendations of our CEO (except with respect to his own base salary), as well as the other factors described above. Exercising its judgment and discretion, the compensation committee determined to make adjustments to the annual base salaries of certain of our executive officers that ranged from 0% to 28%. The compensation committee did not benchmark the base salaries of our executive officers against any specific companies or compensation surveys, but did take into account data from the Radford High-Technology Executive Compensation Survey and data from Compensia in making these subjective determinations. The compensation committee determined that such adjustments were necessary and appropriate to maintain the fixed component of our executive officers' compensation at competitive levels.

        The adjustments to the base salaries of the Named Executive Officers for 2010 were as follows:

Named Executive Officer
  2009 Base Salary   Percentage Increase   2010 Base Salary  

Mr. Steele

  $ 235,000     28 % $ 300,000  

Mr. Auvil

    220,000     9     240,000  

Mr. Chambers

    230,000     0     230,000  

Mr. Hickman-Smith

    225,000     0     225,000  

        These base salary adjustments were effective on March 1, 2010. Mr. Steele's base salary was increased in order to bring his base salary from below the 25 th  percentile to the 75 th  percentile of the compensation data from the Radford survey and data from Compensia. Mr. Auvil's base salary was increased to bring his salary from below the 25 th  percentile of the compensation data from the Radford survey and data from Compensia as well as recently-public companies to approximately the 50 th  percentile.

        Mr. Cooper's annual base salary was set at $250,000 when he joined our company on December 6, 2010. This amount was determined based on arms-length negotiations between Mr. Cooper and the compensation committee in establishing his employment relationship with us.

        The base salaries paid to the Named Executive Officers during 2010 are set forth in the Summary Compensation Table below.

        We use cash bonuses to motivate our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers, to achieve our annual financial and operational objectives, while making progress towards our longer-term growth and other goals. Generally, the compensation committee pays bonuses to our executive officers in its discretion after the end of the year based on its evaluation of the achievement of one or more corporate performance measures established in our annual operating plan and individual performance requirements, as described further below.

        At the beginning of each year, the compensation committee adopts an annual bonus plan for our management team and selects one or more corporate financial and operational measures for use in determining the target size of the bonus pool for the year from which bonuses will be paid. In addition, with respect to our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers, the compensation committee also establishes target bonus opportunities for each executive officer and determines the individual performance objectives for variable compensation for certain executive officers.

        In February 2010, the compensation committee approved our Executive Bonus Plan for purposes of providing bonus opportunities to our management team, including the Named Executive Officers.

        Under the Executive Bonus Plan, the target bonus opportunities were designed to reward our executive officers based on our overall company performance and the individual executive officer's

101


Table of Contents

contribution to that performance. As in prior years, the compensation committee determined that the target bonus opportunities for each executive officer should be determined as a percentage of such executive officer's base salary. The target bonus opportunities for the Named Executive Officers were as follows:

Named Executive Officer
  Target Bonus Opportunity
(as a percentage of base salary)
 

Mr. Steele

    50 %

Mr. Auvil

    30  

Mr. Chambers

    30  

        With respect to each of the Named Executive Officers listed above, the amount of his target bonus opportunity was established by the compensation committee in consultation with our CEO (except with respect to his own target bonus opportunity) and was based on several factors, including the scope of the Named Executive Officer's performance, contributions, responsibilities, experience, prior years' target bonus opportunities and position (in the case of a promotion), and market conditions.

        Mr. Cooper's target bonus opportunity for 2011 was set at $150,000 when he joined our company on December 6, 2010. As with his base salary, this amount was determined based on arms-length negotiations between Mr. Cooper and the compensation committee in establishing his employment relationship with us.

        Mr. Hickman-Smith did not participate in the Executive Bonus Plan, as his bonus was determined based on the sales commission plan described below.

Corporate Performance Measures

        Under the Executive Bonus Plan, the compensation committee selected free cash flow and annual bookings as the two corporate performance measures that best supported our annual operating plan and enhanced long-term value creation for purposes of funding the bonus pool. For purposes of funding the plan bonus pool, the free cash flow measure was weighted 25% and the annual bookings measure was weighted 75%. For 2010, the target levels for these two performance measures were set as follows:

Performance Measure
  Target Performance Level  

Free cash flow

  $ (0.2 million)  

Annual bookings

    80.0 million  

        The compensation committee believed that the target levels for these two performance measures for 2010 would require a focused effort by management to generate the target funding for the bonus pool associated with these measures. The Executive Bonus Plan provided that the bonus pool would receive minimum funding at 50% of the target funding level established for the annual bookings measure if we achieved at least 90% of our annual bookings target for the year (on a weighted value basis, this amount would represent 37.5% of the potential funding of the bonus pool). Between 90% and 100% achievement of our annual bookings target for the year, the funding of the bonus pool would increase by 5% for each 1% of performance. Finally, above our annual bookings target for the year, the funding of the bonus pool would increase by 25% for each 2.5% of performance up to a maximum funding of 250% if we achieved 115% of our annual bookings target.

        The Executive Bonus Plan also provided that, in the event that we achieved 90% of our annual bookings target for the year, the bonus pool would receive funding of an additional 25% of the target funding level for the overall bonus pool if we achieved our free cash flow target for the year. A failure to achieve this target level would result in no funding of the bonus pool with respect to this measure.

102


Table of Contents

Individual Performance Measures

        Under the Executive Bonus Plan, if we achieved minimum funding of the bonus pool, our CEO was to formulate recommendations on the amount payable to each executive officer, subject to the approval of the compensation committee. If we achieved at least 90% of our annual bookings target for the year, then the amounts payable would be based on each participant's actual performance as measured against one or more individual performance objectives.

        To achieve our compensation objective of rewarding individual performance, our CEO developed a series of performance objectives for our executive officers, including the other Named Executive Officers (other than himself), which he deemed to be integral to the achievement of the corporate performance objectives as well as the strengthening of our internal operations. In addition, the compensation committee determined the individual performance objectives that would be applicable to our CEO.

        For purposes of the Executive Bonus Plan, these performance objectives for the Named Executive Officers participating in the Executive Bonus Plan were as follows: for Mr. Steele, his performance objectives related to achieving quarterly revenue goals of $67 million in the aggregate over four quarters, IPO preparedness, obtaining additional cloud-based business, margin improvements and sales team productivity; for Mr. Auvil, his performance objectives related to timely audit, system integration, implementing internal controls and process initiatives, continued cost reductions, quarterly cash balance objectives and continuing to improve the forecasting and reporting process; and for Mr. Chambers, his performance objectives related to product development milestones, cost efficiency and employee attrition.

        Further, our CEO was to evaluate each executive officer's individual contributions towards the achievement of these performance objectives. In the case of our CEO, the compensation committee would evaluate his individual contributions towards the achievement of his performance objectives.

Award Decisions and Analysis

        In February 2011, the compensation committee evaluated our performance during 2010 and determined the amount of the annual cash bonuses to be paid to our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers, for 2010. In making these awards, the compensation committee consulted with our CEO with respect to the Named Executive Officers (except with respect to his own bonus) and evaluated our financial and operational performance and the level of achievement of the corporate performance objectives for the year. The compensation committee determined that, with respect to the annual bookings measure, we had achieved 96% of our annual bookings target for the year, and with respect to the free cash flow measure, had exceeded our cash flow target for the same period. Based on these results, the compensation committee then set the size of the bonus pool to be used to pay cash bonuses under the Executive Bonus Plan at 85% of the target. Therefore, target bonus based on achievement of corporate objectives would be 85% of the amount of each Named Executive Officers' target bonus.

        Our CEO evaluated the achievement of each executive officer against his individual performance objectives and formulated a recommendation for each such executive officer's annual bonus for consideration by the compensation committee. These recommendations were based on his subjective assessment of each individual's contributions against the personal performance objectives during the year. In the case of our CEO, the compensation committee evaluated his performance against his individual performance objectives and determined the amount of his annual bonus. Mr. Steele was determined to have satisfied his performance objectives at a level of 95%. Mr. Auvil was determined to have satisfied his personal performance objectives at a level of 98%. Mr. Chambers was determined to have satisfied his personal performance objectives at a level of 90%.

103


Table of Contents

        Based on these determinations, the compensation committee approved cash bonuses for the Named Executive Officers as follows:

Named Executive Officer
  Target Cash
Bonus Opportunity
  Cash Bonus  

Mr. Steele

  $ 150,000   $ 127,500  

Mr. Auvil

    72,000     61,200  

Mr. Chambers

    69,000     58,650  

        Since he did not join our company until December 2010, Mr. Cooper was not eligible to receive a cash bonus under the Executive Bonus Plan.

        As our Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales, Mr. Hickman-Smith was eligible for a commission plan providing for the opportunity to receive incentive compensation based on the ability of our sales organization to achieve specified pre-established sales quotas throughout the year.

        For 2010, his target incentive compensation opportunity was equal to 100% of his annual base salary, $225,000. The majority of this target incentive compensation opportunity ($200,000) was based on the sales organization's actual performance during the year as measured against our monthly, quarterly, and annual bookings quotas for new business, renewals and professional services. The amounts earned under this portion of his incentive compensation opportunity were to be paid one month in arrears following our determination of the actual bookings for each month. In addition, a portion of this target annual incentive compensation opportunity ($25,000) was achievable if 50% or more of the representatives in the sales organization achieved 100% of their bookings quotas for the year. The amounts paid under this incentive award opportunity are paid on an annual basis. In addition to his target incentive compensation, Mr. Hickman-Smith was eligible to receive an annual revenue bonus of $25,000, payable upon meeting the specified revenue targets for the first half and second half of the year.

        We have not disclosed the specific target levels for sales commission quotas because we believe that such disclosure would result in competitive harm to our company. The specific target levels were based on our historical operating results and growth rates, as well as our expected future results, and were designed to require significant effort on the part of Mr. Hickman-Smith.

        Mr. Hickman-Smith earned sales commissions of $182,873 during 2010. Mr. Hickman-Smith did not receive the bonus associated with the sales force productivity.

        The cash bonuses paid to the Named Executive Officers for 2010 are set forth in the Summary Compensation Table below.

        We use equity awards to incentivize and reward our executives officers, including the Named Executive Officers, for long-term corporate performance based on the value of our common stock and, thereby, to align the interests of our executive officers with those of our stockholders. These equity awards have been granted in the form of stock options to purchase shares of our common stock. We believe that stock options, when granted with exercise prices equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, provide an appropriate long-term incentive for our executive officers, since the stock options reward them only to the extent that our stock price grows and stockholders realize value following their grant date.

        Typically, we have granted stock options to our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers, as part of the compensation committee's annual review of executive compensation. To date,

104


Table of Contents


the compensation committee has not applied a rigid formula in determining the size of these equity awards. Instead, the compensation committee formulates an equity award recommendation for each executive officer after taking into consideration a compensation analysis performed by our Human Resources Department, the equity award recommendations of our CEO (except with respect to his own award), the scope of an executive officer's performance, contributions, responsibilities and experience, and the amount of equity compensation held by the executive officer (including the current economic value of his unvested equity and the ability of these unvested holdings to satisfy our retention objectives, market conditions, and internal equity). These recommendations are then submitted to our board of directors for approval. In making its award decisions, our board of directors exercises its judgment and discretion to set the size of each award at a level it considers appropriate to create a meaningful opportunity for reward predicated on the creation of long-term stockholder value.

        On February 11, 2010, the compensation committee approved recommendations for stock option grants for each of our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers, in recognition of our financial results and each executive officer's individual performance for 2009. These recommendations then were submitted to our board of directors for review and consideration. On March 9, 2010, our board of directors approved stock option grants for each of our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers. In the case of our CEO, the independent members of our board of directors approved his stock option grant. The size of these stock option grants was determined by the compensation committee based on its evaluation of the compensation analysis prepared by our Human Resources Department, its subjective assessment of the performance of each of our executive officers, and its motivation and retention objectives for each of our executive officers. These stock options were granted with an exercise price equal to $1.94 per share, the fair market value of our common stock as determined by our board of directors on that date. The stock option grants made to the Named Executive Officers were as follows:

Named Executive Officer
  Number of Shares Underlying
Stock Option Grant
 

Mr. Steele

    735,269  

Mr. Auvil

    400,000  

Mr. Chambers

    100,000  

Mr. Hickman-Smith

    100,000  

        In December 2010, in connection with his joining us as our Executive Vice President, Worldwide Field Operations, the compensation committee recommended, and our board of directors approved, the grant to Mr. Cooper of a stock option to purchase 1,263,029 shares of our common stock with an exercise price equal to $2.69 per share. This stock option grant is discussed in more detail below.

        The equity awards granted to the Named Executive Officers during 2010 are set forth in the Summary Compensation Table and the Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table below.

        We have established a tax-qualified Section 401(k) retirement plan for all employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements, including requirements relating to age and length of service. We currently do not match any contributions made to the plan by our employees, including executive officers. We intend for the plan to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code so that contributions by employees to the plan, and income earned on plan contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the plan.

        In addition, we provide other benefits to our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers, on the same basis as all of our full-time employees in the country in which they are resident. These benefits include medical, dental, and vision benefits, medical and dependent care flexible spending accounts, short-term and long-term disability insurance, accidental death and dismemberment insurance, and basic life insurance coverage.

105


Table of Contents

        We design our employee benefits programs to be affordable and competitive in relation to the market, as well as compliant with applicable laws and practices. We adjust our employee benefits programs as needed based upon regular monitoring of applicable laws and practices and the competitive market.

        Currently, we do not view perquisites or other personal benefits as a significant component of our executive compensation program. Accordingly, we do not provide perquisites to our executive officers, except in situations where we believe it is appropriate to assist an individual in the performance of his or her duties, to make our executive officers more efficient and effective, and for recruitment and retention purposes.            

        In the future, we may provide perquisites or other personal benefits in limited circumstances, such as where we believe it is appropriate to assist an individual executive officer in the performance of his or her duties, to make our executive officers more efficient and effective, and for recruitment, motivation, or retention purposes. All future practices with respect to perquisites or other personal benefits will be approved and subject to periodic review by the compensation committee.

Employment Agreements

        We have entered into employment agreements with each of our executive officers, except as described below, which are comprised of an offer letter, the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, and the Arbitration Agreement. Our employment agreement with Mr. Steele is comprised solely of an offer letter and the Employee Confidentiality Agreement. The initial terms and conditions of employment of each of the Named Executive Officers are set forth in a written employment offer letter with such individual. Each of these arrangements was approved on our behalf by our board of directors or, in certain instances, the compensation committee. We believe that these employment offer letters were necessary to induce these individuals to forego other employment opportunities or leave their current employer for the uncertainty of a demanding position in a new and unfamiliar organization.

        In filling these executive positions, our board of directors and the compensation committee, as applicable, was aware that it would be necessary to recruit candidates with the requisite experience and skills to manage a growing business in a unique market niche. Accordingly, it recognized that it would need to develop competitive compensation packages to attract qualified candidates in a dynamic labor market. At the same time, our board of directors and the compensation committee was sensitive to the need to integrate new executive officers into the executive compensation structure that it was seeking to develop, balancing both competitive and internal equity considerations.

        Each of these employment offer letters provided for "at will" employment and sets forth the initial compensation arrangements for the executive officer, including an initial base salary, an annual cash bonus opportunity and/or a commissions plan, and an equity award in the form of a stock option to purchase shares of our common stock. Certain of the employment offer letters contain certain qualifying termination and change in control benefits in favor of certain Named Executive Officers. These arrangements provide for payments and benefits upon termination of their employment in specified circumstances, including following a change in control. These arrangements (including potential payments and terms) are discussed in more detail in "—Offer Letters and Arrangements" and "—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control" sections below.

        Except as described below in "Offer Letters and Arrangements," in the event that the employment of an executive officer is involuntarily terminated within 18 months following a change in control of our company for executive officers who have worked for our company one year or more prior to involuntary termination, the unvested shares of our common stock subject to all of the outstanding

106


Table of Contents

stock options previously granted to such executive officer will become immediately vested and exercisable in full, as described in "—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control."

        We believe that these protections assisted us in attracting these individuals to join our company. We also believe that these protections serve our executive retention objectives by helping the Named Executive Officers maintain continued focus and dedication to their responsibilities to maximize stockholder value, including in the event that there is a potential transaction that could involve a change in control of our company. The terms of these agreements were determined after review by our board of directors or the compensation committee, as applicable, of our retention goals for each executive officer and an analysis of relevant market data.

        For a summary of the material terms and conditions of these severance and change in control arrangements, see "Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control" below.

Other Compensation Policies

        Currently, we have not implemented a policy regarding minimum stock ownership requirements for our executive officers, including the Named Executive Officers.

        Currently, we have not implemented a policy regarding retroactive adjustments to any cash or equity-based incentive compensation paid to our executive officers and other employees where the payments were predicated upon the achievement of financial results that were subsequently the subject of a financial restatement. We intend to adopt a general compensation recovery (clawback) policy covering our annual and long-term incentive award plans and arrangements once we are a publicly-traded company and after the SEC adopts final rules implementing the requirement of Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Act.

        Currently, we have not implemented a policy regarding the trading of derivatives or the hedging of our equity securities by our employees, including the Named Executive Officers, and directors.

Tax and Accounting Considerations

        Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code generally disallows public companies a tax deduction for federal income tax purposes of remuneration in excess of $1 million paid to the chief executive officer and each of the three other most highly-compensated executive officers (other than the chief financial officer) in any taxable year. Generally, remuneration in excess of $1 million may only be deducted if it is "performance-based compensation" within the meaning of the Code. In this regard, the compensation income realized upon the exercise of stock options granted under a stockholder-approved stock option plan generally will be deductible so long as the options are granted by a committee whose members are non-employee directors and certain other conditions are satisfied.

        As we are not currently publicly-traded, our board of directors has not previously taken the deductibility limit imposed by Section 162(m) into consideration in setting compensation for our executive officers. We expect that, where reasonably practicable, the compensation committee will seek to qualify the variable compensation paid to our executive officers for the "performance-based

107


Table of Contents


compensation" exemption from the deductibility limit. As such, in approving the amount and form of compensation for our executive officers in the future, we will consider all elements of the cost to our company of providing such compensation, including the potential impact of Section 162(m). In the future, the compensation committee may, in its judgment, authorize compensation payments that do not comply with an exemption from the deductibility limit when it believes that such payments are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.

        Sections 280G and 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code provide that executive officers and directors who hold significant equity interests and certain other service providers may be subject to significant additional taxes if they receive payments or benefits in connection with a change in control of our company that exceeds certain prescribed limits, and that our company (or a successor) may forfeit a deduction on the amounts subject to this additional tax. We did not provide any executive officer, including any Named Executive Officer, with a "gross-up" or other reimbursement payment for any tax liability that the executive officer might owe as a result of the application of Sections 280G or 4999 during 2010, and we have not agreed and are not otherwise obligated to provide any executive officer with such a "gross-up" or other reimbursement.

        We follow ASC 718 for our stock-based compensation awards. ASC 718 requires companies to measure the compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and directors, including stock options, based on the grant date "fair value" of these awards. This calculation is performed for accounting purposes and reported in the compensation tables below, even though our executive officers may never realize any value from their awards. ASC 718 also requires companies to recognize the compensation cost of their stock-based compensation awards in their income statements over the period that an executive officer is required to render service in exchange for the option or other award.

Compensation Risk Assessment

        As part of its oversight of our compensation programs, our compensation committee has considered our executive officer and non-executive employee compensation programs as they relate to corporate risk management. Our compensation programs are currently consistent with practices of other companies in our industry, and our compensation committee has concluded that our compensation policies and practices are not likely to have a material adverse effect on us, including for the following reasons:

Executive Compensation Tables

        The following table provides information regarding all plan and non-plan compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our principal executive officer, our principal financial officer and our three

108


Table of Contents


other most highly compensated executive officers serving as such at December 31, 2010 for all services rendered in all capacities to us during 2010.


Summary Compensation Table

        The following table provides information concerning the compensation paid to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and our next three most highly compensated executive officers during 2010. We refer to these individuals as our Named Executive Officers.

Name and Principal Position
  Salary   Option
Awards (1)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation (2)
  Total  

Gary Steele
Chief Executive Officer

  $ 300,000   $ 816,884   $ 127,500   $ 1,244,384  

Paul Auvil
Chief Financial Officer

   
240,000
   
444,400
   
61,200
   
745,600
 

Tom Cooper
Executive Vice President, Worldwide Field Operations

   
250,000
   
1,945,949
   
   
2,195,949
 

Wade Chambers
Executive Vice President, Engineering

   
230,000
   
113,560
   
58,650
   
402,210
 

Dean Hickman-Smith
Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales

   
225,000
   
113,560
   
182,873
   
521,433
 

(1)
Amounts reflect the incremental fair value of the stock options issued during 2010, computed in accordance with ASC 718. The valuation assumptions used in calculating the incremental fair value of the stock options are set forth in note 11 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)
The amounts reported in the non-equity incentive plan compensation column represent the Named Executive Officer's performance-based awards under our cash incentive award program and/or sales commissions plan earned for services rendered during the fiscal year. For more information about their non-equity incentive plan compensation, see "Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Award Decisions and Analysis."

        The following table provides information with regard to potential cash bonuses paid or payable in 2010 under our performance-based, non-equity incentive plans, and with regard to each stock option granted to a Named Executive Officer during 2010.


Grants of Plan-Based Awards

 
   
  Estimated Possible
Payouts Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards (1)
  Number
of Shares
Underlying
Option
Awards (2)
   
   
 
 
   
  Exercise
Price of
Option
Awards (3)
  Grant Date
Fair Value of
Option
Awards (4)
 
 
  Grant
Date
 
Name
  Threshold   Target   Maximum  

Gary Steele

    03/09/10   $ 37,500   $ 150,000   $ 318,750     735,269   $ 1.94   $ 816,884  

Paul Auvil

   
03/09/10
   
18,000
   
72,000
   
153,000
   
400,000
   
1.94
   
444,400
 

Tom Cooper

   
12/15/10
   
N/A
   
N/A
   
N/A
   
1,263,029
   
2.69
   
1,945,949
 

Wade Chambers

   
03/09/10
   
17,250
   
69,000
   
146,625
   
100,000
   
1.94
   
113,560
 

Dean Hickman-Smith (5)

   
03/09/10
   
   
250,000
   
N/A
   
100,000
   
1.94
   
113,560
 

(1)
The actual payments made for 2010 under the bonus plan and the commission plan are included in the "Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation" column in the "Summary Compensation Table" above.

109


Table of Contents

(2)
These option awards are immediately exercisable and vest as to 25% of the shares of common stock subject to the option on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, with the remainder of the shares vesting monthly in equal installments over the next three years. All options were granted under our 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, which is described below under "—Employee Benefit Plans," and contain provisions that call for accelerated vesting upon certain events following a termination and change in control event, as discussed above in "—Compensation Discussion and Analysis" and below in "—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control."

(3)
Represents the fair market value of a share of our common stock, as determined by our board of directors, on the option's grant date. Please see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Critical Accounting Policies—Stock-Based Compensation" above for a discussion of how we have valued our common stock.

(4)
The amounts in this column represent the grant date fair value for stock option awards granted to our Named Executive Officers. See note 11 of our notes to consolidated financial statements for a description of the valuation assumptions used.

(5)
Represents Mr. Hickman-Smith's sales commissions plan and bonus opportunity related to monthly, quarterly, and annual bookings quotas; sales force quota achievement; and meeting specified company revenue targets for the first and second half of the year. There was no maximum limit to the amounts payable under Mr. Hickman-Smith's commission plan.

        The following table provides information regarding each unexercised stock option held by our Named Executive Officers as of December 31, 2010.


Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2010 (1)

 
  Number of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised Options
   
   
 
 
  Option
Exercise
Price (4)
  Option
Expiration
Date
 
Name
  Exercisable (2)   Unexercisable (3)  

Gary Steele

   
1,333,379
   
 
$

0.05
   
12/16/2012
 

    624,538         0.95     10/25/2016  

    100,000     52,083 (5)   1.53     01/26/2019  

    503,527     283,233 (5)   1.53     03/15/2019  

    735,269     735,269 (5)(7)   1.94     03/08/2020  

Paul Auvil

   
584,876
   
67,675

(6)
 
1.15
   
04/25/2017
 

    400,000     400,000 (5)(7)   1.94     03/08/2020  

Tom Cooper (5)

   
1,263,029
   
1,263,029

(5)(8)
 
2.69
   
12/14/2020
 

Wade Chambers

   
590,000
   
282,708

(5)
 
1.53
   
12/02/2018
 

    100,000     100,000 (5)   1.94     03/08/2020  

Dean Hickman-Smith

   
562,304
   
316,295

(5)
 
1.53
   
07/30/2018
 

    100,000     100,000 (5)   1.94     03/08/2020  

(1)
Unless otherwise noted in these footnotes, all stock options referenced in this table vest as to 25% of the shares of common stock subject to the option on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, with the remainder of the shares vesting monthly in equal installments over the next three years.

(2)
Because all options granted under our 2002 Stock Options/Stock Issuance Plan are immediately exercisable, subject to a right of repurchase in our favor which lapses as the shares vest, this column reflects the number of options held by our Named Executive Officers that were exercisable as of December 31, 2010.

(3)
Because all options granted under our 2002 Stock Options/Stock Issuance Plan are immediately exercisable, subject to a right of repurchase in our favor which lapses as the shares vest, this column reflects the number of options held by our Named Executive Officers that were exercisable and unvested as of December 31, 2010.

(4)
Represents the fair market value of a share of our common stock, as determined by our board of directors, on the option's grant date. Please see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Critical Accounting Policies—Stock-Based Compensation" for a discussion of how we have valued our common stock.

110


Table of Contents

(5)
Pursuant to the existing option agreements, in the event of a change in control, 100% of the then-unvested portion of each executive's options will accelerate in full in the event of an involuntary termination, as defined in the Named Executive Officer's option agreement, in connection with or within 18 months following a change in control.

(6)
Pursuant to the existing option agreements, in the event of a change in control, 100% of the then-unvested portion of each executive's options will accelerate in full in the event of an involuntary termination, as defined in the Named Executive Officer's option agreement, within 18 months following a change in control.

(7)
Stock options granted commence vesting the earlier of February 11, 2011 or upon the closing of an initial public offering of the company. Once vesting commences, vesting occurs on the standard schedule as described above in footnote 1.

(8)
If Mr. Cooper is terminated without Cause or resigns for Good Reason on or before December 5, 2011, he will receive monthly vesting credit under the option for each full month worked prior to his termination or resignation for Good Reason.

        No shares were acquired pursuant to the exercise of options by our Named Executive Officers during 2011.

Offer Letters and Arrangements

    Gary Steele

        We entered into an offer letter agreement with Mr. Steele, our Chief Executive Officer, on November 17, 2002. Pursuant to the offer letter, Mr. Steele's initial base salary was established at $190,000. In addition, following his first year of employment, Mr. Steele was eligible to receive a bonus of $20,000 based on the achievement of mutually agreed-upon objectives. On December 17, 2002, in accordance with the terms of his offer letter, Mr. Steele was granted a stock option to purchase 1,333,379 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.05, which was equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date the options were granted as determined by our board of directors. These options fully vested four years from the date of Mr. Steele's commencement of employment. Mr. Steele's employment is at will and may be terminated at any time, with or without cause.

    Paul Auvil

        We entered into an offer letter agreement with Mr. Auvil, our Chief Financial Officer, on March 9, 2007. Pursuant to the offer letter, Mr. Auvil's initial base salary was established at $200,000. In addition, during his first year of employment, Mr. Auvil was eligible to receive a bonus targeted at 20% of his annual base salary with upside potential based upon individual and/or company over-performance. The bonus was subject to the terms and conditions of the Executive Bonus Plan. On, April 26, 2007, in accordance with the terms of his offer letter, Mr. Auvil was granted a stock option to purchase 1,082,797 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.15, which was equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date the options were granted as determined by our board of directors. The options vest according to the 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and related stock option agreement. As of September 30, 2011, all of these initial shares to the option were vested. Mr. Auvil's employment is at will and may be terminated at any time, with or without cause.

    Tom Cooper

        We entered into an offer letter agreement with Mr. Cooper, our Executive Vice President, Worldwide Field Operations, on November 5, 2010. Pursuant to the offer letter, Mr. Cooper's initial base salary was established at $250,000 with an annual on-target bonus of $150,000, with upside potential based upon individual and/or company performance, subject to the terms and conditions of the Proofpoint Bonus Plan Document. In addition, during his first year of employment, Mr. Cooper was eligible to receive up to $150,000 in commissions based on the attainment of the quota under the terms and conditions of the company's applicable commission plan. On, December 15, 2010, in accordance with the terms of his offer letter, Mr. Cooper was granted a stock option to purchase 1,263,029 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.69, which was equal to the fair market

111


Table of Contents

value of our common stock on the date the options were granted as determined by our board of directors. Otherwise, the option shall be subject to the vesting restrictions and all other terms of the 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan. As of September 30, 2011, 1,256,059 shares subject to the option are unvested.

        Mr. Cooper's offer letter agreement provides that if he is terminated for Cause (as defined in the offer letter) or he resigns without Good Reason (as defined in the offer letter) he will only be entitled to all base salary and commissions (in accordance with the terms of his commission plan) earned through the termination or resignation date. However, if we terminate his employment without Cause or Mr. Cooper resigns with Good Reason, provided that he executes and does not revoke a substantially similar General Release of Claims form we will provide severance benefits equal to his base salary as in effect on the date of termination for the six months following the date of termination or resignation and the averaged monthly commission amount (as defined in the offer letter) for the six months following the date of termination or resignation. In addition, if we terminate Mr. Cooper without Cause or he resigns with Good Reason during his first year of employment, he will be given monthly vesting credit under the Option for each full month worked prior to his termination without cause or resignation with Good Reason and all other terms of the company's 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan shall remain in full force and effect. Mr. Cooper would also be entitled to health insurance benefits under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act for six months. Mr. Cooper's employment is at will and may be terminated at any time, with or without cause.

    Wade Chambers

        We entered into an offer letter agreement with Mr. Chambers, our Executive Vice President, Engineering, on November 3, 2008. Pursuant to the offer letter, Mr. Chambers's initial base salary was established at $230,000. In addition, Mr. Chambers was eligible to receive a bonus targeted at 20% of his annual base salary with upside potential based upon individual and/or company over-performance. The bonus was subject to the terms and conditions of the Executive Bonus Plan document. On, December 3, 2008, in accordance with the terms of his offer letter, Mr. Chambers was granted a stock option to purchase 590,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.53, which was equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date the options were granted as determined by our board of directors. The options vest according to the 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and related stock option agreements. As of September 30, 2011, 172,083 shares subject to the option are unvested. Mr. Chambers's employment is at will and may be terminated at any time, with or without cause.

    Dean Hickman-Smith

        We entered into an offer letter agreement with Mr. Hickman-Smith, our Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales, on June 5, 2008. Pursuant to the offer letter, Mr. Hickman-Smith's initial base salary was established at $225,000 with a non-recoverable draw of $56,250 in total during the first six pay periods from his date of employment. In addition, during his first year of employment, Mr. Hickman-Smith was eligible to receive $225,000 in target commissions based on the attainment of 100% of his quota. Earned commissions are paid on a monthly basis. On July 30, 2008, in accordance with the terms of his offer letter, Mr. Hickman-Smith was granted a stock option to purchase 562,304 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.28, which was equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date the options were granted as determined by our board of directors. The options vest according to the 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and related stock option agreements. On March 16, 2009 Mr. Hickman-Smith's options were cancelled pursuant to the option repricing offer and replaced by an option grant of 562,304 shares at a price of $1.53. As of September 30, 2011, 210,863 shares subject to the option grant of March 16, 2009 are unvested. Mr. Hickman-Smith's employment is at will and may be terminated at any time, with or without cause.

112


Table of Contents

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

    Termination

        The following table summarizes the cash severance amount and the value of the accelerated stock option payout that each Named Executive Officer would have been entitled to receive assuming a qualifying termination as of December 31, 2010. Accelerated stock option payment values are based upon the value of a share of our common stock as of December 31, 2010, which we assumed to be the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, minus the exercise price.

Name
  Cash
Severance Amount
  Accelerated Stock Option
Payment Value
 

Gary Steele

  $   $    

Paul Auvil

           

Tom Cooper

    210,533        

Wade Chambers

           

Dean Hickman-Smith

           

    Change in Control Arrangements

        Our stock option agreements for each of our Named Executive Officers generally provide for acceleration of vesting of 100% of the unvested shares underlying their options in the event of an involuntary termination (as such term is defined in the stock option agreement) within 18 months following a change in control in our company for employees who have worked for our company for one year or more prior to the involuntary termination. In the case of an involuntary termination (as such term is defined in Mr. Cooper's stock option agreement), Mr. Cooper's options would accelerate as provided for under "—Offer Letters and Arrangements" and "—Grants of Plan-Based Awards." The following table summarizes the value of this acceleration to these Named Executive Officers pursuant to these awards, assuming an involuntary termination and change in control as of December 31, 2010. Values are based upon the value of a share of our common stock as of December 31, 2010, which we assumed to be the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, minus the exercise price.

Name
  Accelerated Stock Option
Payment Value
 

Gary Steele

  $    

Paul Auvil

       

Tom Cooper

       

Wade Chambers

       

Dean Hickman-Smith

       

Employee Benefit Plans

    2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan

        Our board of directors adopted our 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan in December 2002. Our 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan was also approved by our stockholders. The 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan provides for the grant of both incentive stock options, which qualify for favorable tax treatment to their recipients under Section 422 of the Code, and nonstatutory stock options, as well as for the issuance of shares of restricted stock. We may grant incentive stock options only to our employees. We may grant nonstatutory stock options to our employees, directors and consultants. The exercise price of each incentive stock option must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant and the exercise price of each nonstatutory stock option must be at least equal to 85% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of

113


Table of Contents

grant. The exercise price of incentive stock options granted to 10% stockholders must be at least equal to 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The maximum permitted term of options granted under our 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan is ten years. In the event of a "change in control," as defined in the 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, the 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan provides that, unless the applicable option agreement provides otherwise, options held by current employees, directors and consultants will terminate if not assumed or substituted with no acceleration of vesting.

        As of September 30, 2011, we had reserved 28,555,342 shares of our common stock for issuance under our 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan. As of September 30, 2011, options to purchase 7,088,122 of these shares had been exercised, options to purchase 20,227,426 of these shares remained outstanding and 1,557,769 of these shares remained available for future grant. The options outstanding as of September 30, 2011 had a weighted-average exercise price of $1.73. Our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan will be effective upon the date of this prospectus. As a result, we will not grant any additional options under the 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan following that date and the 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan will terminate at that time. However, any outstanding options granted under the 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan will remain outstanding, subject to the terms of our 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and stock option agreements, until such outstanding options are exercised or until they terminate or expire by their terms. Options granted under the 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan generally have terms similar to those described below with respect to options granted under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, except that stock option agreements evidencing options granted to employees under our 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan generally provide for partial acceleration of vesting in connection with a change in control followed by the optionee's involuntary termination.

    2012 Equity Incentive Plan

        We anticipate that we will adopt a 2012 Equity Incentive Plan that will become effective on the date of this prospectus and will serve as the successor to our earlier stock plans. We anticipate that we will reserve            shares of our common stock to be issued under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. We also anticipate that the number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan will increase automatically on the first day of January of each of 2013 through 2016 by the number of shares equal to         % of the total outstanding shares of our common stock as of the immediately preceding December 31, but not more than            shares. However, our board of directors or compensation committee may reduce the amount of the increase in any particular year. In addition, the following shares will again be available for grant and issuance under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan:

    shares subject to options or stock appreciation rights granted under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan that cease to be subject to the option or stock appreciation right for any reason other than exercise of the option;

    shares subject to awards granted under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan that are subsequently forfeited or repurchased by us at the original issue price;

    shares subject to awards granted under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan that otherwise terminate without shares being issued;

    shares not issued or subject to outstanding grants under our 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan on the date of this prospectus;

    shares issuable upon the exercise of options under our 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan prior to the date of this prospectus that expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full after the date of this prospectus; and

114


Table of Contents

    any shares issued under our 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan that are forfeited or repurchased by us after the date of this prospectus.

        Our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan will authorize the award of stock options, restricted stock awards, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units, performance awards and stock bonuses. No person will be eligible to receive more than            shares in any calendar year under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan other than a new employee of ours, who will be eligible to receive no more than            shares under the plan in the calendar year in which the employee commences employment.

        Our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by our compensation committee, all of the members of which are non-employee directors under applicable federal securities laws and outside directors as defined under applicable federal tax laws, or by our board of directors acting in place of our compensation committee. The compensation committee will have the authority to construe and interpret our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, grant awards and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the plan.

        We anticipate that our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan will provide for the grant of incentive stock options that qualify under Section 422 of the Code only to our employees. No more than            shares may be issued under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan as incentive stock options. All awards other than incentive stock options may be granted to our employees, directors, consultants, independent contractors and advisors, provided the consultants, independent contractors and advisors render services not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction. The exercise price of stock options must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of incentive stock options granted to 10% stockholders must be at least equal to 110% of that value.

        In general, options will vest over a four-year period. Options may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions. Our compensation committee may provide for options to be exercised only as they vest or to be immediately exercisable with any shares issued on exercise being subject to our right of repurchase that lapses as the shares vest. The maximum term of options granted under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan is ten years, except that incentive stock options granted to 10% stockholders will have a maximum term of five years.

        A restricted stock award is an offer by us to sell shares of our common stock subject to restrictions. A restricted stock award may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions. The price (if any) of a restricted stock award will be determined by the compensation committee. Unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee at the time of award, vesting will cease on the date the participant no longer provides services to us and unvested shares will be forfeited to us.

        Stock appreciation rights provide for a payment, or payments, in cash or shares of our common stock, to the holder based upon the difference between the fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise and the stated exercise price up to a maximum amount of cash or number of shares. Stock appreciation rights may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions.

        Restricted stock units represent the right to receive shares of our common stock at a specified date in the future, subject to forfeiture of that right because of termination of employment or failure to achieve certain performance conditions. If a restricted stock unit has not been forfeited, then on the date specified in the restricted stock unit agreement, we will deliver to the holder of the restricted stock unit whole shares of our common stock (which may be subject to additional restrictions), cash or a combination of our common stock and cash.

        Performance shares are performance awards that cover a number of shares of our common stock that may be settled upon achievement of the pre-established performance conditions in cash or by

115


Table of Contents


issuance of the underlying shares. These awards are subject to forfeiture prior to settlement because of termination of employment or failure to achieve the performance conditions.

        Stock bonuses may be granted as additional compensation for service and/or performance, and therefore, not be issued in exchange for cash.

        In the event there is a specified type of change in our capital structure without our receipt of consideration, such as a stock split, appropriate adjustments will be made to the number of shares reserved under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, the maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year and the limit on incentive stock options, the maximum number of shares that can be granted in a calendar year, and the number of shares and exercise price, if applicable, of all outstanding awards under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.

        Awards granted under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or as determined by our compensation committee. Unless otherwise permitted by our compensation committee, stock options may be exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee or the optionee's guardian or legal representative. Options granted under our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan generally may be exercised for a period of three months after the termination of the optionee's service to us, or for a period of 12 months in cases of death or disability, or such longer period as our compensation committee may provide. Options generally terminate immediately upon termination of employment for cause.

        If we are dissolved or liquidated or have a change in control transaction, outstanding awards, including any vesting provisions, may be assumed or substituted by the successor company. Outstanding awards that are not assumed or substituted will expire upon the dissolution, liquidation or closing of a change in control transaction. In the event of specified change in control transactions, our compensation committee may accelerate the vesting of awards (a) immediately upon the occurrence of the transaction, whether or not the award is continued, assumed or substituted by a surviving corporation or its parent in the transaction, or (b) in connection with a termination of a participant's service following such a transaction.

        We anticipate that our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan will terminate ten years from the later of the date our board of directors approves the plan or the date our board of directors adopted the most recent increase in the number of shares of our common stock available under the plan which was approved by our stockholders, unless it is terminated earlier by our board of directors. Our board of directors may amend or terminate our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan at any time. If our board of directors amends our 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, it does not need to ask for stockholder approval of the amendment unless required by applicable law.

    2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

        We anticipate that we will adopt a 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan that will become effective on the date of this prospectus which will be a plan designed to enable eligible employees to purchase shares of our common stock periodically at a discount following the date of this prospectus. Purchases will be accomplished through participation in discrete purchase periods. Our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will be intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Code. We anticipate we will initially reserve            shares of our common stock for issuance under our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. We anticipate that the number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will increase automatically on the first day of January of each of 2013 through 2019 by the number of shares equal to            % of the total outstanding shares of our common stock as of the immediately preceding December 31st (rounded to the nearest whole share), but not more than            shares of our common stock. However, our board of directors or compensation committee may reduce the amount of the increase in any particular year.

116


Table of Contents

        Our compensation committee will administer our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Our employees generally are eligible to participate in our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan if they are employed by us for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in a calendar year. Employees who are 5% stockholders, or would become 5% stockholders as a result of their participation in our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, are ineligible to participate in our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. We may impose additional restrictions on eligibility. Under our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, eligible employees are able to acquire shares of our common stock by accumulating funds through payroll deductions. Our eligible employees will be able to select a rate of payroll deduction between 1% and 15% of their cash compensation. We will also have the right to amend or terminate our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, except that, subject to certain exceptions, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase stock under the plan. Our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the last day of the first purchase period, unless it is terminated earlier by our board of directors.

        When an initial purchase period commences, our employees who meet the eligibility requirements for participation in that purchase period will automatically be granted a nontransferable option to purchase shares in that purchase period. For subsequent purchase periods, new participants will be required to enroll in a timely manner. Once an employee is enrolled, participation will be automatic in subsequent purchase periods. Each purchase period will run for no more than six months. An employee's participation automatically ends upon termination of employment for any reason.

        Except for the first purchase period, each purchase period will be for six months (commencing each February and August). The first purchase period will begin upon the effective date of this offering and will end on            , 2012.

        No participant will have the right to purchase more than 3,000 shares of our common stock in any purchase period, or such smaller number of shares as our compensation committee shall approve. No participant will have the right to purchase our shares in an amount, when aggregated with purchase rights under all our employee stock purchase plans that are also in effect in the same calendar year(s), that has a fair market value of more than            , determined as of the first day of the applicable purchase period, for each calendar year in which that right is outstanding. The purchase price for shares of our common stock purchased under our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will be 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of our common stock on (i) the first trading day of the purchase period and (ii) the last trading day of that purchase period.

        If we experience a change in control transaction, the purchase period that commenced prior to the closing of the proposed change in control transaction will be shortened and terminated on a new purchase date. The new purchase date will occur prior to the closing of the proposed change in control transaction and our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will then terminate on the closing of the proposed change in control.

    401(k) Plan

        We sponsor a retirement plan intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 401(a) of the Code, containing a cash or deferred feature that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 401(k) of the Code. Employees who have attained at least 21 years of age are generally eligible to participate in the plan on the first day of the calendar month following the employees' date of hire. Participants may make pre-tax contributions to the plan from their eligible earnings up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit on pre-tax contributions under the Code. Participants who are 50 years of age or older may contribute additional amounts based on the statutory limits for catch-up contributions. Pre-tax contributions by participants that we make to the plan and the income earned on those contributions are generally not taxable to participants until withdrawn. Employer contributions that we make to the plan are generally deductible when made. Participant contributions are held in

117


Table of Contents

trust as required by law. No minimum benefit is provided under the plan. An employee's interest in his or her pre-tax deferrals is 100% vested when contributed. Although the plan provides for a discretionary employer matching contribution, to date we have not made such a contribution on behalf of employees. The Plan permits all eligible Plan participants to contribute between 1% and 50% of eligible compensation, on a pre-tax or after-tax (Roth 401k) basis, into their accounts.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

        Our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors, officers and employees for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except for liability:

    for any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;

    for any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

    for any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.

        Any amendment to or repeal of these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

        Our restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our restated bylaws provide that we may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our employees or agents or is or was serving at our request as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our restated bylaws also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to very limited exceptions.

        Prior to the closing of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status as a director, officer or employee or their service to our company. These indemnification agreements may also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

        The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws or in these indemnification agreements may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might

118


Table of Contents

benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

        We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these officers and directors pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

        Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

119


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        In addition to the compensation arrangements, including employment, termination of employment and change in control arrangements and indemnification arrangements, discussed above in the sections entitled "Management" and "Executive Compensation," the registration rights described below under "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights," and the voting rights in our fourth amended and restated voting agreement described above under "Management—Board of Directors Composition," the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2008 and each currently proposed transaction in which:

Stock Option Exchange

        In January 2009, our board of directors determined that certain stock options granted to our employees, including our executive officers, were no longer providing the incentive intended when they were originally granted and the holders of all outstanding, unexercised options, whether vested or unvested, that had exercise prices per share equal to $2.28 or higher were offered an opportunity to cancel such options in exchange for a new option with an exercise price per share equal to the then current fair market value per share. In exchange for the lower exercise price per share the new stock options were treated for vesting purposes as if they were granted on the date of the exchange, whether such options were previously vested or not. The new exercise price per share and revised vesting schedule was designed to incentivize our employees, including our executive officers, to work towards achieving our long-term financial goals. Two of our executive officers, Mr. Steele and Mr. Hickman-Smith, participated in the stock option exchange. Mr. Steele and Mr. Hickman-Smith exchanged options convertible into a total of 503,527 and 562,304 shares of our common stock, respectively.

Indemnification Agreements

        Prior to the completion of this offering, we plan to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. See "Executive Compensation—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers."

Sale of Series F Preferred Stock

        In multiple closings between February 2008 and May 2010, we sold an aggregate of 6,461,729 shares of our Series F Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $5.32 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $34.4 million. Each share of our Series F Preferred Stock will convert automatically into one share of our common stock upon the completion of this offering.

120


Table of Contents

        The following table summarizes the Series F Preferred Stock purchased by related parties in connection with the transaction described in this section. The terms of these purchases were the same as those made available to unaffiliated purchasers.

Investor
  Shares of Series F Preferred Stock   Aggregate Purchase Price  

MDV VII, L.P. (1)

    563,910   $ 3,000,001  

Benchmark Capital Partners IV, L.P. (2)

    973,006     5,176,392  

Entities affiliated with Meritech Capital Partners II, L.P. (3)

    939,850     5,000,002  

Entities affiliated with DAG Ventures GP Fund III, LLC (4)

    2,819,549     15,000,001  

Entities affiliated with RRE Ventures Fund III, L.P. (5)

    187,970     1,000,000  

(1)
Mr. Feiber, a director of ours, is a general partner of Mohr Davidow Ventures.

(2)
Mr. Harvey, a director of ours, is a general partner of Benchmark Capital Partners.

(3)
Includes 909,493 shares purchased by Meritech Capital Partners II, L.P., 23,402 shares purchased by Meritech Capital Affiliates II, L.P. and 6,955 shares purchased by MCP Entrepreneur Partners II, L.P. Mr. Ward, a director of ours, is a managing director of Meritech Capital Partners.

(4)
Includes 2,030 shares purchased by DAG Ventures GP Fund III, LLC, 193,759 shares purchased by DAG Ventures III, L.P., 2,059,850 shares purchased by DAG Ventures III—QP, L.P., and 563,910 shares purchased by DAG Ventures I-N, LLC.

(5)
Includes 13,906 shares purchased by RRE Ventures Fund III, L.P., 7,658 shares purchased by RRE Ventures III, L.P., and 166,406 shares purchased by RRE Ventures III-A, L.P.

Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions With Related Parties

        Our policy and the charters of our audit committee and our nominating and governance committee to be effective upon the closing of this offering, require that any transaction with a related party that must be reported under applicable rules of the SEC (other than compensation-related matters) must be reviewed and approved or ratified by the audit committee, unless the related party is, or is associated with, a member of that committee, in which event the transaction must be reviewed and approved by the nominating and governance committee. These committees have not adopted policies or procedures for review of, or standards for approval of, related party transactions but intend to do so in the future.

121


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table presents information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of September 30, 2011, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock in this offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares, by:

        We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and thus it represents sole or shared voting or investment power with respect to our securities. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable. We have deemed shares of our common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2011 to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the option for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but have not treated them as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

        We have based percentage ownership of our common stock before this offering on 47,402,137 shares of our common stock outstanding on September 30, 2011, which includes 39,134,535 shares of common stock resulting from the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock upon the completion of this offering, as if this conversion had occurred as of September 30, 2011. Percentage ownership of our common stock after the offering also assumes our sale of            shares of common stock in the offering. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the individuals and

122


Table of Contents

entities named below that owns 5% or more of our common stock is c/o Proofpoint Inc., 892 Ross Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94089.

 
  Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to
This Offering
  Number of
Shares
Being Offered
in This Offering
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After
This Offering
  Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned
After the Offering if
Over-Allotment
Option is
Exercised in Full
 
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
  Shares   Percentage    
  Shares   Percentage   Shares   Percentage  

Directors and Named Executive Officers

                                           

Gary Steele (1)

    3,496,713     6.87 %                              

Dana Evan (2)

    212,434     *                                

Jonathan Feiber (3)

    8,914,236     18.80                                

Eric Hahn (4)

    2,116,740     4.44                                

Kevin Harvey (5)

    8,546,301     18.02                                

Philip Koen (6)

    100,000     *                                

Rob Ward (7)

    6,268,117     13.22                                

Paul Auvil (8)

    1,557,797     3.21                                

Wade Chambers (9)

    765,000     1.59                                

Tom Cooper (10)

    1,263,029     2.60                                

Dean Hickman-Smith (11)

    662,304     1.38                                

All current director and executive officers as a group (11 persons) (12)

    33,902,671     61.33                                

5% or Greater Stockholders

                                           

MDV VII, L.P. (13)

    8,889,236     18.75 %                              

Benchmark Capital Partners IV, L.P. (14)

    8,521,301     17.98                                

Entities affiliated with
Meritech Capital Partners II, L.P. (15)

    6,243,117     13.17                                

Entities affiliated with
DAG Ventures GP Fund III, LLC (16)

    2,819,549     5.95                                

Entities affiliated with
RRE Ventures Fund III, L.P. (17)

    4,661,711     9.83                                

*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of our outstanding shares of common stock.

(1)
Consists of 3,496,713 shares subject to options held by Mr. Steele that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2011, of which 994,415 are unvested and early exercisable and would be subject to a right of repurchase in our favor upon Mr. Steele's cessation of service prior to vesting.

(2)
Consists of 212,434 shares subject to options held by Ms. Evan that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2011, of which 52,334 are unvested and early exercisable and would be subject to a right of repurchase in our favor upon Ms. Evan's cessation of service prior to vesting.

(3)
Includes 25,000 shares subject to options held by Mr. Feiber that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2011, all of which are unvested and early exercisable and would be subject to a right of repurchase in our favor upon Mr. Feiber's cessation of service prior to vesting. Also includes shares held by MDV VII, L.P. See footnote 13.

(4)
Includes 246,471 shares subject to options held by Mr. Hahn that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2011, of which 30,000 are unvested and early exercisable and would be subject to a right of repurchase in our favor upon Mr. Hahn's cessation of service prior to vesting. Also includes 444,017 shares held by the Hahn Trust dated 10/20/1999, 80,000 shares held by the Evan Matthew Hahn Trust, U/A DTD 3/14/1996 and 80,000 shares held by the Jeremy Stephen Hahn Trust, U/A DTD 10/20/1999. Mr. Hahn is a trustee of each of the foregoing trusts and as such may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over these shares.

(5)
Includes 25,000 shares subject to options held by Mr. Harvey that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2011, all of which are unvested and early exercisable and would be subject to a right of repurchase in our favor upon Mr. Harvey's cessation of service prior to vesting. Also includes shares held by Benchmark Capital Partners VII, L.P. See footnote 14.

(6)
Consists of 100,000 shares subject to options held by Mr. Koen that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2011, of which 75,000 are unvested and early exercisable and would be subject to a right of repurchase in our favor upon Mr. Koen's cessation of service prior to vesting.

123


Table of Contents

(7)
Includes 25,000 shares subject to options held by Mr. Ward that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2011, all of which are unvested and early exercisable and would be subject to a right of repurchase in our favor upon Mr. Ward's cessation of service prior to vesting. Also includes shares held by entities affiliated with Meritech Capital Partners II L.P. See footnote 15.

(8)
Consists of 1,059,876 shares subject to options held by Mr. Auvil that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2011, of which 400,000 are unvested and early exercisable and would be subject to a right of repurchase in our favor upon Mr. Auvil's cessation of service prior to vesting.

(9)
Consists of 765,000 shares subject to options held by Mr. Chambers that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2011, of which 280,832 are unvested and early exercisable and would be subject to a right of repurchase in our favor upon Mr. Chamber's cessation of service prior to vesting.

(10)
Consists of 1,263,029 shares subject to options held by Mr. Cooper that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2011, of which 1,263,029 are unvested and early exercisable and would be subject to a right of repurchase in our favor upon Mr. Cooper's cessation of service prior to vesting.

(11)
Consists of 662,304 shares subject to options held by Mr. Hickman-Smith that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2011, of which 245,767 are unvested and early exercisable and would be subject to a right of repurchase in our favor upon Mr. Hickman-Smith's cessation of service prior to vesting.

(12)
Consists of 7,880,827 shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2011 that are held by our directors and officers as a group, of which 3,407,858 are unvested and early exercisable and would be subject to a right of repurchase in our favor upon the holder's cessation of service prior to vesting.

(13)
Seventh MDV Partners, L.L.C. is the general partner of MDV VII, L.P. and has sole voting and investment power over the shares. Nancy J. Schoendorf and Mr. Feiber, as managing members of Seventh MDV Partners, L.L.C., share such power. Mr. Feiber is a member of our board of directors. The address for MDV VII, L.P. is 3000 Sand Hill Road, 3-290, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

(14)
Benchmark Capital Management Co. IV, L.L.C. is the general partner of Benchmark Capital Partners IV, L.P. and has sole voting and investment power over the shares. Steven Spurlock, J. William Gurley, Alexandre Balkanski, Mitchell Lasky, Peter Fenton, Robert Kagle, Bruce Dunlevie and Mr. Harvey, as managing members of Benchmark Capital Management Co. IV, L.L.C., share such power. Mr. Harvey is a member of our board of directors. The address for Benchmark Capital Partners IV, L.P. is 2480 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

(15)
Consists of 6,041,465 shares held by Meritech Capital Partners II L.P. (MCP), 155,453 shares held by Meritech Capital Affiliates II, L.P., (MCA), and 46,200 shares held by MCP Entrepreneur Partners II, L.P., (MCP ENT). Meritech Capital Associates II, L.L.C. is the general partner of MCP, MCA and MCP ENT. Meritech Management Associates II, L.L.C. is the managing member of Meritech Capital Associates II, L.L.C. Paul Madera and Michael Gordon are the managing members of Meritech Management Associates II, L.L.C. and as such share voting and investment power over the shares. Mr. Ward, who is a member of our board of directors, is a member of Meritech Management Associates II, L.L.C. but is not deemed to share such power. The address for entities affiliated with MCP is 245 Lytton Avenue, Suite 350, Palo Alto, CA 94301.

(16)
Consists of 2,030 shares held by DAG Ventures GP Fund III, LLC, 193,759 shares held by DAG Ventures III, L.P., 2,059,850 shares held by DAG Ventures III—QP, L.P., and 563,910 shares held by DAG Ventures I-N, LLC. The address for entities affiliated with DAG Ventures GP Fund III, LLC is 251 Lytton Avenue, Palo Alto, CA 94301.

(17)
Consists of 344,898 shares held by RRE Ventures Fund III, L.P., 157,833 shares held by RRE Ventures III, L.P., and 4,158,980 shares held by RRE Ventures III-A, L.P. The address for entities affiliated with RRE Ventures Fund III, L.P. is 130 East 59th Street, 17th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

124


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

        Upon the closing of this offering and the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation, our authorized capital stock will consist of                        shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and                        shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. The following description summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description, you should refer to our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

        Assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of our common stock, which will occur immediately upon the completion of this offering, as of September 30, 2011, there were 47,402,137 shares of our common stock outstanding, held by 231 stockholders of record, and no shares of our preferred stock outstanding. Our board of directors is authorized, without stockholder approval, to issue additional shares of our capital stock.

Common Stock

        Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. See "Dividend Policy" above.

        Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our restated certificate of incorporation. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock will be able to elect all of our directors. Our restated certificate of incorporation establishes a classified board of directors, to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.

        Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights, and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.

        Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Preferred Stock

        Following this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions, in each case

125


Table of Contents


without further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and might adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

        As of September 30, 2011, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 20,227,426 shares of our common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.73.

Warrant

        As of September 30, 2011, we had outstanding one warrant to purchase 4,375 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $0.15 per share.

Registration Rights

        Pursuant to the terms of our fourth amended and restated investors' rights agreement, immediately following this offering, the holders of approximately 40,541,990 shares of our common stock will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act, as described below.

        The holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding shares having registration rights may make a written request to us for the registration of the offer and sale of all or part of the shares having registration rights or registrable securities. The holders of at least 25% of the then-outstanding shares may make the same request at any time after six months after the effective date of our first registration statement, if the amount of registrable securities to be registered has an aggregate market value of at least $10.0 million. We are only required to file two registration statements that are declared effective upon exercise of these demand registration rights. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement for up to 90 days in a 12-month period if our board of directors determines that the filing would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders.

        If we register any of our securities for public sale, holders of shares having registration rights will have the right to include their shares in the registration statement. However, this right does not apply to a registration relating to sales of shares of participants in one of our stock plans or a registration relating to a corporate reorganization. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders if they determine in good faith that marketing factors require limitation, in which case the number of shares to be registered will be apportioned pro rata among these holders, according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included by each holder, or in a manner mutually agreed upon by the holders. However, the number of shares to be registered by these holders cannot be reduced below 25% of the total shares covered by the registration statement.

126


Table of Contents

        The holders of then-outstanding shares having registration rights can request that we register all or part of their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $2 million. The stockholders may only require us to effect two registration statements on Form S-3 in a 12-month period. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement on Form S-3 no more than twice during any 12-month period for a total cumulative period of not more than 90 days if our board of directors determines that the filing would be detrimental to us and our stockholders.

        We generally will pay all expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling stockholders, incurred in connection with the registrations described above.

        The registration rights described above will expire, with respect to any particular holder of these rights, on the earlier of the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering or when that holder can sell all of its registrable securities without restriction under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

        The provisions of Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws, as we expect they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our company. These provisions, which are summarized below, may have the effect of discouraging takeover bids. They are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

        We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the person became an interested stockholder unless:

127


Table of Contents

        Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation's outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may also discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

        Our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws, as we expect they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our company, including the following:

128


Table of Contents

Listing

        We intend to apply for the listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "PFPT."

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be                                    . The transfer agent's address is                                    .

129


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, in the public market following this offering could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.

        Upon the closing of this offering, we will have a total of                        shares of our common stock outstanding, based on the 47,402,137 shares of our capital stock outstanding as of September 30, 2011. Of these outstanding shares, all of the                        shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the Rule 144 limitations described below.

        The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed "restricted securities" as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. In addition, all of our security holders have entered into market standoff agreements with us or lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus, as described below. As a result of these agreements and the provisions of our investors' rights agreement described above under "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights," subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, based on an assumed offering date of                        , 2012, shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

Lock-Up/Market Standoff Agreements

        All of our directors and officers and substantially all of our security holders are subject to lock-up agreements or market standoff provisions that, subject to exceptions described in the section entitled "Underwriting" below, prohibit them from offering for sale, selling, contracting to sell, granting any option for the sale of, transferring or otherwise disposing of any shares of our common stock, options to acquire shares of our common stock or any security or instrument related to this common stock, option or warrant, or entering into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers to another any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock, for a period of at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities

130


Table of Contents


(USA) LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. See "Underwriting." The 180-day restricted period described above will be extended if:

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

        In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up and market standoff agreements described above, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

        Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

        Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.

131


Table of Contents

Stock Options

        As soon as practicable after the closing of this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our common stock subject to outstanding options and the shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our stock plans. In addition, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 or such other form as may be required under the Securities Act for the resale of shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options that were not granted under Rule 701. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as permitted under the Securities Act. However, the shares registered on Form S-8 may be subject to the volume limitations and the manner of sale, notice and public information requirements of Rule 144 and will not be eligible for resale until expiration of the lock-up and market standoff agreements to which they are subject.

Registration Rights

        We have granted demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights to certain of our stockholders to sell our common stock. Registration of the sale of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. For a further description of these rights, see "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights."

132


Table of Contents


CERTAIN MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

        The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock to non-U.S. holders (defined below), who purchase our common stock pursuant to this offering and hold our stock as a capital asset (generally, on asset hold for investment purposes), but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below. We have not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.

        This summary does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any foreign, state or local jurisdiction. Except to the limited extent below, this summary does not address tax considerations arising under estate or gift tax laws. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor's particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

        In addition, if a partnership (including any other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, this summary does not address tax considerations applicable to partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors.

133


Table of Contents

         YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

        For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are any holder, other than:

        If you are an individual, you may, in many cases, be deemed to be a resident alien, as opposed to a nonresident alien, by virtue of being present in the United States for at least 31 days in the calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current calendar year. For these purposes, all the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year are counted. Resident aliens are subject to U.S. federal income tax as if they were U.S. citizens. Such an individual is urged to consult his or her own tax advisor regarding U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership of our common stock.

Distributions

        We have not made any distributions on our common stock, and we do not plan to make any distributions for the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

        Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. Generally, in order for us or our paying agent to withhold tax at a lower treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must certify its entitlement to treaty benefits. A non-U.S. holder generally can meet this certification requirement by providing a Form W-8BEN (or any successor form) or appropriate substitute form to us or our paying agent. If the holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holder's behalf, the holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent. The holder's agent will then be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. For payments made to a foreign partnership or other pass-through entity, the certification requirements generally apply to the partners

134


Table of Contents


or other owners rather than to the partnership or other entity, and the partnership or other entity must provide the partners' or other owners' documentation to us or our paying agent.

        Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributed to a permanent establishment in the United States, are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an applicable IRS form W-8 (generally Form W-8ECI) properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits and subject to an applicable income tax treaty providing otherwise. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends that you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business, subject to certain adjustments, may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

        If you are eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax pursuant to a tax treaty, you may be able to obtain a refund of any excess amounts currently withheld if you timely file an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

        You generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

        We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only if you actually or constructively hold more than 5% of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the applicable period that is specified in the Code.

        If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will generally be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and corporate non-U.S. holders described in the first bullet above may be subject to the additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States). You should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

135


Table of Contents

Federal Estate Tax

        Our common stock that is held by an individual non-U.S. holder at the time of death will be included in such holder's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

        Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

        Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to you may be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding (currently at a rate of 28%) unless you either (i) provide a correct taxpayer identification number and certify that you are not subject to backup withholding on Form W-9, or (ii) establish an exemption, for example by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person and you have not provided a correct taxpayer identification number, or if we or our paying agent has received notice from the IRS that backup withholding is required.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit generally may be obtained, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Recent Legislative Developments

        Recent legislation may begin imposing withholding at a rate of 30% on payments to certain foreign entities (including financial institutions, as specifically defined in this new legislation and certain other non-U.S. entities) of dividends on, and the gross proceeds of dispositions of, U.S. common stock, unless (i) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations or (ii) the foreign non-financial entity either certifies it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial U.S. owner. If the payee is a foreign financial institution, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain U.S. persons or U.S.-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on payments to account holders whose actions prevent it from complying with these reporting and other requirements. The withholding requirements are generally scheduled to phase-in beginning on January 1, 2014. You should consult your tax advisor regarding the possible implications of this legislation on your investment in our common stock.

         THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. IT IS NOT TAX ADVICE. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR UNITED STATES FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

136


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

        Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated                                    , 2011 we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below, for whom Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are acting as representatives, the following respective numbers of shares of common stock:

Underwriter
  Number
of Shares
 

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

       

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. 

       

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

       

Pacific Crest Securities LLC. 

       

First Analysis Securities Corporation. 

       
       
 

Total

       
       

        The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in this offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.

        We and the selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to                        additional shares from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of common stock.

        The underwriters proposes to offer the shares of common stock initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a selling concession of $            per share. After the initial public offering the representatives may change the public offering price and concession and discount to broker/dealers.

        The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we and the selling stockholders will pay:

 
  Per Share   Total  
 
  No
Exercise
  Full
Exercise
  No
Exercise
  Full
Exercise
 

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us

  $     $     $     $    

Expenses payable by us

  $     $     $     $    

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by selling stockholders

  $     $     $     $    

Expenses payable by the selling stockholders

  $     $     $     $    

        The representatives have informed us that they do not expect sales to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock being offered.

        We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of the representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the "lock-up" period, we release earnings results or material news

137


Table of Contents


or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the "lock-up" period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the "lock-up" period, then in either case the expiration of the "lock-up" will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless the representatives waive, in writing, such an extension.

        Our officers and directors and holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock and options have agreed that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of the representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the 'lock-up" period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the "lock-up" period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the "lock-up" period, then in either case the expiration of the "lock-up" will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless the representatives waive, in writing, such an extension.

        The restrictions described in the two immediately preceding paragraphs shall not apply to:

138


Table of Contents

        We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.

        We have applied to list the shares of common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market, under the symbol "PFPT."

        In connection with the offering the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

        These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ Global Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The

139


Table of Contents


representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

        From time to time, the underwriters may perform investment banking and advisory services for us for which they may receive customary fees and expenses.

        In the ordinary course of business, we have, and may in the future, sell solutions or services to one or more of the underwriters in arms length transactions on market competitive terms.

        The shares of common stock are offered for sale in those jurisdictions in the United States, Europe and elsewhere where it is lawful to make such offers.

        Each of the underwriters has represented and agreed that it has not offered, sold or delivered and will not offer, sell or deliver any of the shares of common stock directly or indirectly, or distribute this prospectus or any other offering material relating to the shares of common stock, in or from any jurisdiction except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable laws and regulations thereof and that will not impose any obligations on us except as set forth in the underwriting agreement.

European Economic Area

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each, a Relevant Member State, each underwriter represents and agrees that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the Relevant Implementation Date, it has not made and will not make an offer of Securities to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the Securities that has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of Securities to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of Shares to the public" in relation to any Shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the Shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

140


Table of Contents

Notice to Investors in the United Kingdom

        Each of the underwriters severally represents, warrants and agrees as follows:

141


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of our common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Fenwick & West LLP, Mountain View, California. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., Palo Alto, California.


EXPERTS

        The financial statements as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to our common stock. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and the consolidated financial statements and notes filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed for the complete contents of that contract or document. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. A copy of the registration statement, including the exhibits and the consolidated financial statements and related notes filed as a part of the registration statement, may be inspected without charge at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from the SEC upon the payment of fees prescribed by it. You may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information on the operation of the public reference facilities. The SEC maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding companies that file electronically with it.

        As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC's public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above.

142


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

  F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

  F-4

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit

  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

  F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-7

F-1


Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Proofpoint, Inc.

        In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, convertible preferred stock and stockholders' deficit and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Proofpoint, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the "Company") at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Jose, California

August 31, 2011

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-2


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  At December 31,    
  Pro forma
Stockholders' Deficit
At September 30,
2011
 
 
  At September 30,
2011
 
 
  2009   2010  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Assets

                         

Current assets

                         
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 6,927   $ 12,087   $ 7,092        
 

Short-term investments

    4,390     660     5,016        
 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $296 and $257 at December 2009 and 2010; and $227 (unaudited) at September 30, 2011

    9,813     12,885     12,526        
 

Inventory

    933     585     463        
 

Deferred product costs, current

    4,149     3,360     1,949        
 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    1,498     1,748     2,091        
                     
     

Total current assets

    27,710     31,325     29,137        

Property and equipment, net

    4,455     4,630     6,102        

Deferred product costs, noncurrent

    3,030     2,209     1,260        

Goodwill

    15,932     15,932     16,052        

Intangible assets, net

    12,179     7,797     4,396        

Other noncurrent assets

    416     459     288        
                     
     

Total assets

  $ 63,722   $ 62,352   $ 57,235        
                     

Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit

                         

Current liabilities

                         
 

Accounts payable

  $ 1,507   $ 2,508   $ 2,293        
 

Accrued liabilities

    7,146     8,990     7,423        
 

Notes payable and lease obligations

    498     208     270        
 

Deferred rent

    80     70     298        
 

Deferred revenue

    37,312     39,409     49,128        
                     
     

Total current liabilities

    46,543     51,185     59,412        

Notes payable and lease obligations, noncurrent

    243     56     2,747        

Other long term liabilities, noncurrent

    715                

Deferred revenue, noncurrent

    20,034     29,692     23,131        
                     
     

Total liabilities

    67,535     80,933     85,290        
                     

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

                         

Convertible preferred stock (Note 9), $0.0001 par value—39,424 shares authorized at December 31, 2009 and 2010 and September 30, 2011; 38,611, 38,893 and 38,942 (unaudited) shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2010 and September 30, 2011, respectively, net of issuance costs (liquidation preference of $108,775, $110,275 and $110,338 (unaudited) at December 31, 2009 and 2010, and September 30, 2011, respectively), no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

   
108,329
   
109,820
   
109,911
 
$

 
                   

Stockholders' deficit

                         
 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value—70,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2009 and 2010 and September 30, 2011; 6,598, 7,657 and 8,268 (unaudited) shares outstanding at December 31, 2009, 2010 and September 30, 2011, respectively; 70,000 shares authorized, 47,402 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

    1     1     1     5  
 

Additional paid-in capital

    8,970     13,575     17,733     127,640  
 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (1 )       (6 )   (6 )
 

Accumulated deficit

    (121,112 )   (141,977 )   (155,694 )   (155,694 )
                   
     

Total stockholders' deficit

    (112,142 )   (128,401 )   (137,966 ) $ (28,055 )
                   
     

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock, and stockholders' deficit

  $ 63,722   $ 62,352   $ 57,235        
                     

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  Year Ended December 31,   Nine Months Ended September 30,  
 
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Revenue:

                               
 

Subscription

  $ 31,115   $ 42,135   $ 57,657   $ 41,501   $ 52,533  
 

Hardware and services

    7,128     6,393     7,133     5,250     6,614  
                       
   

Total revenue

    38,243     48,528     64,790     46,751     59,147  

Cost of revenue: (1)(2)

                               
 

Subscription

    11,907     19,150     24,523     17,906     17,553  
 

Hardware and services

    3,850     3,309     4,082     2,970     4,426  
                       
   

Total cost of revenue

    15,757     22,459     28,605     20,876     21,979  
                       

Gross profit

    22,486     26,069     36,185     25,875     37,168  

Operating expense: (1)(2)

                               
 

Research and development

    10,926     11,831     17,583     12,719     14,416  
 

Sales and marketing

    32,439     27,883     31,161     22,216     30,070  
 

General and adminstrative

    5,224     5,678     7,465     5,491     6,184  
                       
   

Total operating expense

    48,589     45,392     56,209     40,426     50,670  
                       

Operating loss

    (26,103 )   (19,323 )   (20,024 )   (14,551 )   (13,502 )

Interest income (expense), net

    536     87     (340 )   (319 )   (258 )

Other income (expense), net

    (183 )   (269 )   (258 )   (122 )   212  
                       

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (25,750 )   (19,505 )   (20,622 )   (14,992 )   (13,548 )

Provision for income taxes

    (138 )   (233 )   (243 )   (144 )   (169 )
                       

Net loss

  $ (25,888 ) $ (19,738 ) $ (20,865 ) $ (15,136 ) $ (13,717 )
                       

Net loss per share, basic and diluted

  $ (4.37 ) $ (3.07 ) $ (2.92 ) $ (2.16 ) $ (1.75 )
                       

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

    5,928     6,424     7,151     7,011     7,861  
                       

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)

              $ (0.45 )       $ (0.29 )
                             

Weighted average pro forma shares, basic and diluted (unaudited)

                46,173           46,995  
                             


                               

(1)   Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

                               
     

Cost of subscription revenue

  $ 178   $ 275   $ 357   $ 259   $ 281  
     

Cost of hardware and services revenue

    1     11     17     11     20  
     

Research and development

    519     848     1,010     727     868  
     

Sales and marketing

    703     1,030     1,113     789     1,418  
     

General and administrative

    707     732     868     624     704  

(2)   Includes intangible amortization expense as follows:

                               
     

Cost of subscription revenue

  $ 1,488   $ 3,371   $ 3,745   $ 2,800   $ 2,809  
     

Sales and marketing

    163     408     637     476     625  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

Proofpoint, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit

(in thousands)

 
  Convertible
Preferred Stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Common Stock    
   
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Deferred
Stock-Based
Compensation
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Total
Stockholders'
Deficit
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount  

Balances at December 31, 2007

    29,146   $ 58,103     5,692   $ 1   $ 3,480   $ (28 ) $ (10 ) $ (75,486 ) $ (72,043 )

Net loss

                                (25,888 )   (25,888 )

Unrealized gain (loss) on short-term investments

                            11         11  
                                                       

Comprehensive loss

                                                    (25,877 )
                                                       

Issuance of Series F preferred stock for cash, net of issuance costs of $91

    5,240     27,785                                

Issuance of Series F preferred stock as part of the consideration for acquisitions

    3,100     16,492                              

Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation (net of cancellations)

                        25             25  

Stock-based compensation expense

                    2,083                 2,083  

Stock options exercised

            589         175                 175  

Vesting of early exercise options

                    133                   133  

Repurchase of common stock

            (3 )       (3 )               (3 )
                                       

Balances at December 31, 2008

    37,486     102,380     6,278     1     5,868     (3 )   1     (101,374 )   (95,507 )

Net loss

                                (19,738 )   (19,738 )

Unrealized gain (loss) on short-term investments

                            (2 )       (2 )
                                                       

Comprehensive loss

                                                    (19,740 )
                                                       

Issuance of Series F preferred stock for cash, net of issuance costs of $38

    940     4,962                              

Issuance of Series F preferred stock as part of the consideration for acquisitions

    187     1,000                              

Repurchase of Series F preferred stock

    (2 )   (13 )                            

Stock-based compensation expense

                    2,893     3             2,896  

Stock options exercised

            320         184                 184  

Vesting of early exercise options

                      25                 25  
                                       

Balances at December 31, 2009

    38,611     108,329     6,598     1     8,970         (1 )   (121,112 )   (112,142 )

Net loss

                                (20,865 )   (20,865 )

Unrealized gain (loss) on short-term investments

                            1           1  
                                                       

Comprehensive loss

                                                    (20,864 )
                                                       

Issuance of Series F preferred stock for cash, net of issuance costs of $9

    282     1,491                              

Stock-based compensation expense

                    3,365                 3,365  

Stock options exercised

            1,059         1,231                 1,231  

Vesting of early exercise options

                    9                 9  
                                       

Balances at December 31, 2010

    38,893     109,820     7,657     1     13,575             (141,977 )   (128,401 )

Net loss (unaudited)

                            (6 )   (13,717 )   (13,717 )

Unrealized gain (loss) on short-term investments (unaudited)

                                    (6 )
                                                       

Comprehensive loss (unaudited)

                                    (13,723 )
                                                       

Issuance of Series B preferred stock (unaudited)

    49     91                              

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

                    3,291                 3,291  

Stock options exercised (unaudited)

            611         855                 855  

Vesting of early exercise options (unaudited)

                      12                 12  
                                       

Balances at September 30, 2011 (unaudited)

    38,942   $ 109,911     8,268   $ 1   $ 17,733   $   $ (6 ) $ (155,694 ) $ (137,966 )
                                       

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
  Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
 
  2008   2009   2010   2010   2011  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Cash flows from operating activities

                               
 

Net loss

  $ (25,888 ) $ (19,738 ) $ (20,865 ) $ (15,136 ) $ (13,717 )
 

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

                               
   

Depreciation and amortization

    4,017     6,791     7,643     5,829     5,693  
   

Gain (loss) on disposal of property and equipment

    (10 )   12     (11 )   (11 )      
   

Provision for allowance for doubtful accounts

    135     318     44     (12 )    
   

Stock issued for services

            29          
   

Stock-based compensation

    2,108     2,896     3,365     2,410     3,291  
   

Change in fair value of warrant liability

            73     63     (66 )
   

Change in fair value of contingent earnouts

            297     284     208  
   

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisitions:

                               
     

Accounts receivable

    (320 )   (698 )   (3,116 )   (2,071 )   359  
     

Inventory

    (268 )   522     348     (138 )   122  
     

Deferred products costs

    (806 )   (384 )   1,610     725     2,360  
     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (46 )   178     (250 )   (378 )   (342 )
     

Noncurrent assets

    (37 )   (56 )   (43 )   (73 )   171  
     

Accounts payable

    (638 )   (1,666 )   1,001     1,176     (241 )
     

Accrued liabilities

    2,010     (1,468 )   1,759     901     (1,553 )
     

Earn-out payment (1)

            (220 )        
     

Deferred rent

    2     (28 )   (10 )   17     228  
     

Deferred revenue

    12,186     9,614     11,755     7,931     3,158  
                       
       

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (7,555 )   (3,707 )   3,409     1,517     (329 )
                       

Cash flows from investing activities

                               
 

Proceeds from sales and maturities of short-term investments

    8,836     14,799     5,149     4,184     721  
 

Purchase of short-term investments

    (15,023 )   (10,824 )   (1,418 )   (1,418 )   (5,082 )
 

Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment

                11      
 

Purchase of property and equipment, net

    (2,868 )   (2,492 )   (3,425 )   (2,035 )   (3,764 )
 

Acquisitions of business (net of cash acquired) (1)

    (6,989 )   (6,615 )           (160 )
                       
       

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    (16,044 )   (5,132 )   306     742     (8,285 )
                       

Cash flows from financing activities

                               
 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of repurchases

    172     209     1,211     1,131     866  
 

Proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock, net of repurchases and issuance costs

    27,785     4,949     1,491     1,491      
 

Proceeds from equipment financing loans

                    2,926  
 

Repayments of equipment financing loans

    (385 )   (380 )   (477 )   (385 )   (173 )
 

Earn-out payment (1)

            (780 )        
                       
       

Net cash provided by financing activities

    27,572     4,778     1,445     2,237     3,619  
                       
       

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    3,973     (4,061 )   5,160     4,496     (4,995 )

Cash and cash equivalents

                               
 

Beginning of period

    7,015     10,988     6,927     6,927     12,087  
                       
 

End of period

  $ 10,988   $ 6,927   $ 12,087   $ 11,423   $ 7,092  
                       

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

                               
 

Cash paid for interest

  $ 85   $ 48   $ 63   $ 52   $ 56  
 

Cash paid for taxes

    138     282     206     144     130  

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities

                               
 

Convertible preferred stock issued in connection with acquisitions

    16,492     1,000              

(1)
The consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2010 has been revised to reflect the correction of an immaterial error related to the classification of an earn-out payment in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

1. The Company and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The Company

        Proofpoint, Inc. (the "Company") was incorporated in Delaware in June 2002 and is headquartered in California.

        Proofpoint is a pioneering security-as-a-service vendor that enables large and mid-sized organizations worldwide to defend, protect, archive and govern their most sensitive data. The Company's security-as-a-service platform is comprised of a number of data protection solutions, including threat protection, regulatory compliance, archiving and governance, and secure communication.

Liquidity

        The Company has relied principally on preferred stock financings to fund its operating activities to date and at September 30, 2011, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $155,694. During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 the Company incurred a net loss of $25,888, $19,738, $20,865 and $13,717 (unaudited), respectively, and had negative cash flows from operations of $7,555 and $3,707, positive cash flows from operations of $3,409 and negative cash flows from operations of $329 (unaudited), respectively. Management plans to improve operating results by growing revenue while controlling costs. Management believes that its plans provide sufficient liquidity for the Company to finance its operations for at least the next 12 months from December 31, 2010. There is no assurance, however, that management will be successful with its plans or otherwise achieve its intended business objectives and that financing alternatives, if needed, will be available on terms acceptable to the Company, or at all. Failure to generate sufficient cash from operations, raise additional capital or control operating costs may require the Company to modify, delay or abandon planned expenditures and could have an impact on the Company's ability to achieve intended business objectives.

Principles of Consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Foreign Currency Remeasurement and Transactions

        The Company's sales to international customers are generally U.S. dollar-denominated. As a result, there are no significant foreign currency gains or losses related to these transactions. The functional currency for the Company's wholly-owned foreign subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Accordingly, the subsidiaries remeasure monetary assets and liabilities at period-end exchange rates, while nonmonetary items are remeasured at historical rates. Income and expense accounts are remeasured at the average exchange rates in effect during the year. Remeasurement adjustments are recognized in the consolidated statement of operations as transaction gains or losses within other income (expense), net, in the period of occurrence. Aggregate transaction losses included in determining net loss was $166, $177 and $187 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively and a net loss of $58 (unaudited) and a net gain of $93 (unaudited) for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

F-7


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

1. The Company and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Certain Significant Risks and Uncertainties

        The Company operates in a rapidly changing environment that involves a number of risks, some of which are beyond the Company's control that could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, operating results, and financial condition. These risks include, among others, the Company's: history of losses, and ability to achieve profitability in the future; highly competitive environment with large established competitors; ability to maintain high subscription renewal rates and sell additional solutions to current subscribers; ability to maintain demand for its solutions if there is significant migration of on-premise corporate email systems to the cloud or if new messaging and collaboration technologies cause a decline in the use of email; ability to protect its customers from security breaches; and potential data losses.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates and such difference may be material to the financial statements.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        The Company considers all highly liquid instruments purchased with an original maturity date of 90 days or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist of money market funds. Cash equivalents were $4,270 and $8,660 as of December 2009 and 2010, respectively, and $2,776 of September 30, 2011 (unaudited).

Short-term Investments

        Short-term investments consist of readily marketable securities with remaining maturity of more than three months from the date of purchase and include commercial paper, corporate bonds, and debt securities. At December 31, 2009, 2010 and September 30, 2011 (unaudited), all of the Company's short-term investments were classified as available-for-sale and were carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss. Realized gains and losses are included in "other income (expense), net." Fair value is estimated based on available market information. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method.

Inventories

        Inventories are stated at lower of cost or market value, with costs computed on a first-in, first-out basis. Cost is determined using standard costs which approximate actual costs. The Company periodically reviews its inventories for excess and obsolete items and adjusts carrying costs to estimated net realizable values when they are determined to be less than cost.

        Inventories held at December 31, 2009, 2010 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 (unaudited) consists of finished goods.

F-8


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

1. The Company and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Revenue Recognition

        The Company derives its revenue primarily from two sources: (1) subscription revenue for rights related to the use of the security-as-a-service platform and (2) hardware, training and professional services revenue provided to customers related to their use of the platform. Subscription revenue is derived from a subscription-based enterprise licensing model with contract terms typically ranging from one to three years, and consist of (i) subscription fees from the licensing of the security-as-a-service platform, (ii) subscription fees for access to the on-demand elements of the platform and (iii) subscription fees for the right to access the company's customer support services.

        The Company applies the provision of ASC 985-605, "Software Revenue Recognition," and related interpretations, to all transactions involving the licensing of software, as well as related support, training, and other professional services. ASC 985-605 requires revenue earned on software arrangements involving multiple elements such as software license, support, training and other professional services to be allocated to each element based on the relative fair values of these elements. The fair value of an element must be based on vendor-specific objective evidence ("VSOE") of fair value. VSOE of fair value of each element is based on the price charged when the element is sold separately. Revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met as set forth in ASC 985-605:

    Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists,

    Delivery has occurred,

    The fee is fixed or determinable, and

    Collectability is probable.

        The Company has analyzed all of the elements included in its multiple element arrangements and has determined that it does not have sufficient VSOE of fair value to allocate revenue to its subscription and software license agreements, support, training, and professional services. The Company defers all revenue under the software arrangement until the commencement of the subscription services and any associated professional services. Once the subscription services and the associated professional services have commenced, the entire fee from the arrangement is recognized ratably over the remaining period of the arrangement. If the professional services are essential to the functionality of the subscription, then the revenue recognition does not commence until such services are completed.

        The hosted on-demand service agreements do not provide customers with the right to take possession of the software supporting the hosted service. The Company recognizes revenue from its hosted on-demand services in accordance with ASC 605-20, and as such recognizes revenue when the following criteria are met:

    Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists,

    Delivery of the Company's obligations to its customers has occurred,

    Collection of the fees is probable, and

    The amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable.

F-9


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

1. The Company and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        In October 2009, the FASB amended the accounting guidance for multiple element arrangements ("ASU 2009-13") to:

    Provide updated guidance on whether multiple deliverables exist, how the deliverables in an arrangement should be separated, and how the arrangement consideration should be allocated among its elements;

    Require an entity to allocate revenue in an arrangement that has separate units of accounting using best estimated selling price ("BESP") of deliverables if a vendor does not have VSOE of fair value or third-party evidence of selling price ("TPE"), and

    Eliminate the use of the residual method and require an entity to allocate revenue using the relating selling price method to the separate unit of accounting.

        Concurrently, the FASB amended the accounting guidance for revenue recognition ("ASU 2009-14") to exclude hardware appliances containing software components and hardware components that function together to deliver the hardware appliance's essential functionality from the scope of the software revenue recognition guidance of ASC 985-605.

        The Company elected to adopt this new guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2011 for new and materially modified revenue arrangements originating after January 1, 2011.

        Prior to the adoption of ASU 2009-14, revenue derived from hardware appliance sales were recognized based on the software revenue recognition guidance. The Company could not establish VSOE of fair value for the undelivered elements in the arrangement, and therefore the entire fee from the arrangement was recognized ratably over the contractual term of the agreement. In addition, the Company was unable to establish VSOE of fair value of its hosted on-demand service agreements, and therefore the entire fee for the agreement was recognized ratably over the contractual term of the agreement.

        As a result of the adoption of this accounting guidance, revenue derived from our subscription services and hardware appliance sales are no longer subject to industry-specific software revenue recognition guidance. For all arrangements within the scope of these new accounting pronouncements, including the Company's hosted on-demand services, the Company evaluates each element in a multiple element arrangement to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting. An element constitutes a separate unit of accounting when the delivered item has standalone value and delivery of the undelivered element is probable and within the Company's control. Revenue derived from the licensing of the security-as-a-service platform continue to be accounted for in accordance with the industry specific revenue recognition guidance.

        Hardware appliance revenue is recognized upon shipment. Subscription and support revenue are recognized over the contract period commencing on the start date of the contract. Professional services and training, when sold with hardware appliances or subscription and support services, are accounted for separately when those services have standalone value. In determining whether professional services and training services can be accounted for separately from subscription and support services, the Company considers the following factors: availability of the services from other vendors, the nature of the services, and the dependence of the subscription services on the customer's decision to buy the professional services. If professional services and training do not qualify for separate accounting, the

F-10


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

1. The Company and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


Company recognizes the professional services and training ratably over the contract term of the subscription services.

        Delivery generally occurs when the hardware appliance is delivered to a common carrier freight on board shipping point by the Company or the hosted service has been activated and communicated to the customer accordingly. The Company's fees are typically considered to be fixed or determinable at the inception of an arrangement and are negotiated at the outset of an arrangement, generally based on specific products and quantities to be delivered. In the event payment terms are provided that differ significantly from its standard business practices, the fees are deemed to not be fixed or determinable and revenue is recognized as the fees become paid.

        The Company assesses collectability based on a number of factors, including credit worthiness of the customer and past transaction history of the customer. Through September 30, 2011, the Company has not experienced significant credit losses.

        Revenue as reported and pro forma revenue that would have been reported during the nine months ended September 30, 2011, had the Company not adopted the new guidance is shown in the following table (in thousands) (unaudited):

 
  As Reported   Pro Forma Basis
(as if previous
guidance was in
effect)
 

Total revenue

  $ 59,147   $ 57,483  

Deferred Revenue

        Deferred revenue primarily consists of billings or payments received in advance of revenue recognition from the sale of the Company's subscription fees, and training and professional services. Once the revenue recognition criteria are met, this revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the associated contract, which typically range from 12 to 36 months.

Deferred Product Costs

        Deferred product costs are the incremental costs that are directly associated with each noncancelable customer contract or hosting agreement and primarily consist of cost of appliances and royalty payments made to third parties, from whom the Company has obtained licenses to integrate certain software into its products. The costs are deferred and amortized over the noncancelable term of the related customer contract or hosting agreement, which typically range from 12 to 36 months.

Software Development Costs

        We capitalize certain software development costs, including the costs to develop new software solutions or significant enhancements to existing solutions, which are developed or obtained for internal use. We capitalize software development costs when application development begins, it is probable that the project will be completed, and the software will be used as intended. Such capitalized costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the related asset, which is generally two years. Costs associated with preliminary project stage activities, training, maintenance and all post implementation stage activities are expensed as incurred.

F-11


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

1. The Company and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Software development costs related to software services to be sold are capitalized when technological feasibility has been established. Amortization of capitalized software development costs will begin as each product is available for general release to customers. Amortization will be computed on an individual solution basis for those solutions available for market and will be recognized based on the solution's economic life. Because the Company believes its current process for developing software is essentially completed concurrently with the establishment of technology feasibility. Costs associated with the development work between technological feasibility and the general availability has not been material and as such we have not capitalized any development costs to date.

Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the related asset, which is generally one to three years. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset or improvement. Cost of maintenance and repairs that do not improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are expensed as incurred. When property and equipment are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the balance sheet and the resulting gain or loss is included in the other income (expense), net, in the consolidated statement of operations during the period.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

        In accordance with ASC 360, "Property, Plant, and Equipment," the Company evaluates long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, including intangible assets other than goodwill, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is measured by comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to the future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate. If the asset is considered to be impaired, the amount of any impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the impaired asset. No assets were determined to be impaired to date.

Advertising and Promotion Costs

        Expenses related to advertising and promotion of solutions is charged to sales and marketing expense as incurred. The Company did not incur any significant advertising and promotion expenses during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and 2011 (unaudited), respectively.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

        Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of the acquired enterprise over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The Company applies ASC 350, "Intangibles—Goodwill and Other," and performs an annual goodwill impairment test. For the purposes of impairment testing, the Company has determined that it has one reporting unit. A two-step impairment test of goodwill is required pursuant to ASC 350-20-35. In the first step, the fair value of the reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. If the fair value exceeds the carrying value, goodwill is not impaired and further testing is not required. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, then the second step of the impairment test is required to determine the implied fair value of the reporting

F-12


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

1. The Company and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


unit's goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is calculated by deducting the fair value of all tangible and intangible net assets of the reporting unit, excluding goodwill, from the fair value of the reporting unit as determined in the first step. If the carrying value of the reporting unit's goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then an impairment loss must be recorded that is equal to the difference. The identification and measurement of goodwill impairment involves the estimation of the fair value of the Company. The estimate of fair value of the Company, based on the best information available as of the date of the assessment, is subjective and requires judgment, including management assumptions about expected future revenue forecasts and discount rates. No impairment to the carrying value of goodwill was identified by the Company during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 or the nine months ended September 30, 2011 (unaudited).

        Intangible assets consist of developed technology, vendor relationships and customer relationships. The values assigned to intangibles are based on estimates and judgments regarding expectations for success and life cycle of solutions and technologies acquired.

        Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated lives, which approximate the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed, as follows:

Developed technology

  4 years

Customer relationships

  4 years

Vendor relationships

  4 years

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The carrying amounts of certain of the Company's cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate their fair values due to their short maturities. Based on borrowing rates that are available to the Company for loans with similar terms and consideration of the Company's credit risk, the carrying value of the note payable approximates its fair value. The carrying value of the preferred stock warrant liability represents its fair value. See Note 6, "Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements," regarding the fair values of the Company's investments and preferred stock warrant liability.

Warranty

        The Company provides limited warranties on all sales and provides for the estimated cost of the warranties at the date of sale, to the extent not already provided by its own vendors. The estimated cost of warranties has not been material to date.

Income Taxes

        The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC 740, "Income Taxes." Under ASC 740, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is established to reduce net deferred tax assets to an amount that the Company estimates is more likely than not to be realized.

F-13


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

1. The Company and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The Company has elected to use the "with and without" approach as described in ASC 740-20, "Intraperiod Tax Allocation," in determining the order in which tax attributes are utilized. As a result, the Company will only recognize a tax benefit from stock-based awards in additional paid-in capital if an incremental tax benefit is realized after all other tax attributes currently available to the Company have been utilized. In addition, the Company has elected to account for the impact of stock-based awards on other tax attributes, such as the research tax credit, through the consolidated statement of operations.

        Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted the accounting guidance for uncertainties in income taxes, which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for recording uncertain tax positions taken, or expected to be taken in a tax return, in the financial statements. Additionally, the guidance also prescribes new treatment for the derecognition, classification, accounting in interim periods and disclosure requirements for uncertain tax positions. The Company accrues for the estimated amount of taxes for uncertain tax positions if it is more likely than not that the Company would be required to pay such additional taxes. An uncertain tax position will not be recognized if it has a less than 50% likelihood of being sustained.

        The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to tax positions in income tax expense. To the extent that accrued interest and penalties do not ultimately become payable, amounts accrued will be reduced and reflected as a reduction of the overall income tax provision in the period that such determination is made. No interest or penalties have been accrued for any period presented.

Employee Benefit Plans

        The Company sponsors a 401(k) defined contribution plan covering all employees. The Company may make discretionary contributions to the 401(k). To date, no contributions have been made by the Company.

Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company accounts for stock-based compensation under ASC 718, "Compensation—Stock Compensation" using the prospective transition method prescribed for private companies. Using the prospective transition method, compensation expense recognized includes the compensation cost for all share-based payment awards granted to employees subsequent to December 31, 2005, based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. Stock compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which generally equals the vesting period.

        Under ASC 718, the Company is required to estimate potential forfeitures of stock grants and adjust compensation cost recorded accordingly. The estimate of forfeitures is computed based on historical data of employee turnover and is adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from the prior estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures are recognized in the period of change and will impact the amount of stock compensation expenses to be recognized in future periods.

F-14


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

1. The Company and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Stock-based compensation expense recognized is shown in the operating activities section of the consolidated statements of cash flows. In addition, ASC 718 requires the cash flows resulting from the tax benefits due to tax deductions on stock option exercises in excess of the stock-based compensation expense recognized (excess tax benefits) to be classified in the financing activities section of the consolidated statements of cash flows. During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, 2010, and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and 2011 (unaudited), the Company did not recognize any excess tax benefits.

        The Company accounts for stock options issued to nonemployees in accordance with the provisions of ASC 505-50 using a fair-value approach. The measurement of stock-based compensation for nonemployees is subject to periodic adjustments as the options vest, and the expense is recognized over the period over which services are received.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

        Comprehensive income (loss) includes all changes in equity that are not the result of transactions with stockholders. The Company's comprehensive income (loss) consists of its net loss and changes in unrealized gains (losses) from its available-for-sale investments.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

        The consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2011, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010 are unaudited. All disclosures as of September 30, 2011 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and September 30, 2010, presented in the notes to the financial statements are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the Company's financial position as of September 30,2011 and the results of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. The results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ended December 31, 2011 or for other interim periods or for future years.

Unaudited Pro Forma Stockholders' Deficit

        The September 30, 2011 unaudited pro forma stockholders' deficit has been prepared assuming that upon the closing of a qualifying initial public offering all of the Company's convertible preferred stock outstanding will automatically convert into shares of common stock. The September 30, 2011 unaudited pro forma stockholders' deficit reflects the conversion of all outstanding preferred stock into shares of common stock.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In June 2011, the FASB issued amended guidance on the presentation of comprehensive income. The amended guidance eliminates one of the presentation options provided by current U.S. GAAP that is to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders' equity. In addition, it gives an entity the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a

F-15


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

1. The Company and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. This guidance will be effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2011 and will be applied retrospectively. We do not expect that this guidance will have an impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the "FASB") issued amended guidance relating to the goodwill impairment test. The guidance allows an entity an option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. Under that option, an entity no longer would be required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines, based on that qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. The guidance also includes examples of the types of events and circumstances to consider in conducting the qualitative assessment. The guidance will be effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of this amended guidance on our consolidated financial statements.

2. Acquisitions

Fortiva, Inc.

        On June 20, 2008, the Company entered into a Share Purchase Agreement (the "Fortiva Agreement") with Fortiva, Inc. ("Fortiva"), an Ontario, Canada corporation, by which the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of Fortiva.

        Under the terms of the Fortiva Agreement, the acquisition was closed in exchange for cash payment of $5,460, cash settlement of Fortiva's outstanding debt for $1,267, issuance to the former shareholders of Fortiva of 3,100 shares of Series F preferred stock at its fair value of $16,492 ($5.32 per share). The purchase consideration also included the acquisition related costs of $1,031. The results of Fortiva's operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the acquisition date.

        The Company acquired Fortiva to provide the Company with a number of benefits, including acquiring technology and adding meaningful scale to its existing business in the United States and providing exposure into the Canadian market. The total purchase price recorded was as follows:

Cash paid

  $ 5,460  

Series F preferred stock (3,100 shares)

    16,492  

Cash paid to settle Fortiva's debt

    1,267  

Transaction fees and expenses

    1,031  
       

  $ 24,250  
       

        The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase business combination. The Company allocated the purchase price to tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and identifiable intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the aggregate fair values was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The following table

F-16


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Acquisitions (Continued)


summarizes the allocation of the purchase price and the estimated useful lives of the identifiable intangible assets acquired as of the date of the acquisition:

 
  Estimated
Fair Value
  Estimated
Useful Life

Tangible assets acquired

  $ 3,383    

Liabilities assumed

    (1,847 )  

Developed technology

    12,367   4 years

Customer relationships

    1,342   4 years

Goodwill

    9,005   Indefinite
         

  $ 24,250    
         

Secure Data in Motion, Inc.

        On August 4, 2008, the Company entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the "Sigaba Agreement") with Secure Data in Motion, Inc. ("Sigaba"), a Delaware corporation, that was accounted for as a business combination.

        Under the terms of the Sigaba Agreement, the Company paid total consideration of $461 for the assets. In addition, the Company agreed to pay an additional 20% of the "renewal fees," as specified in the Sigaba Agreement, actually collected by the Company from each existing Sigaba customer upon renewal up to a maximum of $150. The minimum amount due to Sigaba under the term of above agreement was $75 as of December 31, 2008, which was recorded to operating expenses in fiscal year 2008.

        The total cash consideration of $461 was allocated to goodwill.

Everyone.net, Inc.

        On October 21, 2009, the Company entered into an Agreement of Merger (the "EDN Agreement") with Everyone.net, Inc. ("EDN"), a California corporation, by which the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of EDN. Under the terms of the EDN Agreement, the acquisition was closed in exchange for cash payment of $5,496, cash settlement of EDN's outstanding debts totaling $1,330, issuance of 188 shares of Series F preferred stock at its fair value of $1,000 ($5.32 per share). Additionally, the Company agreed to pay additional earn-out consideration ("earn-out") of up to $2,000 through November 2011, such earn-out being contingent upon the achievement of specified financial targets. The initial fair value of the earn-out of $1,495 was recorded as part of the purchase consideration. The change in fair value of the earn-out of $208 during the nine months ended September 30, 2011, was recognized as a charge to interest income (expense), net for the year. The acquisition related costs of $559 incurred by the Company was charged to operating expense in the year ended December 31, 2009. The results of EDN's operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the acquisition date. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company paid $1,000 of earn-out to the sellers. The remaining payout of $1,000 will be paid in December 2011 and is fully accrued for at September 30, 2011 given that the performance criteria had been met at September 30, 2011. The Company also received $180 during the year ended December 31, 2010, in a working capital adjustment following the closing of the acquisition and such amount was recorded in the

F-17


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Acquisitions (Continued)


consolidated statement of operations as an offset to related expenses incurred and included in general and administrative expenses.

        The Company acquired EDN to provide the Company with a number of benefits, including adding meaningful scale to its existing business in the United States. The total purchase price was as follows:

Cash paid

  $ 5,496  

Cash paid to settle EDN's outstanding debts

    1,330  

Series F preferred stock (188 shares)

    1,000  

Earn-out (recorded at fair value)

    1,495  
       

  $ 9,321  
       

        The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase business combination. The Company allocated the purchase price to tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and identifiable intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the aggregate fair values was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill was not deductible for tax purposes. The following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase price and the estimated useful lives of the identifiable intangible assets acquired as of the date of the acquisition:

 
  Estimated
Fair Value
  Estimated
Useful Life

Tangible assets acquired

  $ 1,882    

Liabilities assumed

    (2,927 )  

Developed technology

    2,690   4 years

Customer relationships

    920   4 years

Vendor relationships

    290   4 years

Goodwill

    6,466   Indefinite
         

  $ 9,321    
         

Spam and Open Relay Blocking System ("SORBS")

        On June 30, 2011, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement (the "SORBS Agreement") with GFI Software Ltd., a British Virgin Islands corporation.

        Under the terms of the SORBS agreement, the Company paid consideration of $200 for intellectual property and fixed assets with $40 being held in escrow to secure indemnification obligations. The acquisition related costs of $29 incurred by the Company was charged to operating expenses in the nine months ended September 30, 2011.

        Of the total cash consideration paid, $120 was allocated to goodwill as the intellectual property purchased did not meet the criteria as set forth in ASC 805, Business Combinations, and $46 was

F-18


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Acquisitions (Continued)


recorded as fixed assets. The following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase price and the estimated useful lives of the identifiable intangible assets acquired as of the date of the acquisition:

 
  Estimated
Fair Value
  Estimated
Useful Life

Tangible assets acquired

  $ 46   1 year

Liabilities assumed

       

Developed technology

    34   2 years

Customer relationships

       

Vendor relationships

       

Goodwill

    120   Indefinite
         

  $ 200    
         

    Pro Forma Financial Information (unaudited)

        The unaudited pro forma financial information in the table below summarizes the combined results of operations for the Company and companies that were acquired since the beginning of fiscal year 2008. The pro forma financial information includes the business combination accounting effects from the acquisitions including amortization charges from acquired intangible assets and the related tax effects as though the aforementioned companies were combined as of the beginning of 2008. The unaudited pro forma financial information for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, as presented below, is for informational purposes only and is not indicative of the results of operations that would have been achieved if the acquisitions had taken place at the beginning of 2008.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2008   2009   2010  

Revenue

  $ 45,300   $ 52,870   $ 64,790  

Net loss

    (30,671 )   (21,559 )   (20,865 )

Basic and diluted net loss per share

    (5.17 )   (3.36 )   (2.92 )

3. Concentration of Risks

        Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and accounts receivable.

        The Company limits its concentration of risk in cash equivalents and short-term investments by diversifying its investments among a variety of industries and issuers and by limiting the average maturity to one year or less. The Company's professional portfolio managers adhere to this investment policy as approved by the Company's board of directors.

        The Company's investment policy is to invest only in fixed income investments denominated and payable in U.S. dollars. Investment in obligations of the U.S. government and its agencies, money market instruments, commercial paper, certificates of deposit, bankers' acceptances, corporate bonds of U.S. companies, municipal securities and asset backed securities are allowed. The Company does not invest in auction rate securities, futures contracts, or hedging instruments.

F-19


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

3. Concentration of Risks (Continued)

        The Company's accounts receivables are derived from revenue earned from customers primarily located in the United States of America. The Company performs periodic evaluations of its customers' financial condition and generally does not require its customers to provide collateral or other security to support accounts receivable, and maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts. Credit losses historically have not been significant.

        No single customer accounted for more than 10% of total revenue in the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, 2010 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 (unaudited) and 2011 (unaudited).

        At December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2011 (unaudited), no single customer accounted for more than 10% of total accounts receivable. At December 31, 2010, the following customer accounted for more than 10% of total accounts receivable:

 
  December 31,
2010
 

Customer A

  $ 1,590  
       

        At December 31, 2009 and 2010 and September 30, 2011 (unaudited), the following vendor accounted for more than 10% of total accounts payable:

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  September 30,
2011
 
 
  2009   2010  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Vendor A

  $ 281   $ 425   $ 409  
               

4. Balance Sheet Components

        Allowance for doubtful accounts activity and balances are presented below:

 
  Balance at
Beginning of
Period
  Additions
to Costs and
Expenses
  Write
Offs
  Balance at
End of
Period
 

Year ended December 31, 2008

  $ 172   $ 135   $ (148 ) $ 159  

Year ended December 31, 2009

    159     318     (181 )   296  

Year ended December 31, 2010

    296     44     (83 )   257  

F-20


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

4. Balance Sheet Components (Continued)

        Property and equipment at December 31, 2009 and 2010 and September 30, 2011, consist of the following:

 
   
  December 31,    
 
 
  Useful Life
(in years)
  September 30,
2011
 
 
  2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Computer equipment

  2 to 3   $ 10,251   $ 13,724   $ 17,009  

Software

  2     843     1,000     1,517  

Furniture

  5     45     48     48  

Office equipment

  2     278     316     338  

Leasehold improvements

  5 years or shorter of the lease term     653     475     483  

Other

  2     54     54     54  

Construction in progress

        234     112     11  
                   

        12,358     15,729     19,460  

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

        (7,903 )   (11,099 )   (13,358 )
                   

      $ 4,455   $ 4,630   $ 6,102  
                   

        Property and equipment acquired under capital leases:

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  September 30,
2011
 
 
  2009   2010  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Computer equipment

  $ 386   $ 386   $ 386  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

    (56 )   (220 )   (352 )
               

  $ 330   $ 166   $ 34  
               

        Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2011, was approximately $2,366, $3,012, $3,261, $2,553 (unaudited) and $2,259 (unaudited), respectively. This included depreciation expense for assets under capital leases of $0, $56, $164, $117 (unaudited) and $132 (unaudited) for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, and at September 30, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

        Accrued liabilities at December 31, 2009 and 2010, and at September 30, 2011 consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  September 30,
2011
 
 
  2009   2010  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Accrued compensation

  $ 3,050   $ 4,969   $ 4,061  

Accrued royalties

    987     594     279  

Other

    3,109     3,427     3,083  
               

  $ 7,146   $ 8,990   $ 7,423  
               

F-21


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

5. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

        The goodwill activity and balances are presented below:

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  September 30,
2011
 
 
  2009   2010  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Opening balance

  $ 9,466   $ 15,932   $ 15,932  

Add: Goodwill from acquisitions

    6,466         120  
               

Closing balance

  $ 15,932   $ 15,932   $ 16,052  
               

        The goodwill balance as of September 30, 2011 (unaudited) was the result of the acquisitions of Fortiva, Sigaba, EDN and SORBS (Note 2).

Intangible Assets

        Intangible assets excluding goodwill, consisted of the following:

 
  December 31, 2009   December 31, 2010   September 30, 2011  
 
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net
Carrying
Amount
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net
Carrying
Amount
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net
Carrying
Amount
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Developed technology

  $ 15,027   $ (4,859 ) $ 10,168   $ 15,027   $ (8,605 ) $ 6,422   $ 15,060   $ (11,414 ) $ 3,646  

Customer relationships

    2,262     (557 )   1,705     2,262     (1,121 )   1,141     2,262     (1,542 )   720  

Vendor relationships

    290     (14 )   276     290     (86 )   204              

Trademark

    30         30     30         30     30         30  
                                       

  $ 17,609   $ (5,430 ) $ 12,179   $ 17,609   $ (9,812 ) $ 7,797   $ 17,352   $ (12,956 ) $ 4,396  
                                       

        In the quarter ended March 31, 2011 (unaudited), the Company determined that the vendor relationship intangible asset was fully impaired as we no longer utilized the technology provided by this vendor. Accordingly, the entire $0.3 million of vendor relationships intangible asset was written off to sales and marketing expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and was removed from the above table.

        Amortization expense of intangibles totaled $1,651, $3,779, $4,382, $3,276 (unaudited) and $3,434 (unaudited) during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

        The annual expected amortization of intangible assets as of December 31, 2010 is presented below:

2011

  $ 4,517  

2012

    2,509  

2013

    741  
       

  $ 7,767  
       

F-22


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

6. Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements

        The cost and fair value of the Company's available-for-sale investments as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, and September 30, 2011 were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2009  
 
  Cost Basis   Unrealized
Gains
  Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
 

Certificate of deposit

  $ 250   $   $   $ 250  

Money market funds

    4,270             4,270  

Corporate debt securities

    3,291         (2 )   3,289  

Agency debt securities

    851             851  
                   

  $ 8,662   $   $ (2 ) $ 8,660  
                   

Amount classified as cash and cash equivalents

                    $ 4,270  

Amount classified as short-term investments

                      4,390  
                         

                    $ 8,660  
                         

 

 
  December 31, 2010  
 
  Cost Basis   Unrealized
Gains
  Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
 

Certificate of deposit

  $ 250   $   $   $ 250  

Money market funds

    8,660             8,660  

Corporate debt securities

    410             410  
                   

  $ 9,320   $   $   $ 9,320  
                   

Amount classified as cash and cash equivalents

                    $ 8,660  

Amount classified as short-term investments

                      660  
                         

                    $ 9,320  
                         

F-23


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

6. Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

 

 
  September 30, 2011  
 
  Cost Basis   Unrealized
Gains
  Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
 
 
  (unaudited)
 

Money market funds

  $ 2,776   $   $   $ 2,776  

Corporate debt securities

    5,022         (6 )   5,016  
                   

  $ 7,798   $   $ (6 ) $ 7,792  
                   

Amount classified as cash and cash equivalents

                    $ 2,776  

Amount classified as short-term investments

                      5,016  
                         

                    $ 7,792  
                         

        As of December 31, 2009, 2010 and September 30, 2011 (unaudited), all investments mature in less than one year. Estimated fair values for marketable securities are based on quoted market prices for the same or similar instruments.

Fair Value Measurements

        Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the "exit price") in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value has been defined to minimize the use of unobservable inputs by requiring the use of observable market data when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on active market data. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company's assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on the best information available in the circumstances.

        The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three broad levels:

    Level 1 Quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

      The Company's Level 1 assets consist of money market funds, and a certificate of deposit.

    Level 2 Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

      The Company's Level 2 assets and liabilities consist of corporate bonds and agency debt securities.

    Level 3 Unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include those whose fair value measurements are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar valuation techniques, as well as significant management judgment or estimation.

F-24


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

6. Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

      The Company's Level 3 liabilities consist of the Series B preferred stock warrants.

        The following tables summarize, for each category of assets or liabilities, the respective fair value as of December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2011 (unaudited) and the classification by level of input within the fair value hierarchy.

 
  Balance as of
December 31,
2010
  Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Cash equivalents:

                         

Money market funds

  $ 8,660   $ 8,660   $   $  

Short-term investments:

                         

Corporate debt securities

    410         410      

Certificate of deposit

    250     250          
                   

  $ 9,320   $ 8,910   $ 410   $  
                   

 

 
  Balance as of
September 30,
2011
  Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Cash equivalents:

                         

Money market funds (unaudited)

  $ 2,776   $ 2,776   $   $  

Short-term investments:

                         

Corporate debt securities (unaudited)

    5,016         5,016      
                   

  $ 7,792   $ 2,776   $ 5,016   $  
                   

        The following table is a reconciliation of the preferred stock warrant liability that is measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

Balance at December 31, 2009

  $ 83  

Change in fair value recorded in other income (expense), net

    74  
       

Balance at December 31, 2010

  $ 157  

Change in fair value recorded in other income (expense), net (unaudited)

    (66 )

Preferred warrant conversion (unaudited)

    (91 )
       

Balance at September 30, 2011 (unaudited)

  $  
       

        In measuring fair value where Level 3 inputs were used, the Company measured the fair value of the preferred stock warrants liability using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. See Note 9, "Preferred Stock."

F-25


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

7. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

        The Company leases certain of its facilities under noncancelable operating leases with various expiration dates through June 2014.

        Rent expense was $1,001, $1,117, $1,157, $853 (unaudited) and $1,084 (unaudited) for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

Capital Leases

        The Company acquired capital leases as part of the EDN acquisition. The leases were secured by fixed assets primarily used in a data center. The leases have various expiration dates through October 2012. The interest rates range from 2.9% to 10.6%.

        At December 31, 2010, future annual minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating and capital leases were as follows:

 
  Capital
Leases
  Operating
Leases
 

Year Ending December 31,

             

2011

  $ 173   $ 951  

2012

    71     1,283  

2013

        970  

2014

        502  
           
 

Total minimum lease payments

    244     3,706  

Less: Amount representing interest

    (48 )      
             

Present value of capital lease obligations

    196        

Less: Current portion

    (140 )      
             
 

Long-term portion of capital lease obligations

  $ 56        
             

        There have been no material changes outside of the normal course of business to our operating leases except for a facility lease agreement to occupy the current existing space along with additional office space at an adjacent facility in Sunnyvale. The total amount of minimum lease payments of $2,751 under this new operating lease is included in the table above.

Contingencies

        Under the indemnification provisions of the Company's customer agreements, the Company agrees to indemnify and defend and hold harmless its customers against, among other things, infringement of any patent, trademark or copyright under any country's laws or the misappropriation of any trade secret arising from the customers' legal use of the Company's solutions. The exposure to the Company under these indemnification provisions is generally limited to the total amount paid by the customers under the applicable customer agreement. However, certain indemnification provisions potentially expose the Company to losses in excess of the aggregate amount paid to the Company by the customer

F-26


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

7. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)


under the applicable customer agreement. To date, there have been no claims against the Company or its customers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

Legal Contingencies

        From time to time, the Company is involved in claims and legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. Based on currently available information, management does not believe that the ultimate outcome of these unresolved matters, individually and in the aggregate, is likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows. However, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties and the Company's view of these matters may change in the future. Were an unfavorable outcome to occur, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows for the period in which the unfavorable outcome occurs, and potentially in future periods.

8. Debt

Equipment Financing Loans

        The Company entered into a new equipment loan agreement with Silicon Valley Bank in April 2011 for an aggregate loan principle amount of $6,000. Interest on the advances are equal to prime rate plus 0.50%. As of September 30, 2011, the interest on the advances was 4.50%. The Company has the ability to draw down on this equipment line through April 19, 2012. Each drawn amount is due 48 months after funding. Borrowings outstanding under the equipment loan at September 30, 2011 were $2,926 (unaudited). Equipment financed under this loan arrangement is collateralized by the respective assets underlying the loan. The terms of the loan restrict the Company's ability to pay dividends. The loan includes a covenant that requires the Company to maintain cash and cash equivalents plus net accounts receivables of at least two times the amount of all outstanding indebtedness. As of September 30, 2011 (unaudited), the Company was in compliance with the financial covenant.

        The Company had a previous equipment loan arrangement with Silicon Valley Bank for $2,000. The loan bore interest at an annual rate of 8.75%. The maturity date was 36 months after the funding date. Borrowings outstanding under the equipment loan at December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2011 were $67 and $0 (unaudited), respectively. Equipment financed under this loan arrangement was collateralized by the respective assets underlying each specific draw down. This loan required the Company to maintain a tangible net worth greater than $18,000. As of December 31, 2010, the Company was in compliance with the financial covenant.

        Interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2011 was approximately $85, $48, $27, $25 (unaudited) and $37 (unaudited), respectively.

F-27


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

8. Debt (Continued)

        At December 31, 2010, the repayment commitments related to the equipment loans are as follows:

Year Ending December 31,

       

2011

  $ 68  

2012

    411  

2013

    950  

2014

    995  

2015

    569  
       

  $ 2,993  
       

        The repayment commitments for the new equipment loan agreement discussed above, for the amount of $2,926, is included in the table above.

9. Preferred Stock

        Convertible preferred stock at December 31, 2010 is as follows:

 
   
  Shares    
   
 
 
  Original
Issue Price
Per Share
  Liquidation
Amount
  Proceeds Net of
Issuance Costs
 
 
  Authorized   Outstanding  

Series A

  $ 1.00     7,400     7,400   $ 7,400   $ 7,374  

Series B

    1.28     7,109     7,031     9,000     8,937  

Series C

    2.41     8,307     8,307     20,020     19,919  

Series D

    3.01     665     665     2,000     1,954  

Series E

    3.48     5,743     5,743     20,000     19,899  

Series F

    5.32     10,200     9,747     51,855     34,238  
                         

          39,424     38,893   $ 110,275   $ 92,321  
                         

        In October 2009, the Company entered into an amendment to the Series F preferred stock Purchase agreement and issued 940 shares of Series F preferred stock at $5.32 per share, to an existing investor, for cash proceeds of $5,000 net of issuance costs of $38. Additionally, the Company issued 188 shares of Series F preferred stock, as part of the consideration paid for the acquisition of EDN, see Note 2.

        In May 2010, the Company entered into a second amendment to the Series F preferred stock Purchase agreement and issued 282 shares of Series F preferred stock at $5.32 per share to an existing investor, for cash proceeds of $1,500 net of issuance costs of $9.

        The preferred stock has certain rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions with respect to voting, dividends, liquidation and conversion as follows:

Voting

        Each share of the preferred stock has the same voting rights as the number of shares of common stock into which it is convertible.

F-28


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

9. Preferred Stock (Continued)

Dividends

        The holders of Series A, B, C, D, E and F preferred stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the common stock of the Company, at the per annum rate of $0.08, $0.1024, $0.1926, $0.2408, $0.2786 and $0.4256 per share, respectively, when and if declared by the Board of Directors. Dividends on preferred stock or common stock have never been declared by the Board of Directors.

Liquidation

        In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the preferred stock are entitled to receive, prior to and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of common stock by reason of ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to $1.00, $1.28, $2.41, $3.01, $3.48 and $5.32 plus any declared but unpaid dividends to the holders of Series A, B, C, D, E and F preferred stock, respectively. If the assets and funds distributed among the holders of Series A, B, C, D, E and F preferred stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts, then the entire assets and funds of the Company shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Series A, B, C, D, E and F preferred stockholders. The remaining assets, if any, shall be distributed to the common stockholders. These liquidity features cause the Company's convertible preferred stock to be classified as mezzanine equity rather than as a component of stockholders' deficit.

Conversion

        Each share of Series A, B, C, D, E and F preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder into such number of shares of common stock as is determined by dividing $1.00, $1.28, $2.41, $3.01, $3.48 and $5.32, respectively, by the conversion price applicable to such share, determined in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion. The conversion price for each share of Series A, B, C, D, E and F preferred stock was $1.00, $1.28, $2.41, $2.41, $3.47, and $5.32, respectively. Such initial conversion price shall be subject to adjustment for stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends and other matters. Each share of Series A, B, C and F preferred stock is convertible on a 1:1 basis into common stock. Series D preferred stock is convertible into 1.25 shares of common stock and each share of Series E preferred stock is convertible into 1.00463 shares of common stock. The shares of preferred stock are automatically converted into shares of common stock at the conversion price in effect upon the earlier of a closing of an initial public offering of common stock in which the gross proceeds exceeds $40,000 and in which the public offering price per share equals or exceeds $10.64 per share, or the date specified by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the preferred stock.

Redemption

        The convertible preferred stock is not redeemable by the Company or at the option of the preferred stockholders.

F-29


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

9. Preferred Stock (Continued)

Series B Preferred Stock Warrants

        In 2004, the Company issued warrants to purchase 78 shares of the Company's Series B convertible preferred stock at a price of $1.28 per share in connection with an equipment financing arrangement. Using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, the Company determined the fair value of each warrant to be $1.07 and $2.01 as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively. The fair value of the warrants was estimated using the following assumptions.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2009
  Year Ended
December 31,
2010
 

Dividend yield

    None     None  

Expected volatility

    62.0 %   61.0 %

Risk-free interest rate

    2.6 %   1.8 %

Expected term (in years)

    1.5     0.5  

        The warrants were converted in August 2011 into 49 shares of the Company's Series B convertible preferred stock on a net settlement basis.

10. Common Stock

        The Company's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended on October 19, 2009, authorizes the Company to issue 70,000 shares of $0.0001 par value common stock. The Company had repurchased 326 shares of common stock prior to 2009, which had been early exercised, which were pending retirement at December 31, 2010 and 2009. Accordingly 6,924, 7,968 and 8,593 (unaudited) shares of common stock were issued and 6,598, 7,657 and 8,268 (unaudited) shares of common stock were outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2010 and September 30, 2011, respectively.

        A portion of the shares sold are subject to a right of repurchase by the Company subject to vesting, which is generally over a four year period from the earlier of grant date or employee hire date, as applicable, until vesting is complete. There was no repurchase of common stock during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 (unaudited). At December 31, 2009 and 2010 and September 30, 2011 (unaudited), there were 14, 10 and 5 shares, respectively, subject to repurchase.

        The Company had, prior to 2009, granted a warrant to a service provider to purchase 4 shares of common stock in exchange for services performed. Such warrant for common stock issued by the Company is outstanding at September 30, 2011 (unaudited).

11. Stock Option Plan

        Under the Company's 2002 stock option plan (the "Plan"), the Company may grant options to purchase common stock or directly issue shares of common stock to employees, outside directors and consultants at prices equal to the fair market value at the date of grant of options or issue of common stock. The Company has the right to repurchase any unvested shares (at the option exercise price) of common stock issued directly or under option exercises. The right of repurchase generally expires over the vesting period.

F-30


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

11. Stock Option Plan (Continued)

        Under the 2002 Plan, the term of an option grant shall not exceed ten years from the date of its grant and options generally vest over a three to four-year period, with vesting on a monthly or annual interval. 28,555 shares of common stock are reserved for issuance to eligible participants, under the 2002 Plan. As of December 31, 2009 and 2010, September 30, 2011, 508 shares, 52 shares and 1,558 (unaudited) shares, respectively, were available for future grants.

        Stock option activity under the Plan is as follows:

 
  Shares subject to
Options Outstanding
 
 
  Number of
Shares
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Balance at January 1, 2008

    8,352   $ 0.66              

Options granted

   
7,613
   
2.16
             

Options exercised

    (589 )   0.30              

Options forfeited and cancelled

    (1,365 )   1.89              
                         

Balance at December 31, 2008

    14,011     1.37     4.72   $ 6,392  

Options granted

   
5,799
   
1.57
             

Options exercised

    (320 )   0.65              

Options forfeited and cancelled

    (3,781 )   2.12              
                         

Balance at December 31, 2009

    15,709     1.27     6.63     11,258  

Options granted

   
6,630
   
2.29
             

Options exercised

    (1,044 )   1.18              

Options forfeited and cancelled

    (1,874 )   1.76              
                         

Balance at December 31, 2010

    19,421     1.58     7.39     21,619  
                         

Options granted (unaudited)

   
3,052
   
2.79
             

Options exercised (unaudited)

    (611 )   1.41              

Options forfeited and cancelled (unaudited)

    (1,635 )   1.99              
                         

Balance at September 30, 2011 (unaudited)

    20,227     1.73     6.93     23,245  
                   

Exercisable, December 31, 2010

    9,452     1.07     5.72     15,327  
                   

Vested and expected to vest, December 31, 2010

    17,980     1.52     7.23     20,950  
                   

Exercisable, September 30, 2011 (unaudited)

    11,126     1.23     5.40     18,392  
                   

Vested and expected to vest, September 30, 2011 (unaudited)

    19,035   $ 1.68     6.80   $ 22,806  
                   

        The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $897, $297, $1,337 and $853 (unaudited), for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, 2010 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011,

F-31


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

11. Stock Option Plan (Continued)


respectively, and cash proceeds from such option exercises were $175, $209, $1,211 and $861 (unaudited).

Stock-Based Compensation

        The fair value of options granted is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. This valuation model for stock-based compensation expense requires the Company to make assumptions and judgments about the variables used in the calculation, including the expected term (weighted-average period of time that the options granted are expected to be outstanding), the volatility of the common stock price, an assumed risk-free interest rate and the estimated forfeitures of unvested stock options. To the extent actual forfeitures differ from the estimates, the difference will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period estimates are revised. No compensation cost is recorded for options that do not vest and the compensation cost from vested options, whether forfeited or not, is not reversed.

        The Board of Directors determined the fair market values of the Company's common stock, in good faith and based on the best information available to the Board and the Company's management at the time of grant. The Company performed its analysis in accordance with applicable elements of the practice aid issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants entitled Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . The procedures performed to determine the fair value of the Company's common stock was based on a probability-weighted expected return method to estimate the aggregate equity value of the Company.

        The weighted average fair value of stock options granted to employees during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009, 2010 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011, was $2.16, $1.57, $2.29 and $2.79 (unaudited), respectively. The fair values were estimated on the grant dates using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 
  Year Ended December 31,    
 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
2011
 
  2008   2009   2010
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)

Expected life (in years)

  5.77 - 6.08   5.85 - 6.08   6 - 6.08   6 - 6.08

Volatility

  55%   62% - 65%   60% - 61%   59% - 60%

Risk-free interest rate

  2.4% - 3.31%   2% - 2.8%   1.8% - 2.8%   1.5% - 2.5%

Dividend yield

  0%   0%   0%   0%

        The estimate for expected term of options granted reflect the midpoint of the vesting term and the contractual life computed with the simplified method outlined in SAB 107C (SAB 107). The Company does not have significant historical share option exercise experience and hence considers the expected term assumption calculated using the simplified method to be reasonable. Since the Company's stock is not publicly traded, the stock volatility assumptions represent an estimate of the historical volatilities of the common stock of a group of publicly-traded peer companies that operate in a similar industry. The estimate was determined based on the average historical volatilities of these peer companies. The risk-free interest rate used was the Federal Reserve Bank's constant maturities interest rate commensurate with the expected life of the options in effect at the time of the grant. The expected

F-32


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

11. Stock Option Plan (Continued)


dividend yield was zero, as the Company does not anticipate paying a dividend within the relevant time frame. Expected forfeitures are estimated based on the Company's historical experience.

        The Company realized no income tax benefit from stock option exercises in each of the periods presented due to recurring losses and valuation allowances.

        As of September 30, 2011, the Company had unamortized stock-based compensation expense of $9,431 (unaudited) related to stock options, that will be recognized net of forfeitures over the average remaining vesting term of the options of 2.97 (unaudited) years.

Stock Reserved for Issuance

        As of December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2011 (unaudited), the Company has reserved common stock for issuance of the following:

 
  December 31,
2010
  September 30,
2011
 
 
   
  (unaudited)
 

Conversion of outstanding preferred stock

    39,086     39,135  

Exercise of common stock options

    19,421     20,227  
           

    58,507     59,362  
           

        During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company re-priced options granted to 62 employees with an exercise price of $2.28 per share and granted new options at a fair value of $1.53 per share to vest over four years. The incremental expense of $541 relating to such re-pricing of options is being recorded over the new vesting term of the options.

12. Net Loss per Share

        Our basic net loss per share of common stock is calculated by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. The weighted-average number of shares of common stock used to calculate our basic net loss per share of common stock excludes those shares subject to repurchase related to stock options that were exercised prior to vesting as these shares are not deemed to be issued for accounting purposes until they vest. The diluted net loss per share of common stock is computed by dividing the net loss using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock, excluding common stock subject to repurchase, and, if dilutive, potential shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Potential shares of common stock consist of common stock subject to repurchase and stock options to purchase common stock and warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock (using the treasury stock method) and the conversion of our convertible preferred stock and convertible notes payable (using the "if converted" method).

F-33


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

12. Net Loss per Share (Continued)

        The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share:

 
  Years Ended December 31,    
 
 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
2011
 
 
  2008   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Numerator:

                         
 

Net loss

  $ (25,888 ) $ (19,738 ) $ (20,865 ) $ (13,717 )
                   

Denominator:

                         

Weighted average number of common shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share

    5,928     6,424     7,151     7,861  
                   

Net loss per common share

                         
 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

  $ (4.37 ) $ (3.07 ) $ (2.92 ) $ (1.75 )
                   

        The following table presents the potential common shares outstanding that were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share of common stock for the periods presented because including them would have been anti-dilutive:

 
  Years Ended December 31,    
 
 
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
2011
 
 
  2008   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Convertible preferred stock

    37,678     38,804     39,086     39,135  

Stock options to purchase common stock

    14,011     15,709     19,422     20,227  

Common stock subject to repurchase

    23     14     10     5  

Convertible preferred stock warrants

    78     78     78      

Common stock warrants

    4     4     4     4  
                   

Total

    51,794     54,609     58,600     59,371  
                   

13. Pro Forma Net Loss per Share (unaudited)

        Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock has been computed to give effect to the conversion of the convertible preferred stock into common stock as of the later of January 1, 2010 or the issuance date. As discussed in Note 9, the warrants to purchase preferred stock were exercised on a net settlement basis in August 2011. For purposes of this pro forma presentation of basic and diluted net loss per share of common shares (unaudited), the Company has assumed that the preferred stock warrants were exercised on a net settlement basis on January 1, 2010. Also, the numerator in the pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share calculation has been adjusted to remove gains and losses resulting from remeasurements of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability.

F-34


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

13. Pro Forma Net Loss per Share (unaudited) (Continued)

        The following table sets forth the computation of our pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock (unaudited) (in thousands, except for share amounts):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2010
  Nine Months Ended
September 30,
2011
 
 
   
  (unaudited)
 

Net loss

  $ (20,865 ) $ (13,717 )

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    73     (66 )
           

Net loss used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

  $ (20,792 ) $ (13,783 )
           

Shares used in computing net loss per share, basic and diluted

    7,151     7,861  

Pro forma adjustments to reflect conversion of convertible preferred stock including preferred stock issued upon conversion of preferred stock warrants

    39,022     39,134  
           

Pro forma shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

    46,173     46,995  
           

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

  $ (0.45 ) $ (0.29 )
           

14. Segment Reporting

        Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to, and defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company's chief operating decision maker is its chief executive officer. The Company's chief executive officer reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis and as a result, the Company concluded that there is only one operating and reportable segment.

        The following sets forth total revenue and long-lived assets by geographic area. Revenue by geography is based upon the billing address of the customer.

 
  Year Ended December 31,    
 
 
  September 30,
2011
 
 
  2008   2009   2010  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Total revenue:

                         

North America

  $ 31,704   $ 39,187   $ 54,130   $ 47,973  

Rest of World

    6,539     9,341     10,660     11,174  
                   
 

Total revenue

  $ 38,243   $ 48,528   $ 64,790   $ 59,147  
                   

F-35


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

14. Segment Reporting (Continued)

 

 
  Year Ended December 31,    
 
 
  September 30,
2011
 
 
  2009   2010  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Long-lived assets:

                   

North America

  $ 3,941   $ 4,221   $ 5,257  

Rest of World

    514     409     845  
               
 

Total long-lived assets

  $ 4,455   $ 4,630   $ 6,102  
               

15. Income Taxes

        The domestic and foreign components of loss before provision for income taxes were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   2010  

Domestic

  $ (25,756 ) $ (16,520 ) $ (18,157 )

Foreign

    6     (2,985 )   (2,465 )
               
 

Loss before provision for income taxes

  $ (25,750 ) $ (19,505 ) $ (20,622 )
               

 

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2008   2009   2010  

Current tax expense

                   

Federal

  $   $   $  

State

    27     37     78  

Foreign

    111     196     165  
               
 

Total current

    138     233     243  
               

Deferred tax expense

                   

Federal

             

State

             

Foreign

             
               
 

Total deferred

             
               
 

Total tax expense

  $ 138   $ 233   $ 243  
               

F-36


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

15. Income Taxes (Continued)

        The reconciliation of income tax expense at the statutory federal income tax rate of 34% to the income tax provision included in the statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 is as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2008   2009   2010  

Tax at federal statutory rate

  $ (8,755 ) $ (6,632 ) $ (7,005 )

Foreign income tax rate differential

    (14 )   92     (11 )

Stock compensation charges

    352     492     592  

Other permanent items

    129     88     134  

State, net of federal benefit

    27     37     43  

Valuation allowance

    9,301     6,867     7,781  

Research and development credits

    (915 )   (798 )   (1,332 )

Other

    13     87     41  
               
 

Total tax expense

  $ 138   $ 233   $ 243  
               

        Deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the net tax effects of net operating loss and tax credit carryovers and the temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets are as follows for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2009   2010  

Deferred Tax Assets

             

Net operating loss carryforwards

  $ 37,153   $ 38,973  

Tax credit carryforwards

    3,137     4,566  

Deferred revenue

    8,687     11,453  

Fixed assets

    1,080     1,329  

Accruals and other

    2,299     2,885  
           
 

Total deferred tax assets

    52,356     59,206  

Deferred Tax Liabilities

             

Intangibles

    (3,914 )   (2,576 )
 

             

Valuation allowance

    (48,442 )   (56,630 )
           
 

Net deferred tax assets

  $   $  
           

        Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future earnings, if any, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. Accordingly, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. The valuation allowance increased by approximately $12,700, $5,600 and $8,200 during December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

        As of December 31, 2009 and 2010, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of approximately $85,000 and $90,400, respectively. The net operating losses will

F-37


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

15. Income Taxes (Continued)


begin to expire in the year 2018. As of December 31, 2009 and 2010, the Company had research credits for federal income tax purposes of approximately $2,000 and $2,700, respectively. The research and development credits will begin to expire in the year 2022. In addition, as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards and research and development tax credits for state income tax purposes of approximately $72,000 and $77,900 respectively. The state net operating loss carryforwards expire at varying amounts beginning in the year 2011. As of December 31, 2009 and 2010, the Company had state research and development carryforwards of $2,500 and $3,200 which will carryforward indefinitely.

        Utilization of the net operating losses may be subject to substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions. An analysis was conducted through 2009 to determine whether an ownership change had occurred since inception. The analysis indicated that although an ownership change occurred in a prior year, the net operating losses and research and development credits would not expire before utilization. In the event the Company has subsequent changes in ownership, net operating losses and research and development credit carryovers could be limited and may expire unutilized.

        Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted the provisions of FASB's guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. This provides a comprehensive model for the recognition, measurement and disclosure in financial statements of uncertain income tax positions that a company has taken or expects to take on a tax return. Under these provisions, a company can recognize the benefit of an income tax position only if it is more likely than not (greater than 50%) that the tax position will be sustained upon tax examination, based solely on the technical merits of the tax position. Otherwise, no benefit can be recognized. Assessing an uncertain tax position begins with the initial determination of the position's sustainability and is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. As of each balance sheet date, unresolved uncertain tax positions must be reassessed. Additionally, companies are required to accrue interest and related penalties, if applicable, on all tax exposures for which reserves have been established consistent with jurisdictional tax laws. The cumulative effect of this adoption is recorded as an adjustment to the opening balance of its accumulated deficit on the adoption date.

        As a result of the implementation of these provisions, the Company recognized a $820 increase in its unrecognized tax benefits. There was no increase in the January 1, 2009 balance of accumulated deficit since the benefit relates to attribute carryovers for which the related deferred tax asset was subject to a full valuation allowance. At the adoption date of January 1, 2009 and as of December 31, 2010, the Company had no accrued interest or penalties related to the tax contingencies. Since the unrecognized tax benefit relates to attribute carryovers for which the deferred tax asset was subject to a full valuation allowance, the recognition of the unrecognized tax benefits will not affect the Company's effective tax rate. The Company has elected to recognize interest and penalties as a component of income tax expense. The Company does not anticipate that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits relating to tax positions existing at December 31, 2010 will significantly increase or decrease within the next twelve months. Because of net operating loss and credit carryforwards, all of the Company's tax years, dating to inception in 2002 remain open to tax examination in all major tax jurisdictions.

F-38


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

15. Income Taxes (Continued)

        The aggregate changes in the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits were as follows:

Beginning balance as of January 1, 2009

  $ 820  

Increase in balances related to tax positions taken during the current period

    323  
       

Beginning balances as of January 1, 2010

    1,143  

Increase in balances related to tax positions taken during the current period

    321  
       

Ending balance as of December 31, 2010

  $ 1,464  
       

        U.S. income and foreign withholding taxes associated with the repatriation of earning of foreign subsidiaries have not been provided on undistributed earnings for certain foreign subsidiaries. The Company intends to reinvest these earnings indefinitely outside the United States. As of December 31, 2010, the Company estimates that no material additional U.S. income or foreign withholding taxes would have to be provided if these earnings were repatriated back to the United States.

16. Subsequent Events

        The Company accounts for and discloses subsequent events in accordance with ASC 855, Subsequent Events ("ASC 855"). ASC 855 requires a Company to account for and disclose events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. In accordance with this guidance, the Company evaluated subsequent events through August 31, 2011, the date the consolidated financial statements for three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 were available to be issued.

Silicon Valley Bank Equipment Line

        On April 19, 2011, the Company entered into an equipment loan agreement with Silicon Valley Bank (the "Lender"). See Note 8, "Debt"

Facility Lease

        On March 28, 2011, the Company entered into a lease agreement to occupy the current existing space along with an additional 23 square feet of office space at an adjacent facility in Sunnyvale. This additional space, which will be used for the Company's overall expansion and growth of its operations, will provide the Company with a total of 74 square feet of office space. The lease term is 39 months, commencing on April 1, 2011 and expiring on June 30, 2014. The previous lease expired on March 31, 2011.

17. Subsequent Events (unaudited)

        The Company accounts for and discloses subsequent events in accordance with ASC 855. ASC 855 requires a Company to account for and disclose events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. In accordance with this guidance, the Company evaluated subsequent events through December 12, 2011, the date the consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 were available to be issued.

F-39


Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

17. Subsequent Events (unaudited) (Continued)

Issuance of stock options

        On October 12, 2011, the Board of Directors approved the issuance of options to purchase 712 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.29.

F-40


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

        The following table sets forth the costs and expenses to be paid by the Registrant in connection with the sale of the shares of common stock being registered hereby. All amounts are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the NASDAQ Global Market listing fee.

SEC registration fee

  $ 5,730

FINRA filing fee

    5,500

NASDAQ Global Market listing fee

    *

Printing and engraving

    *

Legal fees and expenses

    *

Accounting fees and expenses

    *

Road show expenses

    *

Blue sky fees and expenses

    *

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

    *

Miscellaneous

    *
     

Total

  $ *
     

*
To be provided by amendment.

ITEM 14.   Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation's board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The terms of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Securities Act.

        As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant's restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except for liability:

    for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Registrant or its stockholders;

    for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (regarding unlawful dividends, stock purchases or redemptions); or

    for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

        As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant's restated bylaws provide that:

    the Registrant is required to indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to very limited exceptions;

    the Registrant may indemnify its other employees and agents as set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law;

II-1


Table of Contents

    the Registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to very limited exceptions; and

    the rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive.

        Prior to the closing of the offering that is the subject of this Registration Statement, the Registrant intends to enter into indemnification agreements with each of its current directors and executive officers to provide these directors and executive officers additional contractual assurances regarding the scope of the indemnification set forth in the Registrant's restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws and to provide additional procedural protections. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director, executive officer or employee of the Registrant regarding which indemnification is sought. Reference is also made to Section 8 of the Underwriting Agreement, which provides for the indemnification of executive officers, directors and controlling persons of the Registrant against certain liabilities. The indemnification provisions in the Registrant's restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws and the indemnification agreements entered into or to be entered into between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers is sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant's directors and executive officers for liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

        The Registrant has directors' and officers' liability insurance for securities matters.

        Reference is made to the following documents filed as exhibits to this Registration Statement regarding relevant indemnification provisions described above and elsewhere herein:

Exhibit Document
  Number  

Form of Underwriting Agreement

    1.01  

Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant

    3.02  

Form of Restated Bylaws of the Registrant

    3.04  

Fourth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and the investors named therein

    4.02  

Form of Indemnity Agreement

    10.01  

ITEM 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

        Since December 1, 2008, the Registrant has issued and sold the following securities:

    1.
    On October 20, 2009, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 939,850 shares of its Series F preferred stock at a purchase price of $5.32 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $5,000,002 to three venture capital funds affiliated with the Registrant that were already shareholders of the Registrant.

    2.
    On October 21, 2009, the Registrant acquired Everyone.net, Inc. In connection with that acquisition the Registrant issued an aggregate of 187,970 shares of its Series F preferred stock to five venture capital or investment funds, one family trust, and one individual who were former shareholders and/or noteholders of Everyone.net, Inc.

    3.
    On May 25, 2010, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 281,955 shares of its Series F preferred stock at a purchase price of $5.32 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $1,500,000 to one venture capital fund.

    4.
    Since December 1, 2008, the Registrant has issued options to its employees, consultants, other service providers and directors to purchase an aggregate of 17,409,068 shares of its common stock under the Registrant's 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan.

II-2


Table of Contents

    5.
    Since December 1, 2008 through November 30, 2011, the Registrant has issued 2,070,113 shares of its common stock to its employees, directors, officers, consultants and/or other service providers upon exercise of options granted by the Registrant under the Registrant's 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, with exercise prices ranging from $0.05 to $2.49 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $2,411,530.

    6.
    On June 23, 2011, the Registrant issued 48,886 shares of its Series B preferred stock upon exercise of warrants issued by the Registrant in connection with a loan and security agreement entered into as of June 23, 2004.

        The sales of the securities described in paragraphs (1) - (3) above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. The recipients of the securities in these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All such recipients represented that they were accredited investors or, together with their purchaser representative, otherwise satisfied applicable requirements. The issuances and sales of the securities described in paragraphs (4) - (5) above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering.

ITEM 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

    (a)    Exhibits.

        See Exhibit Index immediately following the Signature Pages.

    (b)    Financial Statement Schedules.

        All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the information is included in the Registrant's consolidated financial statements or related notes.

ITEM 17.    Undertakings.

        The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to provisions described in Item 14 above, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-3


Table of Contents

        The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

        (1)   for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

        (2)   for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Sunnyvale, State of California, on December 14, 2011.

    PROOFPOINT INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ GARY STEELE

Gary Steele
Chief Executive Officer


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that each individual whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Gary Steele and Paul Auvil, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by the Registration Statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his, her or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done or by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated:

Name
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ GARY STEELE

Gary Steele
  Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)
  December 14, 2011

/s/ PAUL AUVIL

Paul Auvil

 

Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial and accounting officer)

 

December 14, 2011

/s/ DANA EVAN

Dana Evan

 

Director

 

December 14, 2011

/s/ JONATHAN FEIBER

Jonathan Feiber

 

Director

 

December 14, 2011

II-5


Table of Contents

Name
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ ERIC HAHN

Eric Hahn
  Director   December 14, 2011

/s/ KEVIN HARVEY

Kevin Harvey

 

Director

 

December 14, 2011

/s/ PHILIP KOEN

Philip Koen

 

Director

 

December 14, 2011

/s/ ROB WARD

Rob Ward

 

Director

 

December 14, 2011

II-6


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number   Exhibit Title
  1.01 * Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.01   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
  3.02 * Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of this offering.
  3.03   Bylaws of the Registrant.
  3.04 * Form of Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon closing of this offering.
  4.01 * Form of Registrant's common stock certificate.
  4.02   Fourth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and the investors named therein of the Registrant dated February 19, 2008.
  5.01 * Opinion of Fenwick & West LLP regarding the legality of the securities being registered.
  10.01 * Form of Indemnity Agreement.
  10.02   2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and form of option grant.
  10.03 * 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and form of option grant.
  10.04 * 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
  10.05   Lease Agreement between Registrant and Hines VAF No Cal Properties, L.P., dated as of March 28, 2011, as amended July 28, 2011.
  10.06   Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of April 19, 2011, as amended May 19, 2011, between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank.
  10.07   Offer Letter to Gary Steele from the Registrant, dated November 17, 2002.
  10.08   Offer letter to Paul Auvil from the Registrant, dated March 9, 2007.
  10.09   Offer Letter to Tom Cooper from the Registrant, dated November 5, 2010.
  10.10   Offer letter to Wade Chambers from the Registrant, dated November 3, 2008.
  10.11   Offer letter to Dean Hickman-Smith from the Registrant, dated June 5, 2008.
  10.12   Proofpoint Executive Bonus Plan—FY 2010.
  21.01   Subsidiaries of Registrant.
  23.01 * Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (included in Exhibit 5.01).
  23.02   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
  24.01   Power of Attorney (included on page II-5).

*
To be filed by amendment.

II-7




Exhibit 3.01

 

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
PROOFPOINT, INC.

 

PROOFPOINT, INC. , a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”) DOES HEREBY CERTIFY :

 

FIRST :  The Corporation’s original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on June 24, 2002, under the name of Extreme E-Mail, Inc.

 

SECOND :  The Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certification of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on December 16, 2002.

 

THIRD :  The Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Proofpoint, Inc. was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on October 10, 2003.

 

FOURTH :  A Certificate of Amendment of the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Proofpoint, Inc. was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on June 16, 2004.

 

FIFTH :  The Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Proofpoint, Inc. was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on September 2, 2004.

 

SIXTH :  The Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Proofpoint, Inc. was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on June 6, 2005.

 

SEVENTH :  The Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Proofpoint, Inc. was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on March 21, 2006.

 

EIGHTH :  The Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Proofpoint, Inc. was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on June 28, 2006.

 

NINTH :   The Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 245 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by the directors and stockholders of the Corporation.

 

TENTH :  The Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation so adopted reads in full as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and is hereby incorporated herein by this reference and amends and restates the Restated Certificate of Incorporation in its entirety.

 

1



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Proofpoint, Inc. has caused this Certificate to be signed by its Chief Executive Officer this 19th day of February 2008.

 

 

PROOFPOINT, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Gary Steele

 

 

Gary Steele, Chief Executive Officer

 

2



 

EXHIBIT A

 

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
PROOFPOINT, INC.

a Delaware corporation

 

ARTICLE I

 

The name of the Corporation is Proofpoint, Inc.

 

ARTICLE II

 

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the city of Wilmington and the County of New Castle and the name of the registered agent at that address is the Corporation Service Company.

 

ARTICLE III

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

A.                                     Classes of Stock .  This Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares to be designated Preferred Stock (the “ Preferred Stock ”) and Common Stock (the “ Common Stock ”).  The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is Ninety Million Two Hundred Twenty-Three Thousand Eight Hundred Forty-Four (90,223,844).  The total number of shares of Preferred Stock this Corporation shall have authority to issue is Thirty-Five Million Two Hundred Twenty-Three Thousand Eight Hundred Forty-Four (35,223,844).  The total number of shares of Common Stock this Corporation shall have authority to issue is Fifty-Five Million (55,000,000).  The Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0.0001 per share, and the Common Stock shall have a par value of $0.0001 per share.

 

B.                                     The Preferred Stock .  Seven Million Four Hundred Thousand (7,400,000) shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series A Preferred Stock .”  Seven Million One Hundred Nine Thousand Three Hundred Seventy-Five (7,109,375) shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series B Preferred Stock .”  Eight Million Three Hundred Seven Thousand Twenty-Eight (8,307,028) shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series C Preferred Stock .”  Six Hundred Sixty-Four Thousand Five Hundred Sixty-Three (664,563) shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series D Preferred Stock .”  Five Million Seven Hundred Forty-Two Thousand Eight Hundred Seventy-Eight (5,742,878) shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series E Preferred Stock .”  Six Million (6,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series F Preferred Stock .”  The powers, preferences, rights, restrictions, and other matters relating to the Preferred Stock are as follows:

 

1



 

1.                                        Dividends .

 

(a)                                   The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive cash dividends at the rate of $0.08 per share (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse-splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares) per annum, the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive cash dividends at the rate of $0.1024 per share (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse-splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares) per annum, the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive cash dividends at the rate of $0.1926 per share (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse-splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares) per annum, the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive cash dividends at the rate of $0.2408 per share (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse-splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares) per annum, and the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive cash dividends at the rate of $0.2786 per share (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse-splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares) per annum, and the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive cash dividends at the rate of $0.4256 per share (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse-splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares) per annum, payable out of funds legally available therefor.  Dividends payable on the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock under this Section B.1(a) shall be payable in cash on a pari passu basis, when, as and if declared by the board of directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) and shall be non-cumulative.

 

So long as any shares of Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, no dividends (other than those payable solely in Common Stock) or other distribution of any kind shall be paid on any Common Stock during any fiscal year of the Corporation until cash dividends at the rate of $0.08 per share (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse-splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares) per annum, on the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, cash dividends at the rate of $0.1024 per share (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse-splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares) per annum, on the outstanding Series B Preferred Stock, cash dividends at the rate of $0.1926 per share (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse-splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares) per annum, on the outstanding Series C Preferred Stock, cash dividends at the rate of $0.2408 per share (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse-splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares) per annum, on the outstanding Series D Preferred Stock, cash dividends at the rate of $0.2786 per share (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse-splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares) per annum, on the outstanding Series E Preferred Stock, and cash dividends at the rate of $0.4256 per share (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse-splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares) per annum, on the outstanding Series F Preferred Stock, shall have been paid or declared and set apart during that fiscal year and any prior year in which dividends accumulated but remain unpaid.

 

2



 

(b)                                  If, after cash dividends in the full preferential amount specified in Section B.1(a) for the Preferred Stock have been paid in full, the Board of Directors shall declare additional cash dividends out of funds legally available therefor, then such additional cash dividends shall be declared and paid pro rata on the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock on a pari passu basis according to the number of shares of Common Stock held by such holders, where each holder of shares of Preferred Stock is to be treated for this purpose as holding the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock then issuable upon conversion of all shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder pursuant to Section 4 hereof.

 

(c)                                   If, after cash dividends in the full preferential amount specified in Section B.1(a) for the Preferred Stock have been paid in full, the Corporation shall declare a distribution payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by the Corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights to purchase any such securities or evidences of indebtedness, then, in each such case the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though the holders of the Preferred Stock were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation into which their respective shares of Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to receive such distribution.

 

2.                                        Liquidation Preference .

 

(a)                                   In the event of any liquidation under applicable bankruptcy or reorganization legislation or the dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (a “ Liquidation ”) the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on a pari passu basis and prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the stockholders to the holders of the Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, the amount of (i) $1.00 per share (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse-splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares), plus all accrued or declared but unpaid dividends on such share for each share of Series A Preferred Stock then held by them, (ii) $1.28 per share (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse-splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares), plus all accrued or declared but unpaid dividends on such share for each share of Series B Preferred Stock then held by them, (iii) $2.4076 per share (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse-splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares), plus all accrued or declared but unpaid dividends on such share for each share of Series C Preferred Stock then held by them, (iv) $3.0095 per share (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse-splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares), plus all accrued or declared but unpaid dividends on such share for each share of Series D Preferred Stock then held by them, (v) $3.4826 per share (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse-splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares), plus all accrued or declared but unpaid dividends on such share for each share of Series E Preferred Stock then held by them and (vi) $5.32 per share (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse-splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares), plus all accrued or declared but unpaid dividends on such share for each share of Series F Preferred Stock then held by them.  If upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds

 

3



 

thus distributed among the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full aforesaid preferential amount, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the stockholders shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Preferred Stock in proportion to the preferential amount each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

 

(b)                                  Upon the completion of the distribution required by Section B.2(a), the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets or surplus funds of the Corporation, and any remaining assets or surplus funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of shares of Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each such holder.

 

(c)                                   For purposes of this Section B.2, unless the holders of greater than sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Preferred Stock then outstanding (voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis) shall otherwise determine by written consent, vote or agreement, (i) any acquisition of the Corporation by means of merger or other form of corporate reorganization in which outstanding shares of the Corporation are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring corporation (or parent thereof) or its subsidiary (other than a mere reincorporation transaction) and pursuant to which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or other transaction fail to retain equity securities representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the Corporation or surviving entity immediately following such consolidation, merger or other transaction (excluding voting securities of the acquiring corporation held by such holders prior to such transaction), (ii) any voluntary sale, conveyance, exchange or transfer to another person, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of securities representing greater than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the Corporation or (iii) any voluntary sale, conveyance, exchange or transfer to another person or group (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation ((i), (ii) and (iii) each, a “ Sale Transaction ”) shall be treated as a Liquidation of the Corporation and shall entitle the holders of Preferred Stock to receive at the closing of a Sale Transaction in cash, securities or other property (valued as provided in Section B.2(d) and (e) below) amounts as specified in Section B.2(a).

 

(d)                                  Whenever the distribution provided for in this Section B.2 shall be payable in securities or property other than cash, the value of such distribution shall be the fair market value of such securities or other property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding Section B.2(d) of this Article IV, any securities shall be valued as follows:

 

(i)                                      Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability covered by (ii) below:

 

4



 

(A)                               If traded on a securities exchange or through the Nasdaq National Market, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such quotation system over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing of a Sale Transaction;

 

(B)                                 If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing of a Sale Transaction; and

 

(C)                                 If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined by the Board of Directors.

 

(ii)                                   The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in (i) (A), (B) or (C) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined by the Board of Directors.

 

(f)                                     The Corporation shall give each holder of record of Preferred Stock written notice of any Sale Transaction not later than twenty (20) days prior to the stockholders’ meeting called to approve such transaction, or twenty (20) days prior to the closing of such transaction, whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holders in writing of the final approval of such transaction.  The first of such notices shall describe the material terms and conditions of the impending transaction and the provisions of this Section B.2, and the Corporation shall thereafter give such holders prompt notice of any material changes.  The transaction shall in no event take place sooner than twenty (20) days after the Corporation has given the first notice provided for herein or sooner than ten (10) days after the Corporation has given notice of material changes provided for herein; provided, however, that such periods may be shortened upon the written consent, vote or agreement of the holders of Preferred Stock that are entitled to such notice rights or similar notice rights and that represent a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock.

 

3.                                        Voting Rights .

 

(a)                                   General Rights .  In addition to the voting rights which the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock are entitled under or granted by the Delaware General Corporation Law or otherwise expressly provided herein, each holder of shares of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast that number of votes as is equal to the number of votes that such holder would be entitled to cast had such holder converted its shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section B.4 below on the record date for the vote or consent of stockholders eligible to vote on any such matters (or, if no record date is established, on the date such vote is taken or consent solicited) and shall have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the Common Stock voting together with the Common Stock on the election of Independent Directors (as defined below) and all other matters submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for a vote as a single class and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation.  Except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law, the holders of Preferred

 

5



 

Stock and the holders of Common Stock shall vote together and not as separate classes.   Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights resulting from the above formula (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward).

 

(b)                                  Election of Directors .  In addition to the voting rights set forth in Section B.3(a) above, (i) the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) members of the Board of Directors, (ii) the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board of Directors, (iii) the holders of Series C Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board of Directors, (iv) the holders of the Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) members of the Board of Directors and (v) the holders of the Preferred Stock and Common Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect all remaining directors (the “ Independent Directors ”).  In the event of a vacancy in the office of any director elected by the holders of any class, a successor shall be elected to hold office for the unexpired term of such director by the holders of shares of such separate class.

 

4.                                        Conversion .  The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

 

(a)                                   Right to Convert .  Any holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall have the right, at its option, at any time, and from time to time, to convert, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section B.4, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, any or all of such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing (i) in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock, $1.00 (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse-splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares) by the Series A Conversion Price, determined as hereinafter provided, (ii) in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock, $1.28 (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse-splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares) by the Series B Conversion Price, determined as hereinafter provided, (iii) in the case of the Series C Preferred Stock, $2.4076 (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse-splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares) by the Series C Conversion Price, determined as hereinafter provided, (iv) in the case of the Series D Preferred Stock, $3.0095 (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse-splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares) by the Series D Conversion Price, determined as hereinafter provided, (v) in the case of the Series E Preferred Stock, $3.4826 (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse-splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares) by the Series E Conversion Price, determined as hereinafter provided and (vi) in the case of the Series F Preferred Stock, $5.32 (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse-splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares) by the Series F Conversion Price, in each case as in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion.  On the Original Issue Date, the price at which shares of Common Stock shall be deliverable upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock shall initially be (i) in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock, $1.00

 

6



 

per share (the “ Series A Conversion Price ”), (ii) in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock, $1.28 per share (the “ Series B Conversion Price ”), (iii) in the case of the Series C Preferred Stock, $2.4076 per share (the “ Series C Conversion Price ”), (iv) in the case of the Series D Preferred Stock, $2.4076 per share (the “ Series D Conversion Price ”), (v) in the case of the Series E Preferred Stock, $3.46655 per share (the “ Series E Conversion Price ”), and (vi) in the case of the Series F Preferred Stock, $5.32 per share (the “ Series F Conversion Price ”).  Thereafter, such Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price, Series E Conversion Price and Series F Conversion Price shall be adjusted as hereinafter provided.

 

(b)                                  Automatic Conversion .  Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the then effective applicable Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock upon the earlier of (i) the date specified by written consent or agreement of holders of at least sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding (voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis) provided, however, that no share of Series F Preferred Stock shall be automatically converted pursuant to the foregoing in connection with, or in anticipation of, a Sale Transaction in which holders of Series F Preferred Stock do not receive the full preference amount set forth in Section B.2(a) of this Article IV, unless such written consent or agreement is endorsed by the holders of a majority of the Series F Preferred Stock then outstanding (voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis); or (ii) immediately upon the closing of the sale of the Corporation’s Common Stock in an underwritten public offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), in which the aggregate proceeds to the Corporation (before deduction for underwriters’ discounts and commissions and expenses relating to the issuance) exceed $40,000,000  and in which the public offering price per share (before deduction for underwriters’ discounts and commissions and expenses relating to the issuance) equals or exceeds $10.64 per share  (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse-splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares) (a “ Qualified IPO ”).

 

(c)                                   Mechanics of Conversion .

 

(i)                                      Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for such stock (or, if the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed, such holder shall execute an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates in lieu of providing such certificates), and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that he elects to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which he wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued; provided, however, that in the event of an automatic conversion pursuant to Section B.4(b) above, the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent, and provided further that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such automatic conversion unless the certificates evidencing such shares of

 

7



 

Preferred Stock are either delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent as provided above or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates.  The Corporation shall, as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter (subject to compliance with the applicable provisions of federal and state securities laws), issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which he shall be entitled as aforesaid and shall promptly pay in cash or, to the extent sufficient funds are not then legally available therefor, in Common Stock (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined in good faith by the Board of Directors as of the date of such conversion) an amount equal to any declared and unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock being converted.  Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date.

 

(ii)                                   All certificates representing shares of Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion shall be delivered to the Corporation for cancellation and canceled by it and may not be reissued.

 

(iii)                                If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offering of securities pursuant to the Securities Act, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering shares of Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.

 

(iv)                               On the date of an optional conversion or an automatic conversion, all rights with respect to the shares of Preferred Stock so converted, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote, shall terminate, except only the rights of the holders thereof to (i) receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Preferred Stock have been converted and (ii) exercise the rights to which they are entitled as holders of Common Stock.

 

(d)                                  Adjustments to Conversion Price for Certain Dilutive Issuances .

 

(i)                                      Special Definitions .  For purposes of this Section B.4(d), the following definitions apply:

 

(A)                               Options ” shall mean rights, options, or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire either Common Stock or Convertible Securities (defined below).

 

(B)                                 Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which a share of Series F Preferred Stock was first issued.

 

8


 

(C)                                 Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares (other than Common Stock and Preferred Stock) or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.

 

(D)                                Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section B.4(d)(iii), deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Original Issue Date, other than shares of Common Stock issued or issuable:

 

(1)                                   upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock;

 

(2)                                   to officers, directors or employees of, or consultants to, the Corporation pursuant to stock option or stock purchase plans or agreements, on terms approved by the Board of Directors (including, with respect to the officers of the Corporation, a majority of directors who are not also employees of the Corporation);

 

(3)                                   as a dividend or distribution on the Preferred Stock;

 

(4)                                   for which adjustment of the applicable Conversion Price is made pursuant to Section B.4(e);

 

(5)                                   any securities offered by the Corporation to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act in a transaction resulting in the automatic conversion of the Preferred Stock under Section B.4(b) above;

 

(6)                                   any securities issued pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation or entity (that is not affiliated with the Corporation or any of its stockholders) by the Corporation by consolidation, merger, purchase of all or substantially all of the assets or other reorganization in which the Corporation acquires, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, all or substantially all of the assets of such other corporation or entity, 50% or more of the voting power of such other corporation or entity, or 50% or more of the equity ownership of such other entity and which transaction is approved by the Board of Directors; or

 

(7)                                   shares of any capital stock (and/or options or warrants therefor) issued to parties providing the Corporation with equipment leases, real property leases, loans, credit lines, guaranties of indebtedness, cash price reductions or similar financing or other strategic partners approved by the Board of Directors and not primarily for equity financing purposes.

 

(ii)                                   No Adjustment of Conversion Price .  Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no adjustment in the Conversion Price for any series of Preferred Stock shall be made in respect of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock unless the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Section B.4(d)(v) hereof) for an Additional Share of Common Stock issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is less than

 

9



 

the Conversion Price in effect for such series of Preferred Stock on the date of, and immediately prior to, such issue.

 

(iii)                                Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock .  In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities then entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of all conditions to exercise and conversion, including the passage of time, have been satisfied, but without regard to any potential antidilution adjustments) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date for consideration determined in accordance with Section B.4(d)(v), provided further that in any such case in which Additional Shares of Common Stock are deemed to be issued:

 

(A)                               no further adjustments in the applicable Conversion Price shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

 

(B)                                 if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any change in the consideration payable to the Corporation, or change in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable, upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof (including, but not limited to a change resulting from the antidilution provisions thereof), the applicable Conversion Price computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon any such increase or decrease becoming effective, be recomputed to reflect such increase or decrease insofar as it affects such Options or the rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities (provided, however, that no such adjustment of such Conversion Price shall effect Common Stock previously issued upon conversion of such Preferred Stock);

 

(C)                                 upon the expiration of any such Options, the termination of any such rights to convert or exchange Convertible Securities, the applicable Conversion Price, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities or options or rights related to such securities, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock (including Common Stock that may be issued upon conversion or exchange of any Convertible Securities which remain in effect) actually issued upon the exercise of such options or rights, upon the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or upon the exercise of the Options related to such securities (provided, however, that no such adjustment of the Conversion Price for any series of Preferred Stock shall effect Common Stock previously issued upon conversion of such series of Preferred Stock); and

 

10



 

(D)                                no readjustment pursuant to clause (2) or (3) above shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price for any series of Preferred Stock to an amount which exceeds the lower of (a) such Conversion Price on the original adjustment date with respect to such issuance, or (b) the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock that would have resulted from any issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock (or deemed issuance pursuant to section B.4(d)(iii)) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

 

(iv)                               Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock .  In the event this Corporation, at any time after the Original Issue Date, shall issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Section B.4(d)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price with respect to the any series of Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then and in such event, the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock shall be reduced concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued would purchase at such Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued.  For the purpose of the above calculation, the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue shall be calculated on a fully diluted basis, as if all shares of Preferred Stock and all outstanding Convertible Securities had been fully converted into shares of Common Stock and any outstanding warrants, Options or other rights for the purchase of shares of stock or convertible securities had been fully exercised (and the resulting securities fully converted into shares of Common Stock, if so convertible) as of such date.

 

(v)                                  Determination of Consideration .  For purposes of this Section B.4(d), the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock (or deemed issuance pursuant to Section B.4(d)(iii)) shall be computed as follows:

 

(A)                               Cash and Property .  Such consideration shall:

 

(1)                                   insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest or accrued dividends;

 

(2)                                   insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

 

(3)                                   in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for

 

11



 

consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration with respect to the Additional Shares of Common Stock so received, computed as provided in clauses (A) and (B) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

(B)                                 Options and Convertible Securities .  The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section B.4(d)(iii), relating to Options and Convertible Securities shall be determined by dividing:

 

(1)                                   the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein designed to protect against potential dilution) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities by

 

(2)                                   the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein designed to protect against potential dilution) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

(e)                                   Adjustments to Conversion Prices for Stock Dividends and for Combinations or Subdivisions of Common Stock .  If this Corporation, at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall declare or pay, without consideration, any dividend on the Common Stock payable in Common Stock or in any right to acquire Common Stock for no consideration, or shall effect a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares of Common Stock (by stock dividend, stock split, reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in Common Stock or in any right to acquire Common Stock), or if the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then the Conversion Price for each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such event shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such event, be proportionately decreased or increased, as appropriate, so that the holder of any shares of Preferred Stock thereafter surrendered for conversion shall be entitled to receive the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Corporation that such holder would have owned or would have been entitled to receive upon or by reason of any of the foregoing events had such shares of Preferred Stock been converted immediately prior to the occurrence of such event.  In the event that this Corporation shall declare or pay, without consideration, any dividend on the Common Stock payable in any right to acquire Common Stock for no consideration then the Corporation shall be deemed to have made a dividend payable in Common Stock in an amount of shares equal to the maximum number of shares issuable upon exercise of such rights to acquire Common Stock.

 

12


 

(f)                                     Adjustments for Reclassification and Reorganization .  If the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of any series of Preferred Stock shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for in Section B.4(e) above or a Sale Transaction that is treated as a Liquidation), the Conversion Price then in effect for such series of Preferred Stock shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such reorganization or reclassification, be proportionately adjusted so that such series of Preferred Stock shall be convertible into, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock that the holders would otherwise have been entitled to receive, a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock equivalent to the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been subject to receipt by the holders upon conversion of such series of Preferred Stock immediately before that change.

 

(g)                                  No Impairment .  The Corporation will not, except in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law and Section B.5 hereof, by amendment of this Certificate by merger, consolidation or otherwise or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed by the Corporation under any Article of this Certificate, including, without limitation, this Section B.4, and will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section B.4 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the Conversion Rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock against impairment.

 

(h)                                  Certificates as to Adjustments .  Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of any Conversion Price pursuant to this Section B.4, the Corporation at its expense shall within a reasonable period (not to exceed ten (10) business days) compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of such series of Preferred Stock a certificate executed by the Corporation’s President or a Vice President setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.  The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock at the time in effect, and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon the conversion of such series of Preferred Stock.

 

(i)                                      Notices of Record Date .  If the Corporation shall propose at any time: (i) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock or other securities, whether or not a regular cash dividend and whether or not out of earnings or earned surplus; (ii) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (iii) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Stock outstanding involving a change in the Common Stock; (iv) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (v) to sell shares of Common Stock in a Qualified IPO; then, in connection with each such event, the Corporation shall send to the holders of the Preferred Stock: (1) at least twenty (20) days

 

13



 

prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for such dividend, distribution or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (iii) and (iv) above; and (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (iii), (iv) and (v) above, at least twenty (20) days prior written notice of the date when the same shall take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event).

 

(j)                                      Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion .  The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Certificate.

 

(k)                                   Fractional Shares .  No fractional share shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of Preferred Stock.  All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of Preferred Stock by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share.  If, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of a fraction of a share of Common Stock, the Corporation shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay the holder otherwise entitled to such fraction a sum in cash equal to the fair market value of such fraction on the date of conversion (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors).

 

(l)                                      Notices .  Any notice required by the provisions of this Section B.4 to be given to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at his address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

 

5.                                        Restrictions and Limitations .

 

(a)                                   Series Protective Provisions for Series C Preferred Stock .  So long as at least One Million (1,000,000) shares of Series C Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations or splits with respect to such shares), notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the Bylaws of the Corporation or otherwise, neither the Corporation, the Board of Directors nor the stockholders of the Corporation shall approve, consent to or ratify any of the following actions (whether by amendment or restatement of the Certificate of Incorporation, by agreement of merger, consolidation, business combination, recapitalization, reincorporation or other corporate transaction or series of related transactions) without the affirmative vote or written consent by

 

14



 

the holders of at least sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the then outstanding shares of the Series C Preferred Stock (voting as a separate series):

 

(i)                                      Amend or waive any provision of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation to alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges so as to adversely affect the Series C Preferred Stock unless such alteration or change so affects the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock;

 

(ii)                                   Amend or waive any provision of the Corporation’s Bylaws relative to the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series C Preferred Stock; or

 

(iii)                                Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

 

(b)                                  Series Protective Provisions for Series D Preferred Stock .  So long as at least Two Hundred Thousand (200,000) shares of Series D Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations or splits with respect to such shares), notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the Bylaws of the Corporation or otherwise, neither the Corporation, the Board of Directors nor the stockholders of the Corporation shall approve, consent to or ratify any of the following actions (whether by amendment or restatement of the Certificate of Incorporation, by agreement of merger, consolidation, business combination, recapitalization, reincorporation or other corporate transaction or series of related transactions) without the affirmative vote or written consent by the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the then outstanding shares of the Series D Preferred Stock (voting as a separate series):

 

(i)                                      Amend or waive any provision of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation to alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges so as to adversely affect the Series D Preferred Stock unless such alteration or change so affects the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock;

 

(ii)                                   Amend or waive any provision of the Corporation’s Bylaws relative to the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series D Preferred Stock; or

 

(iii)                                Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock.

 

(c)                                   Series Protective Provisions for Series E Preferred Stock .  So long as at least One Million (1,000,000) shares of Series E Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations or splits with respect to such shares), notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the Bylaws of the Corporation or otherwise, neither the Corporation, the Board of Directors nor the stockholders of the Corporation shall approve, consent to or ratify any of the following actions (whether by amendment or restatement of the Certificate of Incorporation, by agreement of merger, consolidation, business combination, recapitalization, reincorporation or other corporate transaction or series of related transactions) without the affirmative vote or written consent by

 

15



 

the holders of at least sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the then outstanding shares of the Series E Preferred Stock (voting as a separate series):

 

(i)                                      Amend or waive any provision of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation to alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges so as to adversely affect the Series E Preferred Stock unless such alteration or change so affects the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock;

 

(ii)                                   Amend or waive any provision of the Corporation’s Bylaws relative to the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series E Preferred Stock; or

 

(iii)                                Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock.

 

(d)                                  Series Protective Provisions for Series F Preferred Stock .  So long as at least One Million (1,000,000) shares of Series F Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations or splits with respect to such shares), notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the Bylaws of the Corporation or otherwise, neither the Corporation, the Board of Directors nor the stockholders of the Corporation shall approve, consent to or ratify any of the following actions (whether by amendment or restatement of the Certificate of Incorporation, by agreement of merger, consolidation, business combination, recapitalization, reincorporation or other corporate transaction or series of related transactions) without the affirmative vote or written consent by the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Series F Preferred Stock (voting as a separate series):

 

(i)                                      Amend or waive any provision of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation to alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges so as to adversely affect the Series F Preferred Stock unless such alteration or change so affects the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock;

 

(ii)                                   Amend or waive any provision of the Corporation’s Bylaws relative to the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series F Preferred Stock; or

 

(iii)                                Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Series F Preferred Stock.

 

(e)                                   Class Protective Provisions .  So long as at least One Million (1,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations or splits with respect to such shares), notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the Bylaws of the Corporation or otherwise, neither the Corporation, the Board of Directors nor the stockholders of the Corporation shall approve, consent to or ratify any of the following actions (whether by amendment or restatement of the Certificate of Incorporation, by agreement of merger, consolidation, business combination, recapitalization, reincorporation or other corporate transaction or series of related transactions, and whether directly or through action taken by a subsidiary of the Corporation) without the affirmative vote

 

16



 

or written consent by the holders of at least sixty-six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock (voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis); provided , that the shares of Preferred Stock held by any stockholder affiliated with any person (other than the Corporation) engaged in any transaction for which approval is being sought under B.5(i) shall be disregarded for purposes of determining whether such approval is obtained:

 

(i)                                      Any act or thing that results in the payment or declaration of any dividend (other than those payable solely in Common Stock) on any shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock;

 

(ii)                                   Any act or thing that results in the redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of any shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock, provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to (i) the repurchase of shares of Common Stock at cost from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to a stock purchase agreement, stock option agreement or restricted stock plan approved by the Board of Directors under which the Corporation has the option to repurchase such shares at cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment, or (ii) the exercise of the Corporation’s right of first refusal, approved by the Board of Directors, upon a proposed transfer;

 

(iii)                                Authorize, create or issue, or obligate itself to authorize, create or issue, any other equity security (including any security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security) having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on a parity with the Preferred Stock, including with respect to dividends, voting or upon a liquidation;

 

(iv)                               Amend, alter, waive or otherwise change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Preferred Stock;

 

(v)                                  Amend or alter its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws;

 

(vi)                               Enter into any transaction involving the right to purchase or otherwise obtain shares of the Corporation’s capital stock from the Corporation, other than shares of capital stock (and/or options or warrants therefor) issued to employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to a stock option agreement, restricted stock plan or other arrangement approved by the Board of Directors;

 

(vii)                            Issue or incur any indebtedness outside the ordinary course of business, unless such action is approved by the Board of Directors, including the approval of at least two (2) directors elected by the holders of the Preferred Stock;

 

(viii)                         Consummate any Sale Transaction;

 

(ix)                                 Engage in any material transaction outside the ordinary course of business with an affiliate of the Corporation or of any stockholder of the Corporation, other than a transaction subject to the right of first refusal set forth in Section 3.1 of the Corporation’s Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated on or around

 

17



 

February 19, 2008, regardless of whether such right of first refusal is waived by the holders thereof;

 

(x)                                    Increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock; or

 

(xi)                                 Change the authorized number of directors of the Corporation.

 

6.                                        No Reissuance of Preferred Stock .  No share or shares of Preferred Stock acquired by the Corporation by reason of purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued, and all such shares shall be cancelled, retired and eliminated from the shares that the Corporation shall be authorized to issue.

 

7.                                        No Redemption of Preferred Stock .  The shares of Preferred Stock shall not be subject to redemption, whether at the option of the Corporation or any holder thereof, or otherwise.

 

C.                                     The Common Stock .

 

1.                                        Dividend Rights .  Subject to the prior rights of the holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets or the Corporation legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

2.                                        Liquidation Rights .  Upon the Liquidation of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation shall be distributed as provided in Section B.2 of this Article IV.

 

3.                                        Voting Rights .  The holder of each share of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of this Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law.  The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

ARTICLE V

 

A director of the Corporation shall not, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit.  If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article to authorize Corporation action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors then the

 

18



 

liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as so amended.

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article V by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide.  The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Subject to Sections B.4 and B.5 of Article IV above, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Subject to Section B.5 of Article IV above, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in the Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation; provided however, whenever this Certificate of Incorporation requires for action by the Board of Directors, the action by a specific director or for action by the holders of any series of shares of the Corporation, as the case may be, the vote or consent of a greater number of directors greater than required by law, the vote or consent of a specific director, or the vote or consent of more than a majority of holders of such series of shares, as the case may be, the provision of this Certificate of Incorporation requiring such greater or specific vote or consent shall not be altered, amended or repealed without first obtaining such greater or specific vote or consent to such alteration, amendment or repeal.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which Delaware General Corporation Law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject only to limits created by applicable Delaware General Corporation Law (statutory or non-statutory), with respect to actions for breach of duty to this corporation, its stockholders, and others.

 

Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article IX shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director, officer, agent, or other person

 

19



 

existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of this corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director, officer or agent occurring prior to, such amendment, repeal or modification.

 


 

20


 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF PROOFPOINT, INC.

 

Proofpoint, Inc., a Delaware corporation, does hereby certify that the following amendment to the corporation’s Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, with the approval of such amendment by the corporation’s stockholders having been given by written consent without a meeting in accordance with Sections 228(d) and 242 of the Delaware General Corporation Law:

 

The first two paragraphs of Article IV of the corporation’s Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, relating to the authorized capital stock of the corporation, are hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

 

A.                                     Classes of Stock .  This Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares to be designated Preferred Stock (the “ Preferred Stock ”) and Common Stock (the “ Common Stock ”).  The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is Ninety-Eight Million Three Hundred Twenty-Three Thousand Eight Hundred Forty-Four (98,323,844).  The total number of shares of Preferred Stock this Corporation shall have authority to issue is Thirty-Eight Million Three Hundred Twenty-Three Thousand Eight Hundred Forty-Four (38,323,844).  The total number of shares of Common Stock this Corporation shall have authority to issue is Sixty Million (60,000,000).  The Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0.0001 per share, and the Common Stock shall have a par value of $0.0001 per share.

 

B.                                     The Preferred Stock .  Seven Million Four Hundred Thousand (7,400,000) shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series A Preferred Stock .”  Seven Million One Hundred Nine Thousand Three Hundred Seventy-Five (7,109,375) shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series B Preferred Stock .”  Eight Million Three Hundred Seven Thousand Twenty-Eight (8,307,028) shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series C Preferred Stock .”  Six Hundred Sixty-Four Thousand Five Hundred Sixty-Three (664,563) shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series D Preferred Stock .”  Five Million Seven Hundred Forty-Two Thousand Eight Hundred Seventy-Eight (5,742,878) shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series E Preferred Stock .”  Nine Million One Hundred Thousand (9,100,000) shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series F Preferred Stock .”  The powers, preferences, rights, restrictions, and other matters relating to the Preferred Stock are as follows:

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by its duly authorized officer this 19th day of June 2008, and the foregoing facts stated herein are true and correct.

 

 

Proofpoint, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gary Steele

 

 

Gary Steele

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 


 

SECOND CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF PROOFPOINT, INC.

 

Proofpoint, Inc., a Delaware corporation, does hereby certify that the following amendment to the corporation’s Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, with the approval of such amendment by the corporation’s stockholders having been given by written consent without a meeting in accordance with Sections 228(d) and 242 of the Delaware General Corporation Law:

 

The first two paragraphs of Article IV of the corporation’s Seventh Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, relating to the authorized capital stock of the corporation, are hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

 

A.                                     Classes of Stock .  This Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares to be designated Preferred Stock (the “ Preferred Stock ”) and Common Stock (the “ Common Stock ”).  The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation shall have the authority to issue is One Hundred Nine Million Four Hundred Twenty-Three Thousand Eight Hundred Forty-Four (109,423,844).  The total number of shares of Preferred Stock this Corporation shall have authority to issue is Thirty-Nine Million Four Hundred Twenty-Three Thousand Eight Hundred Forty-Four (39,423,844).  The total number of shares of Common Stock this Corporation shall have authority to issue is Seventy Million (70,000,000).  The Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0.0001 per share, and the Common Stock shall have a par value of $0.0001 per share.

 

B.                                     The Preferred Stock .  Seven Million Four Hundred Thousand (7,400,000) shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series A Preferred Stock .”  Seven Million One Hundred Nine Thousand Three Hundred Seventy-Five (7,109,375) shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series B Preferred Stock .”  Eight Million Three Hundred Seven Thousand Twenty-Eight (8,307,028) shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series C Preferred Stock .”  Six Hundred Sixty-Four Thousand Five Hundred Sixty-Three (664,563) shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series D Preferred Stock .”  Five Million Seven Hundred Forty-Two Thousand Eight Hundred Seventy-Eight (5,742,878) shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series E Preferred Stock .”  Ten Million Two Hundred Thousand (10,200,000) shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series F Preferred Stock .”  The powers, preferences, rights, restrictions, and other matters relating to the Preferred Stock are as follows:

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by its duly authorized officer this 19th day of October 2009, and the foregoing facts stated herein are true and correct.

 

 

Proofpoint, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gary Steele

 

 

Gary Steele

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 




Exhibit 3.03

 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

E XTREME E-MAIL, INC.,
a Delaware corporation

 

ARTICLE I.
OFFICES

 

Section 1.                                             Registered Office .  The registered office shall be at the office of the Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

 

Section 2.                                             Other Offices .  The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II.
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1.                                             Annual Meeting .  An annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated on an annual basis by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.  Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.  Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting.

 

Section 2.                                             Notice of Annual Meeting .  Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting.

 

Section 3.                                             Voting List .  The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, or cause a third party to prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii)

 



 

during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation.  If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.  If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

 

Section 4.                                             Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the stockholders of this corporation, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, shall be called by the Chief Executive Officer, President or Secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors or holders of at least ten percent (10%) of the total voting power of all outstanding shares of stock of this corporation then entitled to vote, and may not be called absent such a request.  Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

 

Section 5.                                             Notice of Special Meetings .  As soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of a request as provided in Section 4 of this Article II, written notice of a special meeting, stating the place, if any, date (which shall be not less than ten nor more than sixty days from the date of the notice) and hour of the special meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such special meeting, and the purpose or purposes for which the special meeting is called, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such special meeting.

 

Section 6.                                             Scope of Business at Special Meeting .  Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

 

Section 7.                                             Quorum .  The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.  If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting or the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented.  At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.  If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting as provided in Section 5 of this Article II.

 

Section 8.                                             Qualifications to Vote .  The stockholders of record on the books of the corporation at the close of business on the record date as determined by the Board of Directors and only such stockholders shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof.

 

2



 

Section 9.                                             Record Date .  The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any stockholders’ meeting and at any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action.  The record date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, and not more than sixty days prior to any other action.  If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.  A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

Section 10.                                       Action at Meetings .  When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of applicable law or of the Certificate of Incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

 

Section 11.                                       Voting and Proxies .  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.  Each proxy shall be revocable unless expressly provided therein to be irrevocable and unless it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power.

 

Section 12.                                       Action by Stockholders Without a Meeting .  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware (by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested), to its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded provided, however, that action by written consent to elect directors, if less than unanimous, shall be in lieu of holding an annual meeting only if all the directorships to which directors could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action.  Prompt notice of the taking of corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of

 

3



 

the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take the action were delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware (by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested), to its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings or meetings of stockholders are recorded.

 

An electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or by a person authorized to act for a stockholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this Section 12, provided that such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or by a person authorized to act for the stockholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or authorized person transmitted such electronic transmission.  The date on which such electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed.  No consent given by electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to its registered office in Delaware (by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested), to its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.  Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the corporation or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner in which the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.  Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

 

Section 13.                                       Meeting by Remote Communication .  If authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, stockholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication participate in a meeting of stockholders and be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (i) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at such meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder, (ii) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in such meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of such meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) if any stockholder votes or takes other action at such meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the corporation.

 

4



 

ARTICLE III.
DIRECTORS

 

Section 1.                                             Powers .  The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by applicable law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

 

Section 2.                                             Number; Election; Tenure and Qualification .  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors which shall constitute the whole board shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the Stockholders at an annual meeting of the Stockholders (unless the directors are elected by written consent in lieu of an annual meeting as provided in Article II, Section 12).  With the exception of the first Board of Directors, which shall be elected by the incorporator, and except as provided in the corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or in Section 3 of this Article III, the directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders by a plurality vote of the shares represented in person or by proxy and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified unless he shall resign, become disqualified, disabled, or otherwise removed.  Directors need not be stockholders.

 

Section 3.                                             Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships .  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly-created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.  The directors so chosen shall serve until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced.  If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by applicable law.  If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent of the total number of shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

 

Section 4.                                             Location of Meetings .  The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

 

Section 5.                                             Meeting of Newly Elected Board of Directors .  The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present.  In the event such meeting is not held at such time, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

 

Section 6.                                             Regular Meetings .  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by

 

5



 

the Board of Directors; provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given notice of such location.

 

Section 7.                                             Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the President on two days’ notice to each director by mail, overnight courier service or facsimile; special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in a like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors unless the Board of Directors consists of only one director, in which case special meetings shall be called by the President or Secretary in a like manner and on like notice on the written request of the sole director.  Notice may be waived in accordance with Section 229 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 8.                                             Quorum and Action at Meetings .  At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.  If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

Section 9.                                             Action Without a Meeting .  Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.  Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

Section 10.                                       Telephonic Meeting .  Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

Section 11.                                       Committees .  The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

6



 

Section 12.                                       Committee Authority .  Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (a) approving, adopting or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the corporation.  Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 13.                                       Committee Minutes .  Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required to do so by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 14.                                       Directors Compensation .  Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.  The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director.  No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.  Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

Section 15.                                       Resignation .  Any director or officer of the corporation may resign at any time.  Each such resignation shall be made in writing or by electronic transmission and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or, if no time is specified, at the time of its receipt by either the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary.  The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless expressly so provided in the resignation.

 

Section 16.                                       Removal .  Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or applicable law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 

ARTICLE IV.
NOTICES

 

Section 1.                                             Notice to Directors and Stockholders .  Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given (i) by electronic transmission when such director or stockholder has consented to the delivery of notice in such form, and such notice shall be deemed to be given when directed to the proper facsimile number, electronic mail address or other proper electronic destination or (ii) in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall

 

7



 

be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail.  An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.  Notice to directors may also be given by telephone (with confirmation of receipt).

 

Section 2.                                             Waiver .  Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.  The written or electronic waiver need not specify the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors, or members of a committee of directors.  Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Attendance at the meeting is not a waiver of any right to object to the consideration of matters required by the Delaware General Corporation Law to be included in the notice of the meeting but not so included, if such objection is expressly made at the meeting.

 

ARTICLE V.
OFFICERS

 

Section 1.                                             Enumeration .  The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall include a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer or Chief Financial Officer and such other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine.  The Board of Directors may elect from among its members a Chairman or Chairmen of the Board and a Vice Chairman of the Board.  The Board of Directors may also choose one or more Vice-Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide.

 

Section 2.                                             Election .  The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall elect a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine.

 

Section 3.                                             Appointment of Other Agents .  The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.                                             Compensation .  The salaries of all officers of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.  The salaries of agents of the corporation shall, unless fixed by the Board of Directors, be fixed by the President or any Vice-President of the corporation.

 

Section 5.                                             Tenure .  The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify.  Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors

 

8



 

may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors of the Board of Directors.  Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 6.                                             Chairman of the Board and Vice-Chairman of the Board .  The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which the Chairman shall be present.  The Chairman shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to the Chairman by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law.  In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which the Vice Chairman shall be present.  The Vice Chairman shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to such person by the Board of Directors and as may be provided by law.

 

Section 7.                                             Chief Executive Officer, President .  The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation unless such title is assigned to another officer of the corporation.  In the absence of a Chairman and Vice Chairman of the Board, the President or the Chief Executive Officer, should there be such a person, shall preside as the chairman of meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors; and the President and/or the Chief Executive Officer, should there be such a person, shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect.  The President and/or the Chief Executive Officer, should there be such a person, or any Vice President shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.

 

Section 8.                                             Vice-President .  In the absence of the President or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act, the Vice-President, if any (or in the event there be more than one Vice-President, the Vice-Presidents in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.  The Vice-President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

Section 9.                                             Secretary .  The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required.  The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall be subject.  The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the Secretary’s signature or by the signature of such Assistant Secretary.  The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by such officer’s signature.

 

9


 

Section 10.                                       Assistant Secretary .  The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

Section 11.                                       Treasurer .  The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.  The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, President or Chief Executive Officer, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President, Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all such transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation.  If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the Treasurer’s office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of the Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the possession or under the control of the Treasurer that belongs to the corporation.

 

Section 12.                                       Assistant Treasurer .  The Assistant Treasurer, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

ARTICLE VI.
CAPITAL STOCK

 

Section 1.                                             Certificates .  The shares of the corporation shall be represented by a certificate, unless and until the Board of Directors adopts a resolution permitting shares to be uncertificated.  Certificates shall be signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, (a) the Chairman of the Board, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice-President, and (b) the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by such stockholder in the corporation.  Certificates may be issued for partly paid shares and in such case upon the face or back of the certificates issued to represent any such partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be specified.

 

Section 2.                                             Class or Series .  If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and

 

10



 

the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.  Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to Sections 151, 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the Delaware Corporation Law or a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge, to each stockholder who so requests, the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

Section 3.                                             Signature .  Any of or all of the signatures on a certificate may be facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 4.                                             Lost Certificates .  The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed.  When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or such owner’s legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

Section 5.                                             Transfer of Stock .  Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.  Upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered owner of uncertificated shares such uncertificated shares shall be canceled and issuance of new equivalent uncertificated shares or certificated shares shall be made to the person entitled thereto and the transaction shall be recorded upon the books of the corporation.

 

Section 6.                                             Record Date .  In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholder or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to

 

11



 

exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action.  A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

Section 7.                                             Registered Stockholders .  The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE VII.
GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 1.                                             Dividends .  Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the applicable provisions, if any, of the Certificate of Incorporation, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law.  Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.  Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purposes as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

Section 2.                                             Checks .  All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

Section 3.                                             Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.                                             Seal .  The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal having inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”.  The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

Section 5.                                             Loans .  The Board of Directors of this corporation may, without stockholder approval, authorize loans to, or guaranty obligations of, or otherwise assist, including, without limitation, the adoption of employee benefit plans under which loans and guarantees may be made, any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary,

 

12



 

including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation.  The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest, and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation.

 

ARTICLE VIII.
INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 1.                                             Scope The corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as that Section may be amended and supplemented from time to time, indemnify any director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and/or other matters referred to in or covered by that Section, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

Section 2.                                             Advancing Expenses .  Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a present or former director or officer of the corporation in defending a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation (or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized by relevant provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware; provided, however, the corporation shall not be required to advance such expenses to a director (i) who commences any action, suit or proceeding as a plaintiff unless such advance is specifically approved by a majority of the Board of Directors, or (ii) who is a party to an action, suit or proceeding brought by the corporation and approved by a majority of the Board of Directors which alleges willful misappropriation of corporate assets by such director, disclosure of confidential information in violation of such director’s fiduciary or contractual obligations to the corporation, or any other willful and deliberate breach in bad faith of such director’s duty to the corporation or its stockholders.

 

Section 3.                                             Liability Offset .  The corporation’s obligation to provide indemnification under this Article VIII shall be offset to the extent the indemnified party is indemnified by any other source including, but not limited to, any applicable insurance coverage under a policy maintained by the corporation, the indemnified party or any other person.

 

Section 4.                                             Continuing Obligation .  The provisions of this Article VIII shall be deemed to be a contract between the corporation and each director of the corporation who serves in such capacity at any time while this bylaw is in effect, and any repeal or modification thereof

 

13



 

shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.

 

Section 5.                                             Nonexclusive .  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for in this Article VIII shall (i) not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in their official capacities and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, (ii) continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director and (iii) inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

Section 6.                                             Other Persons .  In addition to the indemnification rights of directors, officers, employees, or agents of the corporation, the Board of Directors in its discretion shall have the power on behalf of the corporation to indemnify any other person made a party to any action, suit or proceeding who the corporation may indemnify under Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 7.                                             Definitions .  The phrases and terms set forth in this Article VIII shall be given the same meaning as the identical terms and phrases are given in Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as that Section may be amended and supplemented from time to time.

 

ARTICLE IX.
AMENDMENTS

 

Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, or new Bylaws may be adopted, by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting shares or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting.  If the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.

 

14



 

CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY OF

 

EXTREME E-MAIL, INC.

 

The undersigned certifies:

 

1.                                        That the undersigned is the duly elected and acting Assistant Secretary of Extreme E-Mail, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”); and

 

2.                                        That the foregoing Bylaws constitute the Bylaws of the Corporation as duly adopted by resolution of the Board of Directors of Extreme E-Mail, Inc., as of June 24, 2002.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed the seal of the Corporation as of this 24th day of June, 2002.

 

 

 

/s/ Gerald Tsai

 

Gerald Tsai,

 

Assistant Secretary

 




Exhibit 4.02

 

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreemen t ”) is made and entered into as of February 19, 2008 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and among Proofpoint, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Eric Hahn (the “ Founder ”) and the investors listed on Schedule A hereto (each of which is referred to herein as an “ Investor ” and, collectively, as the “ Investors ”).

 

R E C I T A L S

 

WHEREAS , the Company and certain of the Investors are parties to that certain Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of March 21, 2006 (the “ Prior Rights Agreement ”).

 

WHEREAS , certain of the Investors and the Company are parties to that certain Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Stock Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which certain Investors are purchasing shares of Series F Preferred Stock of the Company (the “ Series F Stock ”).

 

WHEREAS , in order to induce the Company to enter into the Stock Purchase Agreement and to induce certain Investors to invest funds in the Company, the Investors, the Founder and the Company hereby agree that this Agreement shall amend and restate the Prior Rights Agreement and replace it in its entirety and shall govern the rights of the Investors and the Founder with respect to the matters set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.              INFORMATION RIGHTS.

 

1.1           Financial Information .  The Company covenants and agrees that, commencing on the date of this Agreement and for so long as any Investor (together with its affiliates) holds at least: (i) five hundred thousand (500,000) shares (as appropriately adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and the like) of Series F Stock or one million (1,000,000) shares (as appropriately adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and the like) of Series E Preferred Stock (“ Series E Stock ”), Series C Preferred Stock (the “ Series C Stock ”), Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Stock ”) or Series A Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Stock ” and together with the Series B Stock, the Series C Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock (the “ Series D Stock ”), the Series E Stock and the Series F Stock, the “ Preferred Stock ”) and/or the equivalent number (on an as-converted basis) of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “ Common Stock ”) issued upon conversion of such Preferred Stock (the “ Conversion Stock ”), or any combination thereof, or (ii) four hundred thousand (400,000) shares (as appropriately adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and the like) of Preferred Stock and/or the equivalent number (on an as-converted basis) of shares of Conversion Stock issued upon conversion of such Preferred Stock, or any combination thereof, held by JAFCO Technology Partners, L.P. (together, with its affiliates, the “ JAFCO Investor ”) (each such Investor, a “ Major Investor ”), the Company will:

 



 

(a)            Annual Reports .  Furnish to each such Major Investor as soon as available, but not later than ninety (90) days of the end of each fiscal year, a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year, and an audited consolidated statement of operations and an audited consolidated statement of cash flows for such fiscal year, in each case of the Company and its subsidiaries and prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles by an accounting firm acceptable to the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”);

 

(b)            Quarterly Reports .  Furnish to each such Major Investor as soon as available, but not later than forty-five (45) days of the end of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, a copy of the quarterly unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, including an unaudited consolidated balance sheet, an unaudited consolidated statement of operations and an unaudited consolidated statement of cash flows;

 

(c)            Monthly Reports .  Furnish to each such Major Investor as soon as available, but not later than thirty (30) days of the end of each calendar month, a copy of the monthly unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, including an unaudited consolidated balance sheet, an unaudited consolidated statement of operations and an unaudited consolidated statement of cash flows;

 

(d)            Annual Budget .  Furnish to each such Major Investor as soon as available, but not later than thirty (30) days of the end of each fiscal year, a copy of the Company’s annual operating plan prepared on a monthly basis for the upcoming fiscal year, as provided to and approved by the Board; and

 

(e)            Other Information .  Furnish such other information relating to the financial condition, business, prospects or corporate affairs of the Company as each such Major Investor may from time to time reasonably request, provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this subsection (e) to provide information that it deems in good faith to be a trade secret or similar highly confidential information.

 

1.2           Inspection Rights .  The Company shall permit each Major Investor and its transferees (as permitted pursuant to Section 5.1(a) hereof), at such Major Investor’s or transferee’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by such Major Investor or its transferees; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 1.2 to provide information that it deems in good faith to be a trade secret or similar confidential or proprietary information.

 

1.3           Termination of Certain Rights .  The Company’s obligations under Sections 1.1 and 1.2 above will terminate upon the earliest of: (a) the sale of securities pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 filed by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), in connection with the firm commitment underwritten offering of its securities to the general public is consummated, or (b) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 12(g) or 15(d) of the

 

2



 

Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ Exchange Act ”).

 

2.              REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

 

2.1           Definitions .  For purposes of this Agreement:

 

(a)            Registration .  The terms “ register ,” “ registered ” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document pursuant to the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

 

(b)            Registrable Securities .  The term “ Registrable Securities ” means:  (i) shares of Conversion Stock, (ii) shares of Common Stock held by the Founder, provided, however, that such shares of Common Stock shall not be deemed Registrable Securities for purposes of Sections 2.2, 2.4 or 2.10, (iii) all shares of Common Stock directly or indirectly issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of warrants to purchase the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock now or hereafter held by Lighthouse Capital Partners V, L.P. (“ Lighthouse ”), or any shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable under warrants now or hereafter held by Lighthouse (the “ Lighthouse Warrants ”) and (iv) any shares of Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, in exchange for or in replacement of any shares of Common Stock or Conversion Stock described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of this subsection (b); excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which rights under this Section 2 are not assigned in accordance with this Agreement or any Registrable Securities sold to the public or sold pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

(c)            Registrable Securities then Outstanding .  The number of shares of “ Registrable Securities then outstanding ” shall mean the number of shares of Conversion Stock or Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and (i) are then issued and outstanding or (ii) are then issuable pursuant to the exercise or conversion of then outstanding and then exercisable options, warrants or convertible securities.

 

(d)            Holder .  For purposes of Sections 2, 3 and 4 of this Agreement, the term “ Holder ” means any person owning of record Registrable Securities, and shall include, without limitation, any assignee of record of such Registrable Securities to whom rights under Section 2 have been duly assigned in accordance with this Agreement; provided , however , that for purposes of this Agreement, a record holder of shares of Preferred Stock of the Company convertible into such Registrable Securities or a holder of the Lighthouse Warrants directly or indirectly exercisable for such Registrable Securities shall be deemed to be the Holder of such Registrable Securities; and provided , further , that the Company shall in no event be obligated to register shares of Preferred Stock or the Lighthouse Warrants, and the Holders of Registrable Securities will not be required to convert their shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock or to exercise the Lighthouse Warrants, in order to exercise the registration rights granted hereunder until immediately before the closing of the offering to which the registration relates (and then only to the extent necessary to sell the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering) and

 

3



 

shall be entitled to rescind such conversion or exercise (as applicable) in the event the closing of such offering is not completed.

 

(e)            Form S-3 .  The term “ Form S-3 ” means Form S-3 under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

 

(f)             SEC .  The term “ SEC ” or “ Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(g)            Other Definitions .  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreement.

 

2.2           Request for Registration .

 

(a)            If the Company shall receive (i) a written request from the Holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding at any time after February 19, 2011, or (ii) a written request from the Holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act (other than a registration on Form S-3) having an aggregate offering price of not less than ten million dollars ($10,000,000) at any time after six (6) months after the effective date of the first registration statement for an underwritten public offering of the Company’s Common Stock, then the Company shall:

 

(i)             within thirty (30) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders; and

 

(ii)            effect as soon as practicable, and in any event within ninety (90) days of the receipt of such request, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities (including, without limitation, the execution of an undertaking to file post-effective amendments, appropriate qualification under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws and appropriate compliance with applicable regulations issued under the Securities Act) that the Holders request to be registered, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within twenty (20) days after receipt of the written notice described in subsection 2.2(a)(i) subject to the limitations of subsections 2.2(b), (c) and (d) hereof.

 

(b)            If the Holders initiating the registration request hereunder (the “ Initiating Holders ”) intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to subsection 2.2(a) and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in subsection 2.2(a)(i).  The underwriter will be selected by the Company within ten (10) days of giving the notice described in subsection 2.2(a)(i) and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders.  In such event, the right of any Holder to include his or her Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed to by a majority in interest of

 

4



 

the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein.  All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in subsection 2.5(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2, if the underwriter advises the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among all Holders thereof, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the amount of Registrable Securities owned by each Holder; provided , however , that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.

 

(c)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to the Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.2 a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed and it is therefore in the best interests of the Company to defer the filing of such registration statement, the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days; provided, however, that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any 12-month period.

 

(d)            In addition, the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 2.2:

 

(i)             after the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 2.2 and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective and have remained continuously effective for the lesser of (i) the period during which all Registrable Securities registered in each such registration have been sold or (ii) one hundred twenty (120) days; provided , however , that a registration shall not been deemed to have been effected pursuant to this Section 2.2 if (x) after such registration has become effective, such registration or the related offer, sale or distribution of Registrable Securities thereunder is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of any governmental agency or court for any reason not attributable to the Initiating Holders and such interference is not thereafter eliminated or (y) the conditions specified in the underwriting agreement, if any, entered into in connection with such registration are not satisfied or waived, other than by reason of a failure by the Initiating Holders;

 

(ii)            during the period starting with the date sixty (60) days prior to the Board’s good faith estimate of the filing date of a registration statement subject to Section 2.3 hereof (provided that notice of such estimated filing date is given to the Initiating Holders within twenty (20) days of their request for registration) and ending on (x) the date one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the first registration statement for an underwritten public offering of the Company’s Common Stock or (y) the date ninety (90) days after the effective date of any other registration statement subject to Section 2.3 hereof; provided that the

 

5



 

Company is actively employing all good faith reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

 

(iii)           if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.4 below; or

 

(iv)           in any jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration.

 

(e)            The Company shall pay all expenses incurred in connection with each registration requested pursuant to this Section 2.2 (excluding underwriters’ or brokers’ discounts and commissions) including, without limitation, all filing, federal and “blue sky” registration and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, the fees and expenses of counsel for the Company, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holder or Holders; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to this Section 2.2 if (i) the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of greater than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Registrable Securities to be registered unless the registration is withdrawn because the Company disclosed information that is materially adverse to the Company or its stock price, in which case the Company will be required to pay such expenses and the Holders will retain their rights hereunder or (ii) unless the Holders of greater than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit one (1) registration pursuant to this Section 2.2.

 

2.3           Piggyback Registrations .  The Company shall promptly notify all Holders of Registrable Securities in writing not less than twenty (20) days prior to filing any registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of effecting a public offering of securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding (i) registration statements relating to any registration under Section 2.4 of this Agreement, to any employee benefit plan or to a corporate reorganization, and (ii) registrations on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities) and will afford each such Holder an opportunity to include in such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities then held by such Holder.  Each Holder desiring to include in any such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by such Holder shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt of the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing, and in such notice shall inform the Company of the number of Registrable Securities such Holder wishes to include in such registration statement.  If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.  Any Holder who elects to include some or all of its Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall cooperate with the Company in the preparation of any and all documents and instruments the Company reasonably deems necessary for the preparation of any applicable registration statement, and

 

6



 

such Holders shall supply the Company with any and all information about such Holder the Company reasonably deems necessary with respect to any registration statement.

 

(a)            Right to Terminate Registration .  The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.3 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration.  The expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with 2.3(c).

 

(b)            Underwriting .  If a registration statement for which the Company gives notice pursuant to this Section 2.3 is for an underwritten offering, then the Company shall so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities.  In such event, the right of any Holder’s Registrable Securities to be included in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein.  All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter or underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 2.7(b).  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the managing underwriter(s) determine(s) in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the managing underwriter(s) may exclude shares (including Registrable Securities) from the registration and the underwriting but in no event shall the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced below twenty-five percent (25%) of the total amount of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the initial public offering of the Company’s securities, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other Holder’s securities are included.  Subject to the foregoing right of the selling Holders to include in the offering at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the total amount of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the initial public offering of the Company’s securities, the number of shares that may be included in the registration and the underwriting shall be allocated first , to the Company and second , to the Holders requesting inclusion of their Registrable Securities in such registration on a pro rata basis based upon the total number of Registrable Securities then held by each such Holder; provided , however , that in the event the underwriters determine to exclude shares from the registration pursuant to this Section 2.3(b), no Registrable Securities held by any Investors (or their permitted assigns) shall be excluded until all shares (i) held that are not Registrable Securities hereunder and (ii) held by the Founder, regardless if such shares are Registrable Securities, shall first be excluded from such registration and underwriting.  If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter, delivered reasonably promptly after the terms of such underwriting are determined and disclosed to the Holder.  Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration.  If by the withdrawal of such securities a greater number of Registrable Securities held by other Holders may be included in such registration (up to the maximum of any limitation imposed by the underwriters), then the Company shall offer to all Holders who have included Registrable Securities in the registration the right to include additional Registrable Securities as follows: first the Investors (pro rata based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all participating Investors) and second, provided the maximum

 

7



 

number of Registrable Securities to be included in the offering has not been reached) to the Founder and other Holders (pro rata based on the number of shares held by the participating Founder and other participating Holders).  For any Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the partners, retired partners, members, and shareholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, members, shareholders and retired partners and members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

 

(c)            Expenses .  All expenses incurred in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 (excluding underwriters’ and brokers’ discounts and commissions) including, without limitation, all filing, federal and “blue sky” registration and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holder or Holders shall be borne by the Company.

 

2.4           Form S-3 Registration .  In the event the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, then the Company will:

 

(a)            Notice .  Promptly give written notice of the proposed registration and the Holder’s or Holders’ request therefor, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and

 

(b)            Registration .  As soon as reasonably practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within twenty (20) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2.4:

 

(i)             if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders;

 

(ii)            if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than two million dollars ($2,000,000);

 

(iii)           if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the

 

8



 

Form S-3 registration statement no more than twice during any 12-month period for a total cumulative period of not more than ninety (90) days, after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 2.4;

 

(iv)           if the Company has, within the 12-month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4; or

 

(v)            if doing so would require the Company to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in such jurisdiction.

 

(c)            Underwriting .  If the Holders initiating the registration request hereunder intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 2.4 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in subsection 2.2(a).  In such event, the right of any Holder to include his or her Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and such Holder entering into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 2.7(b).  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.4, if the underwriter advises the Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among all Holders thereof, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the amount of Registrable Securities owned by each Holder; provided , however , that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.

 

(d)            No Demand Registration .  No registration requested by any Holder of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to be a “demand” registration pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof.

 

(e)            Expenses .  The Company shall pay all expenses incurred in connection with each registration requested pursuant to this Section 2.4 (excluding underwriters’ or brokers’ discounts and commissions) including, without limitation, all filing, federal and “blue sky” registration and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling Holder or Holders.

 

2.5           Obligations of the Company .  Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under this Agreement, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

 

(a)            Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, keep such registration statement effective (i) in the case of a registration under Section 2.2, until the earlier of (x) one hundred twenty (120) successive days or (y) such

 

9



 

time as the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed or (ii) in the case of a registration statement under Section 2.4, until such time as the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided , however , that before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company shall provide counsel selected by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities covered thereby (“ Holders’ Counsel ”) with an adequate opportunity to review and comment thereon and to make appropriate modifications to reflect such comments therein.

 

(b)            Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be reasonably necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement.

 

(c)            Furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by them that are included in such registration.

 

(d)            Use its reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process or subject itself to taxation in any such states or jurisdictions.

 

(e)            In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering and take such other actions as are reasonably requested by the Holders or the underwriter in order to facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities, including causing its officers to participate in “road shows” and other information meetings organized by the underwriting.  Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an underwriting agreement.

 

(f)             Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.

 

(g)            Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

 

(h)            Notify each Holder covered by such registration statement at any time that a stop order is issued or threatened by the SEC or when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act or the happening of any event of which the Company becomes aware as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not

 

10



 

misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.  The Company will use its reasonable efforts to amend or supplement such prospectus as soon as practicable to cause such prospectus not to include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

 

(i)             Make available at reasonable times for inspection by any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Securities, any managing underwriter participating in any disposition of such Registrable Securities pursuant to a registration statement, Holders’ Counsel and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such Holder or any such managing underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ officers, directors, members, partners, affiliates and employees, and the independent public accountants of the Company to supply all information reasonably requested by any such persons in connection with such Registration Statement.

 

(j)             Furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Securities, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, or if not underwritten, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters and reasonably satisfactory to the Holders’ Counsel addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities, and (ii) a “comfort” letter dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, or if not underwritten, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters and reasonably satisfactory to Holders’ Counsel, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities.

 

(k)            Comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make available to its Holders as soon as reasonably practicable, but no later than fifteen (15) months after the effective date of the registration statement, an earnings statement covering a period of twelve (12) months beginning after the effective date of the registration statement, in a manner which satisfied the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder.

 

(l)             Cooperate with each Holder requesting registration of Registrable Securities and each underwriter participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with the NASD; and

 

(m)           Take all other steps reasonably necessary to effect the registration of the Registrable Securities contemplated hereby.

 

11


 

2.6           Furnish Information .  It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 that the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to timely effect the registration of their Registrable Securities.

 

2.7           Indemnification .  In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Sections 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4:

 

(a)            By the Company .  To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, shareholders, affiliates, officers and directors of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”):

 

(i)             any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto;

 

(ii)            the omission or alleged omission to state in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or

 

(iii)           any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any federal or state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any federal or state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement;

 

and the Company will reimburse each such Holder or partner, members, shareholders, affiliates, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person or Affiliate of such Holders for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them, in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 2.7(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation that occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, partner, members, shareholders, affiliates, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person of such Holder.

 

12



 

(b)            By Selling Holders .  To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who have signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, members, shareholders, affiliates, directors or officers or any person who controls such Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other such Holder, partner or director, officer or controlling person of such other Holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other Holder, partner, officer, director or controlling person of such other Holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 2.7(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of such Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and provided , further , that the total amounts payable in indemnity by a Holder under this Section 2.7(b) in respect of any Violation shall not exceed the net proceeds received by such Holder in the registered offering out of which such Violation arises.  A Holder will not be required to enter into any agreement or undertaking in connection with any registration in this Section 2 providing for any indemnification or contribution on the part of the Holder greater than the Holder’s obligations under this Section 2.7(b) or Section 2.7(d).

 

(c)            Notice .  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.7 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.7, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties which may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing of interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding.  The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of liability to the extent so prejudiced to the indemnified party under this Section 2.7, but the omission to so deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.7.

 

13



 

(d)            Contribution .  If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.7 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to therein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided , that, in no event shall any contribution by a Holder under this Section 2.7(d) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of willful fraud by such Holder.  The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

(e)            Underwriting Agreement .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with an underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control and supersede the provisions hereof.

 

(f)             Survival .  The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.7 shall survive the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

2.8           Rule 144 Reporting .  With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission that may at any time permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, after such time as the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Company agrees to:

 

(a)            make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times after ninety (90) days after the initial public offering, in accordance with the requirements of Rule 144(c), after the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

 

(b)            use its best efforts to file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

 

(c)            so long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Holder forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public) and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual

 

14



 

or quarterly report of the Company and (iii) such other reports and documents of the Company as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing a Holder to sell any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act).

 

2.9           Termination of the Company’s Obligations .  The Company shall have no obligations provided in Section 2 hereof with respect to: (i) any request or requests for registration made by any Holder on a date more than five (5) years after the consummation of the initial public offering of the Company’s securities; provided that the Company has been in compliance with its obligations under Section 2 of this Agreement at all times prior thereto; or (ii) any Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by a Holder in a registration pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 hereof if all such Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by such Holder may then in the written opinion of outside counsel to the Company (reasonably acceptable to the Holder) be sold in a 90-day period without registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, without reference to Section 144(k) thereof.

 

2.10         Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights .  From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of greater than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Registrable Securities (which, for purposes of this paragraph shall not include shares of Common Stock held by the Founder) then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company granting any registration rights to such holder or prospective holder which are equal to or superior to those granted to the Holders in Section 2 of this Agreement.

 

2.11         “Market Stand-Off” Agreement .

 

(a)            Each Investor hereby agrees that, to the extent requested by the Company and an underwriter of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, each Investor shall not, during the period of duration not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the first registration statement for an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities filed under the Securities Act, directly or indirectly, sell, offer to sell, contract to sell (including, without limitation, any short sale), grant any option to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to donees who agree to be similarly bound), or reduce its interest in (collectively, “ Transfer ”), any securities of the Company held by it at any time during such period except Common Stock included in such registration; provided , however , that all executive officers and directors of the Company and all other persons holding at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding stock are bound by agreements that are no less restrictive.

 

(b)            Each Investor agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with, or which give further effect to, the foregoing.  In order to enforce the foregoing covenants, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities of the Investors (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations described in this Section 2.11 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form

 

15



 

S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or to a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction.

 

2.12         S-3 Registration Requirements .  Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not become obligated to become subject to the Exchange Act and, the Investors acknowledge, until such time as the Company becomes subject to the Exchange Act, the Company will be legally precluded from registering securities under a Form S-3 and, accordingly, no provisions in this Agreement to the contrary shall be deemed to require the Company to undertake such a registration until the Company legally is qualified to do so.

 

3.              RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

 

3.1           General .  Each Major Investor (referred hereinafter in this Section 3 and Section 4 as a “ Rights Holder ”) has the right of first refusal to purchase all or any part of such Rights Holder’s Pro Rata Share (as defined below) of any New Securities (as defined in Section 3.2) that the Company may from time to time issue after the date of this Agreement.  A Rights Holder’s “ Pro Rata Share ” for purposes of this right of first refusal is the ratio of (a) the number of Registrable Securities as to which such Rights Holder is the Holder (and/or is deemed to be the Holder under Section 2.1(d)) to (b) a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the sum of (i) the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding plus (ii) the total number of shares of Common Stock into which all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock are then convertible plus (iii) the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of all then exercisable outstanding options to purchase shares of Common Stock or upon the conversion of all other outstanding convertible securities.

 

3.2           New Securities .  “ New Securities ” shall mean any Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company, whether now authorized or not, and any rights, options or warrants to purchase such Common Stock or Preferred Stock, and securities of any type whatsoever, including notes or other debt instruments, that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into such Common Stock or Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the term “ New Securities ” does not include:

 

(i)             shares of the Common Stock (and/or options or warrants therefor) issued or issuable to employees, officers, directors, contractors, advisors or consultants of the Company pursuant to stock options or other stock incentive agreements or plans approved by the Board (including, with respect to the officers of the Company, a majority of directors who are not also employees of the Company);

 

(ii)            any Common Stock or other securities issuable upon conversion of or with respect to any then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock;

 

(iii)           any shares of the Company’s Common Stock or Preferred Stock (or any other security of the Company) issued in connection with any stock split or stock dividend;

 

(iv)           any securities offered by the Company to the public pursuant to an underwritten public offering registered under the Securities Act, in which the

 

16



 

aggregate proceeds to the Company (before deduction for underwriters’ discounts and commissions and expenses relating to the issuance) exceed $40,000,000 and in which the public offering price per share (before deduction for underwriters’ discounts and commissions and expenses relating to the issuance) equals or exceeds $10.64 per share (as appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, reverse-splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares) (a “ Qualified IPO ”);

 

(v)            any securities issued pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation or entity (that is not affiliated with the Company) by the Company by consolidation, merger, purchase of all or substantially all of the assets or other reorganization in which the Company acquires, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, all or substantially all of the assets of such other corporation or entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting power of such other corporation or entity, or fifty percent (50%) or more of the equity ownership of such other entity, which transaction was approved by the Board; or

 

(vi)           shares of any capital stock (and/or options or warrants therefor) issued to parties providing the Company with equipment leases, real property leases, loans, credit lines, guaranties of indebtedness, cash price reductions or similar financing or other strategic partners, which transactions were approved by the Board.

 

3.3           Procedures .  If the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give prior written notice to each Rights Holder of its intention to issue New Securities (the “ Notice ”) describing the type of New Securities and the price and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue such New Securities.  Each Rights Holder shall have fifteen (15) business days from the date of mailing of any such Notice to agree in writing to purchase such Rights Holder’s Pro Rata Share (or any portion thereof) of such New Securities for the price and upon the general terms specified in the Notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased (not to exceed such Rights Holder’s Pro Rata Share).  Notwithstanding the terms set forth in the Notice, each Rights Holder shall have the right to pay cash for New Securities offered in the Notice.  If any Rights Holder fails to so agree in writing within such fifteen (15) business day period to purchase such Rights Holder’s Pro Rata Share (or any portion thereof) of an offering of New Securities (a “ Nonpurchasing Holder ”), then such Nonpurchasing Holder shall forfeit the right hereunder to purchase that part of its Pro Rata Share of such New Securities that it did not so agree to purchase and the Company shall promptly give each Rights Holder (if any) who has timely agreed to purchase its full Pro Rata Share of such offering of New Securities (a “ Purchasing Holder ”) written notice of the failure of any Nonpurchasing Holder to purchase such Nonpurchasing Holder’s full Pro Rata Share of such offering of New Securities (the “ Overallotment Notice ”).  Each Purchasing Holder shall have a right of overallotment such that such Purchasing Holder may agree to purchase a portion of the Nonpurchasing Holder’s unpurchased Pro Rata Share of such offering on a pro rata basis according to the relative Pro Rata Shares of the Purchasing Holders at any time within five (5) business days after receiving the Overallotment Notice.

 

3.4           Failure to Exercise .  If any Rights Holder fails to exercise in full the right of first refusal within such fifteen (15) plus five (5) day periods, then the Company shall have sixty (60) days thereafter to sell the New Securities with respect to which the Rights Holders’

 

17



 

rights of first refusal hereunder were not exercised, at a price and upon general terms not materially more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Notice.  If the Company has not issued and sold the New Securities within such 60-day period, then the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities without again first offering such New Securities to the Rights Holders pursuant to this Section 3.

 

3.5           Termination .  This right of first refusal set forth in this Section 3 shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of:  (i) a Qualified IPO, (ii) the closing date of the sale of the Company’s Common Stock in an underwritten public offering registered under the Securities Act in connection with which all of the shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock are otherwise converted into shares of Common Stock or (iii) the closing of an acquisition of the Company by another corporation or entity (that is not affiliated with the Company) by a consolidation or merger that constitutes a Sale Transaction that is treated as a Liquidation (each as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended from time to time) in which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting stock immediately prior to such transaction own, immediately after such transaction, securities representing less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the corporation or other entity surviving such transaction (a “ Merger ”).

 

4.              COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

 

4.1           Vesting Schedule .  Unless the Board so authorizes, the Company shall not issue any shares of Common Stock directly or indirectly to its employees, either through equity compensation plans or otherwise, unless such shares of Common Stock are: (a) subject to a vesting schedule, such that twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of Common Stock so issued would vest on the one-year anniversary of the date of issuance or vesting commencement date, as applicable, with the balance vesting in thirty-six (36) equal monthly installments thereafter, thereby totaling a four-year vesting schedule, and such vesting shall not be subject to acceleration, and (b) subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company in the event of transfer (except that such right of first refusal shall terminate upon the earlier of (i)  the sale of securities pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 filed by the Company under the Securities Act in connection with the firm commitment underwritten offering of its securities to the general public is consummated and (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act).

 

4.2           Director Expenses .  The Company shall reimburse any directors elected by a majority of the Series A Stock, a majority of the Series B Stock or a majority of the Series C Stock (the “ Representatives ”) for the reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses incurred by the Representatives in connection with the attendance of meetings of the Board (and only for the Company’s portion of such expenses in the event such expenses are allocable to other board meetings or business matters of a director).

 

4.3           Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement .  The Company will cause each person now or hereafter employed by it or any subsidiary to enter into a proprietary information and inventions agreement substantially in the form approved by the Board, and will use its commercially reasonable efforts to prevent any violation of such agreements.

 

18



 

4.4           Qualified Small Business Stock .  The Company shall use its reasonable efforts to (a) maintain its status as a “qualified small business” within the meaning of Section 1202(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and (b) so long as its shares of capital stock are held by an Investor (or a transferee eligible to qualify as a “qualified small business”), cause such shares of capital stock to qualify as “qualified small business stock” within the meaning of Section 1202(c) of the Code, and, upon request of an Investor, shall provide a certificate reasonably acceptable to such Investor certifying as to such status or providing an explanation as to the loss thereof.

 

4.5           Market Stand-Off Agreements .  The Company shall enter into market standoff agreements with all of its equity holders at least as restrictive as that set forth in Section 2.11 hereof.

 

4.6           Directors and Officers Insurance .  The Company will use its best efforts to maintain, on commercially reasonable terms, a directors and officers liability insurance policy with three million dollars ($3,000,000) in coverage.

 

4.7           Termination of Covenants .  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 4, the Company’s obligations under this Section 4 will terminate upon the earlier to occur of: (i) a Qualified IPO, (ii) the closing date of the sale of the Company’s Common Stock in an underwritten public offering registered under the Securities Act in which all of the shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock are otherwise converted into shares of Common Stock or (iii) a Merger.

 

5.              ASSIGNMENT AND AMENDMENT.

 

5.1           Assignment .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary:

 

(a)            Information and Inspection Rights .  The rights of the Major Investors under Section 1.1 or 1.2 hereof may be assigned only to a transferee who acquires from the Major Investors (or the Major Investors’ permitted assigns) at least: (i) five hundred thousand (500,000) shares of Series F Stock or one million (1,000,000) shares of Series A Stock, Series B Stock, Series C Stock or Series E Stock and/or an equivalent number (on an as-converted basis) of shares of Conversion Stock issued upon conversion of such Series A Stock, Series B Stock, Series C Stock, Series E Stock or Series F Stock or (ii) four hundred thousand (400,000) shares of Preferred Stock and/or an equivalent number (on an as-converted basis) of shares of Conversion Stock issued upon conversion of such Preferred Stock held by the JAFCO Investor.

 

(b)            Registration Rights .  The registration rights of a Holder under Section 2 hereof may be assigned only to: (i) any direct or indirect partner or retired partner of any such Holder or Rights Holder that is a partnership; (ii) any family member or trust for the benefit of any Holder or Rights Holder who is an individual; (iii) any member or former member of a holder which is a limited liability company; (iv) any stockholder or affiliate of Holder that is a corporation; (v) a venture capital fund that is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, a Holder; or (vi) a transferee who acquires from the Investors (or the Investors’ permitted assigns) at least two hundred fifty thousand (250,000) shares of Registrable Securities; provided ,

 

19



 

however , that no party may be assigned any of the foregoing rights until the Company is given written notice by the assigning party stating the name and address of the assignee and identifying the securities of the Company as to which the rights in question are being assigned; provided , further , that any such assignee shall receive such assigned rights subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation the provisions of this Section 5.

 

5.2           Amendment of Rights .  Unless otherwise provided for herein, any provision of this Agreement may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of greater than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (excluding for such purposes shares of Common Stock held by the Founder); provided , however , that an amendment or waiver of any Major Investors’ rights hereunder that adversely affects the rights of such Major Investor differently than the rights of any other Major Investor shall require the written consent of the Major Investor so adversely affected; provided   further that any amendment or waiver of the rights under Sections 1.1 or 5.1(a) Agreement with respect to the Series F Stock shall require the written consent of holders of greater than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Series F Stock and/or an equivalent number (on an as-converted basis) of shares of Conversion Stock issued upon conversion of such Series F Stock then outstanding; and provided   further that any amendment or waiver of the JAFCO Investor’s rights under Sections 1.1 or 5.1(a) of this Agreement shall require the written consent of the JAFCO Investor.  Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 5.2 shall be binding upon each Investor, Holder and Rights Holder, each permitted successor or assignee of each Investor, Holder or Rights Holder, and the Company.

 

5.3           Further Limitations on Disposition .  Each Investor further agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Preferred Stock unless and until:

 

(a)            There is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

 

(b)            (i) Such Investor shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition, (ii) if requested by the Company, such Investor shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Securities Act and (iii) the prospective transferee has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to be bound by this Agreement.  It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144 except in unusual circumstances.

 

(c)            Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (a) and (b) above, this Section 5.3 shall not apply to any transfer by an Investor (i) to any affiliated entity, including any affiliated corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, investment fund, stockholder or partner, or retired partner, member or retired member, or to the estate of any such partner by will or intestate succession or by gratuitous transfer to the siblings, lineal descendants or ancestors of such partner or his or her spouse, if the transferee agrees in writing to

 

20



 

be subject to the terms hereof to the same extent as if he or she were an original Investor hereunder or (ii) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

6.              GENERAL PROVISIONS.

 

6.1           Notices .  All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed telex or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, if not, then on the next business day; (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) one day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt.  All communications shall be sent:

 

(a)            if to the Investors, at the addresses set forth on the signature pages hereto.

 

(b)            if to the Company, at 892 Ross Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94089, Attn: Chief Executive Officer; with a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to Fenwick & West LLP, 801 California Street, Mountain View, CA 94041, Attn: Matthew P. Quilter, Esq. and Sayre E. Stevick, Esq.

 

(c)            if to the Founder, at the address set forth on the signature page hereto.

 

Any party hereto (and such party’s permitted assigns) may by notice so given change its address for future notices hereunder by giving ten (10) days’ advance notice to all other parties.  Notice shall conclusively be deemed to have been given when personally delivered or when deposited in the mail in the manner set forth above.

 

6.2           Amendment and Restatement; Entire Agreement .  The Prior Rights Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety. Such amendment and restatement is effective upon execution of this Agreement by the Company and the holders of greater than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Registrable Securities outstanding as of the date of this Agreement (excluding for such purposes shares of Common Stock held by the Founder).  Upon such execution, all provisions of, rights granted and covenants made in the Prior Rights Agreement, including any notice of or rights under Section 3 of such Prior Rights Agreement are hereby waived, released and terminated in their entirety and shall have no further force or effect.  This Agreement, together with all the exhibits hereto, constitutes and contains the sole and entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior negotiations, correspondence, agreements, understandings, rights, covenants, duties or obligations between the parties made under any prior agreements with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

6.3           Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed exclusively in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California, excluding that body of law relating to conflict of laws and choice of law.

 

21


 

6.4           Severability .  If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, then such provision(s) shall be excluded from this Agreement and the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision(s) were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

6.5           Third Parties .  Except as provided in Section 2.7, nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any person, other than the parties hereto and their successors and assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

6.6           Successors and Assigns .  Subject to the provisions of Section 5, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto.

 

6.7           Captions .  The captions to sections of this Agreement have been inserted for identification and reference purposes only and shall not be used to construe or interpret this Agreement.

 

6.8           Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

6.9           Costs and Attorneys’ Fees .  If any action, suit or other proceeding is instituted concerning or arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereunder, the prevailing party shall recover all of such party’s costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in each such action, suit or other proceeding, including any and all appeals or petitions therefrom.

 

6.10         Adjustments for Stock Splits, Etc .  Wherever in this Agreement there is a reference to a specific number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company of any class or series, then, upon the occurrence of any subdivision, combination or stock dividend of such class or series of stock, the specific number of shares so referenced in this Agreement shall automatically be proportionally adjusted to reflect the effect on the outstanding shares of such class or series of stock by such subdivision, combination or stock dividend.

 

6.11         Aggregation of Stock .  All shares held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

 

6.12         Delays and Omissions .  Except as expressly provided herein, no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party, upon any breach or default of another party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such party nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.  Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing

 

22



 

and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing.  All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

6.13         Facsimile .  This Agreement may be executed via facsimile.

 

6.14         Jurisdiction; Venue .  With respect to any disputes arising out of or related to this Agreement, the parties consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of, and venue in, the federal courts in the Northern District of California.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

23



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

 

 

PROOFPOINT, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gary Steele

 

 

 

Gary Steele, Chief Executive Officer

 

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

FOUNDER:

 

 

 

 

 

ERIC HAHN

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric Hahn

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

[address]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

MERITECH CAPITAL PARTNERS II L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By: Meritech Capital Associates II L.L.C.

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By: Meritech Management Associates II L.L.C.

 

 

a managing member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul S. Madera

 

 

 

Paul S. Madera, a managing member

 

 

 

 

 

MERITECH CAPITAL AFFILIATES II L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By: Meritech Capital Associates II L.L.C.

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By: Meritech Management Associates II L.L.C.

 

 

a managing member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul S. Madera

 

 

 

Paul S. Madera, a managing member

 

 

 

 

 

MCP ENTREPRENEUR PARTNERS II L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By: Meritech Capital Associates II L.L.C.

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By: Meritech Management Associates II L.L.C.

 

 

a managing member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul S. Madera

 

 

 

Paul S. Madera, a managing member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

245 Lytton Avenue, Suite 350

 

 

 

Palo Alto, CA 94301

 

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

INVESTORS (Continued):

 

 

 

 

 

RRE VENTURES III, L.P.

 

 

RRE VENTURES III-A, L.P.

 

 

RRE VENTURES FUND III, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

RRE VENTURES, L.L.C.

 

 

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ illegible

 

 

 

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

126 East 56th Street

 

 

 

New York, NY 10022

 

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

INVESTORS (Continued):

 

 

 

 

 

BENCHMARK CAPITAL PARTNERS IV, L.P.

 

 

as nominee for

 

 

BENCHMARK CAPITAL PARTNERS IV, L.P.

 

 

BENCHMARK FOUNDERS’ PARTNERS IV, L.P.

 

 

BENCHMARK FOUNDERS’ PARTNERS IV-A, L.P.

 

 

BENCHMARK FOUNDERS’ PARTNERS IV-B, L.P.

 

 

and related individuals

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

BENCHMARK CAPITAL MANAGEMENT CO. IV, L.L.C.

 

 

 

Its: General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ illegible

 

 

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

2480 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200

 

 

 

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTORS (Continued):

 

 

 

 

 

MDV VII, L.P.

 

 

as nominee for

 

 

MDV VII, L.P.

 

 

MDV VII, LEADERS’ FUND, L.P.

 

 

MDV ENF VII (A), L.P. AND

 

 

MDV ENF VII (B), L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

BY:

SEVENTH MDV PARTNERS. L.L.C.,

 

 

 

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ illegible

 

 

 

 

Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

3000 Sand Hill Road

 

 

 

Building 3, Suite 290

 

 

 

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

INVESTORS (Continued):

 

 

 

 

 

INVENTURES GROUP

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric Hahn

 

 

 

Eric Hahn

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

[address]

 

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTORS (Continued):

 

 

 

 

 

JAFCO TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

JTP Management Associates, L.L.C.,

 

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ H. Joseph Horowitz

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

H. Joseph Horowitz

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

JAFCO Technology Partners

 

 

 

505 Hamilton Avenue

 

 

 

Suite 310

 

 

 

Palo Alto, CA 94301

 

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTORS (Continued):

 

 

 

 

 

JAFCO TECHNOLOGY PARTNERS III, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ H. Joseph Horowitz

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

H. Joseph Horowitz

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

JTP Management Associates III, L.L.C.,

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

JAFCO Technology Partners

 

 

 

505 Hamilton Avenue

 

 

 

Suite 310

 

 

 

Palo Alto, CA 94301

 

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

INVESTORS (Continued):

 

 

 

 

 

BRIDGESCALE PARTNERS, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By: Bridgescale Partners GP I, L.L.C., its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rob Chaplinsky

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Rob Chaplinsky

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

2200 Sand Hill Road

 

 

 

Suite 240

 

 

 

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTORS (Continued):

 

 

 

 

 

MONTAGU NEWHALL GLOBAL PARTNERS II, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Montagu Newhall General Partner II, L.P.,

 

 

 

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kevin Campbell

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Kevin Campbell

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Partner

 

 

 

 

 

MONTAGU NEWHALL GLOBAL PARTNERS II-A, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Montagu Newhall General Partner II, L.P.,

 

 

 

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kevin Campbell

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Kevin Campbell

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Partner

 

 

 

 

 

MONTAGU NEWHALL GLOBAL PARTNERS II-B, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Montagu Newhall General Partner II, L.P.,

 

 

 

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kevin Campbell

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Kevin Campbell

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

100 Painters Mill Road, Suite 700

 

 

 

Owings Mills, MD 21117

 

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

INVESTORS (Continued):

 

 

 

 

 

DAG VENTURES III-QP, L.P.

 

DAG VENTURES GP FUND III, LLC

 

 

 

By:

DAG Ventures Management III, LLC, its General Partner

 

By:

DAG Ventures Management III, LLC, its Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Greg Williams

 

 

By:

/s/ Greg Williams

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Greg Williams

 

 

Name:

Greg Williams

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

DAG VENTURES III, L.P.

 

DAG VENTURES I-N, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

DAG Ventures Management III, LLC, its General Partner

 

By:

DAG Ventures Management III, LLC, its Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Greg Williams

 

 

By:

/s/ Greg Williams

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Greg Williams

 

 

Name:

Greg Williams

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

251 Lytton Avenue, Suite 200

 

 

 

 

 

Palo Alto, CA 94301

 

 

 

 

 

Tel: (650) 543-8180

 

 

 

 

 

Fax: (650) 328-2921

 

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]

 



 

SCHEDULE A

 

INVESTORS

 

Meritech Capital Partners II L.P.

 

Meritech Capital Affiliates II L.P.

 

MCP Entrepreneur Partners II L.P.

 

RRE Ventures III-A, L.P.

 

RRE Ventures III, L.P.

 

RRE Ventures Fund III, L.P.

 

Benchmark Capital Partners IV, L.P.

 

MDV VII, L.P.

 

Inventures Group

 

Lighthouse Capital Partners V, L.P.

 

Lighthouse Capital Partners IV, L.P.

 

The Board of Trustees of Leland Stanford Junior
University (Daper 1)

 

JAFCO Technology Partners, L.P.

 

JAFCO Technology Partners III, L.P.

 

Bridgescale Partners, L.P.

 

Montagu Newhall Global Partners II, L.P.

 

Montagu Newhall Global Partners II-A, L.P.

 

Montagu Newhall Global Partners II-B, L.P.

 

Miven Venture Partners, Fund 1

 

DAG Ventures III-QP, L.P.

 

DAG Ventures III, L.P.

 

-1-



 

INVESTORS (CONTINUED)

 

DAG Ventures GP Fund III, LLC

 

DAG Ventures I-N, LLC

 

-2-




Exhibit 10.02

 

PROOFPOINT, INC.

 

2002 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN

 

As adopted December 13, 2002

 

As amended April 20, 2004

 

As amended September 2, 2004

 

ARTICLE ONE

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

I.               PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

 

This 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan is intended to promote the interests of Proofpoint, Inc., a Delaware corporation, by providing eligible persons in the Corporation’s employ or service with the opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest, or otherwise increase their proprietary interest, in the Corporation as an incentive for them to continue in such employ or service.

 

Capitalized terms herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the attached Appendix.

 

II.             STRUCTURE OF THE PLAN

 

A.             The Plan shall be divided into two (2) separate equity programs:

 

(i)             the Option Grant Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be granted options to purchase shares of Common Stock, and

 

(ii)            the Stock Issuance Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be issued shares of Common Stock directly, either through the immediate purchase of such shares or as a bonus for services rendered the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

B.             The provisions of Articles One and Four shall apply to both equity programs under the Plan and shall accordingly govern the interests of all persons under the Plan.

 

III.            ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

A.             The Plan shall be administered by the Board. However, any or all administrative functions otherwise exercisable by the Board may be delegated to the Committee. Members of the Committee shall serve for such period of time as the Board may determine and shall be subject to removal by the Board at any time. The Board may also at any time terminate

 

1



 

the functions of the Committee and reassume all powers and authority previously delegated to the Committee.

 

B.             The Plan Administrator shall have full power and authority (subject to the provisions of the Plan) to establish such rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate for proper administration of the Plan and to make such determinations under, and issue such interpretations of, the Plan and any outstanding options or stock issuances thereunder as it may deem necessary or advisable. Decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties who have an interest in the Plan or any option grant or stock issuance thereunder.

 

IV.            ELIGIBILITY

 

A.             The persons eligible to participate in the Plan are as follows:

 

(i)             Employees,

 

(ii)            non-employee members of the Board or the non-employee members of the board of directors of any Parent or Subsidiary, and

 

(iii)           consultants and other independent advisors who provide services to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

B.             The Plan Administrator shall have full authority to determine, (i) with respect to the grants made under the Option Grant Program, which eligible persons are to receive such grants, the time or times when those grants are to be made, the number of shares to be covered by each such grant, the status of the granted option as either an Incentive Option or a Non-Statutory Option, the time or times when each option is to become exercisable, the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to the option shares and the maximum term for which the option is to remain outstanding, and (ii) with respect to stock issuances made under the Stock Issuance Program, which eligible persons are to receive such issuances, the time or times when those issuances are to be made, the number of shares to be issued to each Participant, the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to the issued shares and the consideration to be paid by the Participant for such shares.

 

C.             The Plan Administrator shall have the absolute discretion either to grant options in accordance with the Option Grant Program or to effect stock issuances in accordance with the Stock Issuance Program.

 

V.             STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

A.             The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued over the term of the Plan shall not exceed nine million one hundred ninety (9,000,190) shares.

 

B.             Shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding options shall be available for subsequent issuance under the Plan to the extent (i) the options expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise in full or (ii) the options are cancelled in accordance with the

 

2



 

cancellation-regrant provisions of Article Two. Unvested shares issued under the Plan and subsequently repurchased by the Corporation, at a price per share not greater than the option exercise or direct issue price paid per share, pursuant to the Corporation’s repurchase rights under the Plan shall be added back to the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan and shall accordingly be available for reissuance through one or more subsequent option grants or direct stock issuances under the Plan.

 

C.             Should any change be made to the Common Stock by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation’s receipt of consideration, appropriate adjustments shall be made to (i) the maximum number and/or class of securities issuable under the Plan and (ii) the number and/or class of securities and the exercise price per share in effect under each outstanding option in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of benefits thereunder. The adjustments determined by the Plan Administrator shall be final, binding and conclusive. In no event shall any such adjustments be made in connection with the conversion of one or more outstanding shares of the Corporation’s preferred stock into shares of Common Stock.

 

3



 

ARTICLE TWO

 

OPTION GRANT PROGRAM

 

I.               OPTION TERMS

 

Each option shall be evidenced by one or more documents in the form approved by the Plan Administrator; provided, however, that each such document shall comply with the terms specified below. Each document evidencing an Incentive Option shall, in addition, be subject to the provisions of the Plan applicable to such options.

 

A.             Exercise Price .

 

1.              The exercise price per share shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(i)             The exercise price per share shall not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.

 

(ii)            If the person to whom the option is granted is a 10% Stockholder, then the exercise price per share shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.

 

2.              The exercise price shall become immediately due upon exercise of the option and shall, subject to the provisions of Section I of Article Four and the documents evidencing the option, be payable in cash or check made payable to the Corporation. Should the Common Stock be registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act at the time the option is exercised, then the exercise price may also be paid as follows:

 

(i)             in shares of Common Stock held for the requisite period necessary to avoid a charge to the Corporation’s earnings for financial reporting purposes and valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date, or

 

(ii)            to the extent the option is exercised for vested shares, through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Optionee shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions (A) to a brokerage firm (reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation for purposes of administering such procedure in compliance with any applicable pre-clearance or pre-notification requirements) to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and remit to the Corporation, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Corporation by reason of such exercise and (B) to the Corporation to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale.

 

Except to the extent such sale and remittance procedure is utilized, payment of the exercise price for the purchased shares must be made on the Exercise Date.

 

4



 

B.             Exercise and Term of Options . Each option shall be exercisable at such time or times, during such period and for such number of shares as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the documents evidencing the option grant. However, no option shall have a term in excess of ten (10) years measured from the option grant date.

 

C.             Effect of Termination of Service .

 

1.              The following provisions shall govern the exercise of any options held by the Optionee at the time of cessation of Service or death:

 

(i)             Should the Optionee cease to remain in Service for any reason other than death, Disability or Misconduct, then the Optionee shall have a period of three (3) months following the date of such cessation of Service during which to exercise each outstanding option held by such Optionee.

 

(ii)            Should Optionee’s Service terminate by reason of Disability, then the Optionee shall have a period of twelve (12) months following the date of such cessation of Service during which to exercise each outstanding option held by such Optionee.

 

(iii)           If the Optionee dies while holding an outstanding option, then the personal representative of his or her estate or the person or persons to whom the option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee’s will or the laws of inheritance or the Optionee’s designated beneficiary or beneficiaries of that option shall have a twelve (12)-month period following the date of the Optionee’s death to exercise such option.

 

(iv)           Under no circumstances, however, shall any such option be exercisable after the specified expiration of the option term.

 

(v)            During the applicable post-Service exercise period, the option may not be exercised in the aggregate for more than the number of vested shares for which the option is exercisable on the date of the Optionee’s cessation of Service. No additional shares shall vest under the option following the Optionee’s cessation of Service, except to the extent (if any) specifically authorized by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion pursuant to an express written agreement with Optionee. Upon the expiration of the applicable exercise period or (if earlier) upon the expiration of the option term, the option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding for any vested shares for which the option has not been exercised.

 

(vi)           Should Optionee’s Service be terminated for Misconduct or should Optionee otherwise engage in Misconduct while holding one or more outstanding options under the Plan, then all those options shall terminate immediately and cease to remain outstanding.

 

2.              The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion, exercisable either at the time an option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to:

 

(i)             extend the period of time for which the option is to remain exercisable following Optionee’s cessation of Service or death from the limited period otherwise

 

5



 

in effect for that option to such greater period of time as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate, but in no event beyond the expiration of the option term, and/or

 

(ii)            permit the option to be exercised, during the applicable post-Service exercise period, not only with respect to the number of vested shares of Common Stock for which such option is exercisable at the time of the Optionee’s cessation of Service but also with respect to one or more additional installments in which the Optionee would have vested under the option had the Optionee continued in Service.

 

D.             Stockholder Rights . The holder of an option shall have no stockholder rights with respect to the shares subject to the option until such person shall have exercised the option, paid the exercise price and become the recordholder of the purchased shares.

 

E.              Unvested Shares . The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion to grant options which are exercisable for unvested shares of Common Stock. Should the Optionee cease Service while holding such unvested shares, the Corporation shall have the right to repurchase any or all of those unvested shares at a price per share equal to the lower of (i) the exercise price paid per share or (ii) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock at the time of Optionee’s cessation of Service. The terms upon which such repurchase right shall be exercisable (including the period and procedure for exercise and the appropriate vesting schedule for the purchased shares) shall be established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such repurchase right. The Plan Administrator may not impose a vesting schedule upon any option grant or the shares of Common Stock subject to that option which is more restrictive than twenty percent (20%) per year vesting, with the initial vesting to occur not later than one (1) year after the option grant date. However, such limitation shall not be applicable to any option grants made to individuals who are officers of the Corporation, non-employee Board members or independent consultants.

 

F.              First Refusal Rights . Until such time as the Common Stock is first registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, the Corporation shall have the right of first refusal with respect to any proposed disposition by the Optionee (or any successor in interest) of any shares of Common Stock issued under the Plan. Such right of first refusal shall be exercisable in accordance with the terms established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such right.

 

G.             Limited Transferability of Options . An Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee during his or her lifetime and shall not be assignable or transferable other than by will or by the laws of inheritance following the Optionee’s death. A Non-Statutory Option may be assigned in whole or in part during the Optionee’s lifetime to one or more members of the Optionee’s family or to a trust established exclusively for one or more such family members or to Optionee’s former spouse, to the extent such assignment is in connection with the Optionee’s estate plan or pursuant to a domestic relations order. The assigned portion may only be exercised by the person or persons who acquire a proprietary interest in the Non-Statutory Option pursuant to the assignment. The terms applicable to the assigned portion shall be the same as those in effect for the option immediately prior to such assignment and shall be set forth in such documents issued to the assignee as the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionee may also

 

6



 

designate one or more persons as the beneficiary or beneficiaries of his or her outstanding options under the Plan, and those options shall, in accordance with such designation, automatically be transferred to such beneficiary or beneficiaries upon the Optionee’s death while holding those options. Such beneficiary or beneficiaries shall take the transferred options subject to all the terms and conditions of the applicable agreement evidencing each such transferred option, including (without limitation) the limited time period during which the option may be exercised following the Optionee’s death.

 

II.             INCENTIVE OPTIONS

 

The terms specified below shall be applicable to all Incentive Options. Except as modified by the provisions of this Section II, all the provisions of Articles One, Two and Four shall be applicable to Incentive Options. Options which are specifically designated as Non-Statutory Options shall not be subject to the terms of this Section II.

 

A.             Eligibility . Incentive Options may only be granted to Employees.

 

B.             Exercise Price . The exercise price per share shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the option grant date.

 

C.             Dollar Limitation . The aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) for which one or more options granted to any Employee under the Plan (or any other option plan of the Corporation or any Parent or Subsidiary) may for the first time become exercisable as Incentive Options during any one (1) calendar year shall not exceed the sum of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). To the extent the Employee holds two (2) or more such options which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year, the foregoing limitation on the exercisability of such options as Incentive Options shall be applied on the basis of the order in which such options are granted.

 

D.             10% Stockholder . If any Employee to whom an Incentive Option is granted is a 10% Stockholder, then the option term shall not exceed five (5) years measured from the option grant date.

 

III.            CHANGE IN CONTROL

 

A.             None of the outstanding options under the Plan shall vest in whole or in part on an accelerated basis upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, and those options shall be assumable by any successor corporation in the Change in Control. However, the Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to structure one or more options grants under the Plan so that each of those particular options shall automatically accelerate in whole or in part, immediately prior to the effective date of that Change in Control, and become exercisable for all the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to the accelerated portion of such option and may be exercised for any or all of those accelerated shares as fully vested shares of Common Stock.

 

7



 

B.             None of the outstanding repurchase rights under the Plan shall terminate on an accelerated basis upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, and those rights shall be assignable to any successor corporation in the Change in Control. However, the Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to structure one or more repurchase rights under the Plan so that those particular rights shall automatically terminate in whole or in part, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest, in the event of a Change in Control.

 

C.             Immediately following the consummation of the Change in Control, all outstanding options under the Plan shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction.

 

D.             Each option which is assumed in connection with a Change in Control or otherwise continued in effect shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Change in Control, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to the Optionee in consummation of such Change in Control had the option been exercised immediately prior to such Change in Control. Appropriate adjustments to reflect such Change in Control shall also be made to the exercise price payable per share under each outstanding option, provided the aggregate exercise price payable for such securities shall remain the same. To the extent the actual holders of the Corporation’s outstanding Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Change in Control, the successor corporation may, in connection with the assumption of the outstanding options under the Plan, substitute one or more shares of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per share of Common Stock in such Change in Control transaction.

 

E.              The Plan Administrator shall have full power and authority to structure one or more outstanding options under the Plan so that those options shall vest and become exercisable on an accelerated basis for all or a portion of the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to those options, should the Optionee’s Service subsequently terminate by reason of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period following the effective date of a Change in Control transaction. In addition, the Plan Administrator may structure one or more of the Corporation’s repurchase rights so that those rights shall immediately terminate on an accelerated basis with respect to all or a portion of the shares held by the Optionee at the time of such Involuntary Termination, and the shares subject to those terminated repurchase rights shall accordingly vest at that time.

 

F.              The portion of any Incentive Option accelerated in connection with a Change in Control or subsequent Involuntary Termination of the Optionee’s Service shall remain exercisable as an Incentive Option only to the extent the applicable One Hundred Thousand Dollar ($100,000) limitation is not exceeded. To the extent such dollar limitation is exceeded, the accelerated portion of such option shall be exercisable as a Nonstatutory Option under the Federal tax laws.

 

G.             The outstanding options shall in no way affect the right of the Corporation to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

8



 

IV.            CANCELLATION AND REGRANT OF OPTIONS

 

The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of the affected option holders, the cancellation of any or all outstanding options under the Plan and to grant in substitution therefor new options covering the same or different number of shares of Common Stock but with an exercise price per share based on the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the new option grant date.

 

9


 

ARTICLE THREE

 

STOCK ISSUANCE PROGRAM

 

I.               STOCK ISSUANCE TERMS

 

Shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program through direct and immediate issuances without any intervening option grants. Each such stock issuance shall be evidenced by a Stock Issuance Agreement which complies with the terms specified below.

 

A.             Purchase Price .

 

1.              The purchase price per share shall be fixed by the Plan Administrator but shall not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the issue date. However, the purchase price per share of Common Stock issued to a 10% Stockholder shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of such Fair Market Value.

 

2.              Subject to the provisions of Section I of Article Four, shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program for any of the following items of consideration which the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate in each individual instance:

 

(i)             cash or check made payable to the Corporation, or

 

(ii)            past services rendered to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

B.             Vesting Provisions .

 

1.              Shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program may, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be fully and immediately vested upon issuance or may vest in one or more installments over the Participant’s period of Service or upon attainment of specified performance objectives. However, the Plan Administrator may not impose a vesting schedule upon any stock issuance effected under the Stock Issuance Program which is more restrictive than twenty percent (20%) per year vesting, with initial vesting to occur not later than one (1) year after the issuance date.  Such limitation shall not apply to any Common Stock issuances made to the officers of the Corporation, non-employee Board members or independent consultants.

 

2.              Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including money paid other than as a regular cash dividend) which the Participant may have the right to receive with respect to the Participant’s unvested shares of Common Stock by reason of any stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Corporation’s receipt of consideration shall be issued subject to (i) the same vesting requirements applicable to the Participant’s unvested shares of Common Stock and (ii) such escrow arrangements as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

 

10



 

3.              The Participant shall have full stockholder rights with respect to any shares of Common Stock issued to the Participant under the Stock Issuance Program, whether or not the Participant’s interest in those shares is vested. Accordingly, the Participant shall have the right to vote such shares and to receive any regular cash dividends paid on such shares.

 

4.              Should the Participant cease to remain in Service while holding one or more unvested shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program or should the performance objectives not be attained with respect to one or more such unvested shares of Common Stock, then those shares shall be immediately surrendered to the Corporation for cancellation, and the Participant shall have no further stockholder rights with respect to those shares. To the extent the surrendered shares were previously issued to the Participant for consideration paid in cash or cash equivalent (including the Participant’s purchase-money indebtedness), the Corporation shall repay to the Participant the lower of (i) the cash consideration paid for the surrendered shares or (ii) the Fair Market Value of those shares at the time of Participant’s cessation of Service and shall cancel the unpaid principal balance of any outstanding purchase-money note of the Participant attributable to such surrendered shares by the applicable clause (i) or (ii) amount.

 

5.              The Plan Administrator may in its discretion waive the surrender and cancellation of one or more unvested shares of Common Stock (or other assets attributable thereto) which would otherwise occur upon the non-completion of the vesting schedule applicable to those shares. Such waiver shall result in the immediate vesting of the Participant’s interest in the shares of Common Stock as to which the waiver applies. Such waiver may be effected at any time, whether before or after the Participant’s cessation of Service or the attainment or non-attainment of the applicable performance objectives.

 

C.             First Refusal Rights . Until such time as the Common Stock is first registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, the Corporation shall have the right of first refusal with respect to any proposed disposition by the Participant (or any successor in interest) of any shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program. Such right of first refusal shall be exercisable in accordance with the terms established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such right.

 

II.             CHANGE IN CONTROL

 

Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, all outstanding repurchase rights under the Stock Issuance Program shall continue in full force and effect and shall be assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof), and none of the shares subject to those repurchase rights shall vest on an accelerated basis. However, the Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority, exercisable either at the time the unvested shares are issued or any time while the Corporation’s repurchase rights with respect to those shares remain outstanding, to provide that those repurchase rights shall automatically terminate in whole or in part on an accelerated basis, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately vest, in the event the Participant’s Service should subsequently terminate by reason of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period following the effective date of the Change in Control transaction.

 

11



 

III.            SHARE ESCROW/LEGENDS

 

Unvested shares may, in the Plan Administrator’s discretion, be held in escrow by the Corporation until the Participant’s interest in such shares vests or may be issued directly to the Participant with restrictive legends on the certificates evidencing those unvested shares.

 

12



 

ARTICLE FOUR

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

I.               FINANCING

 

The Plan Administrator may permit any Optionee or Participant to pay the option exercise price under the Option Grant Program or the purchase price for shares issued under the Stock Issuance Program by delivering a full-recourse promissory note payable in one or more installments which bears interest at a market rate and is secured by the purchased shares. In no event, however, may the maximum credit available to the Optionee or Participant exceed the sum of (i) the aggregate option exercise price or purchase price payable for the purchased shares (less the par value of those shares) plus (ii) any applicable income and employment tax liability incurred by the Optionee or the Participant in connection with the option exercise or share purchase.

 

II.             EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF PLAN

 

A.             The Plan shall become effective when adopted by the Board, but no option granted under the Plan may be exercised, and no shares shall be issued under the Plan, until the Plan is approved by the Corporation’s stockholders. If such stockholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the date of the Board’s adoption of the Plan, then all options previously granted under the Plan shall terminate and cease to be outstanding, and no further options shall be granted and no shares shall be issued under the Plan. Subject to such limitation, the Plan Administrator may grant options and issue shares under the Plan at any time after the effective date of the Plan and before the date fixed herein for termination of the Plan.

 

B.             The Plan shall terminate upon the earliest of (i) the expiration of the ten (10)-year period measured from the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, (ii) the date on which all shares available for issuance under the Plan shall have been issued as vested shares or (iii) the termination of all outstanding options in connection with a Change in Control. All options and unvested stock issuances outstanding at the time of a clause (i) termination event shall continue to have full force and effect in accordance with the provisions of the documents evidencing those options or issuances.

 

III.            AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

 

A.             The Board shall have complete and exclusive power and authority to amend or modify the Plan in any or all respects. However, no such amendment or modification shall adversely affect the rights and obligations with respect to options or unvested stock issuances at the time outstanding under the Plan unless the Optionee or the Participant consents to such amendment or modification. In addition, certain amendments may require stockholder approval pursuant to applicable laws and regulations.

 

B.             Options may be granted under the Option Grant Program and shares may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program which are in each instance in excess of the number of shares of Common Stock then available for issuance under the Plan, provided any excess shares actually issued under those programs shall be held in escrow until there is obtained

 

13



 

stockholder approval of an amendment sufficiently increasing the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan. If such stockholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months after the date the first such excess grants or issuances are made, then (i) any unexercised options granted on the basis of such excess shares shall terminate and cease to be outstanding and (ii) the Corporation shall promptly refund to the Optionees and the Participants the exercise or purchase price paid for any excess shares issued under the Plan and held in escrow, together with interest (at the applicable Short Term Federal Rate) for the period the shares were held in escrow, and such shares shall thereupon be automatically cancelled and cease to be outstanding.

 

IV.            USE OF PROCEEDS

 

Any cash proceeds received by the Corporation from the sale of shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.

 

V.             WITHHOLDING

 

The Corporation’s obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of any options granted under the Plan or upon the issuance or vesting of any shares issued under the Plan shall be subject to the satisfaction of all applicable income and employment tax withholding requirements.

 

VI.            REGULATORY APPROVALS

 

The implementation of the Plan, the granting of any options under the Plan and the issuance of any shares of Common Stock (i) upon the exercise of any option or (ii) under the Stock Issuance Program shall be subject to the Corporation’s procurement of all approvals and permits required by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Plan, the options granted under it and the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to it.

 

VII.          NO EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE RIGHTS

 

Nothing in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee or the Participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining such person) or of the Optionee or the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate such person’s Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

 

VIII.         FINANCIAL REPORTS

 

The Corporation shall deliver a balance sheet and an income statement at least annually to each individual holding an outstanding option under the Plan, unless such individual is a key Employee whose duties in connection with the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) assure such individual access to equivalent information.

 

14



 

APPENDIX

 

The following definitions shall be in effect under the Plan:

 

A.             Board shall mean the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

 

B.             Change in Control shall mean a change in ownership or control of the Corporation effected through any of the following transactions:

 

(i)             a merger, consolidation or other reorganization approved by the Corporation’s stockholders, unless securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the voting securities of the successor corporation are immediately thereafter beneficially owned, directly or indirectly and in substantially the same proportion, by the persons who beneficially owned the Corporation’s outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction, or

 

(ii)            a stockholder-approved sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets in complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation, or

 

(iii)           the acquisition, directly or indirectly by any person or related group of persons (other than the Corporation or a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Corporation), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the 1934 Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding securities pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Corporation’s stockholders.

 

In no event shall any public offering of the Corporation’s securities be deemed to constitute a Change in Control.

 

C.             Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

D.             Committee shall mean a committee of one (1) or more Board members appointed by the Board to exercise one or more administrative functions under the Plan.

 

E.              Common Stock shall mean the Corporation’s common stock.

 

F.              Corporation shall mean Proofpoint, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor corporation to all or substantially all of the assets or voting stock of Proofpoint, Inc. which shall by appropriate action adopt the Plan.

 

G.             Disability shall mean the inability of the Optionee or the Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment and shall be determined by the Plan Administrator on the basis of such medical evidence as the Plan Administrator deems warranted under the circumstances.

 

A-1



 

H.             Employee shall mean an individual who is in the employ of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance.

 

I.               Exercise Date shall mean the date on which the Corporation shall have received written notice of the option exercise.

 

J.              Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on any relevant date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(i)             If the Common Stock is at the time traded on the Nasdaq National Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question, as such price is reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers on the Nasdaq National Market and published in The Wall Street Journal. If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

 

(ii)            If the Common Stock is at the time listed on any Stock Exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question on the Stock Exchange determined by the Plan Administrator to be the primary market for the Common Stock, as such price is officially quoted in the composite tape of transactions on such exchange and published in The Wall Street Journal . If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

 

(iii)           If the Common Stock is at the time neither listed on any Stock Exchange nor traded on the Nasdaq National Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Plan Administrator after taking into account such factors as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

 

K.             Incentive Option shall mean an option which satisfies the requirements of Code Section 422.

 

L.              Involuntary Termination shall mean the termination of the Service of any individual which occurs by reason of:

 

(i)             such individual’s involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Corporation for reasons other than Misconduct, or

 

(ii)            such individual’s voluntary resignation following (A) a change in his or her position with the Corporation which materially reduces his or her duties and responsibilities or the level of management to which he or she reports, (B) a reduction in his or her level of compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and target bonus under any corporate-performance based bonus or incentive programs) by more than fifteen percent (15%) or (C) a relocation of such individual’s place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles, provided and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected without the individual’s consent.

 

A-2



 

M.            Misconduct shall mean the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by the Optionee or Participant, any unauthorized use or disclosure by such person of confidential information or trade secrets of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or any other intentional misconduct by such person adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner. The foregoing definition shall not in any way preclude or restrict the right of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) to discharge or dismiss any Optionee, Participant or other person in the Service of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) for any other acts or omissions, but such other acts or omissions shall not be deemed, for purposes of the Plan, to constitute grounds for termination for Misconduct.

 

N.             1934 Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

O.             Non-Statutory Option shall mean an option not intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 422.

 

P.              Option Grant Program shall mean the option grant program in effect under the Plan.

 

Q.             Optionee shall mean any person to whom an option is granted under the Plan.

 

R.             Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Corporation, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Corporation) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

S.              Participant shall mean any person who is issued shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program.

 

T.             Plan shall mean the Corporation’s 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, as set forth in this document.

 

U.             Plan Administrator shall mean either the Board or the Committee acting in its capacity as administrator of the Plan.

 

V.             Service shall mean the provision of services to the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary) by a person in the capacity of an Employee, a non-employee member of the board of directors or a consultant or independent advisor, except to the extent otherwise specifically provided in the documents evidencing the option grant.

 

W.            Stock Exchange shall mean either the American Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange.

 

X.             Stock Issuance Agreement shall mean the agreement entered into by the Corporation and the Participant at the time of issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program.

 

A-3



 

Y.             Stock Issuance Program shall mean the stock issuance program in effect under the Plan.

 

Z.             Subsidiary shall mean any corporation (other than the Corporation) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Corporation, provided each corporation (other than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

AA.         10% Stockholder shall mean the owner of stock (as determined under Code Section 424(d)) possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

A-4


 

PROOFPOINT, INC.

 

2002 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN

 

NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION

 

Notice is hereby given of the following option grant (the “ Option ”) to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Proofpoint, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”):

 

Optionee :

 

 

Grant Date :

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date :

 

 

Exercise Price :  $                                                     per share

 

Number of Option Shares                                       shares of Common Stock

 

Expiration Date :

 

 

Type of Option :

¨

Incentive Stock Option

 

 

 

 

¨

Nonqualified Stock Option

 

 

 

Date Exercisable :

 

Immediately Exercisable

 

Vesting Schedule :       The Option Shares shall initially be unvested and any unvested Option Shares acquired upon the exercise of this Option shall be subject to repurchase by the Corporation at the lower of (i) the Exercise Price paid per share or (ii) the Fair Market Value per share at the time of Optionee’s cessation of Service.  Optionee shall acquire a vested interest in, and the Corporation’s repurchase right shall accordingly lapse with respect to, (i) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Option Shares upon Optionee’s completion of one (1) year of Service measured from the Vesting Commencement Date and (ii) the balance of the Option Shares in a series of thirty-six (36) successive equal monthly installments upon Optionee’s completion of each additional month of Service over the thirty-six (36)-month period measured from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date. The Option shall not become exercisable for any additional Option Shares following the Optionee’s cessation of Service, except to the extent (if any) specifically authorized by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion pursuant to an express written agreement with Optionee.

 

Additional Terms :        ¨        If this box is checked, the additional terms and conditions set forth on Attachment 1 hereto (which must be executed by the Corporation and the Optionee) are applicable and are incorporated herein by reference.  No document need be attached as Attachment 1 if the box is not checked.

 

Optionee understands and agrees that the Option is granted subject to and in accordance with the terms of the Proofpoint, Inc. 2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, amended (the “ Plan ”).  Optionee further agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan, the Stock

 



 

Option Agreement relating to the Option, and the Stock Purchase Agreement upon exercise of the Option. Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement and the Stock Purchase Agreement made available to Optionee on the Corporation’s website at http://intranet.us.proofpoint.com/stockadministration .   Optionee represents that the Optionee has carefully read and is familiar with their provisions, and accepts the Option subject to all of its terms and conditions.  The Optionee acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon exercise of the Option or disposition of the Option Shares and the Optionee should consult a tax adviser prior to such exercise or disposition.

 

REPURCHASE RIGHTS .  OPTIONEE HEREBY AGREES THAT ALL OPTION SHARES ACQUIRED UPON THE EXERCISE OF THE OPTION SHALL BE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN REPURCHASE RIGHTS AND RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL EXERCISABLE BY THE CORPORATION AND ITS ASSIGNS.  THE TERMS OF SUCH RIGHTS ARE SPECIFIED IN THE STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT.

 

Termination of Option .  Upon certain events, the exercisability of this Option may terminate earlier than the Expiration Date as set forth in Sections 5 and 6 of the Stock Option Agreement.

 

At Will Employment .   Nothing in this Notice or in the Stock Option Agreement, the Stock Purchase Agreement or Plan shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Corporation (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) or of Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate Optionee’s Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

 

Definitions .   All capitalized terms in this Notice shall have the meaning assigned to them in this Notice or in the Stock Option Agreement.

 

DATED:                                    ,                        

 

PROOFPOINT, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

, OPTIONEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

By:

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Lisa K. Crooke

 

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

Address:

 

 



 

Attachment 1 to Notice of Grant of Stock Option

 

PROOFPOINT, INC.

 

2002 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN

 

Additional Terms and Conditions to Option

 

Optionee:

 

 

 

Number of Shares:

 

 

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

 

The following terms and conditions apply to the Option described above and granted pursuant to the Notice of Stock Option Grant to which this Attachment 1 is attached:

 

Involuntary Termination following a Change in Control

 

1.             If (A) the Option is assumed by the successor corporation (or the parent thereof) in connection with a Change in Control or is otherwise continued in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change in Control transaction and (B) an Involuntary Termination of Optionee’s Service occurs within eighteen (18) months following the effective date of that Change in Control, then twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of unvested Option Shares at the time subject to the Option shall automatically vest on an accelerated basis, and the Option may be exercised for any or all of those accelerated Option Shares as fully-vested shares.  The Option shall remain exercisable for those Option Shares, together with any other Option Shares in which the Optionee is at the time vested pursuant to the normal Vesting Schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant, until the earlier of (i) the Expiration Date or (ii) the sooner termination of the Option pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 5 of the Option Agreement.

 

2.             An Involuntary Termination shall mean the termination of Optionee’s Service by reason of:

 

(i)                Optionee’s involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Corporation for reasons other than for Misconduct, or

 

(ii)               Optionee’s voluntary resignation following (A) a change in Optionee’s position with the Corporation (or Parent or Subsidiary employing Optionee) which materially reduces Optionee’s duties and responsibilities or the level of management to which he or she reports, (B) a reduction in Optionee’s level of compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and target bonus under any corporate-

 



 

performance based incentive programs) by more than fifteen percent (15%) or (C) a relocation of Optionee’s place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles, provided and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected by the Corporation without Optionee’s consent.

 

3.             The foregoing provisions shall supersede any provisions to the contrary in Paragraphs 6 and 18 of the Stock Option Agreement, to the extent those provisions might otherwise affect the accelerated vesting and exercisability of the Option.

 

By their signatures below, the Corporation and the Optionee agree that the Notice of Stock Option Grant and the Stock Option Agreement are only modified or supplemented hereby to the extent expressly provided for above.

 

PROOFPOINT, INC.

 

OPTIONEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.05

 

Lease Agreement
(NNN Tenant Improvements)
Basic Lease Information

 

Lease Date:

 

March 28, 2011

 

 

 

Landlord:

 

HINES VAF NO CAL PROPERTIES, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

 

Landlord’s Address
for Notices:

 

HINES VAF NO CAL PROPERTIES, L.P.
c/o Hines Interests Limited Partnership
2262 North First Street
San Jose, CA 95131
Attn: Property Manager

 

With a copy to:

 

HINES VAF NO CAL PROPERTIES, L.P.

c/o Hines Interests Limited Partnership

101 California Street, Suite 1000

San Francisco, CA 94111

Attn: Thomas Kruggel

 

 

 

Landlord’s Address
For Rent:

 

Bank of America, N.A., File 30814

Post Office Box 60000

San Francisco, CA 94160

Account of Hines VAF No Cal Properties, L.P.

Account Number: 4426329138

 

 

 

Tenant:

 

PROOFPOINT, INC.,
a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

Tenant’s Address:

 

892 Ross Drive

Sunnyvale, California 94089

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

With a copy of notices sent in all cases to:

 

Proofpoint, Inc.

892 Ross Drive

Sunnyvale, California 94089

Attention: General Counsel

 

 

 

Premises:

 

Approximately 74,338 rentable square feet as shown on Exhibit A , which is comprised of approximately 51,217 rentable square feet consisting of the entire building located at 892 Ross Drive, Sunnyvale, California (the “892 Ross Drive Premises”), and approximately 23,121 rentable square feet consisting of the entire second (2nd) floor of the building located at 888 Ross Drive, Sunnyvale, California (“888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises”).

 

 

 

Premises Address:

 

892 Ross Drive

Sunnyvale, California 94089

 

 

 

888 Ross Drive Building:

 

Approximately 44,340 rentable square feet

 

 

 

892 Ross Drive Building:

 

Approximately 51,217 rentable square feet

 

 

 

888 — 894 Ross Drive
(the “Park”):

 

Approximately 139,482 rentable square feet

 

 

 

Term:

 

Three (3) years and three (3) months commencing on April 1, 2011 (“Commencement Date”) and expiring on June 30, 2014 (“Expiration Date”).

 

 

 

Base Rent (¶3):

 

From and after the Commencement Date, Base Rent shall be paid by Tenant in the amounts listed in the following schedule:

 

 

 

 

 

Period

 

Rate/SF/Month
NNN (Approx.)

 

Monthly Base
Rent

 

 

 

April 1, 2011 — June 30, 2011 (‘892 Ross Drive Base Rent Abatement Period”)*

 

$

0.00

 

$

0.00

 

 

 

July 1, 2011 — October 31, 2011 (“888 Ross Drive Base Rent Abatement Period”)*

 

$

1.00

 

$

51,217.00

 

 

 

November 1, 2011 — March 31, 2012

 

$

1.00

 

$

74,338.00

 

 

i



 

 

 

April 1, 2012 — March 31, 2013

 

$

1.05

 

$

78,054.90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

April 1, 2013 — March 31, 2014

 

$

1.10

 

$

81,771.80

 

 

 

April 1, 2014 — June 30, 2014

 

$

1.15

 

$

85,488.70

 

 

 

 

*Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Base Rent for the 892 Ross Drive Premises during the 892 Ross Drive Rent Abatement Period and Tenant only be obligated to pay Base Rent for the 892 Ross Drive Premises in the amount of $51,217.00 per month and not the 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises during the 888 Ross Drive Base Rent Abatement Period, subject, however, to the provisions of Section 2 below.

 

 

 

Advance Rent (¶3):

 

Fifty One Thousand Two Hundred Seventeen and No/100 Dollars ($51,217.00)

 

 

 

Security Deposit (¶4):

 

Eighty Five Thousand Four Hundred Eighty Eight and 70/100 Dollars ($85,488.70)

 

 

 

Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses (¶6.1):

 

100% of the 892 Ross Drive Building;
52.14% of the 888 Ross Drive Building; and
53.30% of the Park

 

 

 

Tenant’s Share of Tax Expenses (¶6.2):

 

53.30% of the Park

 

 

 

Tenant’s Share of Common Area Utility Costs (¶7.2):

 

100% of the 892 Ross Drive Building;
52.14% of the 888 Ross Drive Building; and
53.30% of the Park

 

 

 

Tenant’s Share of Utility Expenses (¶7.1):

 

100% of the 892 Ross Drive Building; and
52.14% of the 888 Ross Drive Building

 

 

 

Permitted Uses (¶9):

 

General office and research and development uses and all related legal uses, but only to the extent permitted by the City of Sunnyvale and all agencies and governmental authorities having jurisdiction thereof.

 

 

 

Parking Spaces:

 

Four (4) non-exclusive and non-designated spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises and six (6) reserved “Visitor Parking” spaces pursuant to Section 22 below.

 

 

 

Broker (¶33):

 

Jones Lang LaSalle for Tenant

 

 

 

Exhibits:

 

Exhibit A -        Premises, Building, and/or Park

Exhibit B -        Tenant Improvements

Exhibit C -       Rules and Regulations

Exhibit D -       Intentionally Omitted

Exhibit E -        Tenant’s Initial Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate

Exhibit F -        Change of 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises Delivery Date

Exhibit G -       Sign Criteria

 

 

 

Addenda

 

Addendum 1 - Option to Extend

 

ii



 

Table of Contents

 

Section

 

Page

 

 

 

 

1.

Premises

 

1

 

 

 

 

2.

Occupancy

 

1

 

 

 

 

3.

Rent

 

1

 

 

 

 

4.

Security Deposit

 

1

 

 

 

 

5.

Condition of Premises; Landlord’s Work; Tenant Improvements; Dash FF&E

 

2

 

 

 

 

6.

Additional Rent

 

2

 

 

 

 

7.

Utilities and Services

 

5

 

 

 

 

8.

Late Charges

 

6

 

 

 

 

9.

Use of Premises

 

6

 

 

 

 

10.

Alterations; and Surrender of Premises

 

7

 

 

 

 

11.

Repairs and Maintenance

 

8

 

 

 

 

12.

Insurance

 

10

 

 

 

 

13.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnity

 

11

 

 

 

 

14.

Assignment and Subleasing

 

11

 

 

 

 

15.

Subordination

 

13

 

 

 

 

16.

Right of Entry

 

13

 

 

 

 

17.

Estoppel Certificate

 

13

 

 

 

 

18.

Tenant’s Default

 

13

 

 

 

 

19.

Remedies for Tenant’s Default

 

14

 

 

 

 

20.

Holding Over

 

15

 

 

 

 

21.

Landlord’s Default

 

15

 

 

 

 

22.

Parking

 

15

 

 

 

 

23.

Transfer of Landlord’s Interest

 

15

 

 

 

 

24.

Waiver

 

15

 

 

 

 

25.

Casualty Damage

 

16

 

 

 

 

26.

Condemnation

 

17

 

 

 

 

27.

Environmental Matters/Hazardous Materials

 

17

 

 

 

 

28.

Financial Statements

 

19

 

 

 

 

29.

General Provisions

 

19

 

 

 

 

30.

Signs

 

20

 

 

 

 

31.

Mortgagee Protection

 

21

 

 

 

 

32.

Warranties of Tenant

 

21

 

 

 

 

33.

Brokerage Commission

 

21

 

 

 

 

34.

Quiet Enjoyment

 

21

 

 

 

 

35.

Roof Equipment

 

21

 

 

 

 

36.

Right of First Offer

 

22

 

iii



 

NNN Tenant Improvements
Lease Agreement

 

The Basic Lease Information and this Lease are, and shall be construed as, a single instrument.

 

1.                                         Premises

 

Landlord leases the Premises to Tenant upon the terms and conditions contained herein.  Tenant shall have the right to use, on a non-exclusive basis (subject to the provisions of Section 22 below), parking areas and ancillary facilities located within the Common Areas of the Park, subject to the terms of this Lease.  For purposes of this Lease, (i) as of the Lease Date, the rentable square footage area of each of the Premises, the 888 Ross Drive Building, the 892 Ross Drive Building and the Park shall be deemed to be the number of rentable square feet as set forth in the Basic Lease Information, (ii) the rentable square footage of the Premises may include a proportionate share of certain areas used in common by all occupants of the 888 Ross Drive Building, the 892 Ross Drive Building and/or the Park (for example corridors, common restrooms, an electrical room or telephone room) and (iii) the number of rentable square feet of any of the 888 Ross Drive Building, the 892 Ross Drive Building and the Park may subsequently change after the Lease Date commensurate with any physical modifications to any of the foregoing by Landlord, and Tenant’s Share shall accordingly change.  The term “Project” means and collectively refers to the 888 Ross Drive Building, the 892 Ross Drive Building, Common Areas and Park.

 

2.                                         Occupancy

 

Tenant acknowledges that it is currently in possession of the 892 Ross Drive Premises under a sublease (the “Existing Sublease”) from Verity, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Verity”) and that the term of the Existing Sublease expires on the Commencement Date.  Verity is the existing tenant of the 892 Ross Drive Premises under that certain Lease dated January 22, 1996, by and between Landlord’s predecessor-in-interest, Ross Drive Investors, a California general partnership, and Verity, as amended (the “Verity Lease”).  Tenant represents that it has been in possession of the entire 892 Ross Drive Premises under the Existing Sublease since August, 2007.  Tenant acknowledges that Dash Navigation, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Dash”) is currently occupying the 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises under that certain Lease Agreement dated March 16, 2007 by and between Landlord and Dash (the “Dash Lease”) and that the Dash Lease expires according to its terms on June 30, 2011.  The Commencement Date shall occur notwithstanding that delivery of possession of the 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises to Tenant in the condition required by this Lease (the “888 Ross Drive Delivery Date”) has not yet occurred.  If the 888 Ross Drive Delivery Date has not occurred on or before July 1, 2011, the 888 Ross Drive Rent Abatement Period (which period is four (4) months) shall be delayed until the date upon which Landlord delivers the 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises to Tenant in the required condition and the parties shall execute a written amendment to this Lease, substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto specifying the actual 888 Ross Drive Delivery Date and the date on which Tenant is to commence paying rent for the 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises.  Tenant shall execute and return such amendment to Landlord within fifteen (15) days after Tenant’s receipt thereof.  Landlord and Tenant agree that Tenant shall have occupancy of the 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises for one month for purposes of constructing its improvements to, and installing its furniture, fixtures and equipment in, the 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises without any obligation to pay Base Rent or Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses, Common Area Utility Costs and Utility Expenses with respect to the 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises.  For the avoidance of doubt, (a) Tenant shall not pay Base Rent for (i) the 892 Ross Drive Premises during the 892 Ross Drive Rent Abatement Period, or (ii) the 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises during the 888 Ross Drive Rent Abatement Period, (b) Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses, Common Area Utility Costs and Utility Expenses with respect to the 892 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises during the 892 Ross Drive Rent Abatement Period, (c) Tenant shall not pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses, Common Area Utility Costs and Utility Expenses with respect to the 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises during the first month of the 888 Ross Drive Rent Abatement Period but shall pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses, Common Area Utility Costs and Utility Expenses with respect to the 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises during the second, third and fourth months of the 888 Ross Drive Rent Abatement Period.

 

3.                                         Rent

 

On the date that Tenant executes this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the original executed Lease, the Security Deposit and all insurance certificates required to be delivered under Section 12 and Exhibit B of this Lease.  Tenant shall pay the Advance Rent on or before the Commencement Date (which shall be applied against Rent payable for the first month(s) Tenant is required to pay Rent).  Tenant agrees to pay Landlord without prior notice or demand, abatement, offset, deduction or claim, in advance at Landlord’s Address for Rent, on the Commencement Date and thereafter on the first (1st) day of each month throughout the Term (i) Base Rent and (ii) as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Tax Expenses, Common Area Utility Costs, and Utility Expenses.  The term “Rent” means the aggregate of all these amounts.  If any rental payment date (including the Commencement Date) falls on a day of the month other than the first day of such month or if any rental payment is for a period which is shorter than one (1) month, then the rental for any such fractional month shall be a proportionate amount of a full calendar month’s rental based on the proportion that the number of days in such fractional month bears to the number of days in the calendar month during which the fractional month occurs.  All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the terms of this Lease that require proration on a time basis shall be prorated in the same manner.  To the extent not already paid as part of the Advance Rent any prorated Rent shall be paid on the Commencement Date, and any prorated Rent for the final calendar month shall be paid on the first day of the calendar month in which the date of expiration or termination occurs.

 

4.                                         Security Deposit

 

Simultaneously with Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, as a Security Deposit for the faithful performance by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease, the amount specified in the Basic Lease Information.  If Tenant is in default hereunder beyond any applicable notice and cure period, Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, use all or any portion of the Security Deposit to cure the default or to compensate Landlord for all damages sustained by Landlord in connection therewith.  Tenant shall, within five (5) days of Tenant’s receipt of written demand, pay to Landlord a sum equal to the portion of the Security Deposit so applied or used to replenish the amount

 

1



 

of the Security Deposit held to increase such deposit to the amount initially deposited with Landlord.  At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, within the time period(s) prescribed by California Civil Code Section 1950.7 (or any successor law), Landlord shall return the Security Deposit to Tenant, less such amounts as are reasonably necessary, as determined by Landlord, to remedy any default by Tenant hereunder beyond any applicable notice and cure period or to otherwise restore the Premises to a clean and safe condition, reasonable wear and tear, acts of God, casualty or condemnation excepted.  If the cost to restore the Premises exceeds the amount of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall promptly deliver to Landlord any and all of such excess sums.  Landlord shall not be required to segregate the Security Deposit from other funds, and, unless required by law, interest shall not be paid on the Security Deposit.  Tenant shall not have any use of, or right of offset against, the Security Deposit.  Tenant hereby waives (i) California Civil Code Section 1950.7 (or any successor law) and any and all other laws, rules and regulations applicable to security deposits in the commercial context (“Security Deposit Laws”), and (ii) any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Security Deposit may be retained and applied by Landlord (a) to offset Rent which is unpaid either before or after termination of this Lease, and (b) against other damages suffered by Landlord before or after termination of this Lease as a result of Tenant’s uncured default under this Lease.

 

5.                                         Condition of Premises; Landlord’s Work; Tenant Improvements; Dash FF&E

 

Tenant acknowledges that it has been and continues to be in possession of the 892 Ross Drive Premises under the Existing Sublease, is familiar with the condition of the Premises and accepts the Premises in its presently existing, “as is” condition, with all faults and without representation, warranty or improvements by Landlord of any kind whatsoever except as otherwise provided herein and subject to Landlord’s obligations pursuant to Sections 11, 25 and 26 of this Lease.  Tenant agrees that neither Landlord nor any of Landlord’s agents, representatives or employees has made any representations as to the suitability, fitness or condition of the Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business or for any other purpose.  The Tenant Improvements (defined in Exhibit B ) shall be installed in accordance with the terms and provisions of Exhibit B .  In addition, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, (a) (1) replace the following units in the 892 Ross Drive Premises: AC2, AC3, AC4, AC5, AC6, AC8, AC10, AC11 and AC12 (with the parties acknowledging that AC9, which is supposed to provide 5 tons of cooling capacity, has never been operational, and that, as a result, AC11, which has a current cooling capacity of 10 tons, will be replaced with an HVAC unit with at least 15 tons of cooling capacity) to provide 131.5 tons of new cooling capacity to the 892 Ross Drive Premises with respect to such replaced units in a manner reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant to provide suitable cooling to the 892 Ross Drive Premises for Tenant’s intended use (which, when added to the remaining approximately 85 tons of cooling capacity from AC1 [75 tons] and AC7 [10 tons], will provide an aggregate of approximately 216.5 tons of cooling capacity at the 892 Ross Drive Premises), and (2) replace the smaller AC unit serving the proposed server room in the 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises with a new unit of equal or greater capacity (but not the larger “box car” unit serving the 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises), (b) install a new building heater in the 892 Ross Drive Premises, (c) resurface the roof of the 892 Ross Drive Building, and (d) remove from the server room in the 892 Ross Drive Premises the FM200 fire suppression system and all ancillary equipment, including, without limitation, monitoring equipment, cabling and wiring relating to the operation of the fire suppression system (collectively, “Landlord’s Work”).  Landlord’s Work shall be commenced as soon as reasonably practicable after the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease and subject to delays caused by Tenant, circumstances beyond Landlord’s reasonable control and force majeure, Landlord shall complete (1) Landlord’s Work described in subparagraphs (a) and (b) above prior to August 1, 2011, (2) Landlord’s Work described in subparagraph (c) above prior to September 1, 2011, and (3) Landlord’s Work described in subparagraph (d) above prior to July 1, 2011.  Landlord acknowledges that Tenant will be occupying the 892 Ross Drive Premises while Landlord is performing the Landlord’s Work, and Landlord shall use commercially reasonable good faith efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s operations during the period that Landlord is performing the Landlord’s Work, provided that Tenant shall in no manner delay the completion of Landlord’s Work.  Landlord shall perform the Landlord’s Work in compliance with all applicable Laws (as defined in Section 9.1 below), in a good and workmanlike manner, free of defects and using new materials and equipment of good quality.  Within thirty (30) days after the completion of Landlord’s Work, Tenant shall have the right to submit a written punch list to Landlord, setting forth any defective item of construction, and Landlord shall promptly cause such items to be corrected.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenants acceptance of the Landlord’s Work or the submission of a punch list with respect to the Landlord’s Work shall not be deemed a waiver of Tenant’s right to have defects in the Landlord’s Work repaired at no cost to Tenant.  Tenant shall give notice to Landlord whenever any such defect becomes reasonably apparent, and Landlord shall repair such defect as soon as reasonably practicable.  Also, notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord warrants to Tenant that the existing structural elements and mechanical, plumbing, electrical, heating, ventilation and air-conditioning and other systems serving the Premises, other than those constructed or modified by Tenant, shall be in good operating condition on the Commencement Date.  If (i) a non-compliance with said warranty exists with respect to the 892 Ross Drive Premises as of the Commencement Date or occurs during the first one hundred eighty (180) days thereafter, or (ii) If non-compliance with said warranty exists with respect to the 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises as of the 888 Ross Drive Delivery Date or occurs during the first one hundred eighty (180) days thereafter, Landlord shall, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Tenant setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, commence to rectify same at Landlord’s expense and complete such repairs or work within a commercially reasonable period of time.  If Tenant does not give Landlord written notice of a non-compliance with this warranty within one hundred eighty (180) days after the Commencement Date and the 888 Ross Drive Delivery Date, as applicable, correction of that non-compliance shall be handled as a maintenance and repair item pursuant to the provisions of Section 11 of this Lease.  In the event that Dash agrees to leave any of its existing furniture, fixtures and/or equipment (the “Dash FF&E”) in the 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises, at no cost to Landlord, Landlord hereby grants Tenant an exclusive right to use, all Dash FF&E located within the 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises on the 888 Ross Drive Delivery Date at no cost to Tenant.  Said right shall be coterminous with this Lease and upon such termination, the Dash FF&E shall be deemed to constitute part of the Premises and surrendered by Tenant to Landlord in good condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear, acts of God, casualty and condemnation excepted.

 

6.                                         Additional Rent

 

Landlord and Tenant intend that this Lease be a “triple net lease.” The costs and expenses described in this Section 6 and all other sums, charges, costs and expenses specified in this Lease other than Base Rent are to be paid by Tenant to Landlord as additional rent (collectively, “Additional Rent”).

 

2



 

6.1        Operating Expenses:

 

6.1.1          Definition of Operating Expenses :  Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant’s Share of all Operating Expenses as Additional Rent.  The term “Operating Expenses” means the total amounts paid or payable by Landlord in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, repair and operation of the Premises and Project.  The term “Common Areas” means all areas and facilities within the Park exclusive of the Premises and other portions of the Park leasable exclusively to other tenants.  The Common Areas include, but are not limited to, interior lobbies, mezzanines, parking areas, access and perimeter roads, sidewalks, rail spurs (if any), and landscaped areas.  Operating Expenses may include, but are not limited to, Landlord’s cost of: (i) repairs to, and maintenance of, the roof membrane, the non-structural portions of the roof and the non-structural elements of the perimeter exterior walls of the 888 Ross Drive Building and the 892 Ross Drive Building; (ii) maintaining the Common Areas of the Park; (iii) annual insurance premium(s) for any and all insurance Landlord elects to obtain, including without limitation, “causes of loss — special form” or “special purpose” coverage, earthquake and flood for the Project, rental value insurance, and subject to Section 25 below, any deductible in an amount consistent with deductible amounts maintained by other prudent landlords owning similar projects in the vicinity of the Project (for Tenant’s information, Landlord currently maintains earthquake insurance for the Project but does not maintain flood insurance), provided that any earthquake deductible shall not exceed (x) $3.00 per square foot of the 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises and/or the 892 Ross Drive Premises (as applicable to each such building if damaged by earthquake) if more than twenty-four (24) months remain on the Term, (y) $2.00 per square foot of the 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises and/or the 892 Ross Drive Premises (as applicable to each such building if damaged by earthquake) if more than twelve (12) months remain on the Term, and (z) $1.00 per square foot of the 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises and/or the 892 Ross Drive Premises (as applicable to each such building if damaged by earthquake) if less than twelve (12) months remain an the Term; (iv) subject to the provisions of Section 6.1.22(xiii) below, (a) modifications and/or new improvements to any portion of the Project occasioned by any rules, laws or regulations effective subsequent to the Lease Date; (b) reasonably necessary replacement improvements to any portion of the Project after the Commencement Date; and (c) new improvements to the Project that are intended to reduce operating costs or improve life/safety conditions, all of the foregoing as reasonably determined by Landlord but only to the extent of the savings estimated to be realized therefrom; provided , if such costs are of a capital nature, then such costs or allocable portions thereof shall be amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the capital item in accordance with sound accounting principles consistent applied, as reasonably determined by Landlord, together with reasonable interest on the unamortized balance; (v) the management and administration of the Project, including, without limitation, a property management fee, accounting, auditing, billing, postage, salaries and benefits for employees, whether located on the Project or off-site, payroll taxes and legal and accounting costs and all fees, licenses and permits related to the ownership, operation and management of the Project; (vi) preventative maintenance and repair contracts including, but not limited to, contracts for elevator systems (if any), heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems (which preventative maintenance for the HVAC systems shall provide for quarterly inspections and testing of the belts, coils, filters and condensers) and lifts for disabled persons; (vii) security and fire protection services for any portion of the Project, if and to the extent, in Landlord’s sole discretion, such services are provided; (viii) the creation and modification of any licenses, easements or other similar undertakings with respect to the Project; (ix) supplies, materials, equipment, rental equipment and other similar items used in the operation and/or maintenance of the Project and any reasonable reserves established for replacement or repair of any Common Area improvements or equipment; (x) any and all levies, charges, fees and/or assessments payable to any applicable owner’s association or similar body; (xi) subject to the provisions of Section 6.1.2(xiii) below), any barrier removal work or other required improvements, alterations or work to any portion of the Project required under provisions of the ADA (defined below) enacted or newly enforced after the date of this Lease (the New ADA Work”); provided, if such costs are of a capital nature, then such costs or allocable portions thereof shall be amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the capital item, as reasonably determined by Landlord in accordance with sound accounting principles consistently applied, together with reasonable interest on the unamortized balance; provided further, if any improvements, alterations or work is required under provisions of the ADA due to Tenant’s particular and unique use of the Premises or any Alteration (defined below) made to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant (“Tenant ADA Work”), then the cost of the Tenant ADA Work shall be borne solely by Tenant and shall not be included as part of the Operating Expenses; and (xii) the repairs and maintenance items set forth in Section 11.2 below.  Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to equitably allocate and prorate some or all of the Operating Expenses among different tenants and/or different buildings of the Project and/or on a building by building basis (the “Cost Pools”).  In such event, Tenant’s Share shall be commensurately revised to reflect any such increases or decreases.  If the 888 Ross Drive Building, the 892 Ross Drive Building or Project is less than ninety-five percent (95%) occupied during all or a portion of a calendar year, the variable components of the Operating Expenses as determined by Landlord shall be calculated as if the 888 Ross Drive Building, the 892 Ross Drive Building and Project had been 95% occupied for the full calendar year.  For purposes of this Section, the “variable components” of the Operating Expenses are those Operating Expenses which vary based on the occupancy levels of the Building and/or Project, Including, but not limited to, utilities, janitorial costs and trash removal, but excluding any Operating Expenses that do not differ based on occupancy levels, such as insurance costs.

 

6.1.2          Operating Expense Exclusions : The term “Operating Expenses” shall not include: (i) costs (including permit, license, and inspection fees) incurred in renovating, improving or decorating vacant space or space for other tenants within the Project; (ii) costs incurred because Landlord or another tenant violated the terms and conditions of any lease within the Project; (iii) legal and auditing fees (other than those fees reasonably incurred in connection with the maintenance and operation of any portion the Project), leasing commissions, promotional expenses, attorneys’ fees, advertising expenses, and other costs incurred in connection with the original leasing of the Project or future re-leasing of any portion of the Project and in constructing improvements to other tenant’s premises for any other tenant of the Project; (iv) depreciation of the 888 Ross Drive Building, the 892 Ross Drive Building or any other improvements situated within the Project and expense reserves; (v) any items for which Landlord is actually reimbursed; (vi) costs of repairs or other work necessitated by casualty (excluding any deductibles) and/or costs of repair or other work necessitated by the exercise of the right of eminent domain to the extent insurance proceeds or a condemnation award, as applicable, is actually received by Landlord for such purposes; provided , such costs of repairs or other work shall be paid by the parties in accordance with the provisions of Sections 25 and 26, below; (vii) other than any interest charges for capital improvements referred to in Section 6.1.1(iv) hereinabove, any interest or payments on any financing for the 888 Ross Drive Building, the 892 Ross Drive Building or the Project, interest and penalties incurred as a result of Landlord’s late payment of any invoice (provided that Tenant pays Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses to Landlord when due as set forth herein), and any bad debt loss, rent loss or reserves for same and any depreciation allowance or

 

3



 

expense reserves; (viii) costs associated with the investigation and/or remediation of Hazardous Materials (hereafter defined) present in, on or about any portion of the Project, unless such costs and expenses are the responsibility of Tenant as provided in Section 27 hereof, in which event such costs and expenses shall be paid solely by Tenant in accordance with Section 27 hereof; (ix) Landlord’s cost for the repairs and maintenance items set forth in Section 11.3; (x) overhead and profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis; or any costs included in Operating Expenses representing an amount paid to any entity related to Landlord which is in excess of the amount which would have been paid in the absence of such relationship; (xi) any payments under a ground lease or master lease; (xii) management fees in excess of three percent (3%) of the gross revenues of the Project; (xiii) all customary capital repairs and replacements to the base structural elements and operating systems of the Premises, including the foundation, roof structure, roof membrane, exterior walls and heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems, other than any capital repairs or replacements triggered by Tenant’s particular and unique use of the Premises or Tenant Improvements or Alterations to the Premises or any New ADA Work as provided In subsection (xi) of Section 6.1.1 above; (xiv) compensation paid to any employee of Landlord above the grade of Property Manager/Building Superintendent, including officers and executives of Landlord; (xv) costs of electrical energy furnished and metered directly to tenants of the Project or for which Landlord is entitled to be reimbursed by tenants as additional rental over and above tenant’s Base Rent or pass-through of Operating Expenses; (xvi) the costs of repairs or maintenance which are covered by warranties or service contracts in existence on the Commencement Date and to the extent such maintenance and repairs are made at no cost to Landlord; (xvii) the costs and expenses incurred in leasing equipment or systems that would ordinarily constitute a capital expenditure if such equipment or systems were purchased which Is excluded from Operating Expenses under subsection (xiii) above; (xviii) the costs of repairs, alterations and general maintenance necessitated by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees, or contractors, or repairs, alterations and general maintenance necessitated by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any other tenant or occupant of the Project or any of their respective agents, employees, contractors, invitees, or licensees; (xix) any amount payable by Landlord by way of indemnity or for damages or which constitute a fine or penalty, including interest or penalties for late payment (except to the extent imposed due to late payment by Tenant); (xx) any cost for overtime or other expenses to Landlord in curing defaults; (xxi) the costs including fines, penalties, and legal fees incurred due to violations by Landlord, its employees, agents, or contractors or assigns, or any other tenant (excluding Tenant) or occupant of the Project of building codes, any governmental rule or requirement or the terms and conditions of any lease pertaining to the Project or any other contract; (xxii) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by Landlord; (xxiii) Operating Expenses incurred with respect to any restaurant areas of the Project; (xxiv) charitable or political contributions or donations of Landlord; (xxv) during only the initial three (3) year and three (3) month term of this Lease expiring on June 30, 2014, the cost of maintaining and repairing the roof of the 888 Ross Drive Building and the roof of the 892 Ross Drive Building, including the cost of any roof maintenance contracts, and the cost of resurfacing the roof of the 888 Ross Drive Building the first time such resurfacing occurs during the term of this Lease, provided that the replacement of the structural portions of the roof of the 888 Ross Drive Building and of the 892 Ross Drive Building during the Term of this Lease shall be Landlord’s obligations under Section 11.3 of this Lease without reimbursement from Tenant through Tenant’s payment of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses; or (xxvi) during only the initial three (3) year and three (3) month term of this Lease expiring on June 30, 2014, the cost of maintaining and repairing the heating, ventilation and air-conditioning units serving the 888 Ross Drive Building and the 892 Ross Drive Building, including such units that serve the Premises or the Common Areas, including the cost of any maintenance contract, provided that the replacement of any such unit at any time during the term of this Lease shall be Landlord’s obligation under Section 11.3 of this Lease without reimbursement from Tenant through Tenant’s payment of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses.  Landlord agrees that (y) Landlord will not collect or be entitled to collect more than one hundred percent (100%) of the increases in Operating Expenses actually paid by Landlord in connection with the operation of the Building in any calendar year, and (z) excluding management fees and any other fees expressly provided in this Lease, Landlord shall make no profit from Landlord’s collection of Operating Expenses.

 

6.2        Tax Expenses :  Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant’s Share of all Tax Expenses applicable to the Project.  Prior to delinquency, Tenant shall pay any and all taxes and assessments levied upon Tenant’s Property (defined below in Section 10) located or installed in or about the Premises by, or on behalf of Tenant.  To the extent any such taxes or assessments are not separately assessed or billed to Tenant, then Tenant shall pay the amount thereof as invoiced by Landlord.  Tenant shall also reimburse and pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, within thirty (30) days after written demand therefor, one hundred percent (100%) of (i) any increase in real property taxes attributable to any and all Alterations (defined below in Section 10), Tenant Improvements, fixtures, equipment or other improvements of any kind whatsoever placed in, on or about the Premises for the benefit of, at the request of, or by Tenant, and (ii) taxes and assessments levied or assessed upon or with respect to the possession, operation, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any other portion of the Project.  “Tax Expenses” means, without limitation, any form of tax and assessment (general, special, supplemental, ordinary or extraordinary), commercial rental tax, payments under any improvement bond or bonds, license fees, license tax, business license fee, rental tax, transaction tax or levy imposed by any authority having the direct or indirect power of tax (including any governmental, school, agricultural, lighting or other improvement district) as against any legal or equitable interest of Landlord in the Premises or Project or any other tax, fee, or excise, however described, including, but not limited to, any tax imposed in substitution (partially or totally) of any tax previously included within the definition of Tax Expenses.  “Tax Expenses” shall not include (a) any franchise, estate, inheritance, net income, gift or excess profits tax imposed upon Landlord, (b) any penalty or fee imposed solely as a result of Landlord’s failure to pay Tax Expenses when due, (c) any items included as Operating Expenses, and (d) any Tax Expenses in excess of the amount which would be payable if such tax or assessment expense were paid in installments over the longest possible term.

 

6.3        Payment of Expenses :  Landlord shall estimate Tenant’s Share of the Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses for the calendar year in which the Lease commences.  Commencing on the Commencement Date, one-twelfth (1/12th) of this estimated amount shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord, as Additional Rent, and thereafter on the first (1st) day of each month throughout the remaining months of such calendar year.  Thereafter, Landlord may estimate such expenses for each calendar year during the Term of this Lease and Tenant shall pay one-twelfth (1/12th) of such estimated amount as Additional Rent on the first (1st) day of each month throughout the Term.  Tenants obligation to pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses shall commence on (a) April 1, 2011 with respect to the 892 Ross Drive Premises, and (b) the later of (i)

 

4



 

August 1, 2011 and (ii) thirty (30) days after the 888 Ross Drive Delivery Date, with respect to the 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises, and shall continue until the expiration of the Term.

 

6.4        Annual Reconciliation :  By June 30th of each calendar year, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with an accounting of actual and accrued Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses; provided, failure by Landlord to give such accounting by such date shall not constitute a waiver by Landlord of its right to collect any underpayment by Tenant at any time.  Within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s delivery of such accounting, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of any underpayment.  Landlord shall credit the amount of any overpayment by Tenant toward the next estimated monthly installment(s) falling due, or if the Term of the Lease has expired, refund the amount of overpayment to Tenant as soon as possible thereafter, not to exceed thirty (30) days after the date of the accounting.  If the Term of the Lease expires prior to the annual reconciliation of expenses Landlord shall have the right to reasonably estimate Tenant’s Share of such expenses, and deduct any underpayment from Tenant’s Security Deposit; provided that if Landlord’s final accounting for such year shows an overpayment by Tenant, Landlord shall promptly refund the such overpayment to Tenant.  Failure by Landlord to accurately estimate Tenant’s Share of such expenses or to otherwise perform such reconciliation shall not constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to collect any underpayment at any time during the Term or after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, provided, however, that Landlord shall not be able to collect any underpayment if Landlord fails to submit an accounting for any calendar year during the Term within twenty-four (24) months after the last day of such calendar year.

 

6.5        Audit :  After delivery to Landlord of at least thirty (30) days prior written notice, which notice must be delivered within one hundred twenty (120) days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of the annual accounting of actual Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense through any accountant designated by it, shall have the right to examine and/or audit the books and records evidencing such expenses for the previous one (1) calendar year, during Landlord’s reasonable business hours but not more frequently than once during any calendar year.  Tenant may not compensate any such accountant on a contingency fee basis.  The results of any such audit (and any negotiations between the parties related thereto) shall be maintained strictly confidential by Tenant and its accounting firm and shall not be disclosed, published or otherwise disseminated to any other party (except as may be required by court order or applicable law) other than to Landlord and its authorized agents.  Landlord and Tenant each shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate in such negotiations and to promptly resolve any discrepancies between Landlord and Tenant in the accounting of such expenses.  If the audit accurately, and with appropriate supporting documentation, indicates that Landlord’s determination of Operating Expenses overstated the Operating Expenses by at least four percent (4%), then Landlord shall give Tenant a credit against future rental amounts for an amount equal to the reasonable cost of the audit or reimburse Tenant for the reasonable cost of the audit if the Lease has expired or earlier terminated (provided that in no event shall such credit or reimbursement exceed $7,000.00).

 

7.                                         Utilities and Services

 

Tenant shall pay the cost of all (i) water, sewer use, sewer discharge fees and sewer connection fees, gas, electricity, telephone, telecommunications, cabling and other utilities billed or metered separately to the Premises and (ii) refuse pickup and janitorial service to the Premises.  Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord copies of all bilis for separately metered utilities supplied to the Premises for the past twelve (12) month period within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s request.

 

7.1        Utility Expenses :  Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant’s Share of any utility fees, use charges, or similar services that are not billed or metered separately to Tenant (collectively, “Utility Expenses”).  If Landlord reasonably determines that Tenant’s Share of Utility Expenses is not commensurate with Tenant’s use of such services, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount which is attributable to Tenant’s use of the utilities or similar services, as reasonably estimated and determined by Landlord, based upon factors such as size of the Premises and intensity of use of such utilities by Tenant such that Tenant shall pay the portion of such charges reasonably consistent with Tenant’s use of such utilities and similar services.  Tenant shall also pay Tenant’s Share of any assessments, charges and fees included within any tax bill for the Project, including without limitation, entitlement fees, allocation unit fees and sewer use fees.

 

7.2        Common Area Utility Costs :  Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant’s Share of any Common Area utility fees, charges and expenses (collectively, “Common Area Utility Costs”).  Tenant shall pay to Landlord one-twelfth (1/12th) of the estimated amount of Tenant’s Share of the Common Area Utility Costs on the Commencement Date and thereafter on the first (1st) day of each month throughout the Term.  Any reconciliation thereof shall be substantially in the same manner as set forth in Section 6.4 above.

 

7.3        Miscellaneous :  Tenant acknowledges that the Premises may become subject to the rationing of utility services or restrictions on utility use as required by a public utility company, governmental agency or other similar entity having jurisdiction thereof.  Tenant agrees that its tenancy and occupancy hereunder shall be subject to such rationing restrictions as may be imposed by a public utility, governmental agency or similar entity upon Landlord, Tenant, the Premises, or other portions of the Project, and Tenant shall in no event be excused or relieved from any covenant or obligation to be kept or performed by Tenant by reason of any such rationing or restrictions.

 

7.4        Interruption in Utilities .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, if the Premises are rendered unusable for the normal conduct of Tenant’s business and Tenant, in fact, ceases to use and occupy such portion of the Premises for the normal conduct of its business as a result of any failure to provide utilities or services as required by this Lease caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord’s Representatives, as hereinafter defined (an “Abatement Event”), then Tenant shall give Landlord notice of such Abatement Event, and if such Abatement Event continues for five (5) consecutive business days after Landlord’s receipt of any such notice (the “Eligibility Period”), then the Base Rent shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, after the expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or a portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable area of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, bears to the total rentable area of the Premises; provided, however, in the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, a portion of the Premises for a period of time in excess of the Eligibility Period and the remaining portion of the Premises is not sufficient to allow Tenant to effectively conduct its business therein, and if Tenant does not conduct its business from such remaining portion, then for such time after expiration of the Eligibility Period during which Tenant is so prevented from effectively conducting its business therein,

 

5



 

the Base Rent for the entire Premises shall be abated for such time as Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises.  If, however, Tenant reoccupies and conducts normal business operations in any portion of the Premises during such period, the Base Rent allocable to such reoccupied portion, based on the proportion that the rentable area of such reoccupied portion of the Premises bears to the total rentable area of the Premises, shall be payable by Tenant from the date Tenant reoccupies and conducts normal business operations in such portion of the Premises.  Such right to abate Base Rent in this Section 7.4 shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy at law or in equity for an Abatement Event.  Except as provided in this Section 7.4, nothing contained herein shall be interpreted to mean that Tenant is excused from paying Rent due hereunder.

 

8.                                         Late Charges

 

The sums and charges set forth in this Section 8 shall be “Additional Rent”.  Tenant acknowledges that late payment (the second (2nd) day of each month or any time thereafter) of Rent and all other sums due hereunder, will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease.  Such costs may include, without limitation, processing and accounting charges, and late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any note secured by any encumbrance against the Premises, and late charges and penalties due to the late payment of real property taxes on the Premises.  Therefore, if any Installment of Rent or any other sum payable by Tenant is not received by Landlord within five (5) days after when due, Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord a late charge, as liquidated damages, in an amount equal to eight percent (8%) of such delinquent amount plus interest on the delinquent amount at eight percent (8%) per annum for every month or portion thereof that such sums remain unpaid.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay such late charge for the first such late payment in any twelve (12) month period, provided that such payment is made within three (3) business days after notice from Landlord that such amount was not paid when due. If Tenant delivers to Landlord two (2) checks for which there are not sufficient funds, Landlord may require Tenant to replace such check with a cashier’s check for the amount of such check.  The parties agree that this late charge and the other charges referenced above represent a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord will incur by reason of such late payment by Tenant.  Acceptance of any late charge or other charges shall not constitute a waiver by Landlord of Tenant’s default with respect to the delinquent amount, nor prevent Landlord from exercising any of the other rights and remedies available to Landlord for any other default of Tenant under this Lease.

 

9.                                         Use of Premises

 

9.1        Compliance with Laws, Recorded Matters, and Rules and Regulations :  The Premises shall be used solely for the permitted uses specified in the Basic Lease Information and for no other uses without Landlord’s prior written consent.  Landlord’s consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed so long as the proposed change in use (i) does not involve the use of Hazardous Materials other than as expressly permitted under the provisions of Section 27 below, (ii) does not require any additional parking spaces, and (iii) is compatible and consistent with the other uses then being made in the Project, as reasonably determined by Landlord.  The use of the Premises by Tenant and its employees, representatives, agents, invitees, licensees, subtenants, customers or contractors (collectively, “Tenant’s Representatives”) shall be subject to, and at all times in compliance with, (a) any and all applicable laws, rules, codes, ordinances, statutes, orders and regulations as same exist from time to time throughout the Term (collectively, the “Laws”), including without limitation, the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act, a federal law codified at 42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq., including, but not limited to Title III thereof, all regulations and guidelines related thereto and all requirements of Title 24 of the State of California (collectively, the “ADA”), (b) any and all Instruments, licenses, restrictions, easements or similar instruments, conveyances or encumbrances which are at any time required to be made by or given by Landlord relating to the initial development of the Project and/or the construction, from time to time, of any additional improvements in the Project, including without limitation, any Tenant Improvements (collectively, “Development Documents”), (c) any and all documents, easements, covenants, conditions and restrictions, and similar instruments, together with any and all amendments and supplements thereto made, from time to time, each of which has been or hereafter is recorded in any official or public records with respect to the Premises or any other portion of the Project (collectively, “Recorded Matters”), and (d) any and all rules and regulations set forth in Exhibit C hereto, any other reasonable rules and regulations now or hereafter promulgated by Landlord, and any rules, restrictions and/or regulations imposed by any applicable owners association or similar entity (collectively, “Rules and Regulations”), provided that such Rules and Regulations are non-discriminatory and uniformly enforced and do not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises or parking rights, Landlord reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to grant, without the consent of Tenant, such easements, rights and dedications that Landlord deems reasonably necessary, and to cause the recordation of parcel or subdivision maps and/or restrictions, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps and restrictions, as applicable, do not materially and adversely interfere with Tenant’s operations in the Premises.  Tenant agrees to sign promptly any documents reasonably requested by Landlord to effectuate any such easements, rights, dedications, maps or restrictions.  Tenant agrees to, and does hereby, assume full and complete responsibility (x) to ensure that the Premises, including without limitation, the Tenant Improvements, are in compliance with all applicable Laws throughout the Term and (y) for the payment of all costs, fees and expenses associated with any modifications, improvements or other Alterations to the Premises and/or any other portion of the Project occasioned by the enactment of, or changes to, any Laws arising from Tenant’s particular and unique use of the Premises or Alterations or other improvements made to the Premises regardless of when such Laws became effective.  Tenant shall have no right to initiate, submit an application for, or otherwise request, any land use approvals or entitlements with respect to the Premises or any other portion of the Project.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, unless such compliance is required as a result of, or triggered by, Tenant’s particular and unique use or improvements to the Premises, Landlord shall promptly comply with all such governmental measures which require changes to the building systems located within or servicing the Premises (for example, changes to the sprinkler system), the structural portions of the Premises, the Common Areas, the 888 Ross Drive Building, the 892 Ross Drive Building or Project (subject to reimbursement as Operating Expenses in accordance with Section 6.1 of this Lease).

 

9.2        Prohibition on Use : Tenant shall not use the Premises or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises nor keep or bring anything therein which will increase the existing rate of or affect any policy of insurance upon the 888 Ross Drive Building or the 892 Ross Drive Building or any of its contents, or cause a cancellation of any insurance policy.  No auctions may be conducted in, on or about any portion of the Premises or the Project without Landlord’s prior written consent thereto.  Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will unreasonably obstruct or interfere with the rights of Landlord or other tenants or occupants of any portion of the Project.  The Premises shall not be used for any unlawful purpose.  Tenant shall not cause, maintain or permit any private or

 

6



 

public nuisance in, on or about any portion of the Premises or the Project, including, but not limited to, any offensive odors, noises, fumes or vibrations.  Tenant shall not damage or deface or otherwise commit or permit to be committed any waste in, upon or about the Premises or any other portion of the Project.  Tenant shall not place or store, nor permit any other person or entity to place or store, any property, equipment, materials, supplies or personal property outside of the Premises.  Tenant shall not permit any animals, including, but not limited to, any household pets, to be brought or kept in or about the Premises, except for animals assisting disabled persons.  Tenant shall neither install any radio or television antenna, satellite dish, microwave or other device on the roof or exterior walls of the 888 Ross Drive Building, the 892 Ross Drive Building or any other portion of the Project nor make any penetrations of or to the roof of the 888 Ross Drive Building or the 892 Ross Drive Building, except as expressly provided in this Lease.  Tenant shall not interfere with radio, telecommunication, or television broadcasting or reception from or in the 888 Ross Drive Building, the 892 Ross Drive Building or elsewhere.  Tenant shall place no loads upon the floors, walls, or ceilings in excess of the maximum designed load permitted by the applicable Uniform Building Code or which may damage the 888 Ross Drive Building, the 892 Ross Drive Building or outside areas within the Project.

 

9.3        Access :  Tenant and its employees shall have access to, and elevator and electrical service at, the 888 Ross Drive Building, the 892 Ross Drive Building, and the Premises twenty four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, subject to the terms of this Lease (including Section 7.4) and such protective services or monitoring systems, if any, as Landlord may reasonably impose.

 

10.                                  Alterations; and Surrender of Premises

 

10.1 Alterations : Tenant shall be permitted to make, at its sole cost and expense, non-structural alterations and additions to the interior of the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, provided said alterations are not part of Tenant’s Wi-Fi Network (defined hereinbelow), do not affect the Building systems and the cost of such alterations does not exceed Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000.00) each job and One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00) cumulatively each calendar year (the “Permitted Improvements”).  Within five (5) business days after receipt of Tenant’s written request, Landlord will notify Tenant in writing whether Landlord shall require the removal of any specific Alterations (as defined below) or any component of the Tenant Improvements at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.  Tenant, however, shall first notify Landlord of such Permitted Improvements so that Landlord may post a Notice of Non-Responsibility on the Premises.  Except for the Permitted Improvements, Tenant shall neither install any signs, fixtures, or improvements, nor make or permit any other alterations or additions (individually, an “Alteration”, and collectively, “Alterations”) to the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed so long as any such Alteration does not affect (1) the Building systems, structural integrity or structural components of the 888 Ross Drive Building, or (2) the structural integrity or structural components of the 892 Ross Drive Building.  In the event that Tenant desires to install any cabling, wiring or other conduit between the 892 Ross Drive Building and the 888 Ross Drive Building, including any trenching required in connection therewith, such work and installations shall be deemed an Alteration subject to Landlord’s prior written consent and the terms of this Section 10.  If any such Alteration is expressly permitted by Landlord, Tenant shall deliver at least ten (10) days prior written notice to Landlord, from the date Tenant commences construction, sufficient to enable Landlord to post and record a Notice of Non-Responsibility.  Tenant shall obtain all permits or other governmental approvals prior to commencing any work and deliver a copy of same to Landlord.  All Alterations shall be (i) at Tenant’s sole cost and expense in accordance with plans and specifications which have been previously submitted to and approved in writing by Landlord, and shall be installed by a licensed, insured (and bonded, at Landlord’s option) contractor (reasonably approved by Landlord) in compliance with all applicable Laws, Development Documents, Recorded Matters, and Rules and Regulations and (ii) performed in a good and workmanlike manner and so as not to unreasonably obstruct access to any portion of the Project or any business of Landlord or any other tenant.  Landlord’s approval of any plans, specifications or working drawings for Tenant’s Alterations shall neither create nor impose any responsibility or liability on the part of Landlord for their completeness, design sufficiency, or compliance with any Laws.  As Additional Rent, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, within thirty (30) days after receipt of written demand, for actual and reasonable legal, engineering, architectural, planning and other expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with Tenant’s Alterations.  If Tenant makes any Alterations, Tenant shall carry (or cause its contractor to carry) “Builder’s All Risk” insurance, in an amount approved by Landlord and such other insurance as Landlord may reasonably require.  All such Alterations shall be insured by Tenant in accordance with Section 12 of this Lease immediately upon completion.  Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Project free from any liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant.  Tenant shall, prior to commencing any Alterations, (a) cause its contractor(s) and/or major subcontractor(s) to provide insurance as reasonably required by Landlord, and (b) provide such assurances to Landlord, including without limitation, waivers of lien and if the cost of the Alterations exceeds $750,000, surety company performance bonds as Landlord shall require to assure payment of the costs thereof to protect Landlord and the Project from and against any mechanic’s, materialmen’s or other liens.

 

10.1.1   Wi-Fi Network :  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event Tenant desires to install wireless intranet, Internet and communications network (“Wi-Fi Network”) in the Premises for the use by Tenant and its employees, then the same shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 10.1.1 (in addition to the other provisions of this Section 10).  In the event Landlord consents to Tenant’s installation of such Wi-Fi Network (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), Tenant shall, in accordance with Section 10.2 below, remove the Wi-Fi Network from the Premises prior to the termination of the Lease.  Tenant shall use the Wi-Fi Network so as not to cause any unreasonable interference to other tenants in the 888 Ross Drive Building or to other tenants at the Park or with any other tenant’s communication equipment, and not to damage the 888 Ross Drive Building or Park or unreasonably interfere with the normal operation of the 888 Ross Drive Building or Park and Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section 10.1.1, except to the extent same is caused by the sole active negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Representative and which is not covered by the insurance carried by Tenant under this Lease (or which would not be covered by the insurance required to be carried by Tenant under this Lease).  Should any interference occur, Tenant shall take all necessary steps as soon as reasonably possible and no later than three (3) business days following such occurrence to correct such interference.  If such interference continues after such three (3) business day period, Tenant shall immediately cease operating such Wi-Fi Network until such interference is corrected or remedied to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction.  Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has granted and/or may grant telecommunication

 

7


 

rights to other tenants and occupants of the 888 Ross Drive Building and to telecommunication service providers and in no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any interference of the same with such Wi-Fi Network.  Landlord makes no representation that the Wi-Fi Network will be able to receive or transmit communication signals without interference or disturbance.  Tenant shall (i) be solely responsible for any damage caused as a result of the Wi-Fi Network, except to the extent caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, (ii) promptly pay any tax, license or permit fees charged pursuant to any laws or regulations in connection with the installation, maintenance or use of the Wi-Fi Network and comply with all precautions and safeguards recommended by all governmental authorities, and (iii) pay for all necessary repairs, replacements to or maintenance of the Wi-Fi Network.  Should Landlord be required to retain professionals to research any interference issues that may arise and to confirm Tenant’s compliance with the terms of this Section 10.11, Landlord shall retain such professionals at commercially reasonable rates, and if the research indicates that the interference was caused by Tenant’s Wi-Fi Network, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within thirty (30) days following submission to Tenant of an invoice from Landlord, which costs shall not exceed $1,000 per year (except in the event of a default by Tenant hereunder beyond any applicable notice and cure period).  This reimbursement obligation is independent of any rights or remedies Landlord may have in the event of a breach of default by Tenant under this Lease.  Landlord shall enforce the foregoing restrictions in a uniform and non-discriminatory manner.

 

10.2 Surrender of Premises : At the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord (a) in good condition and repair (damage by acts of God, casualty, condemnation, Hazardous Materials not stored, used, released or disposed of by Tenant or any Tenant Representative in accordance with applicable Laws, and normal wear and tear excepted), but with all Interior walls cleaned, any carpets cleaned, all floors cleaned and waxed, all non-working light bulbs and ballasts replaced and all roll-up doors and plumbing fixtures in good condition and working order, and (b) in accordance with Section 27 hereof.  Normal wear and tear shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by proper maintenance by Tenant, or Tenant otherwise performing all of its obligations under this Lease, or any damage or deterioration due to or associated with unusually heavy floor loads or other unusual occupancy factors.  On or before the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove (i) all of Tenant’s Property (defined below) and Tenant’s signage from the Premises and other portions of the Project, (ii) any Alterations Landlord may, by notice to Tenant given not later than ninety (90) days prior to the Expiration Date (except in the event of a termination of this Lease prior to the scheduled Expiration Date, in which event no advance notice shall be required) as to Alterations made without Landlord’s consent, and if requested by Tenant in writing at the time Tenant requests Landlord’s consent to any Alterations requiring Landlord’s consent, by notice given to Tenant at the time Landlord consents to such Alterations, require Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, to remove, and Tenant shall repair any damage caused by all of such removal activities.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall not be obligated to remove the initial Tenant Improvements constructed pursuant to Exhibit B to this Lease Agreement, unless required in writing by Landlord at the time Landlord approves such Tenant Improvements.  “Tenant’s Property” means all equipment, trade fixtures, furnishings, all telephone, data, and other cabling and wiring (including any cabling and wiring associated with the Wi-Fi Network, if any) installed or caused to be installed by Tenant (including any cabling and wiring, installed above the ceiling of the Premises or below the floor of the Premises), inventories, goods and personal property of Tenant.  Any of Tenant’s Property not so removed by Tenant as required herein shall be deemed abandoned and may, after five (5) days’ notice from Landlord, be stored, removed, and disposed of by Landlord at Tenant’s expense, and Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for any damages resulting from Landlord’s retention and disposition of such property; provided, however, Tenant shall remain liable to Landlord for all costs incurred in storing and disposing of such abandoned property of Tenant.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall, prior to the expiration of this Lease, at Tenant’s expense and in compliance with the National Electric Code and other applicable Laws, remove all electronic, fiber, phone and data cabling and related equipment that has been installed by or for the benefit of Tenant in or around the Premises (collectively, the “Cabling”); provided, however, Tenant shall not remove such Cabling if Tenant receives a written notice from Landlord at least forty- five (45) days prior to the expiration of the Lease authorizing such Cabling to remain in place, in which event the Cabling shall be surrendered with the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.  In the event that Landlord does not so authorize the Cabling to remain in place and Tenant fails to remove the Cabling on or before the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord may remove the Cabling, in which case Tenant shall pay Landlord for the actual cost incurred by Landlord therefor, (together with a three percent (3%) supervision/administration fee) within thirty (30) days after being billed for the same.  All Alterations except those which Landlord requires Tenant to remove; shall remain in the Premises as the property of Landlord.  If the Premises are not surrendered at the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease, and in accordance with this Section 10 and Section 27 below, Tenant shall continue to be responsible for the payment of Rent (as the same may be increased pursuant to Section 20 below) until the Premises are so surrendered in accordance with said provisions.  Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold the Indemnitees (hereafter defined) harmless from and against any and all Claims (defined below) (x) arising from any delay by Tenant in so surrendering the Premises including, without limitation, any Claims made against Landlord by any succeeding tenant or prospective tenant founded on or resulting from such delay and (y) suffered by Landlord due to lost opportunities to lease any portion of the Premises to any such succeeding tenant or prospective tenant.

 

11.                                  Repairs and Maintenance

 

11.1 Tenant’s Repairs and Maintenance Obligations :  Except for those portions of the 888 Ross Drive Building and the 892 Ross Drive Building to be maintained by Landlord, as provided in Sections 11.2 and 11.3 below (collectively, “Landlord Repair Obligations”), Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, keep and maintain all parts of the Premises and such portions of the 888 Ross Drive Building and the 892 Ross Drive Building as are within the exclusive control of Tenant in good, clean and safe condition and repair, promptly making all necessary repairs and replacements with materials and workmanship of substantially the same character, kind and quality as the original thereof, all of the foregoing in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 10 hereof, and to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord including, but not limited to, repairing any damage (and replacing any property so damaged) caused by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Representatives, or due to or associated with unusually heavy floor loads or other unusual occupancy factors, and restoring the Premises and other portions of the Project to the condition existing prior to the occurrence of such damage.  Without limiting any of the foregoing, Tenant shall be solely responsible for promptly maintaining, repairing and replacing (a) all mechanical systems exclusively serving the Premises (excluding the heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems serving the Premises which are the obligation of Landlord to repair, maintain and replace pursuant to Sections 11.2 and 11.3 below), (b) all plumbing work and fixtures exclusively serving the Premises, (c) electrical wiring systems, fixtures and equipment exclusively serving the Premises, (d) all interior lighting (including,

 

8



 

without limitation, light bulbs and/or ballasts) in the Premises and exterior lighting exclusively serving the 892 Ross Drive Building or adjacent to the 892 Ross Drive Building, (e) all window glass and interior doors, door frames and door closers exclusively in the Premises and the exterior doors of the 892 Ross Drive Building, (f) all roll-up doors, ramps and dock equipment, including without limitation, dock bumpers, dock plates, dock seals, dock levelers and dock lights exclusively serving the Premises, (g) all tenant signage, (h) lifts for disabled persons serving the Premises, (i) sprinkler systems, fire protection systems and security systems serving the Premises, and (j) all partitions, fixtures, equipment, interior painting, interior walls and floors, and floor coverings within the Premises and every part thereof (including, without limitation, any demising walls contiguous to any portion of the Premises).  Any such work shall be performed by licensed, insured and bonded contractors and subcontractors reasonably approved by Landlord.  Additionally, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the performance of the regular removal of trash and debris.

 

11.2 Maintenance by Landlord :  Subject to the provisions of Section 11.1, and subject to the provisions of Section 6.1.2(xxv) regarding the roofs of the 888 Ross Drive Building and the 892 Ross Drive Building and Section 6.1.2(xxvi) regarding the heating, ventilation and air-conditioning units serving the 888 Ross Drive Building and the 892 Ross Drive Building, but otherwise subject to Tenant’s obligation under Section 6 to reimburse Landlord, in the form of Additional Rent, for Tenant’s Share of the cost and expense of the following described items, Landlord shall repair, maintain and replace the following items: (a) sprinkler systems and fire protection services serving the Common Areas; (b) the roof and roof coverings of the 888 Ross Drive Building and the 892 Ross Drive Building (provided that Tenant installs no additional air conditioning or other equipment on the roof that damages the roof coverings, in which event Tenant shall pay all costs relating to the presence of such additional equipment); (c) all mechanical systems serving the Common Areas and heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems serving the Premises and the Common Areas; (d) all plumbing work and fixtures serving the Common Areas and the 888 Ross Drive Building (excluding the plumbing work and fixtures exclusively serving the 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises); (e) electrical wiring systems, fixtures and equipment serving the Common Areas and the 888 Ross Drive Building (excluding the electrical wiring systems, fixtures and equipment exclusively serving the 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises); (f) all interior lighting (including, without limitation, light bulbs and ballasts) in the Common Areas and exterior lighting serving the 888 Ross Drive Building; (g) all window glass and interior doors, door frames and door closers in the Common Areas; (h) lifts for disabled persons serving the Common Areas of the 888 Ross Drive Building; (i) sprinkler systems, fire protection systems and security systems serving the Common Areas; (j) any rail spur and rail crossing; (k) exterior painting of the 888 Ross Drive Building or the 892 Ross Drive Building; and (I) the parking areas, pavement, landscaping, sprinkler systems, sidewalks, driveways, curbs, and lighting systems in the Common Areas.  If Landlord elects to perform any repair or restoration work required to be performed by Tenant, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s receipt of written demand from Landlord for all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith.  Tenant shall promptly report, in writing, to Landlord any defective condition known to it which Landlord is required to repair.

 

11.3 Landlord’s Repairs and Maintenance Obligations :  Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 11.1 and 11.2 but subject to the provisions of Sections 25 and 26, and except for repairs rendered necessary by the intentional or negligent acts or omissions of Tenant or any of Tenant’s Representatives, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, without the right of reimbursement from Tenant, (a) keep in good condition and repair (including the replacement of) the structural portions of the 888 Ross Drive Building and the 892 Ross Drive Building, including without limitation, the floors, foundations and exterior perimeter walls of the 888 Ross Drive Building and the 892 Ross Drive Building (exclusive of glass in the Premises and the exterior doors of the 892 Ross Drive Building), (b) replace (i) the structural portions of the roof, (ii) the roof membrane, and (iii) the heating, ventilation and air-condition units serving the 888 Ross Drive Building and the 892 Ross Drive Building, and (c) repair any damage to the Premises 888 Ross Drive Building or the 892 Ross Drive Building caused by Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or by Landlord’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period.

 

11.4 Tenant’s Failure to Perform Repairs and Maintenance Obligations :  If Tenant refuses or neglects to repair and maintain the Premises and the other areas properly as required herein and to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord, (i) Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, at any time after five (5) days’ notice, make such repairs or maintenance without Landlord having any liability to Tenant for any loss or damage that may accrue to Tenant’s Property or to Tenant’s business by reason thereof, except to the extent any damage is caused by the willful misconduct or sole active negligence of Landlord or its authorized agents and representatives and (ii) Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, Landlord’s costs and expenses incurred therefor.  Landlord and Tenant’s obligations under this Section 11 shall survive the expiration of the Term or earlier termination thereof.  Tenant hereby waives any right to repair at the expense of Landlord under any applicable Laws now or hereafter in effect, except as expressly provided in this Lease.

 

11.5 Landlord’s Failure to Perform Repairs and Maintenance Obligations : Landlord shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Landlord fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Landlord.  For purposes of this Section 11.5, a reasonable time (except in the event of an emergency threatening life or property) shall in no event be less than thirty (30) days after receipt by Landlord, and by any Lender(s) whose name and address shall have been furnished to Tenant in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Landlord has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days after such notice are reasonably required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in breach of this Lease if performance is commenced within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, (a) if Tenant provides written notice to Landlord stating with specificity that repairs are required to the Premises, (b) such repairs constitute Landlord’s Repair Obligations, (c) the failure to perform such repairs materially and adversely affects the conduct of Tenant’s business from, or Tenant’s use of, the Premises and such written notice required under subsection (a) above expressly states that Landlord’s failure to perform such repairs will materially and adversely affect the conduct of Tenant’s business from, or Tenant’s use of, the Premises, and (d) Landlord fails to commence such repairs within five (5) days and to thereafter diligently prosecute such corrective action to completion, then Tenant may deliver to Landlord a second written notice specifying that unless Landlord commences the performance of such repairs within three (3) days of such second notice, Tenant will take the required action.  If such repairs are the obligation of Landlord under this Lease and are not commenced by Landlord within such three (3) day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion, then Tenant shall be entitled to perform such repairs and receive prompt reimbursement by Landlord of Tenant’s reasonable costs and expenses in taking such action.  In addition, in the event that the large “box car” air conditioning unit serving the 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises ceases to operate, if Tenant provides notice to

 

9



 

Landlord’s property manager (which may be by telephone [as long as Tenant speaks to someone in Landlord’s property management office], as long as such telephonic notice is followed by Tenant’s delivery of written notice at the San Jose address for notices set forth in the Basic Lease Information within one day of such telephonic notice) and Landlord fails to commence to repair such unit within one (1) business day after the receipt of such notice and thereafter diligently prosecute such repairs to completion, then Tenant may proceed to make such repairs upon delivery of an additional notice to Landlord by the same methods described above specifying that Tenant is making the repairs, and if such repairs were required by Landlord under the terms of this Lease and were not made by Landlord as provided above, then Tenant shall be entitled to prompt reimbursement by Landlord of Tenant’s reasonable costs and expenses in making such repairs.  In the event Tenant takes any of the actions permitted under this Section, Tenant shall use only those contractors used by Landlord at the Premises for work unless such contractors are unwilling or unable to perform, or timely perform, such work, in which event Tenant may utilize the services of any other qualified contractor which normally and regularly performs similar work in comparable buildings located in the vicinity of the Premises.  Promptly following completion of any work taken by Tenant pursuant to this Section, Tenant shall deliver a reasonably detailed invoice of the work completed, the materials used and the costs relating thereto, and Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for such costs within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s invoice therefor.

 

12.                                  Insurance

 

12.1 Types of Insurance :  Tenant shall maintain in full force and effect at all times during the Term, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for the protection of Tenant and Landlord, as their interests may appear, policies of insurance issued by carriers reasonably acceptable to Landlord and its lender which afford the following coverages: (i) worker’s compensation and employer’s liability, as required by law; (ii) commercial general liability insurance (occurrence form) providing coverage against any and all claims for bodily injury and property damage occurring in, on or about the Premises arising out of Tenant’s and Tenant’s Representatives’ use or occupancy of the Premises and such insurance shall (a) include coverage for contractual liability, fire damage, premises, personal injury, completed operations and products liability, and (b) have a combined single limit of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence with a Two Million Dollar ($2,000,000) aggregate limit and excess/umbrella insurance in the amount of Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000); (iii) comprehensive automobile liability insurance with a combined single limit of at least $1,000,000 per occurrence for claims arising out of any owned, non-owned or hired automobiles; (iv) “causes of loss — special form” property insurance, including without limitation, sprinkler leakage, covering damage to or loss of any of Tenant’s Property and the Tenant Improvements located in, on or about the Premises, and in addition, coverage for flood, earthquake, and business Interruption of Tenant.  Such insurance shall be written on a replacement cost basis (without deduction for depreciation) in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the full replacement value of the aggregate of the items referred to in this clause (iv); and (v) such other insurance or higher limits of liability as is then customarily required by reasonable prudent owners of similar types of buildings within the general vicinity of the Project or as may be reasonably required by any of Landlord’s lenders; provided that Landlord may not require such other insurance or higher limits more than once during the initial Term and once during the Extended Term (as defined in Addendum 1 attached hereto).

 

12.2 Insurance Policies :  Insurance required to be maintained by Tenant shall be written by companies (i) licensed to do business in the State of California, (ii) domiciled in the United States of America, and (iii) having a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least A:VIII (or such higher rating as may be reasonably required by a lender having a lien on the Premises) as set forth in the most current issue of “A.M. Best’s Rating Guides.”  Any deductible amounts under any of the insurance policies required hereunder shall not exceed Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000).  Tenant shall deliver to Landlord certificates of insurance and true and complete copies of any and all endorsements required herein for all insurance required to be maintained by Tenant hereunder at the time of execution of this Lease by Tenant with respect to the 892 Ross Drive Premises and on or before the 888 Ross Drive Delivery Date with respect to the 888 Ross Drive Premises.  Tenant shall, at least fifteen (15) days prior to expiration of each policy, furnish Landlord with certificates of renewal or “binders” thereof.  Each certificate shall expressly provide that such policies shall not be cancelable or otherwise subject to material modification except after endeavoring to provide thirty (30) days prior written notice to the parties named as additional insureds as required in this Lease (except for cancellation for nonpayment of premium, in which event cancellation shall not take effect until at least ten (10) days’ notice has been given to Landlord).  Tenant shall have the right to provide insurance coverage which it is obligated to carry pursuant to the terms of this Lease under a blanket insurance policy, provided such blanket policy expressly affords coverage for the Premises and Landlord as required by this Lease.

 

12.3 Additional Insureds and Coverage :  Each of Landlord, Landlord’s property management company or agent, and Landlord’s lender(s) having a lien against the Premises or any other portion of the Project shall be named as additional insureds or loss payees (as applicable) under all of the policies required in Section 12.1(ii) and, with respect to the Tenant Improvements, in Section 12.1(iv) hereof.  The general liability and excess/umbrella insurance to be maintained by Tenant shall be endorsed to state that it is primary, without right of contribution from insurance maintained by Landlord, and shall be in excess of coverage which Landlord may have and shall be unaffected by any insurance or self-insurance Landlord may have regardless of whether any other insurance names Landlord as an insured or whether such insurance stands primary or secondary.  Any umbrella/excess liability policy (which shall be in “following form”) shall provide that if the underlying aggregate is exhausted, the excess coverage will drop down as primary insurance.  The limits of insurance maintained by Tenant shall not limit Tenant’s liability under this Lease.  It is the parties’ intention that the insurance to be procured and maintained by Tenant as required herein shall provide coverage for any and all damage or injury arising from or related to Tenant’s operations of its business and/or Tenant’s or Tenant’s Representatives’ use of the Premises and any of the areas within the Project.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, to the extent Landlord’s cost of maintaining insurance with respect to the 888 Ross Drive Building, the 892 Ross Drive Building and/or any other buildings within the Project is increased as a result of, and to the extent of, Tenant’s acts, omissions, Alterations, improvements, use or occupancy of the Premises, Tenant shall pay one hundred percent (100%) of, and for, each such increase as Additional Rent.

 

12.4 Failure of Tenant to Purchase and Maintain Insurance :  If Tenant fails to obtain and maintain the insurance required herein throughout the Term, Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, purchase the necessary insurance and pay the premiums therefor.  If Landlord so elects to purchase such insurance, Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord as Additional Rent, the amount so paid by Landlord, within ten (10) business days after receipt of Landlord’s written demand therefor.  In addition, Landlord may recover from Tenant and Tenant agrees to pay, as Additional Rent,

 

10



 

any and all Claims which Landlord may incur due to Tenant’s failure to obtain and maintain such insurance.

 

12.5 Waiver of Subrogation :  Landlord and Tenant mutually waive their respective rights of recovery against each other for any loss of, or damage to, either party’s property to the extent that such loss or damage is insured by an insurance policy required to be in effect at the time of such loss or damage.  Each party shall obtain any special endorsements, if required by its insurer, whereby the insurer waives its rights of subrogation against the other party.  This provision is intended to waive fully, and for the benefit of the parties hereto, any rights and/or claims which might give rise to a right of subrogation in favor of any insurance carrier.

 

12.6 Landlord’s Insurance :  During the Term, Landlord shall, as an item of Operating Expenses, maintain “causes of loss — special form” property insurance insuring against risk of loss or damage to the 888 Ross Drive Building, the 892 Ross Drive Building, its equipment and Common Area furnishings, and commercial general liability insurance in commercially reasonable amounts determined by Landlord from time to time consistent with the insurance requirements of other prudent landlords of comparable projects located in the vicinity of the Project.  Landlord at its option may obtain any of the required insurance directly or through umbrella policies covering the 888 Ross Drive Building, the 892 Ross Drive Building and other assets owned by Landlord.

 

13.                                  Limitation of Liability and Indemnity

 

Except to the extent of Claims (defined below) resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees, contractors, property management company or other authorized representatives (“Landlord’s Representatives”), Tenant agrees to protect, defend (with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold Landlord and Landlord’s lenders, partners, members, property management company (if other than Landlord), agents, directors, officers, employees and representatives (collectively, the “Indemnitees”) harmless and indemnify the Indemnitees from and against all liabilities, damages, demands, penalties, costs, claims, losses, judgments, charges and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs of court and expenses necessary in the prosecution or defense of any third party litigation including the enforcement of this provision) (collectively, “Claims”) arising from or in any way related to, directly or indirectly, (i) Tenant’s or Tenant’s Representatives’ use of the Premises and other portions of the Project, (ii) the conduct of Tenants business, (iii) from any activity, work or thing done, permitted by Tenant in or about the Premises, and/or (iv) Tenant’s failure to perform any covenant or obligation of Tenant under this Lease.  Tenant agrees that the obligations of Tenant herein shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

Except to the extent of Claims resulting from the sole active negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s Representatives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, Tenant agrees that neither Landlord nor any of the Indemnitees shall at any time or to any extent whatsoever be liable, responsible or in any way accountable for any loss, liability, injury, death or damage to persons or property which at any time may be suffered or sustained by Tenant or by any person(s) whomsoever who may at any time be using, occupying or visiting the Premises or any other portion of the Project, including, but not limited to, any acts, errors or omissions of any other tenants or occupants of the Project.  Tenant shall not, in any event or circumstance, be permitted to offset or otherwise credit against any payments of Rent required herein for matters for which Landlord may be liable hereunder.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Lease, at no time shall Landlord be responsible or liable to the Tenant for any lost profits, lost economic opportunities or any form of consequential damage as the result of any actual or alleged breach by Landlord of its obligations under this Lease.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Lease, except with respect to Tenant’s obligations pursuant to Sections 20 (“Holding Over”) and 27 (“Environmental Matters/Hazardous Materials”) of this Lease, at no time shall Tenant be responsible or liable to the Landlord for any lost profits or lost economic opportunities or punitive damages as the result of any actual or alleged breach by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease, provided that in no event shall Landlord be precluded from exercising Its remedies under Section 19 of this Lease.

 

14.                                  Assignment and Subleasing

 

14.1 Prohibition :  Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), assign, mortgage, hypothecate, encumber, grant any license or concession, pledge or otherwise transfer this Lease or any interest herein, permit any assignment or other transfer of this Lease by operation of law, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the use of the Premises by any persons other than Tenant and Tenant’s Representatives (collectively, ‘Transfers” and any entity to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is sometimes referred to as a “Transferee”).  No consent to any Transfer shall constitute a waiver of the provisions of this Section 14, and all subsequent Transfers may be made only with the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, but which consent shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 14.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 14, an assignment or sublease of all or a portion of the Premises to (1) an entity which is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with, Tenant, or (2) a successor entity to Tenant (whether by merger, consolidation or other non- bankruptcy reorganization of Tenant), or (3) which acquires all or substantially all of Tenant’s stock or assets (“ Affiliate ”), shall not be deemed a Transfer under this Section 14, and shall accordingly not require Landlord’s consent or payment of any amount to Landlord, provided that (a) Tenant promptly notifies Landlord of any such assignment or sublease at least twenty (20) days prior to such assignment or sublease (unless applicable securities or other laws prohibit prior notice, in which event Tenant shall so notify Landlord within three (3) business days after the effective date of such transfer), (b) Tenant promptly supplies Landlord with any documents or information reasonably requested by Landlord regarding such assignment or sublease or the Affiliate, (c) the Affiliate agrees in writing to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, (d) such assignment or sublease is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease, and (e) such Affiliate shall have a tangible net worth (not including goodwill as an asset) computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (the “Net Worth”) at least equal to the Net Worth on the date of this Lease of the original Tenant.  “ Control ,” as used in this Section 14.1, shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting securities of, or possession of the right to vote, in the ordinary direction of its affairs, of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting interests in an entity.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in addition to the foregoing, Landlord’s consent shall not be required for Transfers involving (1) a public offering of stock by Tenant, or (2) the trading of shares listed on a recognized public stock exchange (including NASDAQ) , or (3) a private placement with a venture capital firm or other equity investor where such investor receives stock in Tenant, provided that a transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of the stock of Tenant in the aggregate by any person(s) or entity(ties) having an interest in ownership or control of Tenant

 

11



 

at the Lease Date shall require Landlord’s consent.  Any right of Landlord to recapture the Premises pursuant to Section 14.5 below shall not apply to assignment, sublease or transfer to an Affiliate.

 

14.2 Request for Consent : If Tenant seeks to make a Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord, in writing (“Tenant’s Notice”), and deliver to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the proposed commencement date of the Transfer (“Proposed Effective Date”) the following: (i) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “Subject Space”); (ii) all of the terms of the proposed Transfer, including without limitation, the Proposed Effective Date, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of the existing or proposed assignment, sublease or other agreement governing the proposed Transfer; (iii) current financial statements of the proposed Transferee certified by an officer, member, partner or owner thereof, and audited financial statements for the previous three (3) most recent consecutive fiscal years, if available; and (iv) such other information as Landlord may then reasonably require.  Within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of the Tenant’s Notice (the “Landlord Response Period”) Landlord shall notify Tenant, in writing, of its determination with respect to such requested proposed Transfer and Landlord’s election as set forth in Section 14.5.  If Landlord does not elect to recapture pursuant to Section 14.5 and Landlord does consent to the requested proposed Transfer, Tenant may thereafter assign its interests in and to this Lease or sublease all or a portion of the Premises to the same party and on the same terms as set forth in the Tenant’s Notice.

 

14.3 Criteria for Consent : Tenant agrees that, among other circumstances for which Landlord could reasonably withhold consent to a proposed Transfer, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent where (a) Tenant is in default of its obligations under this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods or at any time during the twelve month period prior to the Transfer, Tenant has been in material default beyond applicable notice and cure periods, (b) the use to be made of the Premises by the proposed Transferee is prohibited, or differs from the uses permitted, under this Lease, (c) the proposed Transferee or its business is subject to compliance with additional requirements of the ADA beyond those requirements which are applicable to Tenant, unless the Transferee agrees to pay the cost of such additional requirements, (d) the proposed Transferee does not intend to occupy the Premises, (e) Landlord reasonably disapproves of the proposed Transferee’s business operating ability or history, reputation or creditworthiness or the character of the business to be conducted at the Premises, (f) the proposed Transferee is a governmental agency or unit or an existing tenant in the Project and Landlord has space in the Project that will satisfy the existing tenant’s needs, (g) the proposed Transfer would cause Landlord to violate another agreement or obligation to which Landlord is a party or otherwise subject, (h) either the proposed Transferee, or any person or entity which directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed Transferee: (1) is negotiating with Landlord to lease space in the Park at such time or (2) has negotiated with Landlord during the four (4) month period immediately preceding the Tenant’s Notice, and in either case Landlord has space to satisfy the Transferee’s facilities needs, (i) intentionally deleted, or (j) the proposed Transferee will use, store or handle Hazardous Materials (defined below) of a type, nature or quantity not then being used by Tenant.

 

14.4 Effectiveness of Transfer and Continuing Obligations :  Prior to the date on which any permitted Transfer becomes effective, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord (i) a counterpart of the fully executed Transfer document, (ii) an executed Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto (the “Transferee HazMat Certificate”), and (iii) Landlord’s standard form of Consent to Assignment or Consent to Sublease, as applicable (with such commercially reasonable changes as may be acceptable to Landlord), executed by Tenant and the Transferee in which each of Tenant and the Transferee confirms its obligations under this Lease.  Failure or refusal of a Transferee to execute any such consent instrument shall not release or discharge the Transferee from its obligation to do so or from any liability as provided herein.  The voluntary, involuntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation by Landlord and Tenant, shall not work a merger, and any such surrender or cancellation shall, at the option of Landlord, either terminate all or any existing subleases or operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all of such subleases.  Each permitted Transferee shall assume and be deemed to assume this Lease and shall be and remain liable jointly and severally with Tenant for payment of Rent (unless the Transfer is a sublease) and for the due performance of, and compliance with all the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements herein contained on Tenant’s part to be performed or complied with, for the Term of this Lease.  No Transfer shall affect the continuing primary liability of Tenant (which, following assignment, shall be joint and several with the assignee) under this Lease whether occurring before or after such Transfer, and Tenant shall not be released from performing any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease.  An assignee of Tenant shall become directly liable to Landlord for all obligations of Tenant hereunder (except for Tenant’s rental obligations if the Transfer is a sublease).  The acceptance of any Rent by Landlord from any other person (whether or not such person is an occupant of the Premises) shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease or to be a consent to any Transfer.  For purposes hereof and except as otherwise provided in Section 14.1 above, if Tenant is a business entity, direct or indirect transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of the ownership interest of the entity (whether in a single transaction or in the aggregate through more than one transaction) shall be deemed a Transfer and shall be subject to this Section 14.  Any and all options, rights of refusal, improvement allowances and other similar rights granted to Tenant in this Lease, if any, shall not be assignable by Tenant to any Transferee other than an Affiliate unless expressly authorized in writing by Landlord.  Any transfer made without Landlord’s prior written consent, shall, at Landlord’s option, be null, void and of no effect, and shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a material default by Tenant of this Lease.  As Additional Rent, Tenant shall promptly (a) pay to Landlord each time it requests a Transfer, a fee in the amount of one thousand dollars ($1,000) and (b) reimburse Landlord for actual legal and other expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any actual or proposed Transfer, provided that the total of the fee and Landlord’s legal and other expenses shall riot exceed $2,500 per request for consent.

 

14.5 Intentionally Omitted.

 

14.6 Transfer Premium :  If Landlord consents to a Transfer (excluding any transfer to an Affiliate), as a condition thereto, Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly, as Additional Rent, at the same time as the monthly installments of Rent are payable hereunder, fifty percent (50%) of any Transfer Premium.  The term “Transfer Premium’ shall mean all rent, additional rent and other consideration payable by such Transferee which either initially or over the term of the Transfer exceeds the Rent or pro rata portion of the Rent, as the case may be, for the Subject Space, and after recovery by Tenant, (a) on an amortized basis over the term of the sublease or assignment, of the actual brokers’ commissions paid by Tenant, not to exceed industry standard commissions for similar transactions, and reasonable legal fees, and (b) reasonable tenant improvement costs incurred by Tenant to effect such Transfer amortized over the term of the sublease or assignment.  “Transfer Premium” shall also include, but not be limited to, key money and bonus money paid by Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair market value for services

 

12



 

rendered by Tenant to Transferee or for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to Transferee in connection with such Transfer.

 

14.7 Waiver :  Notwithstanding any Transfer, or any indulgences, waivers or extensions of time granted by Landlord to any Transferee, or failure by Landlord to take action against any Transferee, Tenant agrees that Landlord may, at its option, proceed against Tenant without having taken action against or joined such Transferee, except that Tenant shall have the benefit of any indulgences, waivers and extensions of time granted to any such Transferee.

 

15.                                  Subordination

 

To the fullest extent permitted by law, this Lease, the rights of Tenant under this Lease and Tenant’s leasehold interest shall be subject and subordinate at all times to: (i) all ground leases or underlying leases which may now exist or hereafter be executed affecting the 888 Ross Drive Building, the 892 Ross Drive Building, or any other portion of the Project, and (ii) the lien of any mortgage or deed of trust which may now or hereafter exist for which the 888 Ross Drive Building or the 892 Ross Drive Building, ground leases or underlying leases, any other portion of the Project or Landlord’s interest or estate therein is specified as security.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord or any such ground lessor, mortgagee, or any beneficiary shall have the right to require this Lease be superior to any such ground leases or underlying leases or any such liens, mortgage or deed of trust.  If any ground lease or underlying lease terminates for any reason or any mortgage or deed of trust is foreclosed or a conveyance in lieu of foreclosure is made for any reason, Tenant shall attorn to and become the Tenant of the successor in interest to Landlord, provided such successor in interest will not disturb Tenant’s use, occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises if Tenant is not then in default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period.  The successor in interest to Landlord following foreclosure, sale or deed in lieu thereof shall not be: (a) liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership, except with respect to obligations of a continuing nature (e.g., repair and maintenance obligations) and with respect to the payment of the Tenant Improvement Allowance pursuant to Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein; (b) subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant might have against any prior lessor; (c) bound by prepayment of more than one (1) month’s Rent; or (d) liable to Tenant for any Security Deposit not actually received by such successor in interest to the extent any portion of such Security Deposit has not already been forfeited by, or refunded to, Tenant.  Landlord shall be liable to Tenant for all or any portion of the Security Deposit not forfeited by, or refunded to Tenant, until and unless Landlord transfers such Security Deposit to the successor In interest.  Tenant covenants and agrees to execute (and acknowledge if required by Landlord, any lender or ground lessor) and deliver, within ten (10) days after receipt of a written demand or request by Landlord and in the form reasonably requested by Landlord, ground lessor, mortgagee or beneficiary, any additional documents evidencing the priority or subordination of this Lease with respect to any such ground leases or underlying leases or the lien of any such mortgage or deed of trust.  Landlord shall obtain a commercially reasonable subordination and non-disturbance agreement from any lender holding an encumbrance against the 888 Ross Drive Building and the 892 Ross Drive Building on or before the date thirty (30) days after the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease.

 

16.                                  Right of Entry

 

Landlord and its agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at all reasonable times, upon reasonable prior notice, for purposes of inspection, exhibition, posting of notices, investigation, replacements, repair, maintenance and alteration.  It is further agreed that Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means Landlord deems necessary to enter the Premises in an emergency.  Landlord shall have the right to place (i) “for rent” or “for lease” signs on the outside of the Premises, the 888 Ross Drive Building, the 892 Ross Drive Building and in the Common Areas with respect to the Premises during the last nine (9) months of the Term, and (ii) “for sale” signs on the outside of the 888 Ross Drive Building, the 892 Ross Drive Building and in the Common Areas.  Tenant hereby waives any Claim from damages or for any injury or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, or any other loss occasioned thereby except for any Claim for any of the foregoing arising out of the sole active negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s Representatives.

 

17.                                  Estoppel Certificate

 

Tenant shall execute (and acknowledge If required by any lender or ground lessor) and deliver to Landlord, within ten (10) business days after Landlord provides such to Tenant, a statement in writing certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification), the date to which the Rent and other charges are paid In advance, if any, acknowledging that there are not, to Tenants knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder or specifying such defaults as are claimed, and such other matters as Landlord may reasonably require.  Any such statement may be conclusively relied upon by Landlord and any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of the 888 Ross Drive Building, the 892 Ross Drive Building or other portions of the Project.  Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within such time shall be conclusive upon the Tenant that (a) this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by Landlord; (b) there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance; and (c) not more than one month’s Rent has been paid in advance.

 

18.                                  Tenant’s Default

 

The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a material default by Tenant of the provisions of this Lease:

 

18.1  Intentionally omitted;

 

18.2  The failure by Tenant to make any payment of Rent, Additional Rent or any other payment or charge required hereunder within three (3) days after written notice from Landlord that said payment is due;

 

18.3  The failure by Tenant to observe, perform or comply with any of the conditions, covenants or provisions of this Lease (except failure to make any payment of Rent and/or Additional Rent and any other payment or charge required hereunder) and such failure is not cured within (i) thirty (30) days of the date on which Landlord delivers written notice of such failure to Tenant for all failures other than with respect to (a) Hazardous Materials (defined in Section 27 hereof), or (b) the timely delivery by Tenant of a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (an

 

13



 

“SNDA”), a counterpart of a fully executed Transfer document and a consent thereto (collectively, the “Transfer Documents”), an estoppel certificate or insurance certificates, (ii) ten (10) days of the date on which Landlord delivers written notice of such failure to Tenant for all failures in any way related to Hazardous Materials, and (iii) the time period, if any, specified in the applicable sections of this Lease with respect to subordination, assignment and sublease, estoppel certificates and insurance, provided that Tenant shall not be in default for failure to timely deliver an SNDA, the Transfer Documents, an estoppel certificate or insurance certificates unless such failure is not cured within three (3) business days of the date on which Landlord delivers written notice of such failure to Tenant.  However, Tenant shall not be in default of its obligations hereunder if such failure (other than any failure of Tenant to timely deliver an SNDA, the Transfer Documents, an estoppel certificate or insurance certificates, for which no additional cure period shall be given to Tenant) cannot reasonably be cured within such thirty (30) or ten (10) day period, as applicable, and Tenant promptly commences, and thereafter diligently proceeds with same to completion, all actions necessary to cure such failure as soon as is reasonably possible, but in no event shall the completion of such cure be later than sixty (60) days after the date on which Landlord delivers to Tenant written notice of such failure, unless Landlord, acting reasonably and in good faith, otherwise expressly agrees in writing to a longer period of time based upon the circumstances relating to such failure as well as the nature of the failure and the nature of the actions necessary to cure such failure.  Any such written notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 1161, et seq. and all similar or successor laws; or

 

18.4  The making of a general assignment by Tenant for the benefit of creditors, the filing of a voluntary petition by Tenant or the filing of an involuntary petition by any of Tenant’s creditors seeking the rehabilitation, liquidation, or reorganization of Tenant under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or other relief of debtors and, in the case of an involuntary action, the failure to remove or discharge the same within sixty (60) days of such filing, the appointment of a receiver or other custodian to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets or this leasehold, Tenant’s insolvency or inability to pay Tenant’s debts or failure generally to pay Tenant’s debts when due, any court entering a decree or order directing the winding up or liquidation of Tenant or of substantially all of Tenant’s assets, Tenant taking any action toward the dissolution or winding up of Tenant’s affairs, the cessation or suspension of Tenant’s use of the Premises, or the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets or this leasehold.

 

19.                                  Remedies for Tenant’s Default

 

19.1 Landlord’s Rights :  In the event of Tenant’s default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period, Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right to possess the Premises by any lawful means.  Following delivery of written notice by Landlord, this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in such notice and Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord.  In addition, whether or not this Lease is terminated, Landlord shall have the right to immediately re-enter the Premises, and if Landlord’s right of re-entry is exercised following Tenant’s abandonment of the Premises, all of Tenant’s Property left on the Premises or in the Project shall be deemed abandoned.  If Landlord relets the Premises or any portion thereof, Tenant shall immediately be liable to Landlord for all costs Landlord incurs in reletting the Premises or any part thereof, including, without limitation, broker’s commissions, expenses of cleaning, redecorating, and further improving the Premises and other similar costs (collectively, the “Reletting Costs”).  All Reletting Costs shall be fully chargeable to Tenant and shall not be prorated or otherwise amortized in relation to any new lease for the Premises or any portion thereof.  Reletting may be for a period shorter or longer than the remaining term of this Lease.  In no event shall Tenant be entitled to any excess rent received by Landlord.  No act by Landlord other than giving written notice to Tenant shall terminate this Lease or Tenant’s right to possess the Premises, including without limitation, acts of maintenance, efforts to relet the Premises or the appointment of a receiver on Landlord’s initiative to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease.  At all times Landlord shall have the right to remedy any default of Tenant, to maintain or improve the Premises, to cause a receiver to be appointed to administer the Premises and any new or existing subleases and to add to the Rent payable hereunder all of Landlord’s reasonable costs in so doing, with interest at the maximum rate permitted by law from the date of such expenditure.

 

19.2 Damages Recoverable :  If Tenant breaches this Lease and abandons the Premises before the end of the Term, or if Landlord terminates Tenant’s right to possession following Tenant’s breach or default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period, then in either such case, Landlord may recover from Tenant all damages suffered by Landlord as a result of Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations hereunder, including without limitation, the unamortized cost of any Tenant Improvements constructed by or on behalf of Tenant pursuant to Exhibit B hereto to the extent Landlord has paid for such improvements, the unamortized portion of any broker’s or leasing agent’s commission incurred with respect to the leasing of the Premises to Tenant for the balance of the Term remaining after the date on which Tenant is in uncured default of its obligations hereunder, and all Reletting Costs, and the worth at the time of the award (computed in accordance with paragraph (3) of Subdivision (a) of Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code) of the amount by which the Rent then unpaid hereunder for the balance of the Lease Term exceeds the amount of such loss of Rent for the same period which Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided by Landlord and in such case, Landlord prior to the award, may relet the Premises for the purpose of mitigating damages suffered by Landlord because of Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations hereunder; provided , however , that even if Tenant abandons the Premises following such breach, this Lease shall nevertheless continue in full force and effect for as long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant’s right of possession, and until such termination, Landlord shall have the remedy described in Section 1951.4 of the California Civil Code (Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s breach and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due, If Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations) and may enforce all its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover the Rent from Tenant as it becomes due hereunder.  The “worth at the time of the award” within the meaning of Subparagraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code shall be computed by allowing interest at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum.  Tenant hereby waives for itself and for all those claiming under Tenant its right to obtain redemption or relief from forfeiture under California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 1174 and 1179 (or any successor or substitute statute), or under any other present or future law, in the event judgment for possession enters against Tenant or Landlord takes possession of the Premises following any default of Tenant hereunder.

 

19.3 Intentionally Deleted.

 

19.4 Intentionally Deleted.

 

14



 

19.5 Intentionally Deleted.

 

19.6 Rights and Remedies Cumulative :  The foregoing rights and remedies of Landlord are not exclusive; they are cumulative in addition to any rights and remedies now or hereafter existing at law, in equity by statute or otherwise, and to any remedies Landlord may have under bankruptcy laws or laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.  In addition to all of the remedies set forth above, if Tenant materially defaults under this Lease, all options granted to Tenant hereunder shall automatically terminate, unless otherwise expressly agreed to in writing by Landlord.

 

20.                                  Holding Over

 

If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Term, with or without the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month-to-month only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such case Base Rent shall be payable at a monthly rate equal to (a) one hundred twenty five percent (125%) of the Base Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Term under this Lease for the first thirty days of the holdover, and (b) thereafter, one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Term under this Lease.  Such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other term and provision contained herein.  Landlord hereby expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in the condition required herein upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.  The provisions of this Section 20 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law.  If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all Claims resulting from such failure, including but not limited to, any Claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to surrender, and any lost profits to Landlord resulting therefrom.

 

21.                                  Landlord’s Default

 

Landlord shall not be considered in default of this Lease unless Landlord fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Landlord hereunder.  For purposes hereof, a reasonable time shall in no event be less than thirty (30) days after receipt by Landlord of written notice specifying the nature of the obligation Landlord has not performed; provided , however , that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days, after receipt of written notice, is reasonably necessary for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default of this Lease if performance of such obligation is commenced within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.  Notwithstanding any provision set forth in this Lease to the contrary, in the event of an emergency which threatens life or where there is imminent danger to property as a result of Landlord’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease, if Tenant provides written notice to Landlord of such failure and Landlord fails to perform such obligations within a reasonable period of time, given the circumstances, after the receipt of such notice, then Tenant may proceed to take the required action upon delivery of an additional written notice to Landlord specifying that Tenant is taking such required action, and if such action was required under the terms of the Lease to be taken by Landlord and was not taken by Landlord as provided above, then Tenant shall be entitled to prompt reimbursement by Landlord of Tenant’s reasonable costs and expenses in taking such action.  In the event Tenant takes such action, and such work will affect the structure of the 888 Ross Drive Building, the 892 Ross Drive Building or the Building systems, Tenant shall use only those contractors used or approved by Landlord for work on such Building structure or systems unless such contractors are unwilling or unable to perform, or timely and competitively perform, such work, in which event Tenant may utilize the services of any other qualified contractor which normally and regularly performs similar work in buildings comparable to the 888 Ross Drive Building and 892 Ross Drive Building.  The foregoing shall not be deemed to modify or otherwise negate Tenant’s rights pursuant to Section 11.5 above with respect to Landlord’s obligations to maintain either the roof or the HVAC systems serving the 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises and the 892 Ross Drive Premises.

 

22.                                  Parking

 

Tenant, at no cost to Tenant, may use the number of non-designated and non-exclusive parking spaces specified in the Basic Lease Information.  Landlord shall exercise reasonable efforts to ensure that such spaces are available to Tenant for its use, but Landlord shall not be required to enforce Tenant’s right to use the same.  In addition to such non-designated and non-exclusive parking spaces, Landlord shall provide Tenant with the exclusive use of six (6) designated “Visitor Parking” spaces, which shall be located directly in front of the 892 Ross Drive Building.  Tenant and Tenant’s Representatives shall not park or permit any parking of vehicles overnight.

 

23.                                  Transfer of Landlord’s Interest

 

Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Premises, the 888 Ross Drive Building, the 892 Ross Drive Building, Project and this Lease.  Tenant expressly agrees that in the event of any such transfer, Landlord shall automatically be entirely released from all liability under this Lease and Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee for the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder after the date of such transfer, provided that such transferee agrees in writing to perform Landlord’s obligations hereunder arising or accruing after the date of such transfer.  A ground lease or similar long term lease by Landlord of the entire 888 Ross Drive Building, the 892 Ross Drive Building or Project shall be deemed a sale within the meaning of this Section 23.  Tenant agrees to attorn to such new owner provided such new owner agrees not to disturb Tenants use, occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises so long as Tenant is not in material default of this Lease beyond any applicable notice an cure period.

 

24.                                  Waiver

 

No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy of either party on any default by the other party shall impair such a right or remedy or be construed as a waiver.  The subsequent acceptance of Rent by Landlord after default by Tenant of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such default, other than a waiver of timely payment for the particular Rent payment involved, and shall not prevent Landlord from maintaining an unlawful detainer or other action based on such default.  No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the monthly Rent and other sums due hereunder shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest Rent or other sums due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or accompanying any check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction; and Landlord may accept such payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such

 

15



 

Rent or other sum or pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease.  No failure, partial exercise or delay on the part of the Landlord or Tenant in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof.

 

25.                                  Casualty Damage

 

25.1 Casualty :  If the Premises or any part [excluding any of Tenant’s Property, any Wi-Fi Network, any Tenant Improvements and any Alterations installed by or for the benefit of Tenant (collectively, “Tenant’s FF&E”)] shall be damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty, Tenant shall give immediate written notice thereof to Landlord.  Within sixty (60) days after receipt by Landlord of such notice, Landlord shall notify Tenant, in writing, of the following time period within which the necessary repairs can reasonably be made, as estimated by Landlord: (a) within twelve (12) months, or (b) in more than twelve (12) months, from the date of such notice.

 

25.1.1 Minor Insured Damage :  If the Premises (other than Tenant’s FF&E) are damaged only to such extent that repairs, rebuilding and/or restoration can be reasonably completed within twelve (12) months, this Lease shall not terminate and, provided that insurance proceeds are available and paid to Landlord to fully repair the damage (or would have been available if Landlord had maintained the insurance required under this Lease) and/or Tenant otherwise voluntarily contributes any shortfall thereof, Landlord shall repair the Premises to substantially the same condition that existed prior to the occurrence of such casualty, except Landlord shall not be required to rebuild, repair, or replace any of Tenant’s FF&E.  The Rent payable hereunder shall be abated proportionately from the date and to the extent Tenant vacates the affected portions of the Premises until any and all repairs required herein to be made by Landlord are substantially completed, but such abatement shall (i) only be to the extent of the portion of the Premises which is actually rendered unusable and unfit for occupancy, (ii) only during the time Tenant is not actually using same, and (iii) Landlord receives rental abatement insurance proceeds therefore (unless rental abatement insurance is not available because Landlord failed to carry loss of rent insurance).

 

25.1.2 Major Insured Damage :  If the Premises (other than Tenant’s FF&E) are damaged to such extent that repairs, rebuilding and/or restoration cannot be reasonably completed, as reasonably determined by Landlord, within twelve (12) months, then either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving written notice within twenty (20) days after notice from Landlord regarding the time period of repair.  If either party notifies the other of its intention to so terminate this Lease, then this Lease shall terminate and the Rent shall be abated from the date of the occurrence of such damage, provided Tenant diligently proceeds to and expeditiously vacates the Premises (but, in all events Tenant must vacate and surrender the Premises to Landlord by no later than ten (10) business days thereafter or there shall not be any abatement of Rent until Tenant so vacates the Premises).  If neither party elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall promptly commence and diligently prosecute to completion the repairs to the Premises, provided insurance proceeds are available and paid to Landlord to fully repair the damage (or would have been available if Landlord had maintained the insurance required under this Lease) or Tenant voluntarily contributes any shortfall thereof (except that Landlord shall not be required to rebuild, repair, or replace any of Tenant’s FF&E).  Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 25.1.2, if (a) neither party has elected to terminate this Lease pursuant to the terms of this Section, and (b) Landlord is proceeding to complete the repairs, then Tenant shall not have the right to terminate this Lease if, before the end of the twelve (12) month period, Landlord, at Landlord’s sole option, gives written notice to Tenant that the repairs will be completed within sixty (60) days after the end of the twelve (12) month period, and the repairs are actually completed within such sixty (60) day period.  If the repairs are not completed within sixty (60) days after the end of the twelve (12) month period, then Tenant may terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord.  Such notice of termination shall be given within sixty (60) days after the end of the twelve (12) month period or the sixty (60) day period, as applicable, and shall be effective upon receipt thereof by Landlord.  During the time when Landlord is prosecuting such repairs to substantial completion, the Rent payable hereunder shall be abated proportionately from the date and to the extent Tenant actually vacates the affected portions of the Premises until any and all repairs required herein to be made by Landlord are substantially completed, but such abatement shall (i) only be to the extent of the portion of the Premises which is actually rendered unusable and unfit for occupancy, (ii) only during the time Tenant is not actually using same, and (iii) Landlord receives rental abatement insurance proceeds therefore (unless rental abatement insurance is not available because Landlord failed to carry loss of rent insurance).

 

25.1.3 Damage Near End of Term :  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease except for the provisions of Section 25.3 below, if the Premises are substantially damaged during the last year of then applicable term of this Lease, either Landlord or Tenant may, at their option, cancel and terminate this Lease by giving written notice to the other party of its election to do so within forty-five (45) days after receipt by Landlord of notice from Tenant of the occurrence of such casualty; provided, however, that if Landlord elects to terminate this Lease but Tenant exercises any option it has to extend the Term within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice of Landlord’s election to terminate, then Landlord’s election to terminate shall be deemed rescinded and Landlord shall repair the Premises subject to the provisions of this Section 25).  If either party so elects to terminate this Lease, subject to the foregoing sentence, all rights of Tenant hereunder shall cease and terminate ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt or delivery of such notice, as applicable, and Tenant shall vacate the Premises and surrender possession thereof to Landlord by the end of such ten (10) day period.

 

25.2 Deductible and Uninsured Casualty :  Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the deductible amounts under the insurance policies obtained by Landlord and Tenant under this Lease if the proceeds are used to repair the Premises.  However, if other portions of the 888 Ross Drive Building or the 892 Ross Drive Building, as applicable, are also damaged by said casualty and insurance proceeds are payable therefor, then Tenant shall only pay its proportionate share of the deductible as reasonably determined by Landlord.  If any portion of the Premises is damaged and is not fully covered by the aggregate of insurance proceeds received by Landlord and any applicable deductible, and Tenant does not voluntarily contribute any shortfall thereof, then Landlord or Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice of termination to the other party within thirty (30) days after the date of notice to Tenant of such event, whereupon all rights of Tenant shall cease and terminate ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of such notice, and Tenant shall immediately vacate the Premises and surrender possession thereof to Landlord.

 

25.3 Tenant’s Fault and Lender’s Rights :  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Premises (other than Tenant’s FF&E) or any other portion of the 888 Ross Drive Building or the 892 Ross Drive Building, as applicable, is damaged by fire or other casualty due to the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of Tenant or any of Tenant’s Representatives, (i) the Rent shall only be abated during the repair of such damage to the

 

16



 

extent Landlord receives rental loss insurance proceeds therefor, (ii) Tenant will not have any right to terminate this Lease due to the occurrence of such casualty, and (iii) Tenant will be responsible for the excess cost and expense of the repair and restoration of the 888 Ross Drive Building and/or the 892 Ross Drive Building (including any deductible) to the extent not covered by insurance proceeds.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the holder of any indebtedness secured by the Premises or any other portion of the Project has the right to require that the insurance proceeds be applied to such indebtedness, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice of termination to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the date of notice to Tenant of such event, whereupon all rights of Tenant shall cease and terminate ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of such notice, and Tenant shall vacate the Premises and surrender possession thereof to Landlord by the end of such ten (10) day period.

 

25.4 Tenant’s Waiver :  Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant, injury to the business of Tenant, loss of use of any part of the Premises by Tenant or loss of Tenants Property, resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof.  With respect to any damage which Landlord is obligated to repair or may elect to repair, Tenant waives all rights to terminate this Lease or offset any amounts against Rent pursuant to rights accorded Tenant by any law currently existing or hereafter enacted, including without limitation, all rights pursuant to California Civil Code Sections 1932(2.), 1933(4.), 1941 and 1942 and any similar or successor laws.

 

26.                                  Condemnation

 

If twenty-five percent (25%) or more of either the 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises or the 892 Ross Drive Premises is condemned by eminent domain, inversely condemned or sold in lieu of condemnation for any public or quasi-public use or purpose (“Condemned”), then Tenant or Landlord may terminate this Lease as of the date when physical possession of the Premises is taken and title vests in such condemning authority, and Rent shall be adjusted to the date of termination.  Tenant shall not because of such condemnation assert any claim against Landlord for any compensation because of such condemnation, and Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire amount of any award without deduction for any estate of interest or other interest of Tenant; provided , however , the foregoing shall not preclude Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, from obtaining any separate award to Tenant for loss of, or damage to, Tenant’s Property, moving costs or for damages for cessation or interruption of Tenant’s business or compensation for improvements installed at Tenant’s cost provided such award is separate from Landlord’s award and does not diminish nor otherwise impair the award otherwise payable to Landlord.  In addition to the foregoing, Tenant shall be entitled to seek compensation for the relocation costs recoverable by Tenant pursuant to the provisions of California Government Code Section 7262.  If neither party elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall, if necessary, promptly proceed to restore the Premises or the 888 Ross Drive Building or the 892 Ross Drive Building, as applicable, to substantially the same condition prior to such partial condemnation, allowing for the reasonable effects of such partial condemnation, and a proportionate reduction shall be made to Tenant, as reasonably determined by Landlord, for the Rent corresponding to the time during which, and to the part of the Premises of which, Tenant is deprived on account of such partial condemnation and restoration.  Landlord shall not be required to spend funds for restoration in excess of the condemnation proceeds received by Landlord.

 

27.                                  Environmental Matters/Hazardous Materials

 

27.1 Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate :  Simultaneously herewith, Tenant has delivered to Landlord Tenant’s executed initial Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate (the “Initial HazMat Certificate”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit E .  Tenant covenants, represents and warrants to Landlord that the information in the Initial HazMat Certificate is true and correct and accurately describes the use(s) of Hazardous Materials which will be made and/or used on the Premises by Tenant.  Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request and commencing with the date which is one year from the Commencement Date and continuing every year thereafter, deliver to Landlord, an executed Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate (“the “HazMat Certificate”), in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E , describing Tenant’s then present use of Hazardous Materials on the Premises, and any other reasonably necessary documents as requested by Landlord.

 

27.2 Definition of Hazardous Materials :  “Hazardous Materials” means (a) any hazardous or toxic wastes, materials or substances, and other pollutants or contaminants, which are or become regulated by any Environmental Laws; (b) petroleum, petroleum by products, gasoline, diesel fuel, crude oil or any fraction thereof; (c) asbestos and asbestos containing material, in any form, whether friable or nonfriable; (d) polychlorinated biphenyls; (e) radioactive materials; (f) lead and lead-containing materials; (g) any other material, waste or substance displaying toxic, reactive, ignitable or corrosive characteristics, as all such terms are used in their broadest sense, and are defined or become defined by any Environmental Law (defined below); (h) any materials which cause or threatens to cause a nuisance upon or waste to any portion of the Project or any surrounding property; or (i) any materials which pose or threaten to pose a hazard to the health and safety of persons on the Premises, any other portion of the Project or any surrounding property.  For purposes of this Lease, “Hazardous Materials” shall not include nominal amounts of ordinary household cleaners, office supplies and janitorial supplies which are not actionable under any Environmental Laws.

 

27.3 Prohibition; Environmental Laws :  Tenant shall not be entitled to use or store any Hazardous Materials on, in, or about any portion of the Premises or Project without, in each instance, obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent thereto other than Hazardous Materials used for customary janitorial purposes and customarily used in offices (such as liquid paper, copy fluids, cleaning liquids and toner) in amounts reasonably necessary for Tenant’s permitted use of the Premises (“Permitted Hazardous Materials”) in accordance with applicable laws.  If Landlord, in its sole discretion, consents to any such usage or storage of other than Permitted Hazardous Materials, then Tenant shall be permitted to use and/or store only those Hazardous Materials and in such quantities (A) that are necessary for Tenant’s business, (B) to the extent disclosed in the most recent HazMat Certificate, and (C) expressly approved by Landlord in writing.  In all events such usage and storage must at all times be in full compliance with any and all applicable local, state and federal environmental, health and/or safety-related laws, statutes, orders, standards, courts’ decisions, ordinances, rules and regulations (as interpreted by judicial and administrative decisions), decrees, directives, guidelines, permits or permit conditions, currently existing and as amended, enacted, issued or adopted in the future (collectively, the “Environmental Laws”).  Tenant agrees that any changes to the type and/or quantities of Hazardous Materials specified in the most recent HazMat Certificate (other than Permitted Hazardous Materials) may be implemented only with the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole but reasonable discretion.  Tenant shall not be entitled nor permitted to install any tanks under, on or about the Premises for the storage

 

17


 

of Hazardous Materials without the express written consent of Landlord, which may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion.  Landlord shall have the right at all times during the Term, during reasonable business hours and upon reasonable prior notice except in the case of an emergency (in which case no notice shall be required) to (i) inspect the Premises, (ii) conduct tests and investigations to determine whether Tenant is in compliance with this Section 27 or to determine if Hazardous Materials (other than Permitted Hazardous Materials) are present in, on or about the Project, and (iii) request lists of all Hazardous Materials used, stored or otherwise located on, under or about any portion of the Premises and/or the Common Areas.  The cost of all such inspections, tests and investigations (collectively, “Inspections”) shall be borne by Tenant, if Tenant or any of Tenant’s Representatives are directly or indirectly responsible for any contamination revealed by such Inspections.  The aforementioned rights granted herein to Landlord and its representatives shall not create (a) a duty on Landlord’s part to perform Inspections, monitor or otherwise observe the Premises or Tenant’s and Tenant’s Representatives’ activities with respect to Hazardous Materials, including without limitation, Tenant’s operation, use and any remediation related thereto, or (b) liability on the part of Landlord and its representatives for Tenant’s use, storage, disposal or remediation of Hazardous Materials at the Project, it being understood that Tenant shall be solely responsible for all liability in connection therewith.

 

27.4 Tenant’s Environmental Obligations :  Tenant shall give to Landlord immediate verbal and follow-up written notice of any spills, releases, discharges, disposals, emissions, migrations, removals or transportation of Hazardous Materials on, under or about any portion of the Premises or in any Common Areas (collectively, a “Release”); provided that Tenant has knowledge of such event(s).  Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, covenants and warrants to promptly investigate, clean up, remove, restore and otherwise remediate (including, without limitation, preparation of any feasibility studies or reports and the performance of any and all closures) any Release of Hazardous Materials caused by Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives such that the affected portions of the Project and any adjacent property are returned to the condition existing prior to the Release of such Hazardous Materials by Tenant or any Tenant Representative.  Any such Investigation, clean up, removal, restoration and other remediation of any Release caused by Tenant or any Tenant Representative shall only be performed after Tenant has obtained Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld so long as such actions would not potentially have a material adverse long-term or short-term effect on any portion of the Project.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be entitled to respond immediately to an emergency Release of Hazardous Materials caused by Tenant or any Tenant Representative without first obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent.  Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall conduct and perform, or cause to be conducted and performed, all closures as required by any Environmental Laws or any agencies or other governmental authorities having jurisdiction thereof with respect to any Release caused by Tenant or any Tenant Representative.  If Tenant fails to so promptly investigate, clean up, remove, restore, provide closure or otherwise so remediate any Release caused by Tenant or any Tenant Representative, Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, take any and all steps necessary to rectify the same and Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of a written demand for all costs and expenses to Landlord of performing investigation, clean up, removal, restoration, closure and remediation work.  All such work undertaken by Tenant, as required herein, shall be performed in such a manner so as to enable Landlord to make full economic use of the Premises and the other portions of the Project after the satisfactory completion of such work.

 

27.5 Environmental Indemnity :  Tenant shall, protect, indemnify, defend (with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold Landlord and the other Indemnitees harmless from and against any and all Claims (including, without limitation, diminution in value of any portion of the Premises or the Project, damages for the loss of or restriction on the use of rentable or usable space, and from any adverse Impact of Landlord’s marketing of any space within the Project) arising at any time during or after the Term in connection with or related to, directly or indirectly, the use, presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on, in or about any portion of the Project caused by the acts or omissions of Tenant or any of Tenant’s Representatives.  Neither the written consent of Landlord to the presence, use or storage of Hazardous Materials in, on, under or about any portion of the Project nor the strict compliance by Tenant with all Environmental Laws shall excuse Tenant from its obligations of indemnification pursuant hereto.  Tenant shall not be relieved of its indemnification obligations under the provisions of this Section 27.5 due to Landlord’s status as either an “owner” or “operator” under any Environmental Laws.  Landlord shall, protect, indemnify, defend (with counsel reasonably acceptable to Tenant) and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all Claims arising at any time during or after the Term in connection with or related to, directly or Indirectly, the use, presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on, in or about any portion of the Project caused by Landlord or Landlord’s Representatives.  Landlord represents to Tenant (which representation is made without any investigation or inquiry) that it has no actual knowledge concerning the existence of any Hazardous Materials on or under the Premises, the Common Areas or the Project as of the date of this Lease which would be required to remove in order to comply with applicable Environmental Laws.  Such representation is based solely on, and Landlord’s actual knowledge is limited to, the information contained in that certain Phase I Environmental Site Assessment dated August 7, 2006, prepared by Ninyo and Moore under its Project No. 401238001(the “Phase I”).  A copy of the Executive Summary of the Phase I has been provided to Tenant.  With respect to the Phase I, Landlord represents and warrants for the benefit of Tenant that while the Phase I covers the real property located at “890 — 894 Ross Drive”, the address for 890 Ross Drive subsequently was changed to 888 Ross Drive and, therefore, all references to 890 Ross Drive in the Phase I shall refer to the 888 Ross Drive Building. In addition, to the actual knowledge of Landlord, Landlord has not received any written notice that any action, proceeding or claim is pending or threatened regarding the Project concerning any Hazardous Materials or pursuant to any Environmental Laws.

 

27.6 Tenant’s Release :  Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, under no circumstance shall Tenant be liable for any losses, costs, claims, liabilities or damages (Including attorneys’ and consultants’ fees) of any type or nature, directly or indirectly arising out of or in connection with any Hazardous Materials present at any time on or about the Premises, the 888 Ross Drive Building, the 892 Ross Drive Building, the Common Areas or the Project, or the soil, surface or groundwater thereof, or for the violation of any Environmental Laws, except to the extent that any of the foregoing actually results from the Release of Hazardous Materials by Tenant or a Tenant’s Representative.

 

27.7 Survival :  Landlord and Tenant’s rights, obligations and liabilities under this Section 27 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.  If Landlord determines that the condition of any portion of the Project violates the provisions of this Lease with respect to a Release of Hazardous Materials caused by Tenant or any Tenant Representative, then Landlord may require Tenant to hold over possession of the Premises until Tenant can surrender the Premises to Landlord in the condition in which the Premises existed prior to the appearance of such Hazardous Materials (except for reasonable wear and tear), including without limitation, performing closures as required by any

 

18



 

Environmental Laws. Base Rent during such hold over shall be payable at a monthly rate equal to one hundred twenty five percent (125%) of the Base Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Term under this Lease.  For purposes hereof, the term “reasonable wear and tear” shall not include any deterioration in the condition or diminution of the value of any portion of the Project in any manner whatsoever related to directly, or indirectly, Hazardous Materials.  Any such holdover by Tenant will be with Landlord’s consent and will not be terminable by Tenant in any event or circumstance.

 

28.                                  Financial Statements

 

Tenant and any permitted Transferee, for the reliance of Landlord, any lender holding or anticipated to acquire a lien upon any portion of the Project or any prospective purchaser of any portion of the Project, shall deliver to Landlord the then current audited financial statements of Tenant (Including interim periods following the end of the last fiscal year for which annual statements are available) within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request therefor, but not more often than once annually so long as Tenant is not in material default of this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period.  If audited financial statements have not been prepared, Tenant and any permitted Transferee shall provide Landlord with unaudited financial statements (certified by an authorized representative or officer of Tenant) and such other information, the type and form of which are reasonably acceptable to Landlord, which reflect the financial condition of Tenant and any permitted Transferee, as applicable.  Landlord, any lender and any prospective purchaser shall execute Tenant’s commercially reasonable non-disclosure agreement prior Tenant’s submission of financial information required by this Section.

 

29.                                  General Provisions

 

29.1 Time :  Time is of the essence in this Lease and with respect to each and all of its provisions in which performance is a factor.

 

29.2 Successors and Assigns :  The covenants and conditions herein contained, subject to the provisions as to assignment, apply to and bind the heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of the parties hereto.

 

29.3 Recordation : Tenant shall not record this Lease or a short form memorandum hereof.

 

29.4 Landlord Exculpation :  The liability of Landlord to Tenant for any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease shall be limited to the actual interest of Landlord and its present or future partners or members in the Project (including all rents, issues, profits and proceeds therefrom), and Tenant agrees to look solely to Landlord’s interest in the Project (including all rents, issues, profits and proceeds therefrom) for satisfaction of any liability and shall not look to other assets of Landlord nor seek any recourse against the assets of the individual partners, members, directors, officers, shareholders, agents or employees of Landlord, including without limitation, any property management company of Landlord (collectively, the “Landlord Parties”).  It is the parties’ intention that Landlord and the Landlord Parties shall not in any event or circumstance be personally liable, in any manner whatsoever, for any judgment or deficiency hereunder or with respect to this Lease.  The liability of Landlord under this Lease is limited to its actual period of ownership of title to the 888 Ross Drive Building and the 892 Ross Drive Building.

 

29.5 Severability and Governing Law :  Any provisions of this Lease which shall prove to be invalid, void or illegal shall in no way affect, impair or Invalidate any other provisions hereof and such other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.  This Lease shall be enforced, governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.  Tenant expressly agrees that any and all disputes arising out of or in connection with this Lease shall be litigated only in the Superior Court of the State of California for the county in which the Premises are located (and in no other), and Tenant hereby consents to the jurisdiction of said court.

 

29.6 Attorneys’ Fees :  In the event any dispute between the parties results in litigation or other proceeding, the prevailing party shall be reimbursed by the party not prevailing therein for all reasonable costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ and experts’ fees and costs incurred by the prevailing party in connection with such litigation or other proceeding, and any appeal thereof.  Such costs, expenses and fees shall be included in and made a part of any judgment recovered by the prevailing party.

 

29.7 Entire Agreement :  It is understood and agreed that there are no oral agreements between the parties hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease (including all exhibits and addenda) supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease.  This Lease and any separate agreement executed by Landlord and Tenant in connection with this Lease and dated of even date herewith (a) contain all of the terms, covenants, conditions, warranties and agreements of the parties relating in any manner to the rental, use and occupancy of the Premises, and (b) shall be considered to be the only agreement between the parties hereto and their representatives and agents.  This Lease may not be modified, deleted or added to except by a writing signed by the parties hereto.  All negotiations and oral agreements have been merged into and are included herein.  There are no other representations or warranties between the parties, and all reliance with respect to representations is based totally upon the representations and agreements contained in this Lease.  The parties acknowledge that (i) each party and/or its counsel have reviewed and revised this Lease, and (ii) no rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall be employed in the interpretation or enforcement of this Lease or any amendments or exhibits to this Lease or any document executed and delivered by either party in connection with this Lease.

 

29.8 Warranty of Authority :  Each person executing this Lease on behalf of a party represents and warrants that (i) such person is duly and validly authorized to do so on behalf of the entity it purports to so bind, and (ii) if such party is a limited liability company, partnership, corporation or trustee, that such limited liability company, partnership, corporation or trustee has full right and authority to enter into this Lease and perform all of its obligations hereunder.  Landlord and Tenant hereby warrants that this Lease is legal, valid and binding upon such party and enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

 

29.9 Notices :  All notices, demands, statements or communications (collectively, “Notices”) given or required to be given by either party to the other hereunder shall be in writing, shall be sent by United States certified or

 

19



 

registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, delivered by a nationally recognized same-day or overnight courier (e.g.  FedEx or UPS) or delivered personally (i) to Tenant at the Tenant’s Address set forth in the Basic Lease Information, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a Notice to Landlord; or (ii) to Landlord at Landlord’s Address set forth in the Basic Lease Information, or to such other firm or to such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in a Notice to Tenant.  Any Notice will be deemed given on the date it is mailed as provided in this Section 29.9, upon the first (1 st ) business day after delivery to a nationally recognized courier, or upon the date personal delivery is made.

 

29.10 Joint and Several;   Covenants and Conditions : If Tenant consists of more than one person or entity, the obligations of all such persons or entities shall be joint and several.  Each provision to be performed by Tenant hereunder shall be deemed to be both a covenant and a condition.

 

29.11 Confidentiality :  Landlord and Tenant acknowledges that the contents of this Lease and any related documents are confidential information.  Landlord and Tenant shall keep and maintain such information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than its financial, legal and space planning consultants, any purchaser of any portion of the Project or any lender or other party in connection with the financing of the Project, or any proposed sublessee or assignee (provided that such sublessee and assignee agrees to keep such information confidential), except to the extent required by applicable law or court order or as necessary in connection with the enforcement of the provisions of this Lease.

 

29.12 Landlord Renovations :  Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may from time to time, at Landlord’s sole option, renovate, improve, develop, alter, or modify (collectively, “Renovations”) portions of the 888 Ross Drive Building, the 892 Ross Drive Building, Premises, Common Areas and the Project, including without limitation, systems and equipment, roof, and structural portions of the same; provided Landlord shall utilize commercially reasonable efforts to minimize the disruption and interference with Tenant’s business and operations at the Premises.  In connection with such Renovations, Landlord may, among other things, erect scaffolding or other necessary structures in the 888 Ross Drive Building and/or the 892 Ross Drive Building, limit or eliminate access to portions of the Project (provided that access to portions of the 888 Ross Drive Building and/or 892 Ross Drive Building may only be temporarily limited or eliminated and that other means of access shall at all times remain available), including portions of the Common Areas, or perform work in the 888 Ross Drive Building and/or the 892 Ross Drive Building, which work may create noise, dust or leave debris in the 888 Ross Drive Building and/or the 892 Ross Drive Building.  Tenant hereby agrees that such Renovations and Landlord’s actions in connection with such Renovations shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent.  Landlord shall have no responsibility, or for any reason be liable to Tenant, for any direct or indirect injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the Renovations, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant’s Property, Alterations or improvements resulting from the Renovations or Landlord’s actions in connection with such Renovations, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such Renovations or Landlord’s actions in connection with such Renovations; provided Landlord shall utilize commercially reasonable efforts to minimize the disruption and interference with Tenant’s business and operations at the Premises.  Landlord shall give Tenant reasonable prior notice in the event Landlord plans to temporarily interrupt electricity or other utilities or services to the Premises.

 

29.13 Waiver of Jury Trial :  The parties hereto shall and they hereby do waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties hereto against the other on any matters whatsoever arising out of or in any way related to this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, the 888 Ross Drive Building, the 892 Ross Drive Building, Park or Project and/or any claim of injury, loss or damage.

 

29.14 Submission of Lease :  Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or an option for lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

 

29.15 No View, Light or Air Rights :  No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease.  If at any time any windows of the Premises are temporarily darkened or the light or view therefrom is obstructed by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance or cleaning in or about the 888 Ross Drive Building and/or the 892 Ross Drive Building, the same shall be without liability to Landlord and without any reduction or diminution of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.  Any diminution or shutting off of light, air or view by any structure which may be erected on lands adjacent to or in the vicinity of the 888 Ross Drive Building, the 892 Ross Drive Building and Project shall not affect this Lease, abate any payment owed by Tenant hereunder or otherwise impose any liability on Landlord.

 

30.                                  Signs

 

All signs and graphics of every kind visible in or from public view shall be subject to (i) Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and (ii), and in compliance with, all applicable Laws, Development Documents, Recorded Matters, Rules and Regulations, and Landlord’s sign criteria (“Sign Criteria”) as same may exist from time to time.  Landlord’s Sign Criteria is set forth in Exhibit G hereto.  Subject to the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to install signage on a portion of any existing multi-tenant monument sign for the Park, which monument signage shall consist only of the name “Proofpoint, Inc.” or such other name reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant and/or Tenant’s logo.  At Tenant’s sole cost and expense, Tenant shall remove all such signs and graphics prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.  Such installations and removals shall be made in a manner as to avoid damage or defacement of the Premises and all other affected portions of the Project.  Tenant shall repair any such damage, including without limitation, discoloration caused by such installation or removal.  If Tenant fails to repair such damage by the date of the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord shall have the right, at its option, to deduct from the Security Deposit such sums as are reasonably necessary to remove such signs and make any repairs necessitated by such removal.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any: (a) neon, flashing or moving sign(s) or (b) sign(s) which are likely to interfere with the visibility of any sign, canopy, advertising matter, or decoration of any kind of any other business or occupant of the 888 Ross Drive Building, the 892 Ross Drive Building or other portions of the Project be permitted hereunder.  Tenant further agrees to maintain each

 

20



 

such sign and graphics, as may be approved, in good condition and repair at all times.

 

31.                                  Mortgagee Protection

 

Upon any default on the part of Landlord, Tenant will give written Notice by registered or certified mail to any beneficiary of a deed of trust or mortgagee of a mortgage covering the Premises who has provided Tenant with Notice of their interest together with an address for receiving Notice, and shall offer such beneficiary or mortgagee a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Premises by power of sale or a judicial foreclosure, if such should prove necessary to effect a cure.  If such default cannot be cured within such time period, then such additional time as may be necessary will be given to such beneficiary or mortgagee to effect such cure so long as such beneficiary or mortgagee has commenced the cure within the original time period and thereafter diligently pursues such cure to completion, in which event this Lease shall not be terminated while such cure is being diligently pursued.  Tenant agrees that each lender to whom this Lease has been assigned by Landlord is an express third party beneficiary hereof.  Tenant shall not make any prepayment of Rent more than one (1) month in advance without the prior written consent of each such lender.  Tenant waives the collection of any deposit from each such lender or purchaser at a foreclosure sale unless said lender or purchaser shall have actually received and not refunded the deposit.  Tenant agrees to make all payments under this Lease to the lender with the most senior encumbrance upon receiving a direction, in writing, to pay said amounts to such lender.  Tenant shall comply with such written direction to pay without any obligation to determine whether an event of default exists under such lender’s loan to Landlord, and Tenant shall not be obligated to pay to Landlord any sums paid by Tenant to a lender pursuant to this Section.  If, in connection with obtaining financing for the Premises or any other portion of the Project, Landlord’s lender shall request reasonable modification(s) to this Lease as a condition to such financing, Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold, delay or defer its consent thereto, provided such modifications do not materially and adversely affect Tenant’s rights hereunder, including Tenant’s use, occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, or increase Tenant’s obligations hereunder.

 

32.                                  Warranties of Tenant

 

Tenant warrants and represents to Landlord, for the express benefit of Landlord, that Tenant has undertaken a complete and independent evaluation of the risks inherent in the execution of this Lease and the operation of the Premises for the use permitted hereby, and that, based upon said independent evaluation, Tenant has elected to enter into this Lease and hereby assumes all risks with respect thereto.  Tenant further warrants and represents to Landlord, for the express benefit of Landlord, that in entering into this Lease, Tenant has not relied upon any statement, fact, promise or representation (whether express or implied, written or oral) not specifically set forth herein and that any statement, fact, promise or representation (whether express or implied, written or oral) made at any time to Tenant, which is not expressly incorporated herein, is hereby waived by Tenant.

 

33.                                  Brokerage Commission

 

Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants for the benefit of the other that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker, agent or finder in connection with the Premises and/or the negotiation of this Lease, except for the Broker(s) specified in the Basic Lease Information, and that it knows of no other real estate broker, agent or finder who is or might be entitled to a real estate brokerage commission or finder’s fee in connection with this Lease or otherwise based upon contacts between the claimant and Tenant.  Landlord shall pay the Broker(s) pursuant to the terms of a separate agreement.  Each party shall indemnify and hold harmless the other from and against any and all Claims with respect to a fee or commission by any real estate broker, agent or finder in connection with the Premises and this Lease other than the Broker(s) (if any) resulting from the actions of the indemnifying party.  Unless expressly agreed to in writing by Landlord and the Broker(s), no real estate brokerage commission or finder’s fee shall be owed to, or otherwise payable to, the Broker(s) for any renewals or other extensions of the initial term of this Lease or for any additional space leased by Tenant other than the Premises as same exists as of the Lease Date.  Tenant further represents and warrants to Landlord that Tenant will not receive (1) any portion of any brokerage commission or finder’s fee payable to the Broker(s) in connection with this Lease, or (ii) any other form of compensation or incentive from the Broker(s) with respect to this Lease.

 

34.                                  Quiet Enjoyment

 

Landlord covenants with Tenant, upon the paying of Rent and observing and keeping the covenants, agreements and conditions of this Lease on its part to be kept, during the periods that Tenant is not otherwise in default of this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period, and subject to the rights of any of Landlord’s lenders, (i) that Tenant shall and may peaceably and quietly have, hold, occupy and enjoy the Premises and Common Areas during the Term, and (ii) neither Landlord, nor any successor or assign of Landlord, nor anyone claiming by or through Landlord, shall disturb Tenant’s occupancy or enjoyment of the Premises and Common Areas.  The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant express or implied.

 

35.                                  Roof Equipment

 

Provided that this Lease is then in full force and effect and Tenant is not then in default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period, Tenant shall be permitted, without any obligation to pay any additional Rent for such permission (except for the costs expressly provided in this Section 35), subject to approval by all applicable governmental authorities, to install, maintain, replace and operate antennae, security equipment, satellite dish or dishes on the roof of the 888 Ross Drive Building and the 892 Ross Drive Building (collectively, the “Roof Equipment”), the size, weight and precise location of which shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and pursuant to plans, all of which have been approved in writing by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.  Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, to any roof penetrations and any such penetrations permitted by Landlord shall be performed by Landlord’s contractors at Tenant’s expense.  The installation, maintenance and operation of the Roof Equipment shall be in accordance with the provisions of this Lease and shall be performed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.  Tenant will ensure that the Roof Equipment, and each part of them, will be installed by licensed contractors in accordance with all federal, state and local rules and

 

21



 

building codes.  Tenant will obtain, at its sole cost and expense, all Federal Communications Commission and other licenses or approvals required to install and operate the Roof Equipment and shall repair any and all damage to the Project (including, but not limited to, the roof of the 888 Ross Drive Building and the 892 Ross Drive Building) caused as a result of Tenant’s installation of the Roof Equipment.  The Roof Equipment is and shall remain the property of Tenant or Tenant’s assignee, transferee or sublessee, and Landlord and Tenant agree that the Roof Equipment is not, and installation of the Roof Equipment at the Project shall not cause the Roof Equipment to become, a fixture pursuant to this Lease or by operation of law.  Tenant shall not be entitled to receive any income from any third-party individual or entity for the use of the Roof Equipment.  Tenant shall be responsible for the operation, repair and maintenance of the Roof Equipment during the Term, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove the Roof Equipment and repair any and all damage to the Project (including, but not limited to, the roof of the 888 Ross Drive Building and the 892 Ross Drive Building) caused as a result of such removal.  Tenant agrees to operate the Roof Equipment in such a manner so as not to unreasonably interfere with or impair the operation of other antennae or telecommunication equipment of Landlord or other tenants or occupants of the Project.  If Tenant’s use of the Roof Equipment shall cause such interference or impairment, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly eliminate such condition by relocating, adjusting or modifying the Roof Equipment.  In the event Landlord repairs or replaces the roof during the Term, Tenant will relocate or, if necessary, remove the Roof Equipment from the roof at Tenant’s sole cost upon receipt of written request from Landlord during the time of such repair or replacement.  Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid the removal of the Roof Equipment during any such repair or replacement of the roof.  Tenant shall be able to place the Roof Equipment on the roof, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, after Landlord completes repairing or replacing the roof.  Landlord may have its representative present at the installation or any reinstallation of the Roof Equipment and the Roof Equipment shall be properly screened and shall not be visible by someone standing in the reasonable vicinity of the 888 Ross Drive Building and the 892 Ross Drive Building.

 

Landlord assumes no liability or responsibility for interference with the Roof Equipment caused by other tenants placing similar equipment on the roof of any building in the Project.  The Roof Equipment shall be included within the coverage of all insurance policies required to be maintained by Tenant under the Lease and Tenant shall obtain at its cast all permits required by governmental authorities for the Roof Equipment.  The Roof Equipment shall be used solely in connection with the business operations in the Premises, and shall not be used by any party who is not a tenant of the Premises.

 

36.                                  Right of First Offer

 

Subject to any rights granted to other tenants or occupants at the Project prior to the date of this Lease (including the existing tenant’s renewal of its lease of the first floor of the 888 Ross Drive Building, whether or not such tenant has an express right to renew), and provided that Tenant is not in default under the terms of this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period, the original Tenant named in this Lease and any Affiliate (the “Original Tenant”) shall have a one-time right (“First Offer Right”) to lease the entire first floor of the 888 Ross Drive Building, consisting of approximately 21,219 rentable square feet of space (the “First Offer Space”), the first time the First Offer Space comes available for lease during the period commencing on the Commencement Date and expiring at the expiration of the Term of this Lease (the “Exercise Period”).  The First Offer Right shall be exercisable by the Original Tenant only if the Original Tenant is in possession of one hundred percent (100%) of the Premises at the time the First Offer Space becomes available.  During the Exercise Period, Landlord shall give Tenant a one-time written notice (“Offer Notice”) of the availability of the First Offer Space, which Offer Notice shall include a site plan identifying the First Offer Space and a summary of the economic terms for which Landlord is willing to enter into a lease of the First Offer Space for a term equal to the greater of (a) a term that is coterminous with the Term of this Lease, and (b) two (2) years.  The parties acknowledge and agree that except with respect to such economic terms, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease shall apply to any lease by Tenant of the First Offer Space.  Upon receipt by Tenant of the Offer Notice, if Tenant desires to lease the First Offer Space but objects to the economic terms set forth in the Offer Notice, Landlord and Tenant shall negotiate In good faith in an attempt to reach an agreement with respect to the terms of a lease of the First Offer Space within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s delivery of the Offer Notice.  If the parties fail to agree with respect to the terms of the lease of the First Offer Space within such ten (10) business day period, Landlord shall thereafter be free to lease such space to any third party on such terms and conditions that Landlord deems appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion and Tenant shall have no further option to lease or right to receive any notice of any proposed lease with respect to such First Offer Space.

 

37.                                  Access to First Floor Phone and Electrical Closets

 

During the Term (as such Term may be extended), Tenant shall have the right to access, to the extent reasonably necessary for Tenant’s operations in the 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises, the phone and electrical closets on the first floor of the 888 Ross Drive Building, and subject to Landlord’s prior approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), to attach Its own cabling, wiring and equipment in the closets for purposes of routing phone and electrical service to the 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises.  Tenant shall not unreasonably disturb or interfere with the wiring, cabling or equipment of any other tenant of the 888 Ross Drive Building or such tenant’s business operations during its access to the closets, and, except in the case of an emergency, Tenant will give reasonable notice to Landlord prior to its entry into the closets.  Tenant shall coordinate any access to, and work in, such closets with any other tenants of the 888 Ross Drive Building.

 

[SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE]

 

22



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Lease is executed by the parties as of the Lease Date specified in the Basic Lease Information.

 

LANDLORD:

 

HINES VAF NO CAL PROPERTIES, L.P. ,

a Delaware limited partnership

 

By:

Hines VAF No Cal Properties GP LLC,

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Hines VAF No Cal Mezz, L.P.,

 

 

 

its sole member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Hines VAF No Cal Mezz GP LLC,

 

 

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Hines VAF Northern California, L.P.,

 

 

 

 

 

its sole member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Hines VAF Northern California GP LLC,

 

 

 

 

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ James C. Buie

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

James C. Buie

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

PROOFPOINT, INC.

A Delaware corporation

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul Auvil

 

Name:

Paul Auvil

 

Title:

CFO

 

Date:

3-30-11

 

 

23



 

Exhibit A

 

Premises

 

This exhibit, entitled “Premises”, is and shall constitute Exhibit A to that certain Lease Agreement dated for reference purposes as of March 28, 2011 (the “Lease), by and between Hines VAF No Cal Properties, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”) and Proofpoint, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”) for the leasing of certain premises located at 888 Ross Drive and 892 Ross Drive, Sunnyvale, California (the “Premises”).

 

The Premises consist of the rentable square footage of space specified in the Basic Lease Information and has the address specified in the Basic Lease Information.  The Premises are a part of and are contained in the Building specified in the Basic Lease Information.  The following area depicts the Premises within the Building:

 

 

Exhibit A, Page 1



 

Exhibit B to Lease Agreement
Tenant Improvements
(Tenant Constructs)

 

This exhibit, entitled “Tenant Improvements and Shell Improvements”, is and shall constitute EXHIBIT B to that certain Lease Agreement, dated for reference purposes as of March 28, 2011 (the “Lease”), by and between HINES VAF NO CAL PROPERTIES, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and PROOFPOINT, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), for the leasing of certain premises located at 888 Ross Drive and 892 Ross Drive, Sunnyvale, California (the “Premises”).  The terms, conditions and provisions of this EXHIBIT B are hereby incorporated into and are made a part of the Lease.  Any capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms as set forth in the Lease.

 

1.                                       Tenant To Construct Tenant Improvements .  Subject to the provisions below, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the planning, construction and completion of the interior tenant improvements (“Tenant Improvements”) to the Premises in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Exhibit B .  The Tenant Improvements shall not include any of Tenant’s personal property, trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment or similar items.

 

2.                                       Tenant Improvement Plans .

 

A.                                     Preliminary Plans and Specifications .  Following the execution of the Lease, Tenant shall retain a licensed and insured architect (“Architect”) to prepare preliminary working architectural and engineering plans and specifications (“Preliminary Plans and Specifications”) for the Tenant Improvements.  Tenant shall deliver the Preliminary Plans and Specifications to Landlord.  The Preliminary Plans and Specifications shall be in sufficient detail to show locations, types and requirements for all heat loads, people loads, floor loads, power and plumbing, regular and special HVAC needs, telephone communications, telephone and electrical outlets, lighting, lighting fixtures and related power, and electrical and telephone switches.  Landlord shall reasonably approve or disapprove the Preliminary Plans and Specifications within five (5) days after Landlord receives the Preliminary Plans and Specifications and, if disapproved, Landlord shall return the Preliminary Plans and Specifications to Tenant, who shall make all necessary revisions within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt thereof.  Representatives of both parties shall promptly make themselves available to discuss and resolve any such comments or revisions, and such documents shall promptly be revised by Tenant to incorporate any agreed upon changes.  In the event the parties cannot reach agreement and resolve all disputed matters relating to any such documents, the parties shall promptly meet and confer and negotiate in good faith to reach agreement on any disputed matters.  This procedure shall be repeated until Landlord approves the Preliminary Plans and Specifications.  The approved Preliminary Plans and Specifications, as modified, shall be deemed the “Final Preliminary Plans and Specifications”.

 

B.                                     Final Plans and Specifications .  After the Final Preliminary Plans and Specifications are approved by Landlord and are deemed to be the Final Preliminary Plans and Specifications, Tenant shall cause the Architect to prepare in twenty (20) days following Landlord’s approval of the Final Preliminary Plans and Specifications the final working architectural and engineering plans, specifications and drawings, (“Final Plans and Specifications”) for the Tenant Improvements.  Tenant shall then deliver the Final Plans and Specifications to Landlord.  Landlord shall reasonably approve or disapprove the Final Plans and Specifications within five (5) days after Landlord receives the Final Plans and Specifications and, if disapproved, Landlord shall return the Final Plans and Specifications to Tenant who shall make all necessary revisions within fifteen (15) days after Tenant’s receipt thereof.  Representatives of both parties shall promptly make themselves available to discuss and resolve any such comments or revisions, and such documents shall promptly be revised by Tenant to incorporate any agreed upon changes.  In the event the parties cannot reach agreement and resolve all disputed matters relating to any such documents, the parties shall promptly meet and confer and negotiate in good faith to reach agreement on any disputed matters.  This procedure shall be repeated until Landlord approves, in writing, the Final Plans and Specifications.  The approved Final Plans and Specifications, as modified, shall be deemed the “Construction Documents”.

 

C.                                     Miscellaneous .  All deliveries of the Preliminary Plans and Specifications, the Final Preliminary Plans and Specifications, the Final Plans and Specifications, and the Construction Documents shall be delivered by messenger service, by personal hand delivery or by overnight parcel service.  While Landlord has the right to approve the Preliminary Plans and Specifications, the Final Preliminary Plans and Specifications, the Final Plans and Specifications, and the Construction Documents, Landlord’s interest in doing so is to protect the Premises, the 888 Ross Drive Building, the 892 Ross Drive Building and Landlord’s interest.  Accordingly, Tenant shall not rely upon Landlord’s approvals and Landlord shall not be the guarantor of, nor responsible for, the adequacy and correctness or accuracy of the Preliminary Plans and Specifications, the Final Preliminary Plans and Specifications, the Final Plans and Specifications, and the Construction Documents, or the compliance thereof with applicable laws, and Landlord shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of granting such approvals.

 

D.                                     Building Standard Work .  The Construction Documents shall provide that the Tenant Improvements to be constructed in accordance therewith must be at least equal, in quality, to Landlord’s building standard materials, quantities and procedures then In use by Landlord (“Building Standards”).

 

E.                                       Construction Agreements .  Tenant hereby covenants and agrees that a provision shall be included in each and every agreement made with the Architect and the Contractor with respect to the Tenant Improvements specifying that Landlord shall be a third party beneficiary thereof, including without limitation, a third party beneficiary of all covenants, representations, indemnities and warranties made by the Architect and/or Contractor.

 

3.                                       Permits .  Tenant at its sole cost and expense (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 5 below) shall obtain all governmental approvals of the Construction Documents to the full extent necessary for the issuance of a building permit for the Tenant Improvements based upon such Construction Documents.  Tenant at its sole cost and expense shall also cause to be obtained all other necessary approvals and permits from all governmental agencies having jurisdiction or authority for the construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the approved Construction Documents.  Tenant at its sole cost and expense (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 5 below) shall undertake all steps necessary to insure that the construction of the Tenant Improvements is accomplished in strict compliance with all

 

Exhibit B, Page 1



 

statutes, laws, ordinances, codes, rules, and regulations applicable to the construction of the Tenant Improvements and the requirements and standards of any insurance underwriting board, inspection bureau or insurance carrier insuring the Premises, the 888 Ross Drive Building and/or the 892 Ross Drive Building.

 

4.                                       Construction .

 

A.                                     Tenant shall be solely responsible for the construction, installation and completion of the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Construction Documents approved by Landlord and is solely responsible for the payment of all amounts when payable in connection therewith without any cost or expense to Landlord, except for Landlord’s obligation to contribute the Tenant Improvement Allowance in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 5 below.  Tenant shall diligently proceed with the construction, installation and completion of the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Construction Documents and the completion schedule reasonably approved by Landlord.  No material changes shall be made to the Construction Documents and the completion schedule approved by Landlord without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

B.                                     Tenant at its sole cost and expense (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 5 below) shall employ a licensed, insured and bonded general contractor (“Contractor”) to construct the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Construction Documents.  Proof that the Contractor is licensed in California, is bonded as required under California law, and has the insurance specified in Exhibit B-1 , attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, shall be provided to Landlord at the time that Tenant requests approval of the Contractor from Landlord.  Tenant shall comply with or cause the Contractor to comply with all other terms and provisions of Exhibit B-1 .

 

C.                                     Prior to the commencement of the construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall provide the following to Landlord, all of which shall be to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction:

 

(i)                                      An estimated budget and cost breakdown for the Tenant Improvements.

 

(ii)                                   Estimated completion schedule for the Tenant Improvements.

 

(iii)                                Copies of all required approvals and permits from governmental agencies having jurisdiction or authority for the construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements; provided, however, if prior to commencement of the construction and installation of Tenant Improvements Tenant has not received the electrical, plumbing or mechanical permits, Tenant shall only be required to provide Landlord with evidence that Tenant has made application therefor, and, upon receipt by Tenant of such permits, Tenant shall promptly provide Landlord with copies thereof.

 

(iv)                               Evidence of Tenant’s procurement of Insurance required to be obtained pursuant to the provisions of Paragraphs 4.B and 4.G.

 

D.                                     Landlord shall at all reasonable times have a right to inspect the Tenant Improvements (provided Landlord does not materially interfere with the work being performed by the Contractor or its subcontractors) and Tenant shall immediately cease work upon written notice from Landlord if, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the Tenant Improvements are not in compliance with the Construction Documents approved by Landlord.  If Landlord shall give notice of faulty construction or any other deviation from the Construction Documents, Tenant shall cause the Contractor to make corrections promptly.  However, neither the privilege herein granted to Landlord to make such inspections, nor the making of such Inspections by Landlord, shall operate as a waiver of any rights of Landlord to require good and workmanlike construction and Improvements constructed in accordance with the Construction Documents.

 

E.                                       Subject to Landlord complying with its obligations in Paragraph 5 below, Tenant shall pay and discharge promptly and fully all claims for labor done and materials and services furnished in connection with the Tenant Improvements.  The Tenant Improvements shall not be commenced until five (5) business days after Landlord has received notice from Tenant stating the date the construction of the Tenant Improvements is to commence so that Landlord can post and record any appropriate Notice of Non-responsibility.

 

F.                                       Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the agreements and covenants of Tenant in Sections 9 and 10 of the Lease shall be fully applicable to Tenant’s construction of the Tenant Improvements.

 

G.                                     Tenant shall maintain, and cause to be maintained, during the construction of the Tenant Improvements, at its sole cost and expense, insurance of the types and in the amounts specified in Exhibit B-1 and in Section 12 of the Lease, together with builders’ risk insurance for the amount of the completed value of the Tenant Improvements on an all-risk non-reporting form covering all improvements under construction, including building materials, and other insurance in amounts and against such risks as the Landlord shall reasonably require in connection with the Tenant Improvements.

 

H.                                     No materials, equipment or fixtures shall be delivered to or installed upon the Premises pursuant to any agreement by which another party has a security interest or rights to remove or repossess such items, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

I.                                          Landlord reserves the right to establish reasonable rules and regulations for the use of the 888 Ross Drive Building and the 892 Ross Drive Building during the course of construction of the Tenant Improvements, including, but not limited to, construction parking, storage of materials, hours of work, use of elevators, and clean-up of construction related debris.

 

J.                                       Upon completion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the following, all of which shall be to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction:

 

(i)                                      Any certificates required for occupancy, including a permanent and complete Certificate of Occupancy issued by the City of Sunnyvale to the extent required by the City of Sunnyvale.

 

(ii)                                   A Certificate of Completion signed by the Architect who prepared the Construction Documents, reasonably approved by Landlord.

 

Exhibit B, Page 2



 

(iii)                                A cost breakdown itemizing all expenses for the Tenant Improvements, together with invoices and receipts for the same or other evidence of payment.

 

(iv)                               Final and unconditional mechanic’s lien waivers for all the Tenant Improvements.

 

(v)                                  A Notice of Completion for execution by Landlord, which certificate once executed by Landlord shall be recorded by Tenant in the official records of the county of Santa Clara, and Tenant shall then deliver to Landlord a true and correct copy of the recorded Notice of Completion.

 

(vi)                               A true and complete copy of all as-built plans and drawings for the Tenant Improvements.

 

5.                                       Tenant Improvement Allowance .

 

A.                                     Subject to Tenant’s compliance with the provisions of this Exhibit B , Landlord shall provide to Tenant an allowance in the amount of up to Ten and No/100 Dollars and ($10.00) per rentable square foot of the Premises or $743,380.00 (the “Tenant Improvement Allowance”) to construct and install only the Tenant Improvements.  The Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be used to design, prepare, plan, obtain the approval of, construct and install the Tenant Improvements and for no other purpose.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Landlord shall have no obligation to contribute the Tenant Improvement Allowance unless and until the Construction Documents have been approved by Landlord and Tenant has complied with all requirements set forth in Paragraph 4.C. of this Exhibit B .  In addition to the foregoing, Landlord shall have no obligation to disburse all or any portion of the Tenant Improvement Allowance to Tenant unless Tenant makes a progress payment request pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.B. below after the Commencement Date but prior to that date which is twelve (12) months after the 888 Ross Drive Delivery Date (as such term is defined In Section 2 of the Lease). The Tenant Improvements shall be constructed after the Commencement Date.  Any alterations or improvements desired to be performed by Tenant prior to the Commencement Date shall be subject to the provisions of the Verity Lease and Existing Sublease.  In addition, Landlord shall provide to Tenant an allowance in the amount of up to Five Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($5,000.00) (the “Space Planning Allowance”) to pay Weske Associates to conduct test fits of the Premises.  The costs to be paid out of the Tenant Improvement Allowance shall include all reasonable costs and expenses associated with the design, preparation, approval, planning, construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements (the “Tenant Improvement Costs”), including all of the following:

 

(i)                                      All costs of the Preliminary Plans and Specifications, the Final Plans and Specifications, and the Construction Documents, and engineering costs associated with completion of the State of California energy utilization calculations under Title 24 legislation:

 

(ii)                                   All costs of obtaining building permits and other necessary authorizations from local governmental authorities;

 

(iii)                                All costs of interior design and finish schedule plans and specifications including as-built drawings, if applicable;

 

(iv)                               All direct and indirect costs of procuring, constructing and installing the Tenant Improvements in the Premises, including, but not limited to, the construction fee for overhead and profit and the cost of all on-site supervisory and administrative staff, office, equipment and temporary services rendered by the Contractor in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements; provided, however, that the construction fee for overhead and profit, the cost of all on-site supervisory and administrative staff, office, equipment and temporary services shall not exceed amounts which are reasonable and customary for such items in the local construction industry;

 

(v)                                  All fees payable to the Architect and any engineer if they are required to redesign any portion of the Tenant Improvements following Tenant’s and Landlord’s approval of the Construction Documents;

 

(vi)                               Utility connection fees;

 

(vii)                            Inspection fees and filing fees payable to local governmental authorities, if any;

 

(viii)                         All costs of all permanently affixed equipment and non-trade fixtures provided for in the Construction Documents, including the cost of installation; and

 

(ix)                                 Tenant’s cabling, wiring and furniture, provided that only thirty-five percent (35%) of the Tenant Improvement Allowance may be used to pay the cost of Tenant’s cabling, wiring and furniture.

 

The Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be the maximum contribution by Landlord for the Tenant Improvement Costs, and the disbursement of the Tenant Improvement Allowance is subject to the terms contained hereinbelow.

 

B.                                     Subject to Section 5.A. above, Landlord will make payments to Tenant from the Tenant Improvement Allowance to reimburse Tenant for Tenant Improvement Costs paid or incurred by Tenant.  Payment of the Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be by progress payments not more frequently than once per month and only after satisfaction of the following conditions precedent: (a) receipt by Landlord of conditional mechanics’ lien releases for the work completed and to be paid by said progress payment, conditioned only on the payment of the sums set forth in the mechanics’ lien release, executed by the Contractor and all subcontractors, labor suppliers and materialmen; (b) receipt by Landlord of unconditional mechanics’ lien releases from the Contractor and all subcontractors, labor suppliers and materialmen for all work other than that being paid by the current progress payment previously completed by the Contractor, subcontractors, labor suppliers and materialmen and for which Tenant has received funds from the Tenant Improvement Allowance to pay for such work; and (c) receipt by Landlord of any and all documentation reasonably required by Landlord detailing the work that has been completed and the materials and supplies used as of the date of Tenant’s request for the progress payment, including, without limitation, invoices, bills, or statements for the work completed and the materials and supplies used, and Landlord or Landlord’s agents shall have had the opportunity at reasonable times to conduct any inspections of the work completed and materials and supplies used as deemed reasonably necessary by Landlord.  Tenant Improvement Allowance progress payments shall be paid to Tenant within fourteen (14) days from the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the immediately preceding sentence.  The preceding

 

Exhibit B, Page 3


 

notwithstanding, all Tenant Improvement Costs paid or incurred by Tenant prior to Landlord’s approval of the Construction Documents in connection with the design and planning of the Tenant Improvements by Architect shall be paid from the Tenant Improvement Allowance, without any retention, within fourteen (14) days following Landlord’s receipt of invoices, bills or statements from Architect evidencing such costs.  Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Landlord shall be entitled to withhold and retain five percent (5%) of the Tenant Improvement Allowance or of any Tenant Improvement Allowance progress payment until the lien-free expiration of the time for filing of any mechanics’ liens claimed or which might be filed on account of any work ordered by Tenant or the Contractor or any subcontractor in connection with the construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements.

 

C.                                     Landlord shall not be obligated to pay any Tenant Improvement Allowance progress payment or the Tenant Improvement Allowance retention if on the date Tenant is entitled to receive the Tenant Improvement Allowance progress payment or the Tenant Improvement Allowance retention a default under the Lease then exists.  Such payments shall resume upon Tenant curing any such default within the time periods which may be provided for in the Lease.

 

D.                                     Should the total cost of constructing the Tenant Improvements be less than the Tenant Improvement Allowance, the Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be automatically reduced to the amount equal to said actual cost.

 

6.                                       Termination .  If the Lease is terminated prior to the date on which the Tenant Improvements are completed, for any reason due to the default of Tenant hereunder beyond any applicable notice and cure period, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord under the Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent under the Lease, within thirty (30) days of receipt of a statement therefor, any and all costs incurred by Landlord and not reimbursed or otherwise paid by Tenant through the date of termination in connection with the Tenant Improvements to the extent planned, installed and/or constructed as of such date of termination, including, but not limited to, any costs related to the removal of all or any portion of the Tenant Improvements and restoration costs related thereto.  Subject to the provisions of Section 10.2 of the Lease, upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Tenant shall not be required to remove the Tenant Improvements it being the intention of the parties that the Tenant Improvements are to be considered incorporated into the 888 Ross Drive Building and the 892 Ross Drive Building.

 

7.                                       Lease Provisions; Conflict .  The terms and provisions of the Lease, insofar as they are applicable, in whole or in part, to this Exhibit B , are hereby incorporated herein by reference, and specifically including all of the provisions of Section 29 of the Lease.  In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Lease and this Exhibit B , the terms of this Exhibit B shall prevail.  Any amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be deemed to be Additional Rent under the Lease and, upon any default in the payment of same beyond any applicable notice and cure period, Landlord shall have all rights and remedies available to it as provided for in the Lease.

 

Exhibit B, Page 4



 

Exhibit B-1
Construction Insurance Requirements

 

Before commencing work, the contractor shall procure and maintain at its sole cost and expense until completion and final acceptance of the work, at least the following minimum levels of insurance.

 

A.                                     Workers’ Compensation in statutory amounts and Employers Liability Insurance in the minimum amounts of $100,000 each accident for bodily injury by accident and $100,000 each employee for bodily injury by disease with a $500,000 policy limit, covering each and every worker used in connection with the contract work.

 

B.                                     Comprehensive General Liability Insurance on an occurrence basis including, but not limited to, protection for Premises/Operations Liability, Broad Form Contractual Liability, Owner’s and Contractor’s Protective, and Products/Completed Operations Liability*, In the following minimum limits of liability.

 

Bodily Injury, Property Damage, and

 

 

Personal Injury Liability

 

$2,000,000/each occurrence

 

 

$3,000,000/aggregate

 

*                                          Products/Completed Operations Liability Insurance is to be provided for a period of at least one (1) year after completion of work.

 

Coverage should include protection for Explosion, Collapse and Underground Damage.

 

C.                                     Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance with the following minimum limits of liability.

 

Bodily Injury and Property

 

$1,000,000/each occurrence

Damage Liability

 

$2,000,000/aggregate

 

This insurance will apply to all owned, non-owned or hired automobiles to be used by the Contractor in the completion of the work.

 

D.                                     Umbrella Liability Insurance in a minimum amount of five million dollars ($5,000,000), providing excess coverage on a following-form basis over the Employer’s Liability limit In Paragraph A and the liability coverages outlined in Paragraphs B and C.

 

E.                                       Equipment and Installation coverages in the broadest form available covering Contractor’s tools and equipment and material not accepted by Tenant.  To the extent necessary, Tenant will provide Builders Risk Insurance on all accepted and installed materials.

 

All policies of insurance, duplicates thereof or certificates evidencing coverage shall be delivered to Landlord prior to commencement of any work and shall name Landlord, and its partners and lenders as additional insureds as their interests may appear.  All insurance policies shall (1) be issued by a company or companies licensed to be business in the state of California, (2) provide that no cancellation, non-renewal or material modification shall be effective without thirty (30) days prior written notice provided to Landlord, (3) provide no deductible greater than $15,000 per occurrence, (4) contain a waiver to subrogation clause in favor of Landlord, and its partners and lenders, and (5) comply with the requirements of Sections 12.2, 12.3 and 12.4 of the Lease to the extent such requirements are applicable.

 

Exhibit B-1, Page 1



 

Exhibit C to Lease Agreement
Rules & Regulations

 

This exhibit, entitled “Rules & Regulations,” is and shall constitute Exhibit C to that certain Lease Agreement dated for reference purposes as of March 28, 2011 (the “Lease), by and between Hines VAF No Cal Properties, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”) and Proofpolnt, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant’) for the leasing of certain premises located at 888 Ross Drive and 892 Ross Drive, Sunnyvale, California (the “Premises”).  The terms, conditions and provisions of this Exhibit C are hereby incorporated into and are made a part of the Lease.  Any capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms as set forth In the Lease:

 

1.                                       Subject to Section 30 of the Lease, no advertisement, picture or sign of any sort shall be displayed on or outside the Premises or the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord.  Landlord shall have the right to remove any such unapproved item without Notice and at Tenant’s expense.

 

2.                                       Tenant shall park motor vehicles in those general parking areas, as designated by Landlord, except for loading and unloading.  During those periods of loading and unloading, Tenant shall not unreasonably interfere with (1) traffic flow within the Project and (ii) loading and unloading activities of other tenants.  Tenant shall not regularly park motor vehicles in designated parking areas after the conclusion of normal daily business activity.

 

3.                                       Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord without the prior written consent of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

4.                                       All window coverings installed by Tenant and visible from the outside of the Building require the prior written approval of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

5.                                       Subject to Section 27 of the Lease, Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept any foul or noxious gas or substance or any flammable or combustible materials in or around the Premises, the Building or any portion of the Project.

 

6.                                       Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new locks or bolts on any door at the Premises without the prior consent of Landlord.  Tenant agrees not to make any duplicate keys without the prior consent of Landlord.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to maintain the security and/or card access system currently in place in the 892 Ross Drive Premises and subject to Landlord’s prior approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) to install a similar security and/or card access system in the 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises.

 

7.                                       Tenant shall not disturb, solicit or canvas any occupant of the Project and shall cooperate to prevent same.

 

8.                                       Subject to the provisions of Section 35 of the Lease, no person shall go on the roof without Landlord’s permission.

 

9.                                       Business machines and mechanical equipment belonging to Tenant which cause noise or vibration that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building, to such a degree as to be unreasonably objectionable to Landlord or other tenants, shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, on vibration eliminators or other devices sufficient to eliminate noise or vibration.

 

10.                                All goods, including material used to store goods, delivered to the Premises shall be immediately moved into the Premises and shall not be left in parking or receiving areas overnight.  Tenant shall not store or permit the storage or placement of goods, merchandise, pallet ors equipment of any sort outside of the Premises, Building or in any of the Common Areas.  No displays or sales of merchandise are allowed in the parking lots or other portions of the Common Areas.

 

11.                                Tractor trailers which must be unhooked or parked with dolly wheels beyond the concrete loading areas must use steel plates or wood blocks under the dolly wheels to prevent damage to the asphalt paving surfaces.  No parking or storing of such trailers will be permitted in the auto parking areas of the Project or on streets adjacent thereto.

 

12.                                Forklifts which operate on asphalt paving areas shall not have solid rubber tires and shall only use tires that do not damage the asphalt.

 

13.                                Tenant is responsible for the storage and removal of all trash and refuse.  All such trash and refuse shall be contained in suitable receptacles and stored behind screened enclosures at locations approved by Landlord.

 

14.                                Tenant shall not permit any animals, including, but not limited to, any household pets, to be brought or kept in the Premises, Building, Common Areas or Project, other than animals assisting disabled persons.

 

15.                                Tenant shall not permit (i) any motor vehicles to be washed in any portion of the Premises or Common Areas, and (ii) any mechanical work or maintenance of motor vehicles to be performed in any portion of the Premises or Common Areas.

 

Exhibit C, Page 1



 

Exhibit D
Intentionally Omitted

 

Exhibit D, Page 1



 

Exhibit E
Lease Agreement
Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate

 

Your cooperation in this matter is appreciated.  Initially, the Information provided by you in this Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate is necessary for the Landlord (identified below) to evaluate and finalize a lease agreement with you as Tenant.  After a lease agreement is signed by you and the Landlord (the “Lease Agreement”), on an annual basis in accordance with the provisions of Section 27 of the signed Lease Agreement, you are to provide an update to the information initially provided by you in this certificate.  The information contained in the initial Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate and each annual certificate provided by you thereafter will be maintained in confidentiality by Landlord subject to release and disclosure as required by (i) any lenders and owners and their respective environmental consultants, (ii) any prospective purchaser(s) of all or any portion of the property on which the Premises are located, (iii) Landlord to defend itself or its lenders, partners or representatives against any claim or demand, and (iv) any laws, rules, regulations, orders, decrees, or ordinances, Including, without limitation, court orders or subpoenas.  Any and all capitalized terms used herein, which are not otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meaning ascribed to such term in the signed Lease Agreement.  Any questions regarding this certificate should be directed to, and when completed, the certificate should be delivered to:

 

Landlord:                                              Hines VAF No Cal Properties, L.P.

 

Name of (Prospective) Tenant:  PROOFPOINT, INC.

 

Mailing Address:  892 ROSS DR. SUNNYVALE, CA

94089

 

Contact Person, Title and Telephone Number(s):

 

Contact Person for Hazardous Waste Materials Management and Manifests and Telephone Number(s):

CRAIG HIRST, [email] [telephone number]

 

Address of (Prospective) Premises:  892 ROSS DRIVE, SUNNYVALE, CA 94089

 

Length of (Prospective) Initial Term:

 

 

1.                                       General Information:

 

Describe the initial proposed operations to take place in, on, or about the Premises, including, without limitation, principal products processed, manufactured or assembled services and activities to be provided or otherwise conducted.  Existing Tenants should describe any proposed changes to on-going operations.

 

SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT

 

 

2.                                       Use, Storage and Disposal of Hazardous Materials

 

2.1                                  Will any Hazardous Materials be used, generated, stored or disposed of in, on or about the Premises?  Existing Tenants should describe any Hazardous Materials which continue to be used, generated, stored or disposed of in, on or about the Premises.

 

Wastes

 

Yes o

 

No x

 

 

 

 

 

Chemical Products

 

Yes o

 

No x

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

Yes o

 

No x

 

If Yes is marked, please explain:

 

 

2.2                                  If “Yes” is marked in Section 2.1, attach a list of any Hazardous Materials to be used, generated, stored or disposed of in, on or about the Premises, including the applicable hazard class and an estimate of the quantities of such Hazardous Materials at any given time; estimated annual throughput; the proposed location(s) and method of storage (excluding nominal amounts of ordinary household cleaners and janitorial supplies which are not regulated by any Environmental Laws); and the proposed location(s) and method of disposal for each Hazardous Material, including, the estimated frequency, and the proposed contractors or subcontractors.  Existing Tenants should attach a list setting forth the information requested above and such list should include actual data from on-going operations and the identification of any variations in such information from the prior year’s certificate.

 

3.                                       Storage Tanks and Sumps

 

3.1                                  Is any above or below ground storage of gasoline, diesel, petroleum, or other Hazardous Materials in tanks or sumps proposed in, on or about the Premises? Existing Tenants should describe any such actual or proposed activities.

 

Yes x                                       No o

 

If Yes is marked, please explain:  STORAGE DIESEL FUEL, GENERATOR

OUTSIDE OF BUILDING, REAR OF BUILDING.

 

 

4.                                       Waste Management

 

4.1                                Has your company been issued an EPA Hazardous Waste Generator I.D. Number?  Existing Tenants

 

Exhibit E, Page 1



 

should describe any additional identification numbers issued since the previous certificate.

 

Yes o                                         No x

 

4.2                                Has your company filed a biennial or quarterly reports as a hazardous waste generator?  Existing Tenants should describe any new reports filed.

 

Yes o                                         No x

 

If yes, attach a copy of the most recent report filed.

 

5.                                       Wastewater Treatment and Discharge

 

5.1                                Will your company discharge wastewater or other wastes to:

 

o storm drain?                                                                o sewer?

 

o surface water?                                                     x no wastewater or other wastes discharged.

 

Existing Tenants should indicate any actual discharges.  If so, describe the nature of any proposed or actual discharge(s).

 

 

 

5.2                                Will any such wastewater or waste be treated before discharge?

 

Yes o                                         No x

 

If yes, describe the type of treatment proposed to be conducted.  Existing Tenants should describe the actual treatment conducted.

 

6.                                       Air Discharges

 

6.1                                Do you plan for any air filtration systems or stacks to be used In your company’s operations in, on or about the Premises that will discharge into the air; and will such air emissions be monitored? Existing Tenants should indicate whether or not there are any such air filtration systems or stacks in use in, on or about the Premises which discharge into the air and whether such air emissions are being monitored.

 

Yes o                                         No x

 

If yes, please describe:

 

 

6.2                                Do you propose to operate any of the following types of equipment, or any other equipment requiring an air emissions permit? Existing Tenants should specify any such equipment being operated in, on or about the Premises.

 

o Spray booth(s)                                                  o Incinerator(s)

 

o Dip tank(s)                                                                       o Other (Please describe)

 

o Drying oven(s)                                                 x No Equipment Requiring Air Permits

 

If yes, please describe:

 

 

7.                                       Hazardous Materials Disclosures

 

7.1                                Has your company prepared or will it be required to prepare a Hazardous Materials management plan (“Management Plan”) pursuant to Fire Department or other governmental or regulatory agencies’ requirements? Existing Tenants should indicate whether or not a Management Plan Is required and has been prepared.

 

Yes x                                       No o

 

If yes, attach a copy of the Management Plan.  Existing Tenants should attach a copy of any required updates to the Management Plan.

 

7.2                                Are any of the Hazardous Materials, and in particular chemicals, proposed to be used in your operations in, on or about the Premises regulated under Proposition 65? Existing Tenants should indicate whether or not there are any new Hazardous Materials being so used which are regulated under Proposition 65.

 

Yes o                                         No x

 

If yes, please explain:

 

 

8.                                       Enforcement Actions and Complaints

 

8.1                                With respect to Hazardous Materials or Environmental Laws, has your company ever been subject to any agency enforcement actions, administrative orders, or consent decrees or has your company received requests for information, notice or demand letters, or any other inquiries regarding its operations? Existing Tenants should indicate whether or not any such actions, orders or decrees have been, or are in the process of being, undertaken or if any such requests have been received.

 

 

Exhibit E, Page 2



 

Yes o                                         No x

 

If yes, describe the actions, orders or decrees and any continuing compliance obligations imposed as a result of these actions, orders or decrees and also describe any requests, notices or demands, and attach a copy of all such documents.  Existing Tenants should describe and attach a copy of any new actions, orders, decrees, requests, notices or demands not already delivered to Landlord pursuant to the provisions of Section 27 of the signed Lease Agreement.

 

 

 

8.2                                Have there ever been, or are there now pending, any lawsuits against your company regarding any environmental or health and safety concerns?

 

Yes o                                         No x

 

If yes, describe any such lawsuits and attach copies of the complaint(s), cross-complaint(s), pleadings and all other documents related thereto as requested by Landlord, Existing Tenants should describe and attach a copy of any new complaint(s), cross-complaint(s), pleadings and other related documents not already delivered to Landlord pursuant to the provisions of Section 27 of the signed Lease Agreement.

 

 

 

8.3                                Have there been any problems or complaints from adjacent Tenants, owners or other neighbors at your company’s current facility with regard to environmental or health and safety concerns? Existing Tenants should indicate whether or net there have been any such problems or complaints from adjacent Tenants, owners or other neighbors at, about or near the Premises.

 

Yes o                                         No x

 

If yes, please describe.  Existing Tenants should describe any such problems or complaints not already disclosed to Landlord under the provisions of the signed Lease Agreement.

 

 

 

9.                                       Permits and Licenses

 

9.1                                Attach copies of all Hazardous Materials permits and licenses including a Transporter Permit number issued to your company with respect to its proposed operations in, on or about the Premises, including, without limitation, any wastewater discharge permits, air emissions permits, and use permits or approvals.  Existing Tenants should attach copies of any new permits and licenses as well as any renewals of permits or licenses previously issued.

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges and agrees that (A) this Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate is being delivered in connection with, and as required by, Landlord in connection with the evaluation and finalization of a Lease Agreement and will be attached thereto as an exhibit; (B) that this Hazardous Materials Disclosure Certificate Is being delivered in accordance with, and as required by, the provisions of Section 27 of the Lease Agreement; and (C) that Tenant shall have and retain full and complete responsibility and liability with respect to any of the Hazardous Materials disclosed in the HazMat Certificate notwithstanding Landlord’s/Tenant’s receipt and/or approval of such certificate.  Tenant further agrees that none of the following described acts or events shall be construed or otherwise interpreted as either (a) excusing, diminishing or otherwise limiting Tenant from the requirement to fully and faithfully perform its obligations under the Lease with respect to Hazardous Materials, including, without limitation, Tenants Indemnification of the Indemnitees and compliance with all Environmental Laws, or (b) imposing upon Landlord, directly or indirectly, any duty or liability with respect to any such Hazardous Materials, including, without limitation, any duty on Landlord to investigate or otherwise verify the accuracy of the representations and statements made therein or to ensure that Tenant is in compliance with all Environmental Laws; (i) the delivery of such certificate to Landlord and/or Landlord’s acceptance of such certificate, (ii) Landlord’s review and approval of such certificate, (iii) Landlord’s failure to obtain such certificate from Tenant at any time, or (iv) Landlord’s actual or constructive knowledge of the types and quantities of Hazardous Materials being used, stored, generated, disposed of or transported on or about the Premises by Tenant or Tenant’s Representatives.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained herein, the undersigned acknowledges and agrees that Landlord and its partners, lenders and representatives may, and will, rely upon the statements, representations, warranties, and certifications made herein and the truthfulness thereof in entering into the Lease Agreement and the continuance thereof throughout the term, and any renewals thereof, of the Lease Agreement.

 

I (print name) _Paul Auvil                                  , acting with full authority to bind the (proposed) Tenant and on behalf of the (proposed) Tenant, certify, represent and warrant that the Information contained in this certificate is true and correct.

 

(Prospective) Tenant:

 

By:

/s/ Paul Auvil

 

 

 

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

 

 

Date:

3-30-11

 

 

Exhibit E, Page 3



 

Exhibit F
First Amendment to Lease Agreement
Change of 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises Delivery Date

 

This First Amendment to Lease Agreement (the “Amendment”) is made and entered into to be effective as of                                       , by and between Hines VAF No Cal Properties, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and Proofpoint, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), with reference to the following facts:

 

Recitals

 

A.                                    Landlord and Tenant have entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated March 28, 2011 (the “Lease”), for the leasing of certain premises containing approximately 74,338 rentable square feet of space comprised of approximately 51,217 rentable square feet consisting of the entire building located at 892 Ross Drive, Sunnyvale, California (the “892 Ross Drive Premises”), and approximately 23,121 rentable square feet consisting of the entire second (2nd) floor of the building located at 888 Ross Drive, Sunnyvale, California (the “888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises”).  Under the Lease, the 888 Ross Drive Delivery Date was scheduled to occur on July 1, 2011

 

B.                                      Landlord and Tenant wish to amend the 888 Ross Drive Delivery Date.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                        Recitals :  Landlord and Tenant agree that the above recitals are true and correct.

 

2.                                        The 888 Ross Drive Delivery Date shall be                                                 .

 

3.                                        Base Rent shall adjust in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Period

 

Rate/SF/Month
NNN (Approx.)

 

Monthly Base
Rent

 

April 1, 2011 — June 30, 2011 (“892 Ross Drive Base Rent Abatement Period”)*

 

$

0.00

 

$

0.00

 

July 1, 2011 —                                 , 2011 (“888 Ross Drive Base Rent Abatement Period”)*

 

$

1.00

 

$

51,217.00

 

, 2011 — March 31, 2012

 

$

1.00

 

$

74,338.00

 

April 1, 2012 — March 31, 2013

 

$

1.05

 

$

78,054.90

 

April 1, 2013 — March 31, 2014

 

$

1.10

 

$

81,771.80

 

April 1, 2014 — June 30, 2014

 

$

1.15

 

$

85,488.70

 

 

*Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Base Rent for the 892 Ross Drive Premises during the 892 Ross Drive Rent Abatement Period and Tenant only be obligated to pay Base Rent for the 892 Ross Drive Premises in the amount of $51,217.00 per month and not the 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises during the 888 Ross Drive Base Rent Abatement Period, subject, however, to the provisions of Section 2 of the Lease.

 

4.                                        Effect of Amendment :  Except as modified herein, the terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and continue in full force and effect.  In the event of any conflict between the terms and conditions of the Lease and this Amendment, the terms and conditions of this Amendment shall prevail.

 

5.                                        Definitions :  Unless otherwise defined In this Amendment, all terms not defined in this Amendment shall have the meaning set forth in the Lease.

 

6.                                        Authority :  Subject to the provisions of the Lease, this Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.  Each party hereto and the persons signing below warrant that the person signing below on such party’s behalf is authorized to do so and to bind such party to the terms of this Amendment.

 

7.                                        The terms and provisions of the Lease are hereby incorporated in this Amendment.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date and year first above written.

 

TENANT:

 

PROOFPOINT, INC.

 

 

A Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

///signatures continued on next page///

 

 

 

 

Exhibit F, Page 1



 

///signatures continued from previous page///

 

 

 

 

 

“LANDLORD”:

 

 

 

 

 

HINES VAF NO CAL PROPERTIES, L.P. ,

 

a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Hines VAF No Cal Properties GP LLC,

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Hines VAF No Cal Mezz, L.P.,

 

 

 

its sole member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Hines VAF No Cal Mezz GP LLC,

 

 

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Hines VAF Northern California, LP.,

 

 

 

 

 

its sole member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Hines VAF Northern California GP LLC,

 

 

 

 

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

James C. Buie

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President

 

 

 

Exhibit F, Page 2



 

Exhibit G
Sign Criteria

 

This exhibit, entitled “Sign Criteria”, is and shall constitute Exhibit G to that certain Lease Agreement dated for reference purposes as of March 28, 2011 (the “Lease”), by and between Hines VAF No Cal Properties, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”) and Proofpoint, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”) for the leasing of certain premises located at 888 Ross Drive and 892 Ross Drive, Sunnyvale, California (the “Premises”).

 

SIGN CRITERIA

 

These criteria have been established for the purpose of assuring an outstanding business complex and for the mutual benefits of all tenants.  Conformance will be strictly enforced, and any installed non-conforming or unapproved signs must be brought into conformance at the expense of the tenant.

 

A.                                    GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

 

1.                                        Tenant shall submit a sketch of its proposed signage to Landlord for written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  Tenant shall be permitted to use Tenant’s lettering and corporate logo and colors.

 

2.                                        Tenant’s sign base and frame shall be constructed by Landlord’s agent.  The sign base shall be installed by Landlord’s agent at Tenant’s expense.  All tenant lettering shall be done by the agent at Tenant’s expense.

 

3.                                        Tenant shall be responsible for the fulfillment of all requirements of these criteria.

 

B.                                      GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

 

1.                                        No electrical or audible signs will be permitted.  Internally illuminated signs may be installed by modification of the existing or designated sign base.  Final details for modification and installation must be given written approval by Landlord.

 

2.                                        If the sign is lighted, the light source for the illumination of the sign shall be concealed from view, and the light source shall not travel from such light source straight to the viewer’s eye.  Instead, it shall be visible only from a reflecting or diffusing surface.  No part of the sign’s light shall revolve, rotate, move or create the illusion of same.

 

3.                                        The sign’s dimensions will be in accordance with the established sign program for the building.

 

4.                                        Placement of the sign and method of attachment will be reasonably directed by Landlord.  Sign copy will be restricted to company name, logo and address numbers.  The style, color and size of the individual company’s name may vary.

 

5.                                        Upon the removal of any sign, any damage to the building or sign base must be repaired by Tenant.

 

6.                                        Tenants may place gold leaf lettering on the interior window area, not to exceed more than 144 square inches (gross area).  The letters are not to exceed 3 inches in height.

 

7.                                        Except as provided herein, no advertising placards, banners, pennants, names, insignia, trademarks or other description material shall be affixed or maintained upon the glass panes or exterior walls of the building.

 

REAR MAN DOORS

 

In order to insure uniformity in the printing of company names or receiving and shipping signs on real man doors, we have made the following specifications:

 

1.                                        The business name is to be the same as the name used on the tenant identification sign.  In addition to the names, the words “shipping” and “receiving” and the tenant’s lettering and corporate logo may be used.

 

2.                                        Subject to Section 1 above, the letters will be 2 inches high, in a specified, uniform style, consistent with other shipping signs at the Project.

 

3.                                        The proposed sign is to be approved by Landlord prior to installation to insure conformance, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

Exhibit G, Page 1


 

Addendum 1
Option to Extend

 

This Addendum 1 (the “Addendum”) is incorporated as part of that certain Lease Agreement, dated for reference purposes as of March 28, 2011 (the “Lease”), by and between PROOFPOINT, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), and HINES VAF NO CAL PROPERTIES, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), for the leasing of those certain premises located at 888 Ross Drive and 892 Ross Drive, Sunnyvale, California, as more particularly described in Exhibit A to the Lease (the “Premises”).  Any capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms as set forth in the Lease.

 

1.             Grant of Extension Option .  Subject to the provisions, limitations and conditions set forth in this Addendum, Tenant shall have one (1) option (“Option”) to extend the initial term of the Lease for a period of three (3) years (the “Extended Term”) upon all of the terms and conditions of the Lease except that Tenant shall have no further option to extend the Term except as set forth herein and the Base Rent for the Extended Term shall be established pursuant to Section 3 below.

 

2.             Tenant’s Option Notice .  If Landlord does not receive written notice from Tenant of its exercise of this Option on a date which is not more than three hundred sixty-five (365) days nor less than two hundred seventy (270) days prior to the end of the initial term of the Lease (the “Option Notice”), all rights under this Option shall automatically terminate and shall be of no further force or effect.

 

3.             Establishing the Initial Monthly Base Rent for the Extended Term .  The initial monthly Base Rent for the Extended Term shall be the then current market rent for similar space within the competitive market area of the Premises (the “Fair Rental Value”).  “Fair Rental Value” of the Premises means the current market rental value of the Premises as of the commencement of the Extended Term, taking into consideration all relevant factors, including, without limitation, such factors as credit-worthiness of the tenant, any rental or other concessions granted, whether a broker’s commission or finder’s fee will be paid, responsibility for Operating Expenses, length of term, the uses permitted under the Lease, the quality, size, design and location of the Premises, including the condition and value of existing tenant improvements, and the monthly base rent paid by tenants for premises comparable to the Premises, and located in the competitive market area of the Premises, as reasonably determined by Landlord.

 

After the delivery by Tenant to Landlord of the Option Notice, if Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree on the Fair Rental Value for the Extended Term by the date which is ten (10) days after receipt by Landlord of the Option Notice for the Extended Term, then Landlord and Tenant each, at its cost and by giving notice to the other party, shall appoint a competent and impartial commercial real estate broker (hereinafter “broker”) with at least five (5) years’ full-time commercial real estate brokerage experience in the geographical area of the Premises to set the Fair Rental Value for the Extended Term.  If either Landlord or Tenant does not appoint a broker within ten (10) days after the other party has given written notice of the name of its broker, the single broker appointed shall be the sole broker and shall set the Fair Rental Value for the Extended Term.  If two (2) brokers are appointed by Landlord and Tenant as stated in this paragraph, they shall meet promptly and attempt to set the Fair Rental Value.  If the two (2) brokers are unable to agree within ten (10) days after the second broker has been appointed, they shall attempt to select a third broker, meeting the qualifications stated in this paragraph within ten (10) days after the last day the two (2) brokers are given to set the Fair Rental Value.  If the two (2) brokers are unable to agree on the third broker, either Landlord or Tenant by giving ten (10) days’ notice to the other party, can apply to the American Arbitration Association office in the county in which the Premises is located for the selection of a third broker who meets the qualifications stated in this paragraph.  Landlord and Tenant each shall bear one-half (1/2) of the cost of appointing the third broker and of paying the third broker’s fee.  The third broker, however selected, shall be a person who has not previously acted in any capacity for either Landlord or Tenant.  Within fifteen (15) days after the selection of the third broker, the third broker shall select one of the two Fair Rental Values submitted by the first two brokers as the Fair Rental Value for the Extended Term.  If either of the first two brokers fails to submit their opinion of the Fair Rental Value within the time frames set forth above, then the single Fair Rental Value submitted shall automatically be the initial monthly Base Rent for the Extended Term.

 

Upon determination of the initial monthly Base Rent for the Extended Term pursuant to the terms outlined above, Landlord and Tenant shall promptly execute an amendment to the Lease.  Such amendment shall set forth among other things, the initial monthly Base Rent for the Extended Term and the actual commencement date and expiration date of the Extended Term.  Tenant shall have no other right to further extend the term of the Lease unless Landlord and Tenant otherwise agree in writing.

 

4.             Condition of Premises for the Extended Term .  If Tenant timely and properly exercises this Option, in strict accordance with the terms contained herein, Tenant shall accept the Premises in its then “As-Is” condition and, accordingly, Landlord shall not be required to perform any additional improvements to the Premises.

 

5.             Limitations On, and Conditions To, Extension Option .  This Option is personal to Tenant and, other than an assignment to an Affiliate as part of the Lease, may not be assigned, voluntarily or involuntarily, separate from or as part of the Lease.  At Landlord’s option, all rights of Tenant under this Option shall terminate and be of no farce or effect if any of the following individual events occur or any combination thereof occur: (1) Tenant has been in monetary default of the provisions of this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period more than two (2) times in any twelve (12) month period at any time during the initial term of the Lease, or at the time of exercise of this Option is then currently in default of any provision of this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period; and/or (2) other than to an Affiliate in accordance with the provisions of Section 14 of the Lease, Tenant has assigned its rights and obligations under all or part of the Lease or Tenant has subleased all or part of the Premises; and/or (3) Tenant has failed to exercise properly this Option in a timely manner in strict accordance with the provisions of this Addendum; and/or (4) Tenant or an Affiliate, as the case may be, no longer has possession of all or any part of the Premises under the Lease, or if the Lease has been terminated earlier, pursuant to the terms of the Lease.

 

6.             Time is of the Essence .  Time is of the essence with respect to each and every time period set forth in this Addendum.

 

Addendum 1, Page 1


 

First Amendment to Lease Agreement
Change of 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises Delivery Date

 

This First Amendment to Lease Agreement (the “Amendment”) is made and entered into to be effective as of July 28, 2011, by and between Hines VAF No Cal Properties, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Landlord”), and Proofpoint, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), with reference to the following facts:

 

Recitals

 

A.             Landlord and Tenant have entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated March 28, 2011 (the “Lease”), for the leasing of certain premises containing approximately 74,338 rentable square feet of space comprised of approximately 51,217 rentable square feet consisting of the entire building located at 892 Ross Drive, Sunnyvale, California (the “892 Ross Drive Premises”), and approximately 23,121 rentable square feet consisting of the entire second (2nd) floor of the building located at 888 Ross Drive, Sunnyvale, California (the “888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises”). Under the Lease, the 888 Ross Drive Delivery Date was scheduled to occur on July 1, 2011

 

B.             Landlord and Tenant wish to amend the 888 Ross Drive Delivery Date.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1.              Recitals : Landlord and Tenant agree that the above recitals are true and correct.

 

2.              The 888 Ross Drive Delivery Date shall be August 1, 2011.

 

3.              Base Rent shall adjust in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Period

 

Rate/SF/Month
NNN  (Approx.)

 

Monthly Base
Rent

 

April 1, 2011 - June 30, 2011
(“892 Ross Drive Base Rent
Abatement Period”)*

 

$

0.00

 

$

0.00

 

July 1, 2011 - July 31, 2011
892 Base Rent

 

$

1.00

 

$

51,217.00

 

August 1, 2011 - November 30, 2011
(“888 Ross Drive Base Rent
Abatement Period”)*

 

$

1.00

 

$

51,217.00

 

December 1, 2011 March 31, 2012

 

$

1.00

 

$

74,338.00

 

April 1, 2012 - March 31, 2013

 

$

1.05

 

$

78,054.90

 

April 1, 2013 - March 31, 2014

 

$

1.10

 

$

81,771.80

 

April 1, 2014 - June 30, 2014

 

$

1.15

 

$

85,488.70

 

 


*Tenant shall not be obligated to pay Base Rent for the 892 Ross Drive Premises during the 892 Ross Drive Rent Abatement Period and Tenant only be obligated to pay Base Rent for the 892 Ross Drive Premises in the amount of $51,217.00 per month and not the 888 Ross Drive Second Floor Premises during the 888 Ross Drive Base Rent Abatement Period, subject, however, to the provisions of Section 2 of the Lease.

 

4.              Effect of Amendment : Except as modified herein, the terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and continue in full force and effect. In the event of any conflict between the terms and conditions of the Lease and this Amendment, the terms and conditions of this Amendment shall prevail.

 

Page 2



 

5.            Definitions : Unless otherwise defined in this Amendment, all terms not defined in this Amendment shall have the meaning set forth in the Lease.

 

6.            Authority : Subject to the provisions of the Lease, this Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. Each party hereto and the persons signing below warrant that the person signing below on such party’s behalf is authorized to do so and to bind such party to the terms of this Amendment.

 

7.            The terms and provisions of the Lease are hereby incorporated in this Amendment.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date and year first above written.

 

 

“TENANT”:

 

PROOFPOINT INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

 

By:

/s/ ILLEGIBLE

 

Its:

CFO

 

Date:

9/28/11

 

 

 

“LANDLORD”:

 

 

HINES VAF NO CAL PROPERTIES, L.P.,

A Delaware limited partnership

 

By:

Hines VAF No Cal Properties GP LLC,

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Hines VAF No Cal Mezz, LP.,

 

 

 

its sole member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Hines VAF No Cal Mezz GP LLC,

 

 

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Hines VAF Northern California, L.P.,

 

 

 

 

 

its sole member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Hines VAF Northern California GP LLC,

 

 

 

 

 

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ James C Buie

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 James C Buie

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President

 

 

Page 2


 



Exhibit 10.06

 

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of April 19, 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”) between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation (“ Bank ”), and PROOFPOINT, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank.  The parties agree as follows:

 

1                                          ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

 

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP.  Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement.  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13.  All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

 

2                                          LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

 

2.1                                Promise to Pay.  Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

 

2.1.1 Equipment Facility .

 

(a)                                   Equipment Advances .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Draw Period, Bank shall make advances (each, an “ Equipment Advance ” and, collectively, “ Equipment Advances ”) not exceeding the Equipment Line.  Equipment Advances may only be used to finance: (i) Eligible Equipment purchased within one hundred twenty (120) days (determined based upon the applicable invoice date of such Eligible Equipment) before the date of each Equipment Advance, (ii) Other Equipment, and (iii) repayment of existing term Indebtedness of Borrower or leasehold expenses of Borrower (collectively, “ Term Debt ”); provided, however , unless otherwise agreed to by Bank in writing, not more than 35% of the proceeds of each Equipment Advance may be used to finance Other Equipment and repayment of Term Debt.  The portion of each Equipment Advance (at least 65%) that cannot be used to finance Other Equipment or the repayment of Term Debt, may not exceed 100% of the total invoice for Eligible Equipment (excluding taxes, shipping, warranty charges, freight discounts and installation expenses relating to such Eligible Equipment, which may be financed pursuant hereto as Other Equipment if the requisite percentages are met).  Each Equipment Advance must be in an amount equal at least the lesser of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) or the amount that has not yet been drawn under the Equipment Line.  After repayment, no Equipment Advance may be reborrowed.

 

(b)                                  Repayment .  Borrower shall repay each Equipment Advance pursuant to the terms set forth in its corresponding Loan Supplement.  For each Equipment Advance, Borrower shall make: (i) monthly payments of interest only during the Equipment Interest Only Period, and (ii) commencing as of the Equipment Amortization Date and on the first day of each successive calendar month (each a “ Payment Date ”), thirty six (36) equal monthly payments of principal, plus any accrued interest, calculated by Bank based upon (i) the amount of the Equipment Advance, (ii) the interest rate set forth in Section 2.3, and (iii) an amortization schedule equal to the Repayment Period (individually, the “ Scheduled Payment ”, and collectively, “ Scheduled Payments ”).  All outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest is due and payable in full on the last Payment Date with respect to such Equipment Advance.  An Equipment Advance may only be prepaid, at Borrower’s option, in accordance with Sections 2.1.1(c) and 2.1.1(e).

 

(c)                                   Prepayment Upon an Event of Loss .  Borrower shall bear the risk of any loss, theft, destruction, or damage of or to the Financed Equipment.  If during the term of this Agreement any item of Financed Equipment becomes obsolete or is lost, stolen, destroyed, damaged beyond repair, rendered permanently unfit for use, or seized by a governmental authority for any reason for a period equal to at least the remainder of the term of this Agreement (an “ Event of Loss ”), then if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, within ten (10) days following the Event of Loss, at Borrower’s option, Borrower shall (i) pay to Bank, with respect to the Financed Equipment subject to the Event of Loss, all outstanding principal, all accrued and unpaid interest to the date of the prepayment; or (ii) repair or replace any Financed Equipment subject to the Event of Loss provided the repaired or replaced Financed Equipment is of equal or like value to the Financed Equipment subject to the Event of Loss and

 



 

provided further that Bank has a first priority perfected security interest in such repaired or replaced Financed Equipment subject to Permitted Liens.

 

(d)                                  Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration .  If the Equipment Advances are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of (i) all outstanding principal plus accrued and unpaid interest, (ii) the Prepayment Fee, and (iii) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

 

(e)                                   Permitted Prepayment of Equipment Advances .  So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Equipment Advances advanced by Bank under this Agreement, provided Borrower (i) delivers written notice to Bank of its election to prepay the Equipment Advances at least five (5) Business Days prior to such prepayment, and (ii) pays, on the date of such prepayment (A) all outstanding principal plus accrued and unpaid interest, (B) the Prepayment Fee, and (C) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

 

2.1.2                      General Provisions Relating to the Advances .  Each Equipment Advance shall be made in Dollars and shall, at Borrower’s option in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, be either in the form of a Prime Rate Advance or a LIBOR Advance; provided , that in no event shall Borrower maintain at any time LIBOR Advances having more than two (2) different Interest Periods.  Borrower shall pay interest accrued on the Equipment Advances at the rates and in the manner set forth in Section 2.3(b).

 

2.2                                Intentionally omitted .

 

2.3                                Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions .

 

(a)                                   Computation of Interest .  Interest on the Credit Extensions and all fees payable hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in the period during which such interest accrues.  In computing interest on any Credit Extension, the date of the making of such Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however , that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension.

 

(b)                                  Interest; Payment .  Each Equipment Advance shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the date when made, continued or converted until paid in full at a rate per annum equal to (i) for Prime Rate Advances, 0.50% above the Prime Rate and (ii) for LIBOR Advances, the LIBOR Rate plus the applicable LIBOR Rate Margin.  On and after the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to any LIBOR Advance outstanding on the date of occurrence of an Event of Default or acceleration of the Obligations, the Effective Amount of such LIBOR Advance shall, during the continuance of such Event of Default or after acceleration, bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Prime Rate plus five and one-half percent (5.50%).  Pursuant to the terms hereof, interest on each Equipment Advance shall be paid in arrears on each Interest Payment Date.  Interest shall also be paid on the date of any prepayment of any Equipment Advance pursuant to this Agreement for the portion of any Equipment Advance so prepaid and upon payment (including prepayment) in full thereof.  All accrued but unpaid interest on the Equipment Advances shall be due and payable on the Equipment Maturity Date.

 

(c)                                   Default Rate .  Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.3(b), upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate five percent (5.0%) above the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto (the “ Default Rate ”) unless Bank otherwise elects from time to time in its sole discretion to impose a smaller increase.  Payment or acceptance of the increased interest provided in this Section 2.3(c) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

 

(d)                                  Prime Rate Advances .  Each change in the interest rate of the Prime Rate Advances based on changes in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of such change and to the extent of such change.

 

(e)                                   LIBOR Advances .  The interest rate applicable to each LIBOR Advance shall be determined in accordance with Section 3.7(a) hereunder.  Subject to Sections 3.6 through 3.8, such rate shall apply

 

2



 

during the entire Interest Period applicable to such LIBOR Advance, and interest calculated thereon shall be payable on the Interest Payment Date applicable to such LIBOR Advance.

 

(f)                                     Debit of Accounts .  Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due.  These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

 

(g)                                  Interest Payment Date .  Unless otherwise provided, interest is payable monthly on the first (1 st ) calendar day of each month.

 

2.4                                Fees .  Borrower shall pay to Bank:

 

(a)                                   Loan Fee .  A fully earned, non-refundable loan fee of $20,000, on the Effective Date;

 

(b)                                  Prepayment Fee .  The Prepayment Fee, if and when due hereunder; and

 

(c)                                   Bank Expenses .  All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due.

 

2.5                                Payments; Application of Payments .

 

(a)                                   All payments (including prepayments) to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in U.S. Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date when due.  Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day.  When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

 

(b)                                  Borrower shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement.

 

3                                          CONDITIONS OF LOANS

 

3.1                                Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension .  Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

 

(a)                                   duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents;

 

(b)                                  Borrower’s Operating Documents and a good standing certificate of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State of the States of Delaware and California as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

 

(c)                                   duly executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower;

 

(d)                                  certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank shall request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

 

(e)                                   the Perfection Certificate of Borrower, together with the duly executed original signature thereto;

 

(f)                                     evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies required by Section 6.5 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses and cancellation notice to Bank (or endorsements reflecting the same) in favor of Bank;

 

3



 

(g)                                  payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.4 hereof.

 

3.2                                Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions .  Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)                                   except as otherwise provided in Section 3.5(a), timely receipt of an executed Payment/Advance Form, Notice of Borrowing and Loan Supplement;

 

(b)                                  the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the date of the Notice of Borrowing and Loan Supplement and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension.  Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

 

(c)                                   in Bank’s sole discretion made in good faith, there has not been any material impairment in the general affairs, management, results of operation, financial condition or the prospect of repayment of the Obligations, or any material adverse deviation by Borrower from the most recent business plan of Borrower presented to and accepted by Bank.

 

3.3                                Intentionally omitted .

 

3.4                                Covenant to Deliver .  Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension.  Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.

 

3.5                                Procedures for Borrowing .

 

(a)                                   Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Equipment Advance set forth in this Agreement, each Equipment Advance shall be made upon Borrower’s irrevocable written notice delivered to Bank in the form of a Notice of Borrowing, each executed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower or his or her designee or without instructions if the Equipment Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.  Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee.  Borrower will indemnify Bank for any loss Bank suffers due to such reliance.  Such Notice of Borrowing must be received by Bank prior to 12:00 p.m.Pacific time, (i) at least three (3) Business Days prior to the requested Funding Date, in the case of LIBOR Advances, and (ii) on the requested Funding Date, in the case of Prime Rate Advances, specifying: (1) the amount of the Equipment Advance; (2) the requested Funding Date; (3) whether the Equipment Advance is to be comprised of LIBOR Advances or Prime Rate Advances; and (4) the duration of the Interest Period applicable to any such LIBOR Advances included in such notice; provided that if the Notice of Borrowing shall fail to specify the duration of the Interest Period for any Equipment Advance comprised of LIBOR Advances, such Interest Period shall be one (1) month.  Borrower shall also deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Loan Supplement, executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee, copies of invoices for the Financed Equipment and such additional information as Bank may reasonably request at least five (5) Business Days before the proposed Funding Date.  At Bank’s discretion, Bank shall have the opportunity to confirm that, upon filing the UCC-1 financing statement covering the Equipment described on the Loan Supplement, Bank shall have a first priority perfected security interest in such Equipment subject to Permitted Liens.

 

(b)                                  If Borrower satisfies the conditions of each Equipment Advance, the proceeds of such Equipment Advances will then be made available to Borrower on the Funding Date by Bank by transfer to the

 

4



 

Designated Deposit Account and, subsequently, by wire transfer to such other account as Borrower may instruct in the Notice of Borrowing.

 

3.6                                Conversion and Continuation Elections .

 

(a)                                   So long as (i) no Event of Default exists; (ii) Borrower shall not have sent any notice of termination of this Agreement; and (iii) Borrower shall have complied with such customary procedures as Bank has established from time to time for Borrower’s requests for LIBOR Advances, Borrower may, upon irrevocable written notice to Bank:

 

(1)                                   elect to convert on any Business Day, Prime Rate Advances into LIBOR Advances;

 

(2)                                   elect to continue on any Interest Payment Date any LIBOR Advances maturing on such Interest Payment Date; or

 

(3)                                   elect to convert on any Interest Payment Date any LIBOR Advances maturing on such Interest Payment Date into Prime Rate Advances.

 

(b)                                  Borrower shall deliver a Notice of Conversion/Continuation in accordance with Section 10 to be received by Bank prior to 12:00 p.m.  Pacific time (i) at least three (3) Business Days in advance of the Conversion Date or Continuation Date, if any Equipment Advances are to be converted into or continued as LIBOR Advances; and (ii) on the Conversion Date, if any Equipment Advances are to be converted into Prime Rate Advances, in each case specifying the:

 

(1)                                   proposed Conversion Date or Continuation Date;

 

(2)                                   aggregate amount of the Equipment Advances to be converted or continued;

 

(3)                                   nature of the proposed conversion or continuation; and

 

(4)                                   duration of the requested Interest Period.

 

(c)                                   If upon the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to any LIBOR Advances, Borrower shall have timely failed to select a new Interest Period to be applicable to such LIBOR Advances, Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to convert such LIBOR Advances into Prime Rate Advances.

 

(d)                                  Any LIBOR Advances shall, at Bank’s option, convert into Prime Rate Advances in the event that (i) an Event of Default shall exist, or (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the Prime Rate Advances which have been previously converted to LIBOR Advances, or the aggregate principal amount of existing LIBOR Advances continued, as the case may be, at the beginning of an Interest Period shall at any time during such Interest Period exceed the Equipment Line.  Borrower agrees to pay Bank, upon demand by Bank (or Bank may, at its option, charge the Designated Deposit Account or any other account Borrower maintains with Bank) any amounts required to compensate Bank for any loss (including loss of anticipated profits), cost, or expense incurred by Bank, as a result of the conversion of LIBOR Advances to Prime Rate Advances pursuant to this Section 3.6(d).

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Bank shall not be required to purchase United States Dollar deposits in the London interbank market or other applicable LIBOR market to fund any LIBOR Advances, but the provisions hereof shall be deemed to apply as if Bank had purchased such deposits to fund the LIBOR Advances.

 

3.7.                             Special Provisions Governing LIBOR Advances .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the following provisions shall govern with respect to LIBOR Advances as to the matters covered:

 

(a)                                   Determination of Applicable Interest Rate .  As soon as practicable on each Interest Rate Determination Date, Bank shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest error in calculation, be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties) the interest rate that shall apply to the LIBOR Advances for which an interest rate is then being determined for the applicable Interest Period and shall promptly give notice thereof (in writing or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Borrower.

 

5



 

(b)                                  Inability to Determine Applicable Interest Rate.  In the event that Bank shall have determined (which determination shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto), on any Interest Rate Determination Date with respect to any LIBOR Advance, that by reason of circumstances affecting the London interbank market adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the interest rate applicable to such Equipment Advance on the basis provided for in the definition of LIBOR, Bank shall on such date give notice (by facsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Borrower of such determination, whereupon (i) no Equipment Advances may be made as, or converted to, LIBOR Advances until such time as Bank notifies Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, and (ii) any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation given by Borrower with respect to Equipment Advances in respect of which such determination was made shall be deemed to be rescinded by Borrower.

 

(c)                                   Compensation for Breakage or Non-Commencement of Interest Periods .  Borrower shall compensate Bank, upon written request by Bank (which request shall set forth the manner and method of computing such compensation), for all losses, expenses, unrealized gains and liabilities (including any interest paid by Bank to lenders of funds borrowed by it to make or carry its LIBOR Advances, any loss, expense or liability incurred by Bank in connection with the liquidation or re-employment of such funds, and, in the case of complete or partial principal payments or conversions of LIBOR Advances prior to the last day of the applicable Interest Period, any amount by which (A) the additional interest which would have been payable on the amount so prepaid or converted had it not been paid or converted until the last day of the applicable Interest Period exceeds (B) the interest which would have been recoverable by Bank by placing the amount so received on deposit in the certificate of deposit markets, the offshore currency markets, or United States Treasury investment products, as the case may be, for a period starting on the date on which it was so paid or converted and ending on the last day of such Interest Period at the interest rate determined by Bank in its reasonable discretion), if any, that Bank may incur: (i) if for any reason (other than a default by Bank or due to any failure of Bank to fund LIBOR Advances due to impracticability or illegality under Sections 3.7 or 3.8) a borrowing or a conversion to or continuation of any LIBOR Advance does not occur on a date specified in a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, as the case may be, or (ii) if for any reason (including voluntary or mandatory prepayment or acceleration) any complete or partial principal payment or any conversion of any of Borrower’s LIBOR Advances occurs on a date prior to the last day of an Interest Period applicable to that Equipment Advance.  Bank’s determination as to such amount shall be conclusive absent manifest error.  Borrower shall immediately notify Borrower’s account officer at Bank if any of the situations described in (ii) above occur.

 

(d)                                  Assumptions Concerning Funding of LIBOR Advances .  Calculation of all amounts payable to Bank under this Section 3.7 and under Section 3.8 shall be made as though Bank had actually funded each of its relevant LIBOR Advances through the purchase of a Eurodollar deposit bearing interest at the rate obtained pursuant to the definition of LIBOR Rate in an amount equal to the amount of such LIBOR Advance and having a maturity comparable to the relevant Interest Period; provided, however, that Bank may fund each of its LIBOR Advances in any manner it sees fit and the foregoing assumptions shall be utilized only for the purposes of calculating amounts payable under this Section 3.7 and under Section 3.8.

 

(e)                                   LIBOR Advances After Default .  After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, (i) Borrower may not elect to have an Equipment Advance be made or continued as, or converted to, a LIBOR Advance after the expiration of any Interest Period then in effect for such Equipment Advance and (ii) subject to the provisions of Section 3.7(c), any Notice of Conversion/Continuation given by Borrower with respect to a requested conversion/continuation that has not yet occurred shall, at Bank’s option, be deemed to be rescinded by Borrower and be deemed a request to convert or continue Equipment Advances referred to therein as Prime Rate Advances.

 

3.8                                Additional Requirements/Provisions Regarding LIBOR Advances .

 

(a)                                   Borrower shall pay Bank, upon demand by Bank, from time to time such amounts as Bank may determine to be necessary to compensate it for any costs incurred by Bank that Bank determines are attributable to its making or maintaining of any amount receivable by Bank hereunder in respect of any LIBOR Advances relating thereto (such increases in costs and reductions in amounts receivable being herein called “ Additional Costs ”), in each case resulting from any Regulatory Change which:

 

(i)                                      changes the basis of taxation of any amounts payable to Bank under this Agreement in respect of any LIBOR Advances (other than changes which affect taxes measured by or imposed on the overall net income of Bank by the jurisdiction in which Bank has its principal office);

 

6



 

(ii)                                   imposes or modifies any reserve, special deposit or similar requirements relating to any extensions of credit or other assets of, or any deposits with, or other liabilities of Bank (including any LIBOR Advances or any deposits referred to in the definition of LIBOR); or

 

(iii)                                imposes any other condition affecting this Agreement (or any of such extensions of credit or liabilities).

 

Bank will notify Borrower of any event occurring after the Effective Date which will entitle Bank to compensation pursuant to this Section 3.8(a) as promptly as practicable after it obtains knowledge thereof and determines to request such compensation.  Bank will furnish Borrower with a statement setting forth the basis and amount of each request by Bank for compensation under this Section 3.8(a).  Determinations and allocations by Bank for purposes of this Section 3.8(a) of the effect of any Regulatory Change on its costs of maintaining its obligations to make LIBOR Advances, of making or maintaining LIBOR Advances, or on amounts receivable by it in respect of LIBOR Advances, and of the additional amounts required to compensate Bank in respect of any Additional Costs, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(b)                                  If Bank shall determine that the adoption or implementation of any applicable law, rule, regulation, or treaty regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank, or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by Bank (or its applicable lending office) with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank, or comparable agency, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on capital of Bank or any person or entity controlling Bank (a “ Parent ”) as a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level below that which Bank (or its Parent) could have achieved but for such adoption, change, or compliance (taking into consideration policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by Bank to be material, then from time to time, within ten (10) Business Days after delivery to Borrower from Bank in accordance with Section 10 of the statement referred to in the next sentence, Borrower shall pay to Bank such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Bank for such reduction.  Bank will furnish Borrower with a statement setting forth the basis and amount of each request by Bank under this Section 3.8(b) which shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(c)                                   If, at any time, Bank, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines that (i) the amount of LIBOR Advances for periods equal to the corresponding Interest Periods are not available to Bank in the offshore currency interbank markets, or (ii) LIBOR does not accurately reflect the cost to Bank of lending the LIBOR Advances, then Bank shall promptly give notice thereof to Borrower.  Upon the giving of such notice, Bank’s obligation to make the LIBOR Advances shall terminate; provided, however, LIBOR Advances shall not terminate if Bank and Borrower agree in writing to a different interest rate applicable to LIBOR Advances.

 

(d)                                  If it shall become unlawful for Bank to continue to fund or maintain any LIBOR Advances, or to perform its obligations hereunder, upon demand by Bank, Borrower shall prepay the LIBOR Advances in full with accrued interest thereon and all other amounts payable by Borrower hereunder (including, without limitation, any amount payable in connection with such prepayment pursuant to Section 3.7(c)(ii)).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent a determination by Bank as described above relates to a LIBOR Advance then being requested by Borrower pursuant to a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, Borrower shall have the option, subject to the provisions of Section 3.7(c)(ii), to (i) rescind such Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation by giving notice (by facsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Bank of such rescission on the date on which Bank gives notice of its determination as described above, or (ii) modify such Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation to obtain a Prime Rate Advance or to have outstanding Advances converted into or continued as Prime Rate Advances by giving notice (by facsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Bank of such modification on the date on which Bank gives notice of its determination as described above.

 

4                                          CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

 

4.1                                Grant of Security Interest .  Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.

 

4.2                                Priority of Security Interest .  Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the

 

7



 

Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement). If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

 

4.3                                Authorization to File Financing Statements .  Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code.

 

5                                          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Borrower represents and warrants, except as set forth in the Perfection Certificate, as follows:

 

5.1                                Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority .  Borrower is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.  In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate each signed by Borrower, entitled “Perfection Certificate.” Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement).  lf Borrower is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of such occurrence and provide Bank with Borrower’s organizational identification number.

 

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect) or (v) constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound.  Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

 

5.2                                Collateral .  Borrower has good title to, has rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens.  Borrower has no deposit accounts other than the deposit accounts with Bank, the deposit accounts, if any, described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith, or of which Borrower has given Bank notice and taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein.

 

The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate.  None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.

 

5.3                                Intentionally omitted .

 

8



 

5.4                                Litigation .  There are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than, individually or in the aggregate, Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000).

 

5.5                                Financial Statements; Financial Condition .  All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations.  There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

 

5.6                                Solvency .  The fair salable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

 

5.7                                Regulatory Compliance .  Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.  Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors).  Borrower has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act.  Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “holding company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” as each term is defined and used in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005.  Borrower has not violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business.  None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally.  Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Government Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted.

 

5.8                                Subsidiaries; Investments .  Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

 

5.9                                Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions .  Borrower has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower, except for failure to pay in a timely manner state and local taxes in an aggregate amount not to exceed $150,000.  Borrower may defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that Borrower (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (b) notifies Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (c) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien”.  Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower.  Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

5.10                         Use of Proceeds .  Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital, to purchase Eligible Equipment, Other Equipment, repayment of Term Debt and to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

 

5.11                         Full Disclosure .  No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

 

9



 

5.12                         Definition of “Knowledge .”  For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of” Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of the Responsible Officers.

 

6                                          AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

From the Effective Date through and until the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 12.11 , Borrower shall do all of the following:

 

6.1                                Government Compliance .

 

(a)                                   Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations.  Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

 

(b)                                  Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in all of its property.  Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.

 

6.2                                Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates .  Deliver to Bank:

 

(a)                                   Monthly Financial Statements .  As soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s consolidated operations for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank (the “ Monthly Financial Statements ”);

 

(b)                                  Monthly Compliance Certificate .  Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Monthly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement and such other information as Bank shall reasonably request;

 

(c)                                   Annual Audited Financial Statements .  As soon as available, but no later than two hundred seventy (270) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Bank in its reasonable discretion;

 

(d)                                  Annual Projections .  Annual financial projections approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors consistent in form and detail with those provided to Borrower’s venture capital investors, as soon as available, but no later than the earlier of (i) sixty (60) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, or (ii) seven (7) days after the approval thereof by Borrowers Board of Directors;

 

(e)                                   Other Statements .  Within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;

 

(f)                                     SEC Filings .  In the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Borrower with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be.  Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the Internet at Borrower’s website address;

 

(g)                                  Legal Action Notice .  A prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to result in damages or costs

 

10


 

to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or more; and

 

(h)                                  Other Financial Information .  Other financial information reasonably requested by Bank.

 

6.3                                Collection of Accounts .  Direct all Account Debtors to pay all proceeds of Accounts directly into the lockbox account currently in use through Bank, or such other “blocked account” as specified by Bank, pursuant to a blocked account agreement in such form as Bank may specify in its good faith business judgment; all wire payments by Account Debtors are to be directed into the Silicon Valley Bank Cash Collateral Account.  Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall immediately deliver all payments on and proceeds of Accounts to an account maintained with Bank to be applied (i) prior to an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 2.5(b) hereof, and (ii) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 9.4 hereof

 

6.4                                Taxes; Pensions .  Timely file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except for (i) deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 hereof, and (ii) the failure to timely pay state and local taxes in an aggregate amount not to exceed $150,000.  Borrower shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

 

6.5                                Insurance .  Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request.  Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Bank.  All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as a lender loss payee and waive subrogation against Bank.  All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured.  All policies (or their respective endorsements) shall provide that the insurer shall give Bank at least twenty (20) days notice before canceling, amending, or declining to renew its policy.  At Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments.  Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.1.1(c), proceeds payable under any policy shall, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations.  If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.5 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.5, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

 

6.6                                Operating Accounts .

 

(a)                                   Maintain its primary operating and other deposit accounts and securities accounts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates.

 

6.7                                Financial Covenants .  Maintain at all times, to be tested as of the last day of each month, unless otherwise noted, with respect to Borrower:

 

(a)                                   Liquidity .  Borrower’s unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents at Bank plus net accounts receivable shall be at least two times the amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of Borrower.

 

6.8                                Protection of Intellectual Property Rights .

 

(a)                                   (i) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property that is material to its business; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements of its Intellectual Property that is material to its business; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent.

 

6.9                                Litigation Cooperation .  From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

 

11



 

6.10                         Access to Collateral; Books and Records .  Allow Bank, or its agents, to inspect the Collateral and audit and copy Borrower’s Books.  Such inspections or audits shall be conducted no more often than once every twelve (12) months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.  The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrower’s expense.

 

6.11                         Further Assurances .  Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

 

7                                          NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

From the Effective Date through and until the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 12.11 , Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

 

7.1                                Dispositions .  Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “ Transfer ”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of unneeded, worn-out or obsolete Equipment that does not constitute Financed Equipment; (c) in connection with Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; and (d) of non-exclusive licenses for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.

 

7.2                                Changes in Business, Management, Ownership, or Business Locations .  (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) have a change in Borrower’s chief executive officer or Borrower’s chief financial officer either (1) both within 6 months of each other or (2) otherwise, unless a replacement chief executive officer or chief financial officer, as the case may be, is approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors within 180 days of the date of the termination of the chief executive officer or chief financial officer, as the case may be (provided, however, Bank shall have no obligation to fund any Credit Extension before any such replacement has been made); or (ii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than 40% of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the venture capital investors prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Bank a description of the material terms of the transaction).

 

Borrower shall not, without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Bank: (l) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in Borrower’s assets or property) or deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) to a bailee at a location other than to a bailee and at a location already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization.  If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) to a bailee, and Bank and such bailee are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower will first receive the written consent of Bank, and such bailee shall execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank in its sole discretion.

 

7.3                                Mergers or Acquisitions .  Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person, except: (i) a Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower, and (ii) acquisitions by Borrower where (a) total consideration for all such transactions consists of cash consideration and/or capital stock; (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist after giving effect to the transactions; (c) Borrower is in compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement on a pro forma basis; and (d) Borrower is the surviving legal entity.

 

7.4                                Indebtedness .  Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

 

12



 

7.5                                Encumbrance .  Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein, or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

 

7.6                                Maintenance of Collateral Accounts .  Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.6 hereof.

 

7.7                                Distributions; Investments .  (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock provided that (i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof, (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in common stock; and (iii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, provided such repurchase does not exceed in the aggregate of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) per fiscal year; or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

 

7.8                                Transactions with Affiliates .  Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person.

 

7.9                                Subordinated Debt .  (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.

 

7.10                         Compliance .  Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

8                                          EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:

 

8.1                                Payment Default .  Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Equipment Maturity Date).  During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

 

8.2                                Covenant Default .

 

(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.3, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7 or violates any covenant in Section 7; or

 

13



 

(b) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Section 6.2 and such failure or neglect continues for more than five (5) days after the occurrence thereof (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period); or

 

(c) Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period).  Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to any other covenants set forth in clauses (a) and (b) above;

 

8.3                                Material Adverse Change .  A Material Adverse Change occurs;

 

8.4                                Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business .

 

(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary) on deposit or otherwise maintained with Bank or any Bank Affiliate, or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrower’s assets by any government agency, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; or

 

(b) (i) any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting any material part of its business;

 

8.5                                Insolvency .  (a) Borrower is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent; (b) Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower and not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while of any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

 

8.6                                Other Agreements .  There is, under any agreement to which Borrower or any Guarantor is a party with a third party or parties, (a) any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000); or (b) any default by Borrower or Guarantor, the result of which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s or any Guarantor’s business;

 

8.7                                Judgments .  One or more final judgments, orders, or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry thereof, discharged or execution thereof stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the discharge, stay, or bonding of such judgment, order, or decree);

 

8.8                                Misrepresentations .  Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made; or

 

8.9                                Subordinated Debt .  Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing the subordination of any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement;

 

14



 

9                                          BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

 

9.1                                Rights and Remedies .  While an Event of Default occurs and continues Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

 

(a)                                   declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

 

(b)                                  stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

 

(c)                                   settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds, and verify the amount of such account;

 

(d)                                  make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral.  Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates.  Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred.  Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

 

(e)                                   apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

 

(f)                                     ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral.  Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

 

(g)                                  place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any control agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

 

(h)                                  demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and

 

(i)                                      exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

 

9.2                                Power of Attorney .  Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits.  Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder.  Bank’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

 

9.3                                Protective Payments .  If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.5 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this

 

15



 

Agreement or any other Loan Document, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral.  Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter.  No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

 

9.4                                Application of Payments and Proceeds Upon Default .  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may apply any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations in such order as Bank shall determine in its sole discretion.  Any surplus shall be paid to Borrower or other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency.  If Bank, in its good faith business judgment, directly or indirectly enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

 

9.5                                Bank’s Liability for Collateral .  So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person.  Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

 

9.6                                No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative .  Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith.  No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given.  Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative.  Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity.  Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver.  Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

 

9.7                                Demand Waiver .  Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

 

9.8                                Discontinuance of an Event of Default .  Subsequent to the occurrence of a specific Event of Default, in the event that Borrower believes that such specific Event of Default is no longer continuing, it may request that Bank confirm in writing to Borrower that Bank considers that such specific Event of Default has discontinued and that Bank will not seek to claim or to enforce any remedies based thereon.  Bank shall make such decision in its sole and unfettered discretion.

 

10                                   NOTICES

 

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (l) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below.  Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

16



 

If to Borrower:

Proofpoint, Inc.

 

892 Ross Drive

 

Sunnyvale, CA 94089

 

Attn:

 

 

 

Fax:

 

 

 

Email:

 

 

 

 

If to Bank:

Silicon Valley Bank

 

555 Mission Street, Suite 900

 

San Francisco, CA 94105

 

Attn: Doug Bontemps

 

Fax: [fax]

 

Email: [email]

 

11                                   CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER, AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE

 

California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank.  Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court.  Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

 

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS.  THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT.  EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

 

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court.  The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure§§ 638 through 645.1, inclusive.  The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers.  All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed.  If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief.  The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings.  The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings.  The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge.  The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code

 

17



 

of Civil Procedure § 644(a).  Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies.  The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

 

12                                   GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

12.1                         Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party.  Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion).  Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrant, as to which assignment, transfer and other such actions are governed by the terms of the Warrant).

 

12.2                         Indemnification .  Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “ Claims ”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower contemplated by the Loan Documents (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

12.3                         Time of Essence .  Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

 

12.4                         Severability of Provisions .  Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

 

12.5                         Correction of Loan Documents .  Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties so long as Bank provides Borrower with written notice of such correction and allows Borrower at least ten (10) days to object to such correction.  In the event of such objection, such correction shall not be made except by an amendment signed by both Bank and Borrower.

 

12.6                         Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration .  No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document.  Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver.  The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements.  All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.

 

12.7                         Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

 

12.8                         Survival .  All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to Section 12.11.  The obligation of Borrower in Section 12.2 to indemnify Bank shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.

 

12.9                         Confidentiality .  In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates (such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with Bank, collectively, “Bank Entities”); (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use its

 

18



 

best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein.  Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

 

Bank Entities may use the confidential information for reporting purposes and the development and distribution of databases and market analyses so long as such confidential information is aggregated and anonymized prior to distribution unless otherwise expressly prohibited by Borrower.  The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

12.10                  Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses .  In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

 

12.11                  Termination .  Upon the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) and if Bank has no further obligations to make any Credit Extension, either because the availability of Credit Extensions and Draw Period have elapsed hereunder or Borrower has acknowledged and agreed in writing satisfactory to Bank that there is no further obligation of Bank to fund hereunder, this Agreement shall terminate except for Borrower’s indemnity obligations hereunder which shall survive until all applicable statute of limitations periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Bank has run.  lf this Agreement is terminated as set forth in the preceding sentence, Bank’s Lien granted hereunder in the Collateral shall terminate and Bank shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, take all actions and execute all documents reasonably requested by Borrower to evidence or to more fully effect such termination or to release its Liens granted hereunder in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower.

 

12.12                  Electronic Execution of Documents .  The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

 

12.13                  Captions .  The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

12.14                  Construction of Agreement .  The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement.  In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

 

12.15                  Relationship .  The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement.  The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.

 

12.16                  Third Parties .  Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

 

13                                   DEFINITIONS

 

13.1                         Definitions .  As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative.  As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

 

19



 

Account ” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

 

Account Debtor ” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

Additional Costs ” is defined in Section 3.8.

 

Affiliate ” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

 

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

Bank ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

Bank Expenses ” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower.

 

Borrower ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

Borrower’s Books ” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

 

Borrowing Resolutions ” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

 

Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in the State of California are authorized or required by law or other governmental action to close, except that if any determination of a “Business Day” shall relate to a LIBOR Advance, the term “Business Day” shall also mean a day on which dealings are carried on in the London interbank market.

 

Cash Equivalents ” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue; and (d) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition.

 

Code ” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “ Code ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

 

“‘ Collateral ” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A .

 

Collateral Account ” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

 

Commodity Account ” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

20


 

Compliance Certificate ” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D .

 

Contingent Obligation ” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business.  The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

 

Continuation Date ” means any date on which Borrower continues a LIBOR Advance into another Interest Period.

 

Conversion Date ” means any date on which Borrower converts a Prime Rate Advance to a LIBOR Advance or a LIBOR Advance to a Prime Rate Advance.

 

Copyrights ” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

 

Credit Extension ” is any Equipment Advance, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

 

Default Rate ” is defined in Section 2.3(c).

 

Deposit Account ” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

Designated Deposit Account ” is Borrower’s deposit account, account number                                , maintained with Bank.

 

Dollars ,” “ dollars ” or use of the sign “ $ ’’ means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

 

Draw Period ” is the period of time from the Effective Date through the earlier to occur of (a) the day twelve (12) months after the Effective Date, or (b) an Event of Default.

 

Effective Date ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

Eligible Equipment ” is the following to the extent it complies with all of Borrower’s representations and warranties to Bank, is acceptable to Bank in all respects, is located at Borrower’s headquarters or such other location of which Bank has approved in writing, and is subject to a first priority Lien in favor of Bank subject to Permitted Liens new and used: (a) general purpose equipment, computer equipment, office equipment, test and laboratory equipment, furnishings, subject to the limitations set forth herein, and (b) Other Equipment.

 

Equipment ” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

 

Equipment Advance ” is defined in Section 2.1.1(a).

 

Equipment Amortization Date ” means, for each Equipment Advance, the day twelve (12) months after the Effective Date, or if such date is not the first day of the month, then the first day of the calendar month immediately following such date.

 

21



 

Equipment Interest Only Period ” means, for each Equipment Advance, the period of time commencing on its Funding Date through the day before the Equipment Amortization Date.

 

Equipment Line ” is an Equipment Advance or Equipment Advances in an aggregate original principal amount of up to Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000).

 

Equipment Maturity Date ” is means, for each Equipment Advance, the day forty eight (48) months after the Effective Date, or if such date is not the first day of the month, then the first day of the calendar month immediately following such date.

 

ERISA ” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

 

Event of Default ” is defined in Section 8.

 

Event of Loss ” is defined in Section 2.1.l(c).

 

Exchange Act ” is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Financed Equipment ” is all present and future Eligible Equipment in which Borrower has any interest which is financed by an Equipment Advance.

 

Funding Date ” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

 

GAAP ” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

 

General Intangibles ” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

 

Governmental Approval ” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

 

Governmental Authority ” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

 

Guarantor ” is any present or future guarantor of the Obligations.

 

Indebtedness ” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

 

Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 12.2.

 

Insolvency Proceeding ” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

 

“Intellectual Property ” means all of Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

 

22



 

(a)                                   its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

 

(b)                                  any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

 

(c)                                   any and all source code;

 

(d)                                  any and all design rights which may be available to Borrower;

 

(e)                                   any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

 

(f)                                     all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

 

Interest Payment Date ” means, with respect to any LIBOR Advance, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such LIBOR Advance and, with respect to Prime Rate Advances, the first day of each month (or, if that day of the month does not fall on a Business Day, then on the first Business Day following such date), and each date a Prime Rate Advance is converted into a LIBOR Advance to the extent of the amount converted to a LIBOR Advance.

 

Interest Period ” means, as to any LIBOR Advance, the period commencing on the date of such LIBOR Advance, or on the conversion/continuation date on which the LIBOR Advance is converted into or continued as a LIBOR Advance, and ending on the date that is 1, 2 or 3 months thereafter, in each case as Borrower may elect in the applicable Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation; provided, however , that (a) no Interest Period with respect to any LIBOR Advance shall end later than its Equipment Maturity Date, (b) the last day of an Interest Period shall be determined in accordance with the practices of the LIBOR interbank market as from time to time in effect, (c) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, that Interest Period shall be extended to the following Business Day unless, in the case of a LIBOR Advance, the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month, in which event such Interest Period shall end on the preceding Business Day, (d) any Interest Period pertaining to a LIBOR Advance that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period, and (e) interest shall accrue from and include the first Business Day of an Interest Period but exclude the last Business Day of such Interest Period.

 

Interest Rate Determination Date ” means each date for calculating the LIBOR for purposes of determining the interest rate in respect of an Interest Period.  The Interest Rate Determination Date shall be the second Business Day prior to the first day of the related Interest Period for a LIBOR Advance.

 

Inventory ” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

 

Investment ” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

 

LIBOR ” means, for any Interest Rate Determination Date with respect to an Interest Period for any Equipment Advance to be made, continued as or converted into a LIBOR Advance, the rate of interest per annum determined by Bank to be the per annum rate of interest at which deposits in United States Dollars are offered to Bank in the London interbank market (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 0.0001%) in which Bank customarily participates at 11:00 a.m. (local time in such interbank market) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for a period approximately equal to such Interest Period and in an amount approximately equal to the amount of such Equipment Advance.

 

23



 

LIBOR Advance ” means an Equipment Advance that bears interest based at the LIBOR Rate plus the LIBOR Rate Margin.

 

LIBOR Rate ” means, for each Interest Period in respect of LIBOR Advances comprising part of the same Equipment Advance, an interest rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 0.0001%) equal to LIBOR for such Interest Period divided by one (1)  minus the Reserve Requirement for such Interest Period.

 

LIBOR Rate Margin ” is three hundred (300) basis points or 3%.

 

Lien ” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

 

Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement, the Perfection Certificate, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any Guarantor, and any other present or future agreement between Borrower any Guarantor and/or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

 

Loan Supplement ” is the form attached hereto as Exhibit E .

 

Material Adverse Change ” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or financial condition of Borrower; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.

 

Monthly Financial Statements ” is defined in Section 6.2(a).

 

‘‘ Notice of Borrowing ” means a notice given by Borrower to Bank in accordance with Section 3.2(a), substantially in the form of Exhibit F , with appropriate insertions.

 

Notice of Conversion/Continuation ” means a notice given by Borrower to Bank in accordance with Section 3.6, substantially in the form of Exhibit G , with appropriate insertions.

 

Obligations ” are Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents.

 

Operating Documents ” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified with the Secretary of State of such Person’s state of formation on a date that is no earlier than 30 days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

 

Other Equipment ” is leasehold improvements, intangible property such as computer software and software licenses, equipment specifically designed or manufactured for Borrower, other intangible property, limited use property and other similar property and soft costs approved by Bank, including taxes, shipping, warranty charges, freight discounts and installation expenses.

 

Patents ” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

 

Payment/Advance Form ” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit B. 

 

“Payment Date” is defined in Section 2.1.1 (b).

 

Perfection Certificate ” is defined in Section 5.1.

 

24



 

Permitted Indebtedness ” is:

 

(a)                                   Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

(b)                                  Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

 

(c)                                   Subordinated Debt;

 

(d)                                  unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(e)                                   Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

 

(f)                                     Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a) and (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder;

 

(g)                                  Guaranties of real property lease obligations of Subsidiaries; and

 

(h)                                  extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (f) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

Permitted Investments ” are:

 

(a)                                   Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate and;

 

(b)                                  (i) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents, and (ii) any Investments permitted by Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been approved in writing by Bank;

 

(c)                                   Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

 

(d)                                  Investments consisting of deposit accounts in compliance with Section 6.6;

 

(e)                                   Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

 

(f)                                     Investments (i) by Borrower in Subsidiaries not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year and (ii) by Subsidiaries in other Subsidiaries or in Borrower;

 

(g)                                  Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

 

(h)                                  Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(i)                                      Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (i) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary.

 

Permitted Liens ” are:

 

(a)                                   Liens: (i) existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate on assets other than Financed Equipment, or (ii) arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

25



 

(b)                                  Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

 

(c)                                   purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment (other than Financed Equipment) acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment (other than Financed Equipment) when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;

 

(d)                                  Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

 

(e)                                   Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

 

(f)                                     Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

 

(g)                                  leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest therein and any such Liens do not extend to or cover Financed Equipment;

 

(h)                                  non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business;

 

(i)                                      Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.7 and junior to the Lien of Bank; and

 

(j)                                      Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that Borrower is in compliance with Section 6.6.

 

Person ” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

 

Prepayment Fee ” means, in addition to the payment of any principal, interest, other expenses or fees then-owing, a termination fee in an amount equal to one percent (1%) of the then outstanding Obligations, provided that no Prepayment Fee shall be charged if the credit facility hereunder is replaced with a new facility from Bank.

 

Prime Rate ” is Bank’s most recently announced “prime rate,” even if it is not Bank’s lowest rate.

 

Prime Rate Advance ” means an Equipment Advance that bears interest based at the Prime Rate plus 0.50%.

 

Registered Organization ” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

Regulatory Change ” means, with respect to Bank, any change on or after the date of this Agreement in United States federal, state, or foreign laws or regulations, including Regulation D, or the adoption or making on or after such date of any interpretations, directives, or requests applying to a class of lenders including Bank, of or

 

26



 

under any United States federal or state, or any foreign laws or regulations (whether or not having the force of law) by any court or governmental or monetary authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof.

 

Repayment Period ” as to each Equipment Advance, is a period of time equal to thirty six (36) consecutive months.

 

Requirement of Law ” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

 

Reserve Requirement ” means, for any Interest Period, the average maximum rate at which reserves (including any marginal, supplemental, or emergency reserves) are required to be maintained during such Interest Period under Regulation D against “Eurocurrency liabilities” (as such term is used in Regulation D) by member banks of the Federal Reserve System.  Without limiting the effect of the foregoing, the Reserve Requirement shall reflect any other reserves required to be maintained by Bank by reason of any Regulatory Change against (a) any category of liabilities which includes deposits by reference to which the LIBOR Rate is to be determined as provided in the definition of LIBOR or (b) any category of extensions of credit or other assets which include Equipment Advances.

 

Responsible Officer ” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and Controller of Borrower.

 

Scheduled Payment ” is defined in Section 2.1.1(b).

 

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

 

Securities Account ” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

Subordinated Debt ” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

 

Subsidiary ” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.  Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower.

 

Trademarks ” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

 

Transfer ” is defined in Section 7.1.

 

[Signature page follows.]

 

27



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

PROOPOINT, INC.

 

 

 

By

/s/ Paul Auvil

 

Name:

Paul Auvil

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

 

BANK:

 

 

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

 

 

By

/s/ Doug Bontemps

 

Name:

Doug Bontemps

 

Title:

Director

 

 

[Signature page to Loan and Security Agreement]

 



 

EXHIBIT A- COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

 

The Collateral consists of all right, title and interest of Borrower in and to the following personal property:

 

all Equipment financed by Bank, including the following:

 

Description of Equipment

 

Make

 

Model

 

Serial #

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and all Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

 

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Bank, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its assets or property, including without limitation Intellectual Property, without Bank’s prior written consent, other than Liens that are specifically permitted under the Loan and Security Agreement between Bank and Borrower dated as of the Effective Date, as it may be amended from time to time.

 


 

EXHIBIT B — LOAN PAYMENT/ADVANCE REQUEST FORM

 

DEADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS NOON PACIFIC TIME*

 

Fax To:

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 LOAN PAYMENT:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proofpoint, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 From Account #

 

 

 

To Account #

 

 

 

(Deposit Account #)

 

 

(Loan Account #)

 

 

 

 

 

 Principal $

 

 

 

and/or Interest $

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Authorized Signature:

 

 

Phone Number:

 

 

 Print Name/Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 LOAN ADVANCE:

 

 Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.

 

 From Account #

 

 

To Account #

 

 

 

(Loan Account #)

 

 

(Deposit Account #)

 

 

 

 

 Amount of Advance $

 

 

 

 

All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof, and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date:

 

 Authorized Signature:

 

 

        Phone Number :

 

 

 

 

 

 Print Name/Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 OUTGOING WIRE REQUEST:

 

 Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to be wired.

 

 Deadline for same day processing is noon, Pacific Time

 

 Beneficiary Name:

 

 

        Amount of Wire: $

 

 

 

 

 

 Beneficiary Bank:

 

 

        Account Number:

 

 

 

 

 

 City and State:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA)#:

 

 

Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):

 

 

 

 

(For International Wire Only)

 

 

 

 Intermediary Bank:

 

 

Transit (ABA) #:

 

 

 

 

 

 For Further Credit to:

 

 

 

 Special Instruction:

 

 

 

By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us).

 

 Authorized Signature:

 

 

2 nd  Signature (if required):

 

 

 Print Name/Title:

 

 

Print Name/Title:

 

 

 Telephone #:

 

 

Telephone #:

 

 

 

 


* Unless otherwise provided for an Equipment Advance bearing interest at LIBOR.

 


 

EXHIBIT C

 

BORROWING RESOLUTIONS

 

SVB Silicon Valley Bank

            A Member of SVB Financial Group

 

CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE

 

BORROWER:

Proofpoint, Inc.

 

DATE:

April 19, 2011

BANK:

Silicon Valley Bank

 

 

I hereby certify as follows, as of the date set forth above:

 

1.  I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of the Borrower.  My title is as set forth below.

 

2.  Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above.  Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware .

 

3.  Attached hereto are true, correct and complete copies of Borrower’s Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth in paragraph 2 above. Such Certificate of Incorporation have not been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

 

4.  The following resolutions were duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action).  Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and Bank may rely on them until Bank receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.  In addition, these resolutions were approved by the requisite number of holders of Borrower’s preferred stock, as set forth in Borrower’s Certificate of Incorporation.

 

RESOLVED, that any one of the following officers or employees of Borrower, whose names, titles and signatures are below, may act on behalf of Borrower:

 

Name

 

Title

 

Signature

 

Authorized to
Add or Remove
Signatories

 

Gary Steele

 

CEO

 

/s/ Gary Steele

 

x

 

Paul Auvil

 

CFO

 

/s/ Paul Auvil

 

x

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

 

 

RESOLVED FURTHER , that any one of the persons designated above with a checked box beside his or her name may, from time to time, add or remove any individuals to and from the above list of persons authorized to act on behalf of Borrower.

 

RESOLVED FURTHER, that such individuals may, on behalf of Borrower:

 

Borrow Money .  Borrow money from Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”).

Execute Loan Documents .  Execute any loan documents Bank requires.

Grant Security .  Grant Bank a security interest in any of Borrower’s assets.

 



 

Negotiate Items .  Negotiate or discount all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or other indebtedness in which Borrower has an interest and receive cash or otherwise use the proceeds.

Letters of Credit .  Apply for letters of credit from Bank.

Foreign Exchange Contracts .  Execute spot or forward foreign exchange contracts.

Issue Warrants .  Issue warrants for Borrower’s capital stock.

Further Acts .  Designate other individuals to request advances, pay fees and costs and execute other documents or agreements (including documents or agreement that waive Borrowers right to a jury trial) they believe to be necessary to effectuate such resolutions.

 

Resolved Further , that all acts authorized by the above resolutions and any prior acts relating thereto are ratified.

 

5.  The persons listed above are Borrower’s officers or employees with their titles and signatures shown next to their names.

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Yang

 

 

Name:

Michael Yang

 

 

Title:

Secretary

 

 

***  If the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other certifying officer executing above is designated by the resolutions set forth in paragraph 4 as one of the authorized signing officers, this Certificate must also be signed by a second authorized officer or director of Borrower.

 

I, the                                           of Borrower, hereby certify as to paragraphs l through 5 above, as of the date set forth above.

[print title]

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 


 

EXHIBIT D

 

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

Date:

 

FROM:

PROOFPOINT, INC.

 

 

The undersigned authorized officer of Proofpoint, Inc. (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”):

 

(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                               with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

 

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification.  The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

 

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

 

Required

 

Complies

 

 

 

 

 

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate

 

Monthly within 30 days

 

Yes     No

Annual financial statement (CPA Audited) + CC

 

FYE within 270 days

 

Yes     No

Annual projections

 

Earlier of: (i) 7 days after Board approval, or (ii) FYE within 60 days

 

Yes     No

10-Q, 10-K and 8-K

 

Within 5 days after filing with SEC

 

Yes     No

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Covenant

 

Required

 

Actual

 

Complies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maintain on a Monthly Basis:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum Liquidity

 

2.0:1.0

 

         :1.0

 

Yes     No

 

The following financial covenant analysis and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.

 



 

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above:  (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proofpoint, Inc.

BANK USE ONLY

 

 

 

 

 

Received by:

 

 

By:

 

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNER

 

Name:

 

 

Date:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Verified:

 

 

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNER

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Compliance Status:                        Yes             No

 

 

 



 

Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

 

Financial Covenants of Borrower

 

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

I.               Liquidity (Section 6.7(a))

 

Required:              2.00:1.00

 

Actual:

 

A.

 

Aggregate value of the unrestricted cash and cash equivalents of Borrower at SVB and SVB Affiliates

 

$            

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B.

 

Aggregate value of the net billed accounts receivable of Borrower

 

$            

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C.

 

The sum of lines A and B

 

$            

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

D.

 

Aggregate value of Obligations to Bank

 

$            

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E.

 

Aggregate value of all outstanding Indebtedness of Borrower, and not otherwise reflected in line D above

 

$            

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F.

 

Total outstanding Indebtedness of Borrower (the sum of lines D and E)

 

$            

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

G.

 

Liquidity (line C divided by line F)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

             

 

Is line G equal to or greater than 2.00:1:00?

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

             No, not in compliance

              Yes, in compliance

 

 

 

 


 

EXHIBIT E

 

LOAN AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT No. [ ]

 

LOAN AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT No. [   ], dated                                 , 20        (“ Supplement ”), to the Loan and Security Agreement dated as of                                     , 2011 (as amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ) by and between the undersigned Proofpoint, Inc. (“ Borrower ”) and Silicon Valley Bank (“ Bank ”).  Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein are used with the respective meanings given to such terms in the Loan Agreement.

 

To secure the prompt payment by Borrower of all amounts from time to time outstanding under the Loan Agreement, and the performance by Borrower of all its obligations contained in the Loan Agreement, Borrower grants Bank, a first priority security interest in each item of equipment and other property described in Annex A hereto, which equipment and other property shall be deemed to be additional Financed Equipment and Collateral. The Loan Agreement is hereby incorporated by reference herein and is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed. Annex A (Equipment Schedule) is attached hereto. The proceeds of the Equipment Advance should be transferred to Borrower’s account with Bank set forth below:

 

Bank Name:

Silicon Valley Bank

 

Account No.:

 

 

 

Borrower hereby certifies that (a) the foregoing information is true and correct; (b) the representations and warranties made by Borrower in the Loan Agreement are true and correct on the date hereof and shall be true and correct on such Funding Date. No Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Loan Agreement. This Supplement may be executed by Borrower and Bank in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

This Supplement is delivered as of this day and year first above written.

 

 

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

PROOFPOINT, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Name:

Title:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Annex A - Description of Financed Equipment

 


 

Annex A to Supplement

 

The Financed Equipment being financed with the Equipment Advance which this Supplement is being executed is listed below.  Upon the funding of such

 

 

Equipment Advance, this schedule and the property described below automatically shall be deemed to be a part of the Collateral.

 

Description of
Equipment

 

Make

 

Model

 

Serial #

 

Quantity

 

PO #

 

Invoice
Date

 

Invoice
#

 

Cost

 

Tax/Freight/In
stall and Soft
Costs

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

Sample Notice of Borrowing

 

EXHIBIT F

 

FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING

 

PROOFPOINT, INC.

 

 

Date:

 

 

TO:                             SILICON VALLEY BANK

3003 Tasman Drive

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Attention: Corporate Services Department

 

RE:                               Loan and Security Agreement dated as of                                         , 2011 (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), by and between PROOFPOINT, INC . (“ Borrower ”), and Silicon Valley Bank (the “ Bank ”)

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned refers to the Loan Agreement, the terms defined therein and used herein as so defined, and hereby gives you notice irrevocably, pursuant to Section 3.5 (a)  of the Loan Agreement, of the borrowing of an Equipment Advance.

 

1.              The Funding Date, which shall be a Business Day, of the requested borrowing is                                     .

 

2.              The aggregate amount of the requested borrowing is $                                             .

 

3.              The requested Equipment Advance shall consist of $                                         of Prime Rate Advances and $                       of LIBOR Advances.

 

4.              The duration of the Interest Period for the LIBOR Advances included in the requested Equipment Advance shall be                                   months.

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the proposed Equipment Advance before and after giving effect thereto, and to the application of the proceeds therefrom, as applicable:

 

(a)            all representations and warranties of Borrower contained in the Loan Agreement are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

 



 

(b)            no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such proposed Equipment Advance.

 

 

BORROWER

PROOFPOINT, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

For internal Bank use only

 

 

 

 

 

LIBOR Pricing Date

LIBOR

LIBOR Variance

Maturity Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

        %

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

EXHIBIT G

 

FORM OF NOTICE OF CONVERSION/CONTINUATION

 

PROOFPOINT, INC.

 

 

Date:

 

 

TO:                             SILICON VALLEY BANK
3003 Tasman Drive
Santa Clara, CA  95054
Attention:

 

RE:                               Loan and Security Agreement dated as of                                         , 2011 (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), by and between PROOFPOINT, INC . (“ Borrower ”), and Silicon Valley Bank (the “ Bank ”)

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned refers to the Loan Agreement, the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined, and hereby gives you notice irrevocably, pursuant to Section 3.5 of the Loan Agreement, of the [conversion] [continuation] of the Equipment Advances specified herein, that:

 

1.              The date of the [conversion] [continuation] is                                       , 20       .

 

2.              The aggregate amount of the proposed Equipment Advances to be [converted] is $                                                 or [continued] is $                           .

 

3.              The Equipment Advances are to be [converted into] [continued as] [LIBOR] [Prime Rate] Advances.

 

4.              The duration of the Interest Period for the LIBOR Advances included in the [conversion] [continuation] shall be                                   months.

 

The undersigned, on behalf of Borrower, hereby certifies that the following statements are true on the date hereof, and will be true on the date of the proposed [conversion] [continuation], before and after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds therefrom:

 

(a)            all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Loan Agreement are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

 

(b)            no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such proposed [conversion] [continuation].

 

[Signature page follows.]

 



 

BORROWER

PROOFPOINT, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

For internal Bank use only

 

 

 

 

 

LIBOR Pricing Date

LIBOR

LIBOR Variance

Maturity Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

        %

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT to Loan and Security Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into this 19th day of May, 2011, by and between Silicon Valley Bank (“ Bank ”) and Proofpoint, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”) whose address is 892 Ross Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94089.

 

RECITALS

 

A.             Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 19, 2011 (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “ Loan Agreement ”).

 

B.             Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

 

C.             Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement and Perfection Certificate to make certain revisions as more fully set forth herein.

 

D.             Bank has agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement and Perfection Certificate, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW , THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.             Definitions .  Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

 

2.             Amendments to Loan Agreement and Perfection Certificate.

 

2.1          Section 6.1(b) (Governmental Approvals).   Section 6.1(b) of the Loan Agreement is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

(b)           Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in all of the Collateral.

 

2.2           Perfection Certificate (Litigation).   Section 8(a) of the Perfection Certificate is amended and updated to include the litigation described in Schedule 1 to this Amendment.

 

3.             Limitation of Amendments.

 

3.1           The amendments set forth in Section 2 above are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

 

3.2           This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

1



 

4.             Representations and Warranties .  To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

 

4.1           Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

4.2           Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

 

4.3           The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on the Effective Date remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

 

4.4          The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

 

4.5           The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

 

4.6           The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

 

4.7           This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

 

5.             Counterparts.   This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

6.             Effectiveness.   This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto.

 

7.             Amendments in Writing; Integration.   This Amendment is a Loan Document. This Amendment and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Amendment and the Loan Documents merge into this Amendment and the Loan Documents.

 

8.             Governing Law; Venue.   The provisions of Section 11 of the Loan Agreement apply to this Amendment.

 

[Signature page follows.]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused the First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

 

BANK

 

BORROWER

 

 

 

Silicon Valley Bank

 

Proofpoint, Inc.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ ILLEGIBLE

 

By:

/s/ Paul Auvil

Name:

ILLEGIBLE

 

Name:

Paul Auvil

Title:

Director

 

Title:

CFO

 

3



 

Schedule I

 

1.

United States District Court for the Northern District of California: Proofpoint, Inc., (Plaintiff) v. InNova Patent Licensing, LLC (Defendant)

 

 

2.

Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Santa Clara: UNIXSURPLUS, INC., a California corporation (Plaintiff) v. PROOFPOINT, INC., a Delaware Corporation, DATAPIPE, INC., a Delaware Corporation, EVERYONE.NET, INC., a California corporation, and DOES 2-20, inclusive (Defendants)

 

4




Exhibit 10.07

 

November 17, 2002

 

Gary Steele

[address]

 

Dear Gary:

 

On behalf of our Board of Directors and with their enthusiastic support, I am delighted to offer you the position of Chief Executive Officer of Extreme E-Mail, Inc.

 

Commensurate with these responsibilities, you will receive a starting base salary of $190,000 per year.  After one year of full-time service, you will be eligible to receive a bonus of up to $20,000 based on successful achievement of mutually agreed-upon objectives.

 

In addition, it shall be recommended to the Board of Directors that you receive a common stock option equivalent to 9% of the Company’s outstanding shares on a fully-diluted basis, as of the date hereof (the “Option”).  You agree and understand that the foregoing sentence does not provide you with a continuing right to receive shares or additional options to maintain a continuing ownership position of 9%.  The Company has not yet adopted a stock option plan, but intends to do so.  Your option shall vest over a period of four years, with 25% vesting on the first anniversary of your start date and the balance vesting monthly over the following three years.  The other terms of you stock option shall be governed by the Company’s standard Employee Stock Option Plan, when such plan is adopted.

 

It shall be recommended to the Board that the Option Plan include a provision for “double-trigger” vesting acceleration in the case an optionee is terminated without cause within one year following a Change of Control.  The recommended acceleration will be 25% of the optionee’s then unvested shares, provided the optionee has been employed for at least one year.  The term “ Change of Control ” shall mean (i) the Company is a party to a merger or consolidation, or series of related transactions, which results in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto failing to continue to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after the merger or consolidation, or (ii) a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

Furthermore, the Board will nominate you to serve as a Director of the Company.

 



 

You will receive employee benefits such as health insurance, paid time off and holiday pay as these benefits are established by the Company.

 

Your employment with the Company is for no specific period of time and will be “at will.”  Either you or the Company may terminate your employment at any time, for any reason, with or without cause.  This “at-will” employment relationship may only be changed in a document signed by you and a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

Without limiting the foregoing sentence, if you are terminated by the Company within 6 months of your start date for reasons other than: a) “cause” or b) for unsatisfactory performance, then you will receive a severance payment equal to 6 months of salary, which shall be payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices.  The term “ Cause ” shall mean the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by you, any unauthorized use or disclosure by you of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company, or any other intentional misconduct by you adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Company in a material manner.

 

Your employment with the Company is contingent upon your execution of the Company’s standard Employee Confidentiality Agreement; your ability to provide the Company with the legally-required proof of your authorization to work in the United States; your representation and warrant that the information on your resume is accurate to the best of your knowledge and that there is no reason, legal or otherwise, that you are or would be prohibited from performing your duties as Chief Executive Officer of the Company.  This letter supersedes and replaces any prior agreements or representations regarding the subject matter described in this letter.  To accept this offer, please sign and return this letter to me.

 

Your employment start date shall be November 22, 2002.

 

If you have any questions, please call me at 650-326-2990.

 

ii



 

With heartfelt exhilaration, on behalf of the entire Extreme E-Mail team we look forward to working with you to build this significant and durable enterprise.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

/s/ Eric Hahn

 

 

Eric Hahn, Chairman

 

 

Extreme E-Mail Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

cc:

Jon Feiber, MDV, Director

 

 

 

Kevin Harvey, Benchmark Capital, Director

 

 

 

 

I have read, understand and accept the terms of this employment offer.

 

 

Date: November 19, 2002

 

/s/ Gary Steele

 

 

Gary Steele

 

iii




Exhibit 10.08

 

March 9, 2007

 

Paul Auvil

 

Dear Paul:

 

It is my pleasure to offer you the full-time position of Chief Financial Officer at Proofpoint Inc. (the “Company”).  This letter shall serve to confirm the terms of your employment with the Company.

 

1.     Duties .  You will be responsible for all financial and fiscal management aspects of company operation.  You will report to me and will work from our offices located in Cupertino, California.  Of course, the Company may change your position, duties, and work location from time to time as it deems necessary.

 

2.     Compensation .

 

a.                Salary .  You will be paid a monthly salary of $16,666.67 less payroll deductions and all required withholdings.  You will be paid semi-monthly on the Company’s regular payroll dates.

 

b.               Executive Bonus Plan .  You will be eligible to receive a bonus targeted at 20% of your annual base salary with upside potential based upon individual and/or company over-performance.  The bonus will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Executive Bonus Plan Document.  The Company reserves the right to change, amend or cancel this program at any time.

 

c.                Stock Option Plan .  Upon the commencement of your employment and subject to Board approval, the Company will grant you an option to purchase 2.50% of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Option”) on a fully diluted basis at an exercise price equal to the then fair market value on the date of grant.  The Option shall be subject to the vesting restrictions and all other terms of the Proofpoint’s 2002 Stock Option Plan, your Stock Option Agreement and Notice of Grant of Stock Option.

 

d.               Benefits .  You will be eligible for the standard Company benefits for an employee in your position [health insurance, dental insurance, vacation, sick leave, holidays, 401k, etc] in accordance with the terms of the applicable benefit plans.

 



 

3.     Company Policies .  As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by Company rules and policies, and execute and abide by the Company’s Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A for your execution.

 

4.     Former Employers .  In your work for the Company you will be expected not to use or disclose any confidential information, including trade secrets, of any former employer or other person to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality.  Rather, you will be expected to use only that information which is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to your own, which is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or which is otherwise provided or developed by the Company.  During our discussions about your proposed job duties, you assured us that you would be able to perform those duties within the guidelines just described.  You also agree that you will not bring onto Company premises any confidential information or property belonging to any former employer or other person to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality.

 

5.     Exposure to Explicit Electronic Content .  Because of the type of business Proofpoint conducts, during the course of your employment and as a bona fide occupational qualification of your employment you may be periodically exposed to electronic content that displays sexually explicit literary material and/or electronically conveyed images.  By accepting employment with Proofpoint it is with the full understanding that your exposure to the content described above will not interfere with the performance of your job duties, will not cause you to consider the workplace intolerable or hostile, and will not cause you to believe that you are subject to sexual harassment in the workplace.

 

6.     Alternate Dispute Resolution .  To ensure the rapid and economical resolution of disputes that may arise in connection with your employment with the Company you must agree to submit such disputes to arbitration.  Accordingly, please sign the Arbitration Agreement attached as Exhibit B and return it to me.

 

7.     Conflicts .  As an exempt employee, you are expected to work the number of hours required to get the job done.  However, you are generally expected to be present during normal business hours of the Company, which will be established by the Company and may be changed as needed to meet the needs of the business.  You agree that during your employment with Proofpoint, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which Proofpoint is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to Proofpoint.

 

8.     Employment Status .  The Company is an “at-will” employer.  This means that you may terminate your employment with the Company at any time and for any reason whatsoever simply by notifying Proofpoint.  Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time, for any reason, with or without cause or advance notice.

 

9.     Miscellaneous .  This letter, together with your Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement and the Arbitration Agreement form the complete and exclusive statement of your employment agreement with Proofpoint.  It supersedes any other agreements or promises made to you by anyone, whether oral or written, and it can only be modified in a written agreement signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

 

2



 

As required by law, this offer is subject to satisfactory proof of your right to work in the United States, your successful clearance of a routine background and reference check (including executing the consent forms to perform those checks which are included with this letter attached hereto as Exhibit C ), and signing the enclosed Proprietary Information and Arbitration Agreements.  Please sign and date this letter, both of its exhibits, and the background check consent forms and return them to me by end of business Monday, March 12, 2007, if you wish to accept employment with Proofpoint under the terms described above.  If you accept our offer, we would like you to start on Tuesday, March 20, 2007, subject to first successfully clearing the background and reference checks noted above.

 

We look forward to working with you to make Proofpoint a success.  If there are any aspects of our offer, which you would like, clarified, please let us know.

 

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

/s/Gary Steele

 

 

 

 

 

Gary Steele

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

Understood & Agreed:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Paul Auvil

 

 

Paul Auvil

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date

3-9-07

 

 

 

3




Exhibit 10.09

 

November 5, 2010

 

Thomas Cooper
[address]

 

Dear Tom:

 

It is my pleasure to offer you the full-time position of Executive Vice President, Worldwide Field Operations at Proofpoint Inc. (the “Company”).  This letter (“Agreement”) shall serve to confirm the terms of your employment with the Company.

 

1.             Duties .  You will report to me and I will assign and direct your job duties and responsibilities.  You will work from offices located in Southlake, Texas.  Of course, the Company may change your position, duties, and work location from time to time as it deems necessary.

 

2.             Compensation .

 

a.                                        Salary .  You will be paid a monthly salary of $20,833.34 less payroll deductions and all required withholdings.  You will be paid semi-monthly on the Company’s regular payroll dates.

 

b.                                        Management Bonus .  You will be eligible to receive a bonus targeted at $150,000.00 with upside potential based upon individual and/or Company over-performance.  The bonus will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Proofpoint Bonus Plan Document.  The Company reserves the right to change, amend or cancel this program at any time.

 

c.                                        Commission .  You will be eligible for monthly commissions based on your attainment of quota under the terms and conditions of the Company’s applicable commission plan.  During your first year of employment, you will be eligible to earn target commissions in the amount of $150,000.00 at 100% of quota attainment (“Target Commissions”).  Earned commissions will be paid monthly.

 

d.                                        Stock Option Plan .  Upon the commencement of your employment and subject to Board approval, the Company will grant you an option to purchase 1,263,029 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Option”) at an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant.  The Option shall be subject to the vesting restrictions and all other terms of the Proofpoint’s 2002 Stock Option Plan and your Option Agreement.

 



 

e.                                        Benefits .  You will be eligible for the standard Company benefits for an employee in your position (health insurance, dental insurance, vacation, sick leave, holidays, 401k, etc) in accordance with the terms of the applicable benefit plans.

 

3.             Severance :

 

a.                                        Compensation If you Are Terminated Without Cause or Resign with Good Reason .  If you are terminated by the Company for Cause (as defined below) or you resign without Good Reason (as defined below) you will only be entitled to all base salary and commissions (in accordance with the terms of your commission plan) earned through your termination / resignation date and will not be entitled to any severance, bonuses, additional commissions, stock option vesting, health insurance payment reimbursement or other compensation.  If the Company terminates your employment without Cause or you resign with Good Reason and provided that you execute and do not revoke (as described below) a General Release of Claims in a form substantially similar to that which is attached as Exhibit A hereto, the Company shall provide you with the following severance benefits:

 

i)             Base Salary Continuation .  The Company shall continue to pay your base salary as in effect on the date of termination until the end of the six (6) month period following the termination of your employment (the “ Severance Payments ”).  Such Severance Payments shall be subject to standard deductions and withholdings and paid in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll policies and practices.

 

ii)            Commission Payments.

 

(1)                                  If you are terminated without Cause or resign with Good Reason, the Company will pay you the Averaged Monthly Commission Amount (as defined in Section 3aii)(2) below) for six (6) months following the date of termination or resignation.  The Average Monthly Commission Amount will be payable one time a month on the Company’s regular payroll date and shall be subject to standard deductions and withholdings.

 

(2)                                  Definition and Calculation of Average Monthly Commission Amount:

 

(a)           If you have been employed by the Company for less than two (2) months and are terminated without Cause or resign with Good Reason, the Average Monthly Commission Amount shall equal 1/12 th  of your Target Commissions.

 

(b)           If you have been employed by the Company for two (2) months or more and are terminated without Cause or resign with Good Reason, the Average Monthly Commission Amount shall equal the average of your commissions

 

2



 

earned for the two (2) full calendar months immediately preceding the month in which you are terminated or resign.

 

iii)           Stock Option Vesting .  In the event that you are terminated without Cause or resign with Good Reason in your first year of employment with the Company, you shall be given monthly vesting credit under the Option for each full month worked by you prior to your termination or resignation with Good Reason.  All other terms and conditions of the Option and the Company’s 2002 Stock Option Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

 

iv)            Health Insurance Payment Reimbursement .  Provided that you timely and accurately elect to continue his health insurance benefits under COBRA, the Company shall reimburse you for the COBRA expenses you have paid on behalf of yourself until the earliest of (i) the six (6) month period following the employment termination or resignation date, (ii) the expiration of the your continuation coverage under COBRA or (iii) the date you become, covered by the health insurance benefits of a subsequent employer.

 

b.                                        Elimination of Benefits Following the Adoption of Severance Benefit Plan .  Section 3 of this Agreement shall be stricken in its entirety and you shall no longer have any eligibility for any of the benefits hereunder if the Company’s Board of Directors adopts a Severance Benefit Plan for the Company’s Vice Presidents and above for which you are eligible and such Severance Benefit Plan contains benefits equal to or greater than the benefits set forth in Section 3a above.  If the Company’s Board of Directors adopts a Severance Benefit Plan with benefits less than Section 3a above, Section 3a shall remain in effect but you shall not be eligible to participate in that Severance Benefit Plan.

 

c.                                        Definitions:

 

i)             Cause.  “Cause” for the Company to terminate your employment hereunder shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following, as reasonably determined by the Chief Executive Officer:

 

(1)                                  Your failure to perform one or more of your duties and responsibilities to the Company;

 

(2)                                  Your refusal or failure to follow lawful directions of your manager;

 

(3)                                  Your violation of any Company policy, this Agreement or any other written agreement or covenant with the Company;

 

(4)                                  Your unauthorized use or disclosure of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom you owe an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of your relationship with the Company;

 

3



 

(5)                                  Your conviction of, or plea of guilty or no contest to:

 

(a)           any felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof;

 

(b)           any crime involving fraud, dishonesty, theft or moral turpitude, or

 

(c)           any other illegal conduct detrimental to the Company or the Company’s reputation;

 

(d)           Your participation in or commission of a fraud, act of dishonesty, or any other action against the Company that results in or is reasonably likely to result in harm to the business or reputation of the Company; or

 

(e)           Your death or Disability (as defined below).

 

ii)            Good Reason.  “Good Reason” for you to resign shall mean the occurrence of one or more of the following:

 

(1)                                  A reduction in your base salary, your target annual commissions and target annual bonus for which you are eligible to earn such that the combined annual total of your base salary, target commissions, and target annual bonus is reduced by 15% of the amount set forth in Section 2 above.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, your failure to achieve or earn 100% of your target commissions or target bonus shall not constitute such a reduction.  For the purposes of this Section, the assessment of whether such a reduction has occurred shall only consider the annual target commissions and annual target bonus set by the Company, combined with your annual base salary; or

 

(2)                                  A relocation of your place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles, provided and only if such reduction or relocation is required by the Company or its successor without your consent.

 

iii)           Change In Control.  “Change In Control” shall mean a change in ownership or control of the Company effected through any of the following transactions:

 

(1)                                  a merger, consolidation or other reorganization approved by the Company’s stockholders, unless securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the voting securities of the successor Company are immediately thereafter beneficially owned, directly or indirectly and in substantially the same

 

4



 

proportion, by the persons who beneficially owned the Company’s outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction:

 

(2)                                  a stockholder-approved sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

 

(3)                                  the acquisition, directly or indirectly by any person or related group of persons (other than the Company or a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the 1934 Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Company’s stockholders.

 

(4)                                  In no event shall any public offering of the Company’s securities be deemed to constitute a Change in Control.  Furthermore, a Change in Control shall not constitute a termination without Cause or give rise to Good Reason as defined above unless one or more of the other requirements of Cause or Good Reason have occurred in addition to the Change In Control itself.

 

iv)            Disability.  “Disability” shall mean your inability to perform your duties under this Agreement by reason of any incapacity, physical or mental, which the Board, based upon medical advice or an opinion provided by a licensed physician acceptable to the Board and in accordance with applicable law, determines to have incapacitated you from satisfactorily performing all of your usual services for the Company for a period of at least one hundred twenty (120) days during any twelve (12) month period (whether or not consecutive).  Based upon such medical advice or opinion, the determination of the Board shall be final and binding and the date such determination is made shall be the date of such Disability for purposes of this Agreement.

 

d.                                        Parachute Payments .  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if any payment or benefit you would receive from the Company pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise (“ Payment ”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then such Payment shall be equal to the Reduced Amount.  The “ Reduced Amount ” shall be either (1) the largest portion of the Payment that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax or (2) the Payment or a portion thereof after payment of the

 

5



 

applicable Excise Tax, whichever amount after taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate), results in your receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of the Payment.  If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that the Payment equals the Reduced Amount, reduction shall occur in the order of payments you elect in writing, provided , however , that such election shall be subject to Company approval if made on or after the date on which the event that triggers the Payment occurs.  The Company’s principal outside accounting firm will make all determinations hereunder and shall provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to the Company and you within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which your right to a Payment is triggered (if requested at that time by you or the Company) or such other time as requested by you or the Company.  If the accounting firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable with respect to a Payment, either before or after the application of the Reduced Amount, it shall furnish the Company and you with an opinion reasonably acceptable to you that no Excise Tax will be imposed with respect to such Payment.  The Company shall be entitled to rely upon the accounting firm’s determinations, which shall be final and binding on all persons.

 

e.                                        Exclusive Remedy .  The rights, remedies and payments set forth in this Section 3 shall be the exclusive rights, remedies and payments available to you upon termination of this Agreement and your employment hereunder.  Such rights remedies and payments shall supersede and replace any and all rights and remedies under state or federal law.  The Company may deduct any amount you owe the Company at the time of your termination of employment from any Severance Payments.

 

4.             Company Policies .  As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by Company rules and policies, and execute and abide by the Company’s Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B for your execution.

 

5.             Loyal and Conscientious Performance; Noncompetition .

 

a.                                        Loyalty.   During your employment with the Company, you shall devote your full business energies, interest, abilities and productive time to the proper and efficient performance of your duties under this Agreement.

 

b.                                        Covenant Not to Compete .  You agree that during your employment you will not engage in competition with the Company either directly or indirectly, in any manner or capacity, as adviser, principal, agent, affiliate, promoter, partner, officer, director, employee, stockholder, owner, co-owner, consultant, or member of any association or otherwise, in any phase of the business of developing, manufacturing and marketing of products or services which are in the same field of use or which otherwise compete with the products or services or formally proposed products or services of the Company.

 

c.                                        Agreement Not to Participate in Company’s Competitors .  You also agree that during your employment with the Company that you will not, except with the prior written consent of the CEO, assume or participate in, directly or indirectly, any position, investment or interest known by you to be adverse or antagonistic to the Company, its

 

6



 

business or prospects, financial or otherwise, or in any company, person or entity that is, directly or indirectly, in competition with the business of the Company or any of its Affiliates.  Ownership by you, as a passive investment, of less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of capital stock of any corporation with one or more classes of its capital stock listed on a national securities exchange or publicly traded on the NASDAQ Stock Market or in the over-the-counter market shall not constitute a breach of this paragraph.

 

6.             Former Employers .  In your work for the Company you will be expected not to use or disclose any confidential information, including trade secrets, of any former employer or other person to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality.  Rather, you will be expected to use only that information which is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to your own, which is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or which is otherwise provided or developed by the Company.  During our discussions about your proposed job duties, you assured us that you would be able to perform those duties within the guidelines just described.  You also agree that you will not bring onto Company premises any confidential information or property belonging to any former employer or other person to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality.

 

7.             Nonsolicitation .  During any period you are receiving compensation or any other consideration from the Company, including, but not limited to the Severance Payments, and for one (1) year after your resignation or termination, you agree that in order to protect the Company’s confidential and proprietary information from unauthorized use, you shall not, either directly or through others, solicit or attempt to solicit any employee, consultant or independent contractor of the Company to terminate his or her relationship with the Company in order to become an employee, consultant or independent contractor to or for any other person or business entity.

 

8.             Exposure to Explicit Electronic Content .  Because of the type of business Proofpoint conducts, during the course of your employment and as a bona fide occupational qualification of your employment you may be periodically exposed to electronic content that displays sexually explicit literary material and/or electronically conveyed images.  By accepting employment with Proofpoint it is with the full understanding that your exposure to the content described above will not interfere with the performance of your job duties, will not cause you to consider the workplace intolerable or hostile, and will not cause you to believe that you are subject to sexual harassment in the workplace.

 

9.             Alternative Dispute Resolution .  To ensure the rapid and economical resolution of disputes that may arise in connection with your employment with the Company you must agree to submit such disputes to arbitration.  Accordingly, please sign the Arbitration Agreement attached as Exhibit C and return it to me.

 

10.           Conflicts .  As an exempt employee, you are expected to work the number of hours required to get the job done.  However, you are generally expected to be present during normal business hours of the Company, which will be established by the Company and may be changed as needed to meet the needs of the business.  You agree that during your employment with Proofpoint, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which Proofpoint is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that

 

7



 

conflict with your obligations to Proofpoint.

 

11.           Employment Status and Termination .  The Company is an “at-will” employer.  This means that you may terminate your employment with the Company at any time and for any reason whatsoever simply by notifying Proofpoint.  Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time, for any reason, with or without cause or advance notice, subject to the severance and acceleration provisions set forth in this Agreement.

 

12.           Integration .  This letter, together with your Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement and the Arbitration Agreement form the complete and exclusive statement of your employment agreement with Proofpoint.  It supersedes any other agreements or promises made to you by anyone, whether oral or written, and it can only be modified in a written agreement signed by the Chief Executive Officer or the Vice President of Human Resources of the Company.

 

13.           No Representations Regarding Tax Treatment .  You understand and agree that the Company has not made any representations or warranties regarding the tax treatment of any of the benefits detailed in this letter, including, but not limited to any potential taxes or other consequences relating to Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.  To the extent you have any questions about this or any other provisions in this letter, we encourage you to consult with independent counsel and tax advisors.

 

14.           Assignment and Binding Effect .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of you and your heirs, executors, personal representatives, assigns, administrators and legal representatives.  Because of the unique and personal nature of your duties under this Agreement, neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations under this Agreement shall be assignable by you.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors, assigns and legal representatives.

 

15.           Choice of Law .  This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the internal laws of the state of California (without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law).

 

16.           Amendment .  This Agreement cannot be amended or modified except by a written agreement signed by you and the CEO.

 

17.           Waiver .  No term, covenant or condition of this Agreement or any breach thereof shall be deemed waived, except with the written consent of the Party against whom the waiver is claimed, and any waiver or any such term, covenant, condition or breach shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any other term, covenant, condition or breach.

 

18.           Severability .  The finding by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authorized body of the unenforceability, invalidity or illegality of any provision of this Agreement shall not render any other provision of this Agreement unenforceable, invalid or illegal.  The invalid or unenforceable term or provision shall be modified or replaced with a valid and unenforceable term or provision which most accurately represent the Parties’ intention with respect to the invalid or unenforceable term or provision.

 

8



 

19.           Interpretation; Construction .  The headings set forth in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not be used in interpreting this Agreement.  The Parties acknowledge each Party and its counsel has reviewed and revised, or had an opportunity to review and revise, this Agreement, and any rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

20.           Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

21.           Miscellaneous .  This offer is subject to satisfactory proof of your right to work in the United States as required by law, your successful clearance of a background and reference check (including executing the consent forms to perform those checks which are included with this letter attached hereto as Exhibit D ) , and signing the enclosed Proprietary Information and Arbitration Agreements.

 

Please sign and date this letter, both of its exhibits, and the background check consent forms and return them to me by the end of business Monday, November 8, 2010, if you wish to accept employment with Proofpoint under the terms described above.  If you accept our offer, we would like you to start on Wednesday, December 1, 2010, subject to first successfully clearing the background and reference checks noted above.

 

We look forward to working with you to make Proofpoint a success.  If there are any aspects of our offer, which you would like, clarified, please let me know.

 

Best regards,

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Gary Steele

 

 

 

Gary Steele

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Understood & Agreed:

 

 

 

/s/ Thomas Cooper

 

Thomas Cooper

 

 

 

 

Date:

11/5/10

 

 

9



 

EXHIBIT A

 

GENERAL RELEASE AGREEMENT

 

In exchange for the Severance Payments and other consideration to me of the amount pursuant to the Employment Agreement to which this form is attached.  I hereby furnish Proofpoint Inc. (the “Company”) with the following release and waiver:

 

I hereby release, acquit and forever discharge the Company, its parent and subsidiaries, and its and their officers, directors, agents, servants, employees, attorneys, shareholders, successors, assigns and affiliates, of and from any and all claims, liabilities, demands, causes of action, costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, damages, indemnities and obligations of every kind and nature, in law, equity, or otherwise, known or unknown, suspected and unsuspected, disclosed and undisclosed, arising out of or in any way related to agreements, events, acts or conduct at any time prior to and including the execution date of this Agreement, including but not limited to:  all such claims and demands directly or indirectly arising out of or in any way connected with my employment with the Company or that termination of that employment; claims or demands related to salary, bonuses, commissions, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interest in the Company, vacation pay, fringe benefits, expense reimbursements, severance pay, or any other form of compensation; claims pursuant to any federal, state or local law, statute or cause of action including, but not limited to:  the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; the federal Americans with Disability Act of 1990, as amended; the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (“ADEA”), as amended; tort law; contract law; wrongful discharge; discrimination; harassment; fraud; defamation; emotional distress; and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, I am not hereby releasing the Company from any claims which cannot be waived by law.  I am waiving, however, my right to any monetary recovery should any governmental agency or entity pursue any claims on my behalf.  I also acknowledge that I have received all leaves of absence and leave benefits and protections for which I am eligible, and have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which I have not already filed a claim.

 

In giving this release, which includes claims which may be unknown to me at present.  I acknowledge that I have read and understand Section 1542 of the California Civil Code which reads as follows:  “ A general release does not extend to claims which the creditors does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor .”  I hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits under that section and any law of any jurisdiction of similar effect with respect to my release of any claims I may have against the Company.

 

I agree to hold the provision of this Agreement in strictest confidence and not to publicize or disclose them in any manner whatsoever; provided, however, that:  (a) I may disclose this Agreement in confidence to my immediate family, attorneys, accountants, auditors, tax preparers, and financial advisers; and (b) I may disclose this Agreement insofar as such disclosure may be necessary to enforce its terms or as otherwise required by law.  I also

 



 

acknowledge my continuing obligations under my Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement not to use or disclose any of the Company’s proprietary information.

 

Both the Company (through its officers and directors only) and I agree not to disparage the other party, and the other party’s officers, directors, employees, shareholders and agents, in any manner likely to be harmful to them or their business, business reputation or personal reputation; provided that both the Company and I will respond accurately and fully to any question, inquiry or request for information when required by legal process.

 

I acknowledge that, among other rights, I am waiving and releasing any rights I may have under ADEA, that this waiver and release is knowing and voluntary, and that the consideration given for this waiver and release is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled as an employee of the Company.  I further acknowledge that I have been advised, as required by the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, that:  (a) the waiver and release granted herein does not relate to claims which may arise after this agreement is executed; (b) I should consult with an attorney prior to executing this agreement (although I may choose voluntarily not do do so); (c) I have twenty-one (21) days from the date I receive this agreement, in which to consider this agreement (although I may choose voluntarily to execute this agreement earlier); (d) I have seven (7) days following the execution of this agreement to revoke my consent to the agreement; and (c) this agreement shall not be effective until the seven (7) day revocation period has expired.

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas Cooper

 

2




Exhibit 10.10

 

November 3, 2008

 

Wade Chambers

[address]

 

Dear Wade:

 

It is my pleasure to offer you the full-time position of Executive Vice President, Engineering at Proofpoint Inc. (the “Company”).  This letter shall serve to confirm the terms of your employment with the Company.

 

1.     Duties .  You will report to me and I will assign and direct your job duties and responsibilities.  You will work from our offices located in Sunnyvale, California.  Of course, the Company may change your position, duties, and work location from time to time as it deems necessary.

 

2.     Compensation .

 

a.                Salary .  You will be paid a monthly salary of $19,166.67 less payroll deductions and all required withholdings.  You will be paid semi-monthly on the Company’s regular payroll dates.

 

b.               Management Bonus .  You will be eligible to receive a bonus targeted at 20% of your annual base salary with upside potential based upon individual and/or company over-performance.  The bonus will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Proofpoint Bonus Plan Document.  The Company reserves the right to change, amend or cancel this program at any time.

 

c.                Stock Option Plan .  Upon the commencement of your employment and subject to Board approval, the Company will grant you an option to purchase 590,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Option”) at an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant.  The Option shall be subject to the vesting restrictions and all other terms of the Proofpoint’s 2002 Stock Option Plan and your Stock Option Agreement.

 

d.               Benefits .  You will be eligible for the standard Company benefits for an employee in your position [health insurance, dental insurance, vacation, sick leave, holidays, 401k, etc] in accordance with the terms of the applicable benefit plans.

 



 

3.     Company Policies .  As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by Company rules and policies, and execute and abide by the Company’s Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A for your execution.

 

4.     Former Employers .  In your work for the Company you will be expected not to use or disclose any confidential information, including trade secrets, of any former employer or other person to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality.  Rather, you will be expected to use only that information which is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to your own, which is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or which is otherwise provided or developed by the Company.  During our discussions about your proposed job duties, you assured us that you would be able to perform those duties within the guidelines just described.  You also agree that you will not bring onto Company premises any confidential information or property belonging to any former employer or other person to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality.

 

5.     Exposure to Explicit Electronic Content .  Because of the type of business Proofpoint conducts, during the course of your employment and as a bona fide occupational qualification of your employment you may be periodically exposed to electronic content that displays sexually explicit literary material and/or electronically conveyed images.  By accepting employment with Proofpoint it is with the full understanding that your exposure to the content described above will not interfere with the performance of your job duties, will not cause you to consider the workplace intolerable or hostile, and will not cause you to believe that you are subject to sexual harassment in the workplace.

 

6.     Alternate Dispute Resolution .  To ensure the rapid and economical resolution of disputes that may arise in connection with your employment with the Company you must agree to submit such disputes to arbitration.  Accordingly, please sign the Arbitration Agreement attached as Exhibit B and return it to me.

 

7.     Conflicts .  As an exempt employee, you are expected to work the number of hours required to get the job done.  However, you are generally expected to be present during normal business hours of the Company, which will be established by the Company and may be changed as needed to meet the needs of the business.  You agree that during your employment with Proofpoint, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which Proofpoint is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to Proofpoint.

 

8.     Employment Status .  The Company is an “at-will” employer.  This means that you may terminate your employment with the Company at any time and for any reason whatsoever simply by notifying Proofpoint.  Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time, for any reason, with or without cause or advance notice.

 

9.     Miscellaneous .  This letter, together with your Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement and the Arbitration Agreement form the complete and exclusive statement of your employment agreement with Proofpoint.  It supersedes any other agreements or promises made to you by anyone, whether oral or written, and it can only be modified in a written agreement signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.  You understand and agree that the

 

2



 

Company has not made any representations or warranties regarding the tax treatment of any of the benefits detailed in this letter, including, but not limited to any potential taxes or other consequences relating to Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.  To the extent you have any questions about this or any other provisions in this letter, we encourage you to consult with independent counsel and tax advisors.

 

As required by law, this offer is subject to satisfactory proof of your right to work in the United States, your successful clearance of a routine background and reference check (including executing the consent forms to perform those checks which are included with this letter attached hereto as Exhibit C ), and signing the enclosed Proprietary Information and Arbitration Agreements.  Please sign and date this letter, both of its exhibits, and the background check consent forms and return them to me by end of business Friday, November 7, 2008, if you wish to accept employment with Proofpoint under the terms described above.  If you accept our offer, we would like you to start on Monday, November 10, 2008 subject to first successfully clearing the background and reference checks noted above.

 

We look forward to working with you to make Proofpoint a success.  If there are any aspects of our offer, which you would like, clarified, please let us know.

 

 

Best regards,

 

 

 

/s/ Gary Steele

 

 

 

Gary Steele

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Understood & Agreed:

 

 

 

/s/ Wade Chambers

 

Wade Chambers

 

 

 

 

Date

11/4/2008

 

 

3




Exhibit 10.11

 

June 5, 2008

 

Dean Hickman-Smith

[address]

 

Dear Dean:

 

It is my pleasure to offer you the full-time position of Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales at Proofpoint Inc. (the “Company”).  This letter shall serve to confirm the terms of your employment with the Company.

 

1.             Duties .  You will be responsible for leading the world wide sales organization.  You will report to me and will work from our offices located in Sunnyvale, California.  Of course, the Company may change your position, duties, and work location from time to time as it deems necessary.

 

2.             Compensation .

 

a.                                        Salary .  You will he paid a monthly salary of $18,750.00 less payroll deductions and all required withholdings.  You will be paid semi-monthly on the Company’s regular payroll dates.

 

b.                                       Commission / Non-Recoverable Draw .  You will he paid a non-recoverable draw in the total amount of $56,250, less payroll deductions and all required withholdings in the first six pay periods ($9.375.00 per paycheck) from the date of your employment.  You will be eligible for monthly commissions based on your attainment of quota under the terms and conditions of the Company’s applicable commission plan.  During, your first year of employment, you will be eligible to earn target commissions in the amount of $225,000.00 at 100% of quota attainment.  Earned commissions will he paid monthly.

 

c.                                        Stock Option Plan .  Upon the commencement of your employment and subject to Board approval, the Company will grant you an option to purchase 1% shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Option”) on a fully diluted basis including all options granted to employees at an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant.  The Option shall be subject to the vesting restrictions and all other terms of the Proofpoint’s 2002 Stock Option Plan and your Stock Option Agreement.

 



 

d.                                       Benefits .  You will be eligible for the standard Company benefits for an employee in your position [health insurance, dental insurance, vacation, sick leave, holidays, 401k, etc] in accordance with the terms of the applicable benefit plans.

 

3.             Company Policies .  As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by Company rules and policies, and execute and abide by the Company’s Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A for your execution.

 

4.             Former Employers .  In your work for the Company you will be expected not to use or disclose any confidential information, including trade secrets, of any former employer or other person to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality.  Rather, you will he expected to use only that information which is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to your own, which is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or which is otherwise provided or developed by the Company.  During our discussions about your proposed job duties, you assured us that you would be able to perform those duties within the guidelines just described.  You also agree that you will not bring onto Company premises any confidential information or property belonging to any former employer or other person to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality.

 

5.             Exposure to Explicit Electronic Content .  Because of the type of business Proofpoint conducts, during the course of your employment and as a bona fide occupational qualification of your employment you may be periodically exposed to electronic content that displays sexually explicit literary material and/or electronically conveyed images.  By accepting employment with Proofpoint it is with the full understanding that your exposure to the content described above will not interfere with the performance of your job duties, will not cause you to consider the workplace intolerable or hostile, and will not cause you to believe that you are subject to sexual harassment in the workplace.

 

6.             Alternative Dispute Resolution .  To ensure the rapid and economical resolution of disputes that may arise in connection with your employment with the Company you must agree to submit such disputes to arbitration.  Accordingly, please sign the Arbitration Agreement attached as Exhibit B and return it to me.

 

7.             Conflicts .  As an exempt employee, you are expected to work the number of hours required to get the job done.  However, you are generally expected to be present during normal business hours of the Company, which will he established by the Company and may be changed as needed to meet the needs of the business.  You agree that during your employment with Proofpoint, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which Proofpoint is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to Proofpoint.

 

8.             Employment Status .  The Company is an “at-will” employer.  This means that you may terminate your employment with the Company at any time and for any reason whatsoever simply by notifying Proofpoint.  Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time, for any reason, with or without cause or advance notice.

 

2



 

9.             Miscellaneous .  This letter, together with your Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement and the Arbitration Agreement form the complete and exclusive statement of your employment agreement with Proofpoint.  It supersedes any other agreements or promises made to you by anyone, whether oral or written, and it can only be modified in a written agreement signed by the Chief Executive Officer or the Company.  You understand and agree that the Company has not made any representations or warranties regarding the tax treatment of any of the benefits detailed in this letter, including, but not limited to any potential taxes or other consequences relating to Internal Revenue Code Section 409A.  To the extent you have any questions about this or any other provisions in this letter, we encourage you to consult with independent counsel and tax advisors.

 

As required by law, this offer is subject to satisfactory proof of your right to work in the United States, your successful clearance of a routine background and reference check (including executing the consent forms to perform those checks which are included with this letter attached hereto as Exhibit C ), and signing the enclosed Proprietary Information and Arbitration Agreements.  Your employment, pursuant to this offer, is contingent upon H-1B approval.  Please sign and date this letter, both of its exhibits, and the background check consent forms and return them to me by end of business Monday, June 9, 2008, if you wish to accept employment with Proofpoint under the terms described above.  If you accept our offer, we would like you to start on approximately July 21, 2008 contingent upon H-1B approval and subject to first successfully clearing the background and reference checks noted above.

 

We look forward to working with you to make Proofpoint a success.  If there are any aspects of our offer, which you would like, clarified, please let me know.

 

Best regards,

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Gary Steele

 

 

 

Gary Steele

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Understood & Agreed:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Dean Hickman-Smith

 

Dean Hickman-Smith

 

 

 

 

Date

6/8/08

 

 

3




Exhibit 10.12

 

Proofpoint, Inc.

Executive Bonus Plan

 

 

Executive Bonus Plan

 

1



 

Plan Objective

 

·                                           Align key executives to key metrics driving the growth and success of the business.

 

Plan Administration

 

·                                           The reviewing body of the plan will be the Compensation Committee

·                                           Plan structure and payout will be approved by the Compensation Committee based upon the recommendations of the CEO

 

Bonus Design Philosophy

 

·                                           Plan year is defined as January 1 to December 31

·                                           Bonus percentage levels will be reviewed and approved by the Compensation Committee annually

·                                           Bonus percentage will be thirty (30) percent of base salary unless otherwise specified in writing

·                                           Base salary is defined as the annual base salary as of the end of the plan year

·                                           Incentive plan design should provide for total compensation consistent with the market when company and individual performance meets expectations

·                                           Design should encourage teamwork and cross functional communication to accomplish goals

·                                           Employees should focus on satisfying financial expectations as well as internal business goals

·                                           Bonuses should depend on factors that can be influenced by employees

·                                           Program will be based on meeting company performance metrics

 

Design Characteristics

 

·                                           The bonus pool will be funded if the Company threshold performance metrics for bookings is minimally 90% of bookings achievement and/or meeting the cash flow target.

·                                           Two key company metrics will be set annually by the CEO and approved by the Compensation Committee

·                                           Bonus plan provides for upside opportunity when individual and company performance exceeds target levels/expectations

·                                           Bonuses will depend on a combination of corporate and individual performance

·                                           Individual performance metrics will be based on three to five equally weighted measurable goals

·                                           Bonuses will be based on long-term performance (annual) and payable at the end of the fiscal year, approximately 90 days after the close of the year.

·                                           Company and individual performance metrics will not change during the year, regardless of changes in the business environment

·                                           The CEO will retain final approval authority over all bonus recommendations to the Compensation Committee

·                                           Management reserves the right at its discretion with or without notice, to review, change amend or cancel the Plan, at any time

 

Employee Eligibility

 

·                                           All regular full-time employees at a Vice President level or above reporting to the CEO not covered on any other compensation plan

·                                           The CEO has complete discretion to add other individuals to the plan

·                                           Must be an active regular employee in good standing through the end of the plan year and a regular active employee in good standing at the time of payout to receive any bonus

·                                           Employees on a Leave of Absence, will have their bonus period adjusted for the time they were on leave and payout pro-rated based upon the number of full weeks of employment/eligibility in the plan period however must be in the plan for at least 6 months to qualify

·                                          For those in the plan for the full 12 months, individual performance metrics must be completed and approved by the CEO no later than 2 months into the plan year.  If completed after 2 months, the bonus period will be adjusted to include the time from which the goals are completed and approved to the end of the plan year.

·                                           Employee must be in the plan for at least 6 months.  Individual performance metrics must be completed and approved by the CEO no later than 2 months after entry into the plan year.  The bonus period will be adjusted to include the time from which the goals are completed and approved to the end of the plan year.

·                                           New hires and/or employees newly eligible for bonuses will have the bonus pro-rated based on the number of full weeks of employment/eligibility in the plan period

 

2



 

Process to Add an Employee to the Bonus Plan

 

1.                                        Upon hire or eligibility of an Executive Bonus Plan (“BP”) plan participant, the CEO indicates to HR the bonus effective date via an approved “Request for Offer Letter Form” or a “Personnel Action Notice” (PAN).  In cases where an existing employee is added to an EBP, it is recommended, but not required, that the effective date on the plan is the beginning of the following month.  In cases where a new hire is added to an EBP, the start date on the plan, whether it be the start date or the beginning of the next month, is at the CEO’s discretion.

 

2.                                        The employee will receive a copy of the EBP Plan Document and Annual Goals and Objectives Summary form to review, complete, and discuss with the CEO.  The employee’s Annual Goal & Objectives will provide a basis to measure and determine the employee’s bonus payout.

 

3.                                        Once the “Annual Goals & Objectives Summary” has been signed off, the CEO submits the final copy to Human Resources.

 

Annual Process of Bonus Plan

 

1.                                        The CEO will set the Company performance metrics each year.

 

2.                                        These metrics will be presented to and approved by the Compensation Committee.

 

3.                                        Individual performance metrics must be completed and approved by the CEO no later than 2 months into the plan year.  If completed after 2 months, the bonus period will be adjusted to include the time from which the goals are completed and approved to the end of the plan year.  Employee must be in the plan for at least 6 months.

 

4.                                        Review progress regularly of the stated goals and objectives.  As tasks are completed, indicate completion on the form.

 

5.                                        Upon conclusion of the fiscal year, the Finance organization will determine the company performance levels.

 

6.                                        Individual performance metrics will be reviewed and approved by the CEO.

 

7.                                        At the end of plan year, CEO and employee review and assess performance against the objectives and submit final recommendations to Human Resources.  Human Resources will summarize all bonus payments for final review and approval by the CEO.

 

8.                                        Final bonus payment amounts will be presented for approval to the Compensation Committee.

 

9.                                        Human Resources will submit final approved bonuses to Payroll for processing.

 

3



 

Questions and Answers

 

Q.                                     If the company meets its thresholds, will I automatically receive the bonus?

 

Bonus targets are guidelines only and based upon individual and company performance metrics.  The CEO will review and discuss with you your performance against your objectives.  The Finance organization will determine the company performance levels for Proofpoint.  Combined these factors will determine your bonus payout.

 

Q.                                     If I achieve my individual results but the company does not, will I receive my bonus?

 

If Proofpoint under-performs based upon the annual metrics, the bonus plan will not be funded for that plan year.

 

Q.                                     What if I leave the company? Will I receive a bonus for the portion of the year I was here?

 

You must be an active regular employee in good standing when bonuses are paid.  Employees on a leave of absence at the time of the payout will receive payment upon return to active status provided they meet the eligibility requirements noted above.

 

Q.                                     I started or was eligible for my bonus mid-year.  How will my bonus be calculated?

 

Employee must be in the plan for at least 6 months.  Individual performance metrics must be completed and approved by the CEO no later than 2 months after entry into the plan year.  The bonus period will be adjusted to include the time from which the goals are completed and approved to the end of the plan year.  For new hires and/or employees newly eligible for bonuses, the bonus will be pro-rated based on the number of full weeks of employment/eligibility in the plan period.  In cases where an existing employee is added to an EBP, it is recommended, but not required, that the effective date on the plan is the beginning of the following month.  In cases where a new hire is added to an EBP, the start date on the plan, whether it be the start date or the beginning of the next month, is at the CEO’s discretion.

 

Q.                                     At the end of the bonus period, how are decisions made about my individual contribution?  Who approves my bonus amount?

 

The CEO will be responsible for approving your bonus based upon your individual performance against your objectives.  A final review of all bonus payments will be conducted by the CEO and Human Resources prior to final approval by the Compensation Committee.

 

4




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

Exhibit 21.01

List of Subsidiaries of Proofpoint Inc.

Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries   Jurisdiction of Incorporation

PROOFPOINT CANADA INC.

 

Ontario, Canada

PROOFPOINT EMAIL SOLUTIONS GMBH

 

Federal Republic of Germany

PROOFPOINT INTERNATIONAL INC.

 

Delaware, USA

PROOFPOINT JAPAN KK

 

Japan

PROOFPOINT LIMITED

 

England and Wales

PROOFPOINT MALTA LTD

 

Republic of Malta

PROOFPOINT PTY LTD

 

Commonwealth of Australia

PROOFPOINT SINGAPORE PTE. LTD.

 

Republic of Singapore



QuickLinks

List of Subsidiaries of Proofpoint Inc.

Exhibit 23.02

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Proofpoint, Inc. of our report dated August 31, 2011 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Proofpoint, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California
December 14, 2011